Royal Bank of Canada
Annual Report 2014

Plain-text annual report

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA ANNUAL REPORT 2014 RBC IS A GLOBAL LEADER Royal Bank of Canada is the largest bank in Canada, and the 12th largest bank in the world, based on market capitalization. Our approximately 78,000 employees serve over 16 million personal, business and corporate clients across a diversified mix of businesses in 40 countries. Our values define who we are: Service – Excellent service to clients and each other Teamwork – Working together to succeed Responsibility – Personal responsibility for high performance Diversity – Diversity for growth and innovation Integrity – Trust through integrity in everything we do CONTENTS We Have A Focused Strategy We Create Long-term Value We Have Five Key Strengths That Drive Our Success We Deliver Stability & Opportunity Through Diversification We Make Communities Stronger Message from Dave McKay Message from Katie Taylor Management’s Discussion and Analysis Enhanced Disclosure Task Force Recommendations Index Reports and Consolidated Financial Statements Ten-Year Statistical Review Glossary Directors and Executive Officers Principal Subsidiaries Shareholder Information 10 107 108 197 199 202 203 204 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 For more information, please visit: rbc.com To view our online annual report, please visit: rbc.com/ar2014 WE HAVE A FOCUSED STRATEGY Our client focus, diversified business model and commitment to our long-term strategic priorities have been fundamental to our growth and success in the past, and will allow us to continue to create value in the future. STRATEGIC GOALS In Canada, to be the undisputed leader in financial services 2014 KEY HIGHLIGHTS (cid:2) Gained market share across key businesses and client segments (cid:2) Delivered solid volume growth (loans and deposits) (cid:2) Launched new products to meet clients’ evolving needs (cid:2) Continued to lead the Canadian league tables (cid:2) Recognized as Canada’s most valuable brand 2015 STRATEGIC PRIORITIES Globally, to be a leading provider of capital markets, investor and wealth management solutions In targeted markets, to be a leading provider of select financial services complementary to our core strengths (cid:2) Continued to optimize Caribbean banking operations for efficiency and profitability (cid:2) Strengthened our cross-border banking business in the U.S. (cid:2) Expanded international distribution of our U.S. and global asset management business (cid:2) Deepened offering and capabilities in key markets to win new clients and mandates and to grow market share (cid:2) Strategically added top talent within capital markets and wealth management in the U.S. and internationally 1. Extend lead in Canada through largest distribution network and increased efficiency 2. Deepen presence in the U.S., U.K./Europe and key international hubs by expanding capabilities, offering and distribution 3. Lead change with differentiated experiences to help clients achieve their goals 4. Pursue balanced growth opportunities and disciplined use of capital to create value for the long term 5. Maintain robust risk management staying within our risk appetite across our diversified business model Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 1 WE CREATE LONG-TERM VALUE We delivered record earnings and strong returns to shareholders. In 2014, we grew earnings by 8%, increased our quarterly dividend by 12% compared to last year, delivered strong return on equity (ROE) of 19% and maintained a robust capital ratio of 9.9%. Financial Performance Metric Diluted EPS Growth Return on Equity Capital Ratios (CET1) Dividend Payout Ratio Strong Earnings NET INCOME (C$ BILLION) $9.0 $8.3 $7.5 MEDIUM-TERM OBJECTIVE (3 TO 5-YEAR) 7%+ 18%+ Strong 40%–50% 2014 RESULTS 9.3% 19.0% 9.9% 47% ACHIEVED ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Profitable Growth RETURN ON EQUITY (ROE) 19.6% 19.7% 19.0% Financial Strength COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 (CET1) CAPITAL RATIO Delivered Returns to Shareholders DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE 8.9% 9.6% (pro forma) 9.9% $2.84 Annualized dividend increase of: 12% – 1 yr 11% – 10 yr CAGR $1.01 12 13 14 12 13 14 12 13 14 04 14 Over the past decade, we’ve delivered a strong annualized total shareholder return (TSR) of 14%, second highest among our global peer group. Our strong TSR has been underpinned by consistent financial performance and low earnings volatility. Total Shareholder Return1 ONE-YEAR THREE-YEAR FIVE-YEAR TEN-YEAR RBC Global Peer Average 19% 11% 23% 19% 12% 8% 14% 5% 1. Compounded annually, as at October 31, 2014. The peer group average excludes RBC; for more information on the list of 19 financial institutions in the peer group, refer to the Financial performance section of our 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 2 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 WE HAVE FIVE KEY STRENGTHS THAT DRIVE OUR SUCCESS Our key strengths underpin past performance and provide a strong foundation for future growth. These strengths enable us to successfully deliver on our strategy. CLIENT FOCUS @ Named Bank of the Year for Canada1 @ Best-in-class client service, wealth planning and trust offerings2 @ Received Best Banking awards for financial planning, advice and channel excellence3 @ Recognized as a global leader among investment banks in expertise and skill4 SIZE & SCALE IN CANADA WITH GLOBAL REACH @ Largest bank in Canada by market capitalization5 • 5th in North America • 12th globally @ 40 countries @ ~78,000 employees @ ~16 million clients @ 4.5+ million active online & mobile clients @ ~1,400 branches DIVERSIFIED BUSINESS MODEL @ Diversified by business, geography and client segment @ 37% of revenue from outside Canada FINANCIAL STRENGTH & PRUDENT RISK MANAGEMENT @ Consistent earnings and dividend growth @ Strong capital position and credit ratings @ Prudent risk management built on a culture of doing what’s right EMPLOYEES, BRAND & REPUTATION @ Named one of the Best Workplaces in Canada6 for the 6th consecutive year while attracting talented employees globally @ Canada’s most valuable brand and 16th most valuable bank brand globally7 @ One of the World’s Most Admired Companies8 1. The Banker. 2. Private Banker International. 3. Ipsos – Best Banking Awards. 4. The Economist. 5. Bloomberg as at Oct. 31, 2014. 6. The Great Place to Work® Institute. 7. Brand Finance. 8. Fortune. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 3 WE DELIVER STABILITY & OPPORTUNITY THROUGH DIVERSIFICATION We serve our clients through a number of business lines across many geographies. We’re confident we have the right mix to deepen client relationships, benefit from growth opportunities and support consistent performance over the long term. Our diversified business model positions us well to deliver superior returns and earnings stability through the business cycle. 9% INSURANCE @ Among the fastest-growing insurance organizations in Canada5 @ One of the largest Canadian bank- owned insurance organizations 12% WEALTH MANAGEMENT @ Top 5 global wealth manager1 and top 50 global asset manager2 • Among the fastest-growing asset managers in the world2 • #1 in Canada in mutual funds3 • Top 10 full-service brokerage firm in the U.S.4 2014 EARNINGS $9.0B 51% PERSONAL & COMMERCIAL BANKING @ #1 or #2 market share in all Canadian banking retail product categories @ Largest distribution network in Canada @ Recognized as the Global Retail Bank of the Year11 @ First bank globally to provide a cloud-based mobile payment solution offering clients a choice of paying with credit or debit, and the first in North America to offer the flexibility to pay a friend through Facebook Messenger * Amounts exclude Corporate Support For more awards, please visit: rbc.com/aboutus/awards 4 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 5% INVESTOR & TREASURY SERVICES @ Top 10 global custodian6 @ Best overall global custodian7 23% CAPITAL MARKETS @ Top 10 global investment bank8 • #1 in Canada @ Recognized as the Most Trusted Investment Bank in the World9 @ Named Best Investment Bank in Canada across Equity, Debt and M&A for the 7th consecutive year10 1. By client assets – Scorpio Partnership’s 2014 Global Private Banking Benchmark. 2. Pensions & Investments and Towers Watson 2014 Global Asset Manager Ranking Report. 3. By assets – Investment Funds Institute of Canada (IFIC) as at September, 2014. 4. By assets and advisors – Company data. 5. Company data. 6. By AUA. 7. Global Investor. 8. Thomson Reuters by fees. 9. The Economist. 10. Euromoney. 11. Retail Banker International. WE MAKE COMMUNITIES STRONGER We contributed more than $100 million this year to causes that will have a positive and lasting social, economic and environmental impact for generations to come. We are actively involved with charitable organizations around the world and we support our employees in their volunteering efforts. RBC KIDS PLEDGE: $100 MILLION. 5 YEARS. RBC BLUE WATER PROJECT®: $50 MILLION. 10 YEARS. We believe kids are our future: for our economic prosperity, the health of the planet and the hope for our communities. The RBC Kids Pledge is a commitment to improve the well-being of at least 1 million kids and youth. We believe kids need and deserve our complete commitment so they can be healthy in mind, body and spirit. This pledge consolidates our support for a diverse range of arts, sports, wellness, education and employment programs to help kids reach their full potential. When you believe in kids, they can do anything. Employees laced up their running shoes to take part in RBC Run/Race for the Kids events globally to help raise funds for local children’s charities. We help provide access to drinkable, swimmable, fishable water now and for future generations. The RBC Blue Water Project is our global charitable commitment that is dedicated to protecting fresh water and promoting responsible water use. This year, RBC Blue Water Project Leadership and Community Action Grants provided funding for protection and preservation programs. On RBC Blue Water Day, more than 20,000 employees rolled up their sleeves and participated in over 700 ‘clean up,’ ‘plant some green’ and ‘cultivate awareness’ makeover events to help protect water. WE ALSO INVEST IN A WIDE RANGE OF EDUCATION, HEALTH, ARTS & CULTURE, ENVIRONMENT AND SPORTS PROGRAMS AND ORGANIZATIONS For more information, please visit: RBC Corporate Responsibility Review at rbc.com/community-sustainability Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 5 MESSAGE FROM DAVE MCKAY Dear fellow shareholders, Let me begin this letter by saying that I’m honoured to serve as your President and Chief Executive Officer. I started my career at RBC more than 25 years ago as a summer student. As I worked in different businesses, functions and locations over the years, I was always impressed by the calibre of people who work here. Today, I’m privileged to lead this tremendous team with a shared commitment to building on RBC’s proud history of more than 150 years. Six years after the financial crisis it feels like the global economy has begun to turn a corner. The Canadian and U.S. economies continued to improve throughout the year. While the central banks of both countries maintained historically low interest rates, we saw lower unemployment, higher consumer spending and improved housing market activity – all signals of healthy economic activity. The U.S. Federal Reserve ended its asset purchase program in October, further proof that the U.S. economy is back on track. While growth in Europe was slow, the U.K. continued to be a good news story in the region. Across the banking industry, regulation continued to be a key theme. Delivering record financial results in 2014 for our shareholders Against this backdrop, I’m pleased to report that 2014 was a record year for RBC. We continued to extend our leadership position in Canada and build our businesses in select global markets. We earned $9 billion, up 8 per cent from last year, reflecting record results in all of our business segments. With these results, we achieved all of our financial objectives. We earned $6.00 per share (diluted EPS) with a return on equity of 19 per cent, and we ended the year with a strong Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 9.9 per cent. These financial objectives measure progress toward our medium-term objective of maximizing Total Shareholder Returns (TSR). We delivered compound annual TSR of 23 per cent and 12 per cent over the three- and five-year periods. During 2014, our one-year TSR was 19 per cent. We raised our dividend twice during 2014 for a combined increase of 12 per cent while repurchasing shares, and we renewed our share buyback program for 2015. Building on our strengths to grow our businesses Looking ahead, we understand the drivers of growth will be different from those in the past decade, and I feel confident RBC can adapt to changes and capitalize on new opportunities including the shift in demographics, the emergence of new technologies and the changing needs and preferences of our clients. We know the pace of consumer borrowing in Canada will continue to moderate following many years of strong credit growth, and that the shift to savings and investing will accelerate. In fact, investments are forecast to grow three Dave McKay President and Chief Executive Officer I am enormously proud of what we’ve achieved together and incredibly excited for the opportunities that lie ahead times faster than credit over the next decade. RBC is extremely well positioned to serve our clients as we are the largest mutual fund provider in our home market, selling almost twice as many mutual funds as our nearest bank competitor. We also have the largest full-service wealth management business with leading market share for high-net-worth individuals in Canada, and we have the most mobile and branch-based investment and financial planners to serve our clients. We are also among the fastest-growing insurance organizations in Canada. As the market leader in business financial services in Canada, we see opportunity from the growing demand for credit from businesses, especially as improvements in the U.S. economy help foster greater confidence to spur investing. Additionally, with over 45 per cent of businesses expected to change ownership in the next five to 10 years, we are well placed to help business owners plan for succession and with the transition itself – by finding a buyer, financing the transaction and managing their new wealth. 6 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 ANNOUNCED 37% TOTAL INCREASE TO QUARTERLY DIVIDENDS OVER 3 YEARS There is no question our home market is a competitive banking environment and pressure from continued low interest rates will remain a headwind for our business next year. Within this context, we are committed to improving on our industry leading efficiency ratio and deepening client relationships through cross-sell, a proven capability for RBC. Overall, I believe we can continue to extend our lead in Canada to deliver profitable growth. Globally, we have the right strategies to build leadership in select businesses and markets where our strengths can help us win. We have a strong presence in the U.S., an advantage given the expected growth in the American economy. In our Capital Markets business, the U.S. now accounts for more than 50 per cent of revenue, reflecting strong client acquisition over the past number of years, and we are focused on building deeper relationships with those clients. Our U.S. Wealth Management business is the seventh-largest full-service brokerage by assets and we are broadening our product offering. Over the last few years we’ve also added global fixed income and equity capabilities to our asset management business in that market, which continues to grow. In the U.K. and Europe, we are building our presence, adding expertise across wealth management, asset management and capital markets, and benefitting from RBC’s brand and reputation. Given the challenging economic environment, we are taking a prudent approach to building our capabilities as we know the recovery will take some time. I am encouraged by our progress in these markets and expect it to continue. In Capital Markets, we are increasingly winning corporate and investment banking mandates. We are among the fastest growing asset managers with strong momentum outside of Canada. With its reputation for service excellence, our Investor & Treasury Services business is also well positioned for expansion in the global investment industry. Across all of our businesses advance- ments in technology are changing client expectations, transforming business models and redefining the competitive landscape. Meanwhile, the regulatory environment for banks will continue to evolve. Our financial strength gives us the flexibility to effectively manage regulatory changes while investing in our businesses. We have digitized and simplified processes to lower costs and deliver a faster, better client experience, and are investing in our technology and innovation to shape the future with new products and services. For example, this year we launched a new system that automates many of the steps in processing a new mortgage to deliver faster service, and we are a leader in emerging payment solutions. Looking ahead, we will maintain our balanced and disciplined approach to capital deployment. Our first priority will remain investing in our existing businesses to generate strong returns. Second, we remain committed to returning capital to shareholders through dividend increases and share buybacks. And lastly, we will consider targeted acquisitions that fit our strategy and risk appetite, and deliver strong returns for our shareholders over the long term. Bringing the best of RBC to our clients United by our vision of always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice, we put customers at the centre of everything that we do. Whether it’s helping them buy their first home, start their own business, travel worry-free, pay for their children’s education or prepare for a comfortable retirement, we enable more than 16 million clients in achieving their goals. At the end of 2014, we funded $231 billion in mortgages and lines of credit for homeowners in Canada and $5 billion in small business loans for Canadian entrepreneurs. We grew the assets entrusted to us by investors around the world by 13 per cent this year. We loaned nearly $110 billion to medium and large companies around the world to help them build their businesses, and ensured our institutional clients could make informed decisions by providing top-ranked research and investment solutions in key international markets. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 7 NAMED BANK OF THE YEAR FOR CANADA1 children’s charities. Our employees are also tremendous supporters of the RBC Blue Water Project, our commitment to protecting fresh water for generations to come. Thank you Thank you to our clients who choose to place their trust in us, and to our employees who work so hard to help them succeed. I’d like to acknowledge and thank Gordon Nixon, who retired as CEO this year, for his leadership of a truly world-class organization, and for leaving the company with the strength and depth to build for the future. And finally, I’d like to express my gratitude to the Board of Directors for their continued insight and counsel. And to you, our shareholders, we are committed to delivering high-quality growth, industry-leading returns and long- term value. I am enormously proud of what RBC has achieved and incredibly excited for the opportunities that lie ahead. We serve more than 25% of active Canadian digital banking clients2 We have more than 30% share of all mutual funds sold by banks in Canada – other banks have less than 20%3 Awarded Best Fund Group Overall4 Named Most Trusted Investment Bank in the World5 David McKay President and Chief Executive Officer 1. The Banker. 2. Finalta Digital and Multichannel Banking Benchmark 2014 Study – Big 5 Canadian banks. Investment Funds Institute of Canada, September 2014. 3. 4. 2014 Lipper Canada Fund Awards. 5. The Economist. Creating opportunities for our employees Our employees’ passion for helping clients succeed is second to none. They represent our brand with pride. I’m particularly proud of how much our employees care about doing what’s right. Our people, culture and brand are a true differentiator wherever we do business. We enable success by fostering an environment of respect and inclusion where everyone can contribute and achieve their potential. The diversity of our workforce brings different perspectives and abilities and plays a central role in serving our clients and driving productivity, innovation and growth. Making a positive difference in communities One of the things that defines RBC is the positive social, economic and environ- mental impact we make in communities. In 2014, we invested more than $100 million in community efforts, shared our expertise and provided nearly 2,500 RBC Employee Volunteer grants. We’re on track to improve the well-being of at least one million kids and youth through our multi-year, $100-million RBC Kids Pledge. A key element of that commitment is the RBC Run/Race for the Kids, which took place in seven cities around the world, and this year more than 8,000 employees, their families and friends ran with us in support of local 8 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 MESSAGE FROM KATIE TAYLOR Dear fellow shareholders, It is an honour to take on the role of Chair, more than a decade after first joining RBC’s Board of Directors in 2001. Over the years the Board has overseen RBC’s continued growth resulting from its successful focus on cultivating broad and deep client relationships, investing in people and contributing to the economic prosperity and betterment of communities where it does business. In 2014 the Board continued to engage with the outstanding management team at RBC. Our oversight is directed at guiding their business decisions to deliver value to shareholders over the long term. RBC has the right strategy to drive growth and create value As strategic advisors to management, the Board must prudently balance strategic opportunities with risk discipline. Today’s approach to shareholder value creation must build agility to benefit from oppor- tunities to allow RBC to thrive in tomorrow’s changing environment. To that end, the Board and management actively discuss how RBC is positioned to grow as external factors such as technology, regulation and changing client demographics shape the financial services industry. The Board is focused on ensuring that RBC has both the right strategy to drive continued success and the competitive strengths and capabilities to deliver on its priorities. We assess the amount and type of risk RBC will accept in pursuit of its business objectives, and monitor the organization’s systems and processes to manage those risks. We work closely with management on how best to enhance the bank’s strong capital position and create value by investing in organic growth, funding dividend increases, repurchasing shares or making strategic acquisitions. RBC has the right team in place to benefit from future opportunities Succession planning, including the selection and appointment of the senior management team, is a fundamental responsibility of the Board. We review the depth and diversity of succession pools for key leadership roles, and we monitor the progress of succession candidates. This year Dave McKay succeeded Gordon Nixon as President and CEO, and there were a number of other important appointments at the Group Executive level. The skills and experience of our senior leaders are essential to achieving sustainable growth over the long term. The Board is confident that under Dave McKay’s leadership, RBC will continue to build on its past successes. His distinguished 26-year career at RBC includes international experience in corporate banking and senior roles in retail banking and risk management. His outstanding dedication to clients, focus on innovation, commitment to employees and track record of performance will serve RBC well as it continues to grow. As the bank grows and its leadership team transitions, we remain committed to enhancing the diversity of experience, perspectives and skill sets represented on the Board. We are pleased to welcome Dave McKay and Jacynthe Côté to the Board, and to announce that Toos Daruvala will join as a Director in January 2015. With a longstanding career at Rio Tinto Alcan, most recently as President and Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Côté brings extensive experience in interna- tional business. Mr. Daruvala, currently a Director and Senior Partner at McKinsey & For more information on our governance policies, visit: rbc.com/governance Katie Taylor, Chair of the Board Company, brings more than 30 years of experience in advising financial institutions on matters ranging from banking and risk management practices to corporate strategy and organizational effectiveness. As we welcome these three new Directors, we say farewell to one. Over his 13-year tenure as CEO, Gordon Nixon added tremendous value in earnings, returns and client focus. Under his guidance, RBC has taken its place among the most-respected financial institutions globally. RBC is committed to driving growth, which is essential to its continued success The Board of Directors recognizes that RBC succeeds when its stakeholders – shareholders, employees, clients and communities – succeed. As one of the largest financial institutions in the world, RBC sets high standards as a top employer and leading corporate citizen. United by strong corporate values, the Board of Directors, management and employees worldwide share the vision of always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice. In 2014, RBC delivered significant value to stakeholders as it continued to grow and deliver on its strategic goals. I want to thank my fellow Board members for their valuable advice. The Board would like to extend its sincere thanks to the management team at RBC and the company’s dedicated employees who serve and focus on clients – each and every day. Kathleen Taylor Chair of the Board Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 9 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is provided to enable a reader to assess our results of operations and financial condition for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2014, compared to the preceding two years. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and is dated December 2, 2014. All amounts are in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise specified, and are based on financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), unless otherwise noted. Additional information about us, including our 2014 Annual Information Form, is available free of charge on our website at rbc.com/investorrelations, on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at sedar.com and on the EDGAR section of the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) website at sec.gov. Table of contents Caution regarding forward-looking statements 10 Overview and outlook Selected financial and other highlights About Royal Bank of Canada Vision and strategic goals Economic and market review and outlook Defining and measuring success through Total Shareholder Returns Key corporate events of 2014 Financial performance Overview 11 11 12 12 12 13 14 14 14 Business segment results 18 Results by business segment 18 How we measure and report our business segments 19 19 Key performance and non-GAAP measures 23 Personal & Commercial Banking 28 Wealth Management 31 Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Corporate Support Quarterly financial information Fourth quarter 2014 performance Quarterly results and trend analysis Results by geographic segment Financial condition Condensed balance sheets Off-balance sheet arrangements Risk management Overview Top and emerging risks Enterprise risk management Credit risk Market risk Liquidity and funding risk Insurance risk See our Glossary for definitions of terms used throughout this document Regulatory compliance risk Operational risk Strategic risk Reputation risk Legal and regulatory environment risk Competitive risk Systemic risk Overview of other risks Capital management Additional financial information Exposures to selected financial instruments Accounting and control matters Critical accounting policies and estimates Controls and procedures Related party transactions Supplementary information 78 79 80 80 80 82 82 82 85 94 94 95 95 99 99 100 34 35 39 39 39 40 42 43 43 43 46 46 46 47 52 63 68 78 Caution regarding forward-looking statements From time to time, we make written or oral forward-looking statements within the meaning of certain securities laws, including the “safe harbour” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and any applicable Canadian securities legislation. We may make forward-looking statements in this 2014 Annual Report, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the SEC, in other reports to shareholders and in other communications. Forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals, the economic and market review and outlook for Canadian, U.S., European and global economies, the regulatory environment in which we operate, the outlook and priorities for each of our business segments, and the risk environment including our liquidity and funding risk. The forward-looking information contained in this document is presented for the purpose of assisting the holders of our securities and financial analysts in understanding our financial position and results of operations as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented and our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe”, “expect”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “goal”, “plan” and “project” and similar expressions of future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “may”, “should”, “could” or “would”. By their very nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, which give rise to the possibility that our predictions, forecasts, projections, expectations or conclusions will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct and that our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals will not be achieved. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these statements as a number of risk factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. These factors – many of which are beyond our control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – include: credit, market, liquidity and funding, insurance, regulatory compliance, operational, strategic, reputation, legal and regulatory environment, competitive and systemic risks and other risks discussed in the Risk management and Overview of other risks sections; anti-money laundering, growth in wholesale credit, the high levels of Canadian household debt; cybersecurity; the business and economic conditions in Canada, the U.S. and certain other countries in which we operate; the effects of changes in government fiscal, monetary and other policies; tax risk and transparency; our ability to attract and retain employees; the accuracy and completeness of information concerning our clients and counterparties; the development and integration of our distribution networks; model, information technology, information management, social media, environmental and third party and outsourcing risk. We caution that the foregoing list of risk factors is not exhaustive and other factors could also adversely affect our results. When relying on our forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to us, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Material economic assumptions underlying the forward looking statements contained in this 2014 Annual Report are set out in the Overview and outlook section and for each business segment under the heading Outlook and priorities. Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by us or on our behalf. Additional information about these and other factors can be found in the Risk management and Overview of other risks sections. Information contained in or otherwise accessible through the websites mentioned does not form part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are for your information only. 10 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Overview and outlook Selected financial and other highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share, number of and percentage amounts) Continuing operations 2014 2013 (1) 2012 (1) Table 1 2014 vs. 2013 Increase (decrease) Total revenue Provision for credit losses (PCL) Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense (PBCAE) Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net income Segments – net income from continuing operations Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Corporate Support Net income from continuing operations Selected information Earnings per share (EPS) – basic Return on common equity (ROE) (2), (3) – diluted Selected information from continuing operations EPS – basic –diluted ROE (2), (3) PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances Gross impaired loans (GIL) as a % of loans and acceptances Capital ratios and multiples (4) Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio (4) Tier 1 capital ratio (4) Total capital ratio (4) Assets-to-capital multiple (4) Selected balance sheet and other information Total assets Securities Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) Derivative related assets Deposits Common equity Average common equity (2) Total capital risk-weighted assets Assets under management (AUM) Assets under administration (AUA) (5) Common share information Shares outstanding (000s) – average basic – average diluted – end of period Dividends declared per common share Dividend yield (6) Common share price (RY on TSX) Market capitalization (TSX) Business information from continuing operations (number of) Employees (full-time equivalent) (FTE) Bank branches Automated teller machines (ATMs) Period average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 (7) Period-end US$ equivalent of C$1.00 $ 34,108 $ 30,682 $ 1,164 1,237 29,147 1,299 $ 3,426 (73) $ $ $ $ $ 3,573 17,661 11,710 9,004 – 9,004 $ 4,475 $ 1,083 781 441 2,055 169 9,004 $ 6.03 $ 6.00 19.0% 6.03 $ 6.00 19.0% 0.27% 0.44% 9.9% 11.4% 13.4% 17.0X 2,784 16,214 10,447 8,342 – 8,342 $ 4,380 $ 886 595 339 1,700 442 8,342 $ 5.53 $ 5.49 19.7% 5.53 $ 5.49 19.7% 0.31% 0.52% 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X $ $ $ $ $ 3,621 14,641 9,586 7,558 (51) 7,507 4,056 753 713 102 1,576 358 7,558 4.96 4.91 19.6% 4.99 4.94 19.7% 0.35% 0.58% n.a. 13.1% 15.1% 16.7X 789 1,447 1,263 662 – 662 95 197 186 102 355 (273) 662 0.50 0.51 n.m. 0.50 0.51 n.m. n.m. n.m. n.m. n.m. n.m. n.m. $ 940,550 $ 199,148 435,229 87,402 614,100 48,615 45,700 372,050 457,000 4,647,000 859,745 $ 182,710 408,850 74,822 563,079 43,064 40,600 318,981 391,100 4,050,900 823,954 161,602 378,241 91,293 512,244 38,346 36,500 280,609 343,000 3,653,300 1,442,553 1,452,003 1,442,233 1,443,735 1,466,529 1,441,056 2.84 $ 3.8% 80.01 $ 2.53 $ 4.0% 70.02 $ 115,393 100,903 1,442,167 1,468,287 1,445,303 2.28 4.5% 56.94 82,296 73,498 1,366 4,929 0.914 $ 0.887 $ 74,247 1,372 4,973 0.977 $ 0.959 $ 74,377 1,361 5,065 0.997 1.001 $ $ $ $ $ 80,805 16,438 26,379 12,580 51,021 5,551 5,100 53,069 65,900 596,100 (1,182) (14,526) 1,177 0.31 n.m. 9.99 14,490 (749) (6) (44) (0.063) (0.072) $ $ $ $ 11.2% (5.9)% 28.3% 8.9% 12.1% 7.9% 0.0% 7.9% 2.2% 22.2% 31.3% 30.1% 20.9% (61.8)% 7.9% 9.0% 9.3% (70) bps 9.0% 9.3% (70) bps (4) bps (8) bps 30 bps (30) bps (60) bps 40 bps 9.4% 9.0% 6.5% 16.8% 9.1% 12.9% 12.6% 16.6% 16.8% 14.7% (0.1)% (1.0)% 0.1% 12.3% (20) bps 14.3% 14.4% (1.0)% (0.4)% (0.9)% (6.4)% (7.5)% (1) (2) (3) (4) Comparative amounts prior to November 1, 2013 have been restated for the adoption of new accounting standards. For further details, refer to Note 2 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Average amounts are calculated using methods intended to approximate the average of the daily balances for the period. This includes ROE and Average common equity. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. These measures may not have a standardized meaning under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other financial institutions. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Effective the first quarter of 2013, we calculate capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple using the Basel III framework. Capital ratios presented above are on an “all-in” basis. Capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple in 2012 were calculated using the Basel II framework. Basel III and Basel II are not directly comparable. The CET1 ratio is a regulatory measure under the Basel III framework and is not applicable (n.a.) for 2012. For further details, refer to the Capital management section. Includes $31.2 billion (2013 – $32.6 billion, 2012 – $38.4 billion) of securitized mortgages and credit card loans. Defined as dividends per common share divided by the average of the high and low share price in the relevant period. Average amounts are calculated using month-end spot rates for the period. (5) (6) (7) n.m. not meaningful Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 11 About Royal Bank of Canada Royal Bank of Canada (RY on TSX and NYSE) is Canada’s largest bank, and one of the largest banks in the world, based on market capitalization. We are one of North America’s leading diversified financial services companies, and provide personal and commercial banking, wealth management services, insurance, investor services and capital markets products and services on a global basis. We employ approximately 78,000 full- and part-time employees who serve more than 16 million personal, business, public sector and institutional clients through offices in Canada, the U.S. and 38 other countries. For more information, please visit rbc.com. Our business segments are described below. Personal & Commercial Banking operates in Canada, the Caribbean and the U.S., and comprises our personal and business banking operations, as well as our auto financing and retail investment businesses. Wealth Management serves affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients from our offices in key financial centres mainly in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., Channel Islands, continental Europe, and Asia with a comprehensive suite of investment, trust, banking, credit and other wealth management solutions. We also provide asset management products and services directly to institutional and also to individual clients through our distribution channels and third-party distributors. Insurance provides a wide range of life, health, home, auto, travel, wealth and reinsurance products and solutions. We offer insurance products and services through our proprietary distribution channels, comprised of the field sales force which includes retail insurance branches, our field sales representatives, call centres and online, as well as through independent insurance advisors and affinity relationships in Canada. Outside Canada, we operate in reinsurance markets globally. Investor & Treasury Services serves the needs of institutional investing clients by providing asset servicing, custodial, advisory, financing and other services to safeguard assets, maximize liquidity and manage risk in multiple jurisdictions around the world. We also provide short- term funding and liquidity management for RBC. Capital Markets provides public and private companies, institutional investors, governments and central banks with a wide range of products and services. In North America, we offer a full suite of products and services which include corporate and investment banking, equity and debt origination and distribution, and structuring and trading. Outside North America, we offer a diversified set of capabilities in our key sectors of expertise such as energy, mining and infrastructure and we are now expanding into industrial, consumer and health care in Europe. Our business segments are supported by Corporate Support, which consists of Technology & Operations and Functions. Technology & Operations provides the technological and operational foundation required to effectively deliver products and services to our clients, while Functions includes our finance, human resources, risk management, internal audit and other functional groups. The following chart presents our business segments and respective lines of business: Personal & Commercial Banking O Canadian Banking O Caribbean & U.S. Banking Wealth Management O Canadian Wealth Management O U.S. & International Wealth Management O Global Asset Management ROYAL BANK OF CANADA Insurance O Canadian Insurance O International Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets O Corporate and Investment Banking O Global Markets O Other O Technology & Operations O Functions Corporate Support Vision and strategic goals Our business strategies and actions are guided by our vision of “Always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice.” Our three strategic goals are: • • • In Canada, to be the undisputed leader in financial services; Globally, to be a leading provider of capital markets, investor and wealth management solutions; and In targeted markets, to be a leading provider of select financial services complementary to our core strengths. For our progress in 2014 against our business strategies and strategic goals, refer to the Business segment results section. Economic and market review and outlook – data as at December 2, 2014 The predictions and forecasts in this section are based on information and assumptions from sources we consider reliable. If this information or these assumptions are not accurate, actual economic outcomes may differ materially from the outlook presented in this section. For details on risk factors from general business and economic conditions that may affect our business and financial results, refer to the Overview of other risks section. Canada The Canadian economy is expected to grow at an estimated rate of 2.5% during calendar 2014, slightly below our estimate of 2.6% as at December 4, 2013. Growth in the economy continues to be driven by solid consumer spending and strength in the labour market on employment gains as the unemployment rate fell to its lowest level since November 2008 at 6.5% in October 2014. Housing market activity remained firm through the year, despite the dampening impact of poor weather conditions early in 2014. Weakening commodity prices, lower expectations of interest rate increases by the Bank of Canada (BoC) and a strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to most world currencies due to an improving U.S. economy and anticipated U.S. interest rate increases are key factors in the Canadian dollar depreciating against the U.S. dollar during 2014. Interest rates remained low as the persistence of excess capacity in the economy led the BoC to maintain its overnight rate at 1% in October 2014. 12 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis In calendar 2015, we expect the Canadian economy to grow at an estimated rate of 2.7%, driven by an improvement in net exports, increase in business investment, and steady, albeit slowing consumer spending growth. We expect growth in the housing market to ease to more sustainable levels in 2015 as market interest rates move higher and household debt accumulation slows. As the economy strengthens and inflation holds around the BoC’s target level of 2% on a sustained basis, we expect the BoC to begin to raise its overnight rate from the current 1% in the middle of calendar 2015. U.S. We expect the U.S. economy to grow at an estimated rate of 2.3% during calendar 2014, which is below our estimate of 2.7% as at December 4, 2013. Strengthening consumption and firming business investment continue to drive the economy, with weaker net exports and the impact of poor weather early in the year limiting growth. Growth in consumer spending was driven by improvements in the labour market as the unemployment rate fell to 5.8% in October 2014 which is the lowest level since July 2008. As a result of improving labour market conditions and a general strengthening in the economy, the Federal Reserve (Fed) reduced its monthly asset purchases throughout 2014 and ended the program in October 2014, although it has maintained interest rates at historically low levels. In calendar 2015, we expect the U.S. economy to grow at a rate of 3.3%, as both household and business spending accelerate given expected gains in household wealth and the recent momentum in the labour market. Housing market activity is expected to improve given the easing in lending standards and the decline in long-term mortgage rates. As labour markets and core inflation levels approach target levels, we expect the Fed to begin to raise its key interest rate from the current funds target range of 0.0% to 0.25% starting in the middle of calendar 2015. Europe The Euro area economy is expected to grow marginally at an estimated rate of 0.7% during calendar 2014, below our estimate of 1.0% as at December 4, 2013. The harmonized inflation level continues to remain below the European Central Bank’s (ECB) desired range, and averaged 0.5% from January through October 2014. Labour markets remain weak and the unemployment rate has stayed elevated at 11.5% in October 2014. To support the recovery, the ECB is taking steps to provide stimulus to the Euro area economy through an asset purchase program which will run a minimum of two years, and has reduced its key interest rate twice during the calendar year, by 10 basis points (bps) each time, to the current 0.05%. The ECB is also encouraging liquidity and business investment in the Euro area by introducing negative deposit rates in order to stimulate lending by European banks. We expect the Euro area economy to grow at a rate of 1.0% during calendar 2015, as the ECB’s stimulus measures take hold, and expect the ECB to hold its key interest rate at the current level for the foreseeable future. Financial markets Equity markets in Canada, the U.S. and major European economies generally exhibited capital appreciation through most of fiscal 2014 supported by highly accommodative monetary policy, before concerns related to recent geopolitical uncertainty, the Ebola outbreak in Africa, and expectations for recessionary conditions in Europe led to some volatility towards the end of our fiscal year. Yields on long-term government bonds in Canada, the U.S. and major European economies have continued to decline over the year and remain near historically low levels. Credit spreads remained relatively stable through most of fiscal 2014, but widened significantly in the last two months of fiscal 2014. Commodity prices declined in the second half of calendar 2014. Oil prices, in particular, decreased sharply towards the end of our fiscal year due to a combination of increased global supply and weak demand prospects. Regulatory environment We continue to monitor and prepare for regulatory developments in a manner that seeks to ensure compliance with new requirements while mitigating any adverse business or economic impacts, including those with the potential to negatively impact our products or services. Such impacts could result from new or amended regulations and the expectations of those who enforce them. Significant developments include regulations enacted under the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, such as restrictions on banking entities engaging in proprietary trading and having certain relationships with hedge and private equity funds (the Volcker Rule); the Fed’s enhanced prudential standards for Bank Holding Companies and Foreign Banking Organizations; changes to capital and liquidity rules under the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s global standards (Basel III); over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives reforms; and the recently announced voluntary commitments by MasterCard Canada and Visa Canada to reduce merchant credit card fees in Canada. For a discussion on risk factors resulting from these and other regulatory developments which may affect our business and financial results, refer to the Risk management – Top and emerging risks section. For further details on our framework and activities to manage risks, refer to the Risk management and Capital management sections. Defining and measuring success through Total Shareholder Returns Our focus is to maximize total shareholder returns (TSR) through the achievement of top tier performance over the medium term (3-5 years) which we believe reflects a longer term view of strong and consistent financial performance. Maximizing TSR is aligned with our three strategic goals discussed earlier and we believe represents the most appropriate measure of shareholder value creation. TSR is a concept used to compare the performance of our common shares over a period of time, reflecting share price appreciation and dividends paid to common shareholders. The absolute size of the TSR will vary depending on market conditions, and the relative position reflects the market’s perception of our overall performance relative to our peers over a period of time. Financial performance objectives are used to measure progress against our medium-term TSR objectives. We review and revise these financial performance objectives as economic, market and regulatory environments change. By focusing on our medium-term objectives in our decision-making, we believe we will be well positioned to provide sustainable earnings growth and solid returns to our common shareholders. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 13 We achieved all our performance objectives in 2014. The following table provides a summary of our performance against our financial performance objectives in 2014: Financial performance objectives Diluted EPS growth of 7% + ROE of 18% + Strong capital ratios (CET1) (1) Dividend payout ratio 40% – 50% (1) For further details on the CET1 ratio, refer to the Capital management section. For 2015, our financial performance objectives will remain unchanged. 2014 results 9.3% 19.0% 9.9% 47% Table 2 Achieved ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ We compare our TSR to that of a global peer group approved by our Board of Directors and consisting of the following 19 financial institutions: Canadian financial institutions: Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Manulife Financial Corporation, National Bank of • Canada, Power Financial Corporation, The Bank of Nova Scotia, and the Toronto-Dominion Bank. U.S. banks: Bank of America Corporation, JPMorgan Chase & Co., The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, U.S. Bancorp, and Wells Fargo & Company. International banks: Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group, Barclays PLC, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse Group AG, Deutsche Bank Group, National Australia Bank, and Westpac Banking Corporation. • • Medium-term objectives – three and five year TSR vs. peer group average Table 3 Royal Bank of Canada Peer group average (excluding RBC) (2) Three year TSR (1) Five year TSR (1) 23% 2nd quartile 19% 12% 2nd quartile 8% (1) The three and the five year average annual TSR are calculated based on our common share price appreciation plus reinvested dividends for the period October 31, 2011 to October 31, 2014 and October 31, 2009 to October 31, 2014 respectively, based on information as disclosed by Bloomberg L.P. As a result of changes in the financial services industry over the past several years, and considering our performance and strategy, we recently completed a re-evaluation of our peer group with the goal of ensuring that we include only those institutions in the global financial services industry that are most relevant to us as competitors. Our Canadian peer group remains unchanged and we have revised our peer group of U.S. and International banks. Our new peer group will be effective in 2015, and will include: • Canadian financial institutions: Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Manulife Financial Corporation, National Bank of Canada, Power Financial Corporation, The Bank of Nova Scotia, and the Toronto-Dominion Bank. U.S. banks: JPMorgan Chase & Co., and Wells Fargo & Company. International banks: Westpac Banking Corporation. • • Common share and dividend information For the year ended October 31 Common share price (RY on TSX) – close, end of period Dividends paid per share Increase (decrease) in share price Total shareholder return $ $ 2014 80.01 2.76 14.3% 19.0% $ 2013 70.02 2.46 23.0% 28.0% $ 2012 56.94 2.22 17.1% 22.0% $ 2011 48.62 2.04 (10.6)% (6.7)% Table 4 2010 54.39 2.00 (0.7)% 2.9% Key corporate events of 2014 Jamaican banking operations On June 27, 2014, we completed the sale of RBC Royal Bank (Jamaica) Limited and RBTT Securities Jamaica Limited (collectively, RBC Jamaica) to Sagicor Group Jamaica Limited, as announced on January 29, 2014. As a result of the transaction, we recorded a total loss on disposal of $100 million (before- and after-tax), including a loss of $60 million in the first quarter of 2014 and a further loss of $40 million in the third quarter of 2014, which includes foreign currency translation related to the closing of the sale. For further details, refer to Note 11 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Financial performance On November 1, 2013, we adopted amendments to IAS 19 Employee benefits, as well as adopted IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements. The financial information presented in this document reflects the effects of these standards on our comparative financial information presented for the year ended or as at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012. For further details, refer to Note 2 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Overview 2014 vs. 2013 Net income of $9,004 million was up $662 million or 8% from a year ago. Diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $6.00 was up $0.51 and return on common equity (ROE) of 19.0% was down 70 bps from 19.7% last year. Our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 9.9%. Our results reflected solid volume growth across most of our Canadian Banking businesses, higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, and higher earnings in Capital Markets primarily reflecting strong equity markets, our continued focus on origination and lending, and increased activity from client-focused strategies. The impact of foreign exchange translation also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher costs in support of business growth, a loss of $100 million (before- and after-tax) related to the sale of RBC Jamaica, and higher litigation provisions and related legal costs in Capital Markets. In addition, our results 14 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis last year included a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of new tax legislation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies, as well as net favourable income tax adjustments of $214 million in Corporate Support. For further details on our results and CET1 ratio, refer to the Business segment results and Capital management sections, respectively. 2013 vs. 2012 In 2013, net income of $8,342 million was up $835 million or 11% from 2012. Diluted EPS of $5.49 was up $0.58 and ROE of 19.7% was up 10 bps. Our results reflected strong earnings growth across most of our business segments. Favourable income tax adjustments in 2013 of $214 million related to prior years, lower provision for credit losses (PCL) reflecting improved credit quality, and continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower trading revenue in Capital Markets and a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) in Insurance as a result of new tax legislation in Canada. In addition, our 2012 results were impacted by net favourable adjustments of $60 million after-tax including a release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) related to a refund of taxes paid due to the settlement of several tax matters with the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), an adjustment related to a change in estimate of mortgage prepayment interest of $125 million ($92 million after-tax), and a loss of $224 million ($213 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia Investor Services Limited (RBC Dexia). Estimated impact of foreign currency translation on our consolidated financial results Our foreign currency-denominated results are impacted by exchange rate fluctuations. Revenue, PCL, insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense (PBCAE), non-interest expense and net income denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange for the year. The following table reflects the estimated impact of foreign exchange translation on key income statement items: (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 2012 Table 5 Increase (decrease): Total revenue PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income Impact on EPS from continuing operations: Basic Diluted $ 818 9 75 510 121 $ .08 .08 The relevant average exchange rates that impact our business are shown in the following table: (Average foreign currency equivalent of C$1.00) (1) U.S. dollar British pound Euro (1) Average amounts are calculated using month-end spot rates for the period. 2014 0.914 0.551 0.680 2013 0.977 0.626 0.740 Total revenue $ 213 3 8 110 53 $ .04 .04 Table 6 2012 0.997 0.630 0.771 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Net interest margin (on average earning assets) (1) Investments (2) Insurance (3) Trading Banking (4) Underwriting and other advisory Other (5) Non-interest income Total revenue $ $ $ 2014 22,019 7,903 14,116 1.86% 7,355 4,957 742 4,090 1,809 1,039 Table 7 2013 2012 $ 21,148 7,899 $ 20,769 8,330 $ 13,249 $ 12,439 1.88% 1.97% $ 6,408 3,911 867 3,909 1,569 769 $ 5,084 4,897 1,305 3,399 1,434 589 $ $ 19,992 34,108 $ 17,433 $ 16,708 $ 30,682 $ 29,147 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Net interest margin (on average earning assets) is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Includes securities brokerage commissions, investment management and custodial fees, and mutual fund revenue. Includes premiums and investment and fee income. Investment income includes the change in fair value of investments backing policyholder liabilities and is largely offset in PBCAE. Includes service charges, foreign exchange revenue other than trading, card service revenue and credit fees. Includes other non-interest income, net gain (loss) on available-for-sale (AFS) securities and share of profit in associates. 2014 vs. 2013 Total revenue increased $3,426 million or 11% from last year. The impact of foreign exchange translation this year increased our total revenue by $818 million. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 15 Net interest income increased $867 million or 7%, mainly due to solid volume growth of 5% across most of our businesses in Canadian Banking and higher trading-related net interest income in Capital Markets. Higher lending activity in Capital Markets also contributed to the increase. For further details on the change in net interest income, refer to the Supplementary information section. Net interest margin was down 2 bps compared to last year largely due to the continuing low interest rate environment and competitive pressures. For further details on net interest margin, refer to the Supplementary information section. Investments revenue increased $947 million or 15%, mainly due to higher revenue from growth in average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management resulting from capital appreciation and strong net sales. Higher mutual fund distribution fees also contributed to the increase. Insurance revenue increased $1,046 million or 27%, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from a decrease in long-term interest rates, largely offset in PBCAE. Business growth in our European life and U.K. annuity products also contributed to the increase. Banking revenue increased $181 million or 5%, mainly due to the impact of foreign exchange translation, higher credit card balances and transaction volumes, and higher service fee revenue. These factors were partially offset by lower loan syndication activity compared to the strong levels last year. Underwriting and other advisory revenue increased $240 million or 15%, mainly due to strong growth in equity origination reflecting increased issuance activity, and higher mergers and acquisitions (M&A) activity reflecting increased mandates. Other revenue increased $270 million or 35%, mainly due to favourable cumulative accounting adjustments in Personal & Commercial Banking, and gains on credit default swaps used to economically hedge our corporate loan portfolio in Capital Markets compared to losses last year. 2013 vs. 2012 Total revenue increased $1,535 million or 5% as compared to 2012, mainly due to solid volume growth across all businesses in Canadian Banking, higher revenue from growth in average fee-based client assets across all businesses in Wealth Management, and incremental revenue related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services. The inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, strong growth in our lending portfolio in Capital Markets, and in our loan syndication business primarily in the U.S., and higher debt origination reflecting solid issuance activity also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by a change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from an increase in long-term interest rates, largely offset in PBCAE, lower fixed income trading revenue, and spread compression. In addition, 2012 was favourably impacted by a mortgage prepayment interest adjustment of $125 million resulting from a change in methodology with respect to the timing of recognition of mortgage prepayment interest. Additional trading information (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total trading revenue Net interest income Non-interest income Total trading revenue Total trading revenue by product Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities Total trading revenue Trading revenue (teb) by product Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities Total trading revenue (teb) Trading revenue (teb) by product – Capital Markets Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities Total Capital Markets trading revenue (teb) Table 8 2014 2013 2012 2,029 742 2,771 1,560 814 397 2,771 1,560 1,305 397 3,262 1,293 1,244 333 2,870 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,661 867 2,528 1,611 594 323 2,528 1,611 972 323 2,906 1,350 942 286 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,532 1,305 2,837 1,932 516 389 2,837 1,932 945 389 3,266 1,584 925 323 $ 2,578 $ 2,832 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2014 vs. 2013 Total trading revenue of $2,771 million, which comprises trading-related revenue recorded in Net interest income and Non-interest income, was up $243 million, or 10%, mainly due to higher equity trading revenue reflecting strong market conditions and higher commodities trading revenue. These factors were partially offset by lower fixed income trading revenue largely driven by the unfavourable impact of the implementation of valuation adjustments related to funding costs on uncollateralized OTC derivatives (FVA), and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies to comply with the Volcker Rule. 2013 vs. 2012 Total trading revenue of $2,528 million, which comprises trading-related revenue recorded in Net interest income and Non-interest income, was down $309 million, or 11%, mainly due to lower fixed income trading revenue, largely in Europe, as a result of challenging market conditions. 16 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Provision for credit losses 2014 vs. 2013 Total PCL decreased $73 million or 6% from a year ago, mainly due to lower provisions in Capital Markets and Wealth Management, partially offset by higher provisions in Personal & Commercial Banking, primarily in Caribbean Banking. 2013 vs. 2012 Total PCL decreased $62 million or 5% as compared to 2012, mainly reflecting improved credit quality in our Personal & Commercial banking, partially offset by higher provisions in Capital Markets and Wealth Management. For further details on PCL, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense 2014 vs. 2013 PBCAE increased $789 million or 28% from a year ago, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in revenue, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. These factors were partially offset by lower net claims costs. In addition, our PBCAE last year included the unfavourable impact of the charge of $160 million related to new tax legislation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies, and a favourable impact from interest and asset related activities on the Canadian life business. 2013 vs. 2012 PBCAE decreased $837 million or 23% as compared to 2012, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in insurance revenue. Favourable actuarial adjustments reflecting management actions and assumption changes also contributed to the decrease. These factors were partially offset by the charge related to new tax legislation in Canada. Non-interest expense (Millions of Canadian dollars) Salaries Variable compensation Benefits and retention compensation Share-based compensation Human resources Equipment Occupancy Communications Professional fees Outsourced item processing Amortization of other intangibles Impairment of other intangibles Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates Other Non-interest expense Efficiency ratio (1) (1) Efficiency ratio is calculated as non-interest expense divided by total revenue. $ $ $ 2014 4,834 4,388 1,561 248 11,031 1,147 1,330 779 763 246 666 8 – 1,691 17,661 51.8% 2013 $ 4,604 3,924 1,464 256 $ 10,248 1,081 1,235 728 753 250 566 10 20 1,323 $ 16,214 52.8% Table 9 2012 $ 4,089 3,638 1,216 139 $ 9,082 913 1,130 748 666 254 494 – 168 1,186 $ 14,641 50.2% 2014 vs. 2013 Non-interest expense increased $1,447 million or 9%, primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange translation of $510 million, higher costs in support of business growth, and higher variable compensation driven by higher revenue in Wealth Management and higher results in Capital Markets. Increased litigation provisions and related legal costs in Capital Markets, and the loss of $100 million related to the sale of RBC Jamaica also contributed to the increase. These factors were partly offset by continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities. Efficiency ratio of 51.8% decreased 100 bps from 52.8% last year, mainly due to continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities. 2013 vs. 2012 Non-interest expense increased $1,573 million or 11% as compared to 2012, primarily reflecting incremental costs related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services and higher variable compensation mainly driven by higher revenue in Wealth Management. The inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, higher costs in support of business growth, and higher litigation provisions and related legal costs in Capital Markets also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by continued benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities, and lower variable compensation in Capital Markets reflecting a lower compensation to revenue ratio. In addition, non-interest expense was unfavourably impacted in 2012 by an impairment loss and other costs of $188 million related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 17 Income and other taxes (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Income taxes Other taxes Goods and services sales taxes Payroll taxes Capital taxes Property taxes Insurance premium taxes Business taxes Total income and other taxes Net income before income taxes Canadian statutory income tax rate (1) Lower average tax rate applicable to subsidiaries Goodwill impairment Tax-exempt income from securities Tax rate change Effect of previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary differences Other Effective income tax rate Effective total tax rate (2) $ $ $ $ $ Table 10 2014 2,706 2013 2,105 2012 $ 2,028 $ 395 529 86 106 51 8 1,175 3,881 11,710 26.3% (2.3) 0.0 (3.3) 0.0 (0.1) 2.5 23.1% 30.1% $ 370 497 85 119 50 25 1,146 $ 3,251 $ $ 10,447 $ 343 430 79 120 50 16 $ 1,038 $ 3,066 $ 9,586 26.2% (1.8) 0.0 (2.8) 0.0 (0.5) (1.0) 20.1% 28.0% 26.4% (3.1) 0.4 (3.4) 0.0 (0.1) 1.0 21.2% 28.9% (1) (2) Blended Federal and Provincial statutory income tax rate. Total income and other taxes as a percentage of net income before income taxes and other taxes. 2014 vs. 2013 Income tax expense increased $601 million or 29% from last year, mainly due to higher earnings before income tax. The effective income tax rate of 23.1% increased 300 bps as last year included net favourable tax adjustments, including $214 million of income tax adjustments related to prior years. Other taxes increased $29 million or 3%, mainly due to higher payroll taxes and sales taxes which were partially offset by lower business taxes and property taxes. In addition to the income and other taxes reported in our Consolidated Statements of Income, we recorded income tax recoveries of $643 million (2013 – $231 million) in shareholders’ equity, primarily reflecting foreign currency translation losses from hedging activities. 2013 vs. 2012 Income tax expense increased $77 million or 4% from 2012, mainly due to higher earnings before income taxes. The effective income tax rate of 20.1% decreased 110 bps from 21.2% in 2012, mainly due to favourable income tax adjustments in 2013 related to prior years. Other taxes increased $108 million or 10% from 2012, mainly due to higher payroll taxes and sales taxes. Business segment results Results by business segment Table 11 2013 2012 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Income tax Net income from continuing operations Loss from discontinued operations Net income ROE (2) from continuing operations ROE (2) Average assets $ Personal & Commercial Banking 9,743 $ 3,987 $ 13,730 $ 1,103 – 6,563 2014 Investor & Treasury Services Insurance Capital Markets (1) Corporate Support (1) Wealth Management 469 $ 5,844 6,313 $ 19 – 4,800 – $ 4,964 4,964 $ – 3,573 579 732 $ 1,152 1,884 $ – – 1,286 3,485 $ 3,881 7,366 $ 44 – 4,344 (313) $ 164 (149) $ (2) – 89 Total Total 14,116 $ 13,249 17,433 19,992 34,108 $ 30,682 1,237 2,784 16,214 1,164 3,573 17,661 $ 6,064 $ 1,589 1,494 $ 411 812 $ 31 598 $ 157 2,978 $ 923 (236) $ (405) 11,710 $ 10,447 2,105 2,706 $ 4,475 $ 1,083 $ 781 $ 441 $ 2,055 $ 169 $ 9,004 $ 8,342 – 4,475 $ – 1,083 $ $ – 781 $ – 441 $ – 2,055 $ – 169 $ – 9,004 $ – 8,342 19.2% 29.0% 19.7% 19.7% $ 368,800 $ 25,800 $ 12,000 $ 94,200 $ 392,300 $ 13,400 $ 906,500 $ 852,000 19.0% 19.0% 19.8% 49.7% 14.1% n.m. Total $ 12,439 16,708 $ 29,147 1,299 3,621 14,641 $ $ $ 9,586 2,028 7,558 (51) 7,507 19.7% 19.6% $ 803,000 (1) (2) Net interest income, total revenue and net income before income taxes are presented in Capital Markets on a taxable equivalent basis (teb). The teb adjustment is eliminated in the Corporate Support segment. For a further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. This measure may not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other financial institutions. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. n.m. not meaningful 18 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis How we measure and report our business segments Our management reporting framework is intended to measure the performance of each business segment as if it were a stand-alone business and reflects the way that the business segment is managed. This approach is intended to ensure that our business segments’ results include all applicable revenue and expenses associated with the conduct of their business and depicts how management views those results. The following highlights the key aspects of how our business segments are managed and reported: • Personal & Commercial Banking reported results include securitized Canadian residential mortgage and credit card loans and related amounts for income and provisions for credit losses on impaired loans. • Wealth Management reported results also include disclosure in U.S. dollars as we review and manage the results of certain businesses • • largely in this currency. Capital Markets results are reported on a taxable equivalent basis (teb), which grosses up net interest income from certain tax-advantaged sources (Canadian taxable corporate dividends) to their effective taxable equivalent value with a corresponding offset recorded in the provision for income taxes. We record the elimination of the teb adjustments in Corporate Support. We believe these adjustments are useful and reflect how Capital Markets manages its business, since it enhances the comparability of revenue and related ratios across taxable revenue and our principal tax-advantaged source of revenue. The use of teb adjustments and measures may not be comparable to similar GAAP measures or similarly adjusted amounts disclosed by other financial institutions. Corporate Support results include all enterprise-level activities that are undertaken for the benefit of the organization that are not allocated to our five business segments, including residual asset/liability management results, impact from income tax adjustments, net charges associated with unattributed capital and PCL on loans not yet identified as impaired. Key methodologies The following outlines the key methodologies and assumptions used in our management reporting framework. These are periodically reviewed by management to ensure they remain valid. Expense allocation To ensure that our business segments’ results include expenses associated with the conduct of their business, we allocate costs incurred or services provided by Technology & Operations and Functions, which are directly undertaken or provided on the business segments’ behalf. For other costs not directly attributable to our business segments, including overhead costs and other indirect expenses, we use our management reporting framework for allocating these costs to each business segment in a manner that is intended to reflect the underlying benefits. Capital attribution Our framework also determines the attribution of capital to our business segments in a manner that is intended to consistently measure and align economic costs with the underlying benefits and risks associated with the activities of each business segment. The amount of capital assigned to each business segment is referred to as attributed capital. Unattributed capital and associated net charges are reported in Corporate Support. For further information, refer to the Capital management section. Funds transfer pricing A funds transfer pricing methodology is used to allocate interest income and expense by product to each business segment. This allocation considers the interest rate risk, liquidity and funding risk and regulatory requirements of each of our business segments. We base transfer pricing on external market costs and each business segment fully absorbs the costs of running its business. Our business segments may retain certain interest rate exposures subject to management approval that would be expected in the normal course of operations. Provisions for credit losses (PCL) PCL are recorded to recognize estimated losses on impaired loans, as well as losses that have been incurred but are not yet identified in our loans portfolio. This portfolio includes on-balance sheet exposures, such as loans and acceptances, and off-balance sheet items such as letters of credit, guarantees and unfunded commitments. PCL on impaired loans are included in the results of each business segment to fully reflect the appropriate expenses related to the conduct of each business segment. PCL on loans not yet identified as impaired are included in Corporate Support, as Group Risk Management effectively controls this through its monitoring and oversight of various lending portfolios throughout the enterprise. For details on our accounting policy on Allowance for credit losses, refer to Note 2 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Key performance and non-GAAP measures Performance measures The following discussion describes the key performance measures we use in evaluating our operating results. Return on common equity (ROE) We measure and evaluate the performance of our consolidated operations and each business segment using a number of financial metrics such as net income and ROE. We use ROE, at both the consolidated and business segment levels, as a measure of return on total capital invested in our business. Management views the business segment ROE measure as a useful measure for supporting investment and resource allocation decisions because it adjusts for certain items that may affect comparability between business segments and certain competitors. Our consolidated ROE calculation is based on net income available to common shareholders divided by total average common equity for the period. Business segment ROE calculations are based on net income available to common shareholders divided by average attributed capital for the period. For each segment, average attributed capital includes the capital required to underpin various risks as described in the Capital Management section and amounts invested in goodwill and intangibles. The attribution of capital and risk capital involves the use of assumptions, judgments and methodologies that are regularly reviewed and revised by management as necessary. Changes to such assumptions, judgments and methodologies can have a material effect on the segment ROE information that we report. Other companies that disclose information on similar attributions and related return measures may use different assumptions, judgments and methodologies. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 19 The following table provides a summary of our ROE calculations: Calculation of ROE Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance 2014 Investor & Treasury Services Table 12 2013 2012 Capital Markets Corporate Support Total Total Total $ 4,405 $ 1,057 $ 773 $ 429 $ 1,990 $ 43 $ 8,697 $ 7,991 $ 7,203 – – (51) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations Loss to common shareholders from discontinued operations Net income available to common shareholders $ 4,405 $ 1,057 $ 773 $ 429 $ 1,990 $ 43 $ 8,697 $ 7,991 $ 7,152 Average common equity from continuing operations (1), (2) Average common equity from discontinued operations (1) $ 15,200 $ 5,500 $ 1,550 $ 2,150 $ 14,100 $ 7,200 $ 45,700 $ 40,600 $ 36,100 – – 400 Total average common equity (1), (2) $ 15,200 $ 5,500 $ 1,550 $ 2,150 $ 14,100 $ 7,200 $ 45,700 $ 40,600 $ 36,500 ROE (3) 29.0% 19.2% 49.7% 19.8% 14.1% n.m. 19.0% 19.7% 19.6% Average common equity represent rounded figures. The amounts for the segments are referred to as attributed capital. ROE is based on actual balances of average common equity before rounding. (1) (2) (3) n.m. not meaningful Embedded value for Insurance operations Embedded value is a measure of shareholder value embedded in the balance sheet of our Insurance segment, excluding any value from future new sales. We use the change in embedded value between reporting periods as a measure of the value created by the insurance operations during the period. We define embedded value as the value of equity held in our Insurance segment and the value of in-force business (existing policies). The value of in-force business is calculated as the present value of future expected earnings on in-force business less the present value of capital required to support in-force business. We use discount rates that are consistent with those used by other insurance companies. Required capital uses the capital frameworks in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Key drivers affecting the change in embedded value from period to period are new sales, investment performance, claims and policyholder experience, change in actuarial assumptions, changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in shareholder equity arising from transfers in capital. Embedded value does not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may not be directly comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies. Given that this measure is specifically used for our Insurance segment and involves the use of discount rates to present value the future expected earnings and capital required for the in-force business, reconciliation to financial statements information is not applicable. Non-GAAP measures We believe that certain non-GAAP measures described below are more reflective of our ongoing operating results, and provide readers with a better understanding of management’s perspective on our performance. These measures enhance the comparability of our financial performance for the year ended October 31, 2014 with results from last year as well as, in the case of economic profit, measure relative contribution to shareholder value. Non-GAAP measures do not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other financial institutions. The following discussion describes the non-GAAP measures we use in evaluating our operating results. Economic profit Economic profit is net income excluding the after-tax effect of amortization of other intangibles less a capital charge for use of attributed capital. It measures the return generated by our businesses in excess of our cost of capital, thus enabling users to identify relative contributions to shareholder value. The capital charge includes a charge for common equity and preferred shares. In 2014, we revised our cost of equity to 9.0% from 8.5% in 2013, largely as a result of higher long-term interest rates. 20 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The following table provides a summary of our Economic profit on a continuing basis: Economic profit from continuing operations Table 13 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net income from continuing operations add: Non-controlling interests After-tax effect of amortization of other intangibles Intangibles writedown Adjusted net income less: Capital charge Economic profit (loss) from continuing operations (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net income from continuing operations add: Non-controlling interests After-tax effect of amortization of other intangibles Goodwill and intangibles writedown Adjusted net income less: Capital charge Economic profit (loss) from continuing operations Personal & Commercial Banking $ $ 4,475 1 27 – 4,503 1,439 $ 3,064 Wealth Management Insurance 1,083 (1) 73 6 1,161 521 $ $ 781 – – – 781 147 $ $ $ 2014 Investor & Treasury Services $ $ 441 (1) 21 – 461 205 Capital Markets $ 2,055 – 1 2 $ 2,058 1,333 Corporate Support Total $ $ 169 $ 9,004 (94) (93) 1 – 123 8 77 $ 9,041 4,341 696 640 $ 634 $ 256 $ 725 $ (619) $ 4,700 Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance 2013 Investor & Treasury Services 2012 Capital Markets Corporate Support Total Total $ $ 4,380 (4) $ 26 – 4,402 1,285 $ $ $ 886 – 67 – 953 492 $ $ 595 – – – 595 129 339 (1) $ 1,700 – 21 – 359 180 1 – $ 1,701 1,053 $ $ 442 (93) $ 8,342 (98) $ 7,558 (97) 2 – 117 – 112 168 351 563 $ 8,361 3,702 $ 7,741 3,681 $ 3,117 $ 461 $ 466 $ 179 $ 648 $ (212) $ 4,659 $ 4,060 Results excluding specified items Our results were impacted by the following specified items: • For the year ended October 31, 2014, in our Personal & Commercial Banking segment: – A total loss of $100 million (before- and after-tax) related to the sale of RBC Jamaica, comprised of a loss of $60 million (before- and after-tax) in the first quarter of 2014, and a further loss of $40 million (before- and after-tax) in the third quarter of 2014 which includes foreign currency translation related to the closing of the sale of RBC Jamaica; and – A provision of $40 million ($32 million after-tax) related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean. For the year ended October 31, 2013: – A charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of new tax legislation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies in our Insurance segment; and – A restructuring charge of $44 million ($31 million after-tax) related to the integration of Investor Services, primarily in Europe, in our Investor & Treasury Services segment. For the year ended October 31, 2012: – A loss of $224 million ($213 million after-tax) related to our acquisition of the remaining 50% stake in RBC Dexia in our Investor & • • Treasury Services segment. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 21 The following tables provide calculations of our segment results and measures excluding these specified items: Personal & Commercial Banking Table 14 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) As reported 2014 Items excluded Total loss on sale of RBC Jamaica (1) Provision for post-employment benefits and restructuring charges Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before taxes Net income Selected balances and other information Non-interest expense Total revenue Efficiency ratio Revenue growth rate Non-interest expense growth rate Operating leverage $ $ $ $ $ $ 13,730 1,103 6,563 6,064 4,475 6,563 13,730 47.8% 5.5% 6.4% (0.9%) – – (100) 100 100 $ $ – – (40) 40 32 $ $ (100) $ (40) $ Adjusted 13,730 1,103 6,423 6,204 4,607 6,423 13,730 46.8% 5.5% 4.2% 1.3% (1) Total loss is comprised of a loss of $60 million (before- and after-tax) recorded in Q1 2014, and a further loss of $40 million (before- and after-tax) which includes foreign currency translation recorded in Q3 2014. Insurance (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) As reported 2013 Charge related to certain individual life insurance policies Total revenue PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Selected balance and other information Net income available to common shareholders Average common equity ROE (1) (1) Based on actual balances before rounding. Investor & Treasury Services (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) As reported 2013 Restructuring charge (1) Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Selected balances and other information Net income available to common shareholders Average common equity ROE (3) $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,804 1,348 456 339 326 2,000 16.5% $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,928 2,784 551 593 595 586 1,400 41.4% – (160) – 160 118 118 $ $ $ 2012 Loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia (2) As reported $ $ $ $ $ $ 905 701 204 102 90 1,700 5.3% 36 (188) 224 213 $ $ 941 513 428 315 213 $ 303 1,700 17.9% Adjusted $ 1,804 1,304 500 370 $ – (44) 44 31 31 $ 357 2,000 18.1% Table 15 Adjusted 3,928 2,624 551 753 713 704 1,400 49.8% Table 16 Adjusted (1) (2) (3) Related to the integration of Investor Services. Consisted of an impairment loss of $168 million (before- and after-tax), comprised of a write-down of investments in joint ventures, other costs relating to the acquisition of $20 million ($19 million after-tax), and a loss of $36 million ($26 million after-tax), which was our proportionate share of the loss recorded by RBC Dexia from the securities exchange with Dexia Group and trading losses on the sale of a majority of the securities received in the exchange. Based on actual balances before rounding. 22 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Personal & Commercial Banking Personal & Commercial Banking is comprised of our personal and business banking operations, and our auto financing and retail investment businesses, including our online discount brokerage channel, and operates through two businesses: Canadian Banking, and Caribbean & U.S. Banking. We provide services to more than 13 million individual, business and institutional clients across Canada, the Caribbean and the U.S. In Canada, we provide a broad suite of financial products and services through our extensive branch, automated teller machine (ATM), online, mobile and telephone banking networks, as well as through a large number of proprietary sales professionals. In the Caribbean, we offer a broad range of financial products and services to individuals and business clients, and public institutions in various markets. In the U.S., we serve the cross-border banking needs of Canadian clients within the U.S. through online channels, as well as the banking product needs of our U.S. wealth management clients. Our banking-related operations compete in the Canadian financial services industry, which consists of other Schedule I banks, independent trust companies, foreign banks, credit unions, caisses populaires, and auto financing companies. We maintain top (#1 or #2) rankings in market share in this competitive environment for all retail and business financial product categories, and have the largest branch network, the most ATMs and the largest mobile sales network across Canada. In the Caribbean, our competition includes banks, trust companies and investment management companies serving retail and corporate customers and public institutions. We continue to be the second largest bank as measured by assets in the English Caribbean, with 93 branches in 18 countries and territories. In the U.S., we compete primarily with other Canadian banking institutions with operations in the U.S. Economic and market review We continued to see solid volume growth across most of our Canadian banking businesses, reflecting solid economic performance in Canada and the continuing low interest rate environment which has driven solid, although slowing, credit industry growth compared to last year. Stable credit loss rates in our business and consumer products reflect improving unemployment rates in Canada. Our businesses continued to be impacted by competitive pressures and certain regulatory measures aimed at slowing the pace of borrowing. In the Caribbean, unfavourable economic conditions continued to negatively impact our results through higher PCL, lower loan volumes, and spread compression. Highlights • We were the first financial institution in Canada to deliver a mobile app for businesses on all major platforms including Android, BlackBerry, iOS, and Windows Phone 8. • We partnered with BestBuy and Future Shop to offer online rewards points redemption access to over 90,000 items. • • Our mutual funds distribution through our branch network exceeded $110 billion in assets under administration, an increase of 17%. In the Caribbean, we continued to focus on quality asset and revenue growth while reducing our structural costs despite continued challenging market conditions. • We completed the sale of RBC Jamaica to Sagicor Group Jamaica Limited in June 2014. • As a result of our successes in most of our businesses, we received external recognition as an industry leader and were named: – – – “Best Global Retail Bank” by Retail Banker International. “Best Trade Finance Bank 2014 in Canada” by Global Finance Magazine for the second consecutive year. “Best Private Banking Services in Canada, the Caribbean, Cayman Islands and Jersey 2014” by Euromoney Magazine. Outlook and priorities Financial conditions in Canada are expected to remain favourable, driven by continued improvement in the Canadian economy, supportive credit conditions, and continuing low interest rates. We expect continued solid volume growth across most of our products, but anticipate increased pricing pressures and industry competition resulting from the slowing credit industry. We are adapting to these market trends by focusing on higher growth segments. On November 4, 2014, MasterCard Canada and Visa Canada announced voluntary commitments to reduce merchant credit card fees to an average effective rate of 1.5% for the next five years, effective April 30, 2015. As a result of these commitments, the Minister of Finance signaled the government’s intention to not regulate credit card interchange rates at this time. While we continue to assess the potential impact of this announcement on our operations, we do not expect it to have a significant impact on our Canadian Banking results. In the Caribbean, challenging market conditions and slow economic growth continue to constrain our outlook. We expect net interest margins to remain challenged by spread compression. However, we expect to drive more efficiency through expense reduction as we continue to leverage our common operating model across our Caribbean platforms. For further details on the legal and regulatory environment, refer to the Risk management – Legal and regulatory environment risk section. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2015 In Canada, our priorities are to continue to: • • • • • Leverage our sales capabilities, strategic partnerships and innovative distribution channels to help broaden our client base. Provide a superior client experience through relevant and tailored advice in order to achieve industry-leading volume growth. Extend and strengthen our capabilities to differentiate us in the emerging payments markets. Enhance our channel capabilities particularly in the digital and mobile platforms. Automate and digitize our business processes to improve the customer experience and maintain our industry-leading efficiency. In the Caribbean and the U.S., we are focused on: • Strengthening our operations by focusing on quality asset growth in key markets, optimizing our cost structure, improving our credit and operational risk practices and enhancing our leadership and talent capabilities. Strengthening the cross-border business in the U.S. and continuing to assess the market and our strategic business development options. • Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 23 Personal & Commercial Banking (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Canadian Banking Caribbean & U.S. Banking Key ratios ROE NIM (1) Efficiency ratio (2) Efficiency ratio adjusted (2), (3) Operating leverage Operating leverage adjusted (3) Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Total earning assets (4) Loans and acceptances (4) Deposits Attributed capital Other information AUA (5) AUM Number of employees (FTE) Effective income tax rate Credit information Gross impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances Estimated impact of U.S. dollar and Trinidad & Tobago dollar (TTD) translation on key income statement items $ $ $ $ $ 2014 9,743 3,987 13,730 1,103 6,563 6,064 4,475 12,869 861 29.0% 2.77% 47.8% 46.8% (0.9)% 1.3% 368,800 351,300 351,600 278,800 15,200 214,200 4,000 36,174 26.2% 0.54% 0.31% $ $ $ $ $ 2013 9,434 3,585 13,019 995 6,168 5,856 4,380 12,220 799 30.5% 2.78% 47.4% n.a. (1.3)% n.a. 355,300 338,700 337,800 262,200 14,050 192,200 3,400 38,011 25.2% 0.55% 0.30% $ $ $ $ $ Table 17 2012 9,059 3,379 12,438 1,165 5,822 5,451 4,056 11,614 824 31.2% 2.86% 46.8% n.a. n.a. n.a. 330,700 316,200 315,400 243,900 12,700 179,200 3,100 38,244 25.6% 0.58% 0.37% (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Increase (decrease): Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income Percentage change in average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average TTD equivalent of C$1.00 2014 vs 2013 $ 46 39 (1) (6)% (7)% (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) n.a. NIM is calculated as Net interest income divided by Average total earning assets. Efficiency ratio is calculated as Non-interest expense divided by Total revenue. Measures have been adjusted by excluding the loss related to the sale of RBC Jamaica and the provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean, and are non-GAAP measures. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Average total earning assets and average loans and acceptances include average securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans for the year of $54.5 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively (2013 – $53.9 billion and $7.2 billion; 2012 – $44.9 billion and $7.3 billion). AUA includes securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans as at October 31, 2014 of $23.2 billion and $8.0 billion respectively (October 31, 2013 – $25.4 billion and $7.2 billion; October 31, 2011 – $31.0 billion and $7.4 billion). not applicable Financial performance 2014 vs. 2013 Net income increased $95 million or 2% compared to last year. Excluding the loss of $100 million (before- and after-tax) related to the sale of RBC Jamaica, and a provision of $40 million ($32 million after-tax) related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean, net income of $4,607 million was up $227 million or 5%, largely reflecting solid volume growth and strong fee-based revenue growth across most of our businesses in Canada, and the full integration of Ally Canada. These factors were partially offset by higher PCL largely in the Caribbean. Total revenue increased $711 million or 5% from last year, mainly due to solid volume growth of 5% across most of our Canadian businesses, and strong fee-based revenue growth primarily attributable to higher mutual fund distribution fees and card services revenue. Net interest margin was relatively stable compared to last year. PCL increased $108 million, with the PCL ratio increasing 1 bp, largely reflecting an additional provision of $50 million related to our impaired residential mortgages portfolio in the Caribbean, as well as higher provisions in our Canadian small business portfolio. For further details, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Non-interest expense increased $395 million or 6%. Excluding the specified items noted above, non-interest expense was up $255 million or 4%, mostly due to higher staff and marketing costs in support of business growth, the impact of foreign exchange translation, and higher litigation provisions. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities and benefits from the full integration of Ally Canada. Average loans and acceptances increased $14 billion or 4%, mainly due to growth in Canada, primarily in residential mortgages, business loans, and personal loans. Average deposits increased $17 billion or 6%, reflecting solid growth in both personal and business deposits. 24 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2013 vs. 2012 Net income was up $324 million or 8% from 2012, reflecting solid volume growth across all our businesses in Canada, improved credit quality in our Canadian and Caribbean portfolios, and the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada. These factors were partially offset by spread compression, and a provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean of $40 million ($31 million after- tax). In addition, our results in 2012 were favourably impacted by a mortgage prepayment interest adjustment of $125 million ($92 million after- tax) resulting from a change in methodology with respect to the timing of recognition of mortgage prepayment interest. Average loans and acceptances increased $22 billion or 7% from 2012, mainly due to growth in Canadian home equity products, personal loans, and business loans. Average deposits increased $18 billion or 8% from 2012, reflecting solid growth in both business and personal deposits. Results excluding the specified items noted above are non-GAAP measures. For further details, including a reconciliation, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. In Canada, we operate through three business lines: Personal Financial Services, Business Financial Services and Cards and Payments Solutions. The following provides a discussion of our consolidated Canadian Banking results. Canadian Banking financial highlights Table 18 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Personal Financial Services Business Financial Services Cards and Payment Solutions Key ratios ROE NIM (1) Efficiency ratio (2) Operating leverage Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Total earning assets (3) Loans and acceptances (3) Deposits Attributed capital Other information AUA (4) Number of employees (FTE) Effective income tax rate Credit information $ $ $ $ 2014 9,168 $ 3,701 12,869 928 5,687 6,254 4,642 $ 2013 8,875 3,345 12,220 908 5,464 5,848 4,352 7,285 $ 3,135 2,449 6,948 2,990 2,282 37.0% 2.71% 44.2% 1.2% 37.5% 2.72% 44.7% (0.6%) $ $ $ 2012 8,484 3,130 11,614 1,015 5,163 5,436 4,045 6,591 2,894 2,129 38.9% 2.78% 44.5% n.a. 350,400 $ 338,000 326,400 337,900 330,400 343,900 248,100 263,600 11,400 12,400 $ 314,600 305,100 307,900 230,300 10,200 205,200 31,442 25.8% 183,600 31,970 25.6% 171,100 31,800 25.6% Gross impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances 0.33% 0.36% 0.37% 0.27% 0.27% 0.33% (1) (2) (3) (4) n.a. NIM is calculated as Net interest income divided by Average total earning assets. Efficiency ratio is calculated as Non-interest expense divided by Total revenue. Average total earning assets and average loans and acceptances include average securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans for the year of $54.5 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively (2013 – $53.9 billion and $7.2 billion; 2012 – $44.9 billion and $7.3 billion). AUA includes securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans as at October 31, 2014 of $23.2 billion and $8.0 billion respectively (October 31, 2013 – $25.4 billion and $7.2 billion; October 31, 2012 – $31.0 billion and $7.4 billion). not applicable Financial performance 2014 vs. 2013 Net income increased $290 million or 7%, compared to last year, reflecting solid volume growth across most businesses, strong fee-based revenue growth, and the full integration of Ally Canada. Total revenue increased $649 million or 5% from last year, largely due to solid volume growth of 5% across most businesses, and strong fee-based revenue growth primarily attributable to higher mutual fund distribution fees and card services revenue. Net interest margin was relatively stable compared to last year. PCL increased $20 million, with the PCL ratio flat, mainly due to higher provisions in our small business portfolio. Non-interest expense increased $223 million or 4%, due to higher staff and marketing costs in support of business growth, and higher litigation provisions. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities and benefits from the full integration of Ally Canada. Average loans and acceptances increased $14 billion or 4%, mainly due to growth in residential mortgages, business loans and personal loans. Average deposits increased $16 billion or 6%, primarily reflecting growth in both personal and business deposits. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 25 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $307 million or 8% from 2012, reflecting solid volume growth across all businesses, improved credit quality, and the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada. These factors were partially offset by higher costs in support of business growth and spread compression. Business line review Personal Financial Services Personal Financial Services focuses on meeting the needs of our individual Canadian clients at every stage of their lives through a wide range of financing and investment products and services, including home equity financing, personal lending, deposit accounts, Canadian private banking, indirect lending (including auto financing), mutual funds and self-directed brokerage accounts, and Guaranteed Investment Certificates (GICs). We rank #1 or #2 in market share for most personal banking products in Canada and our retail banking network is the largest in Canada with 1,272 branches and 4,620 ATMs. Financial performance Total revenue increased $337 million or 5% compared to last year, reflecting solid volume growth across most businesses, and higher mutual fund distribution fees. Average residential mortgages increased 4% compared to 2013, resulting from solid housing market activity supported by the continuing low interest rate environment. Average personal loans grew 2% from last year largely due to growth in indirect lending. Average personal deposits grew 7% from last year, reflecting the acquisition of new clients as well as the continued use of savings and other deposits products by existing clients. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of) Total revenue Other information (average) Residential mortgages Personal loans Personal deposits Personal GICs Branch mutual fund balances (1) AUA – Self-directed brokerage (1) Number of: New deposit accounts opened (thousands) Branches ATM (1) Represents year-end spot balances. Business Financial Services Table 19 Average residential mortgages, personal loans and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) Residential mortgages Personal loans Personal deposits 120,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 0 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 216,000 180,000 144,000 108,000 72,000 36,000 0 2014 2013 2012 $ 7,285 $ 6,948 $ 6,591 186,700 85,200 100,000 65,100 178,700 83,600 93,700 63,100 170,400 76,300 87,300 59,100 111,600 95,300 82,300 60,500 53,300 48,900 1,514 1,272 4,620 1,285 1,255 4,622 1,204 1,239 4,724 Business Financial Services offers a wide range of lending, leasing, deposit, investment, foreign exchange, cash management, auto dealer financing (floorplan), and trade products and services to small, medium-sized and commercial businesses and agriculture and agribusiness clients across Canada. Our business banking network has the largest team of relationship managers and specialists in the industry. Our strong commitment to our clients has resulted in our leading market share in business loans and deposits. Financial performance Total revenue increased $145 million or 5% compared to last year, primarily due to strong volume growth in business deposits and business loans, and a favourable cumulative accounting adjustment related to deferred loan fees in our business lending portfolio. These factors were partially offset by spread compression from competitive pressures. Average loans and acceptances increased 6% and average business deposits were up 8%, in a very competitive environment, due to increased activity from existing and new clients. Table 20 Average business loans and acceptances and business deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information (average) 2014 2013 2012 $ 3,135 $ 2,990 $ 2,894 Business loans and acceptances Business deposits (1) 57,900 98,500 54,500 91,300 48,300 83,900 (1) Includes GIC balances. 26 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 64,000 56,000 48,000 40,000 32,000 24,000 16,000 8,000 0 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 Business loans and acceptances Business deposits 112,000 98,000 84,000 70,000 56,000 42,000 28,000 14,000 0 Card and Payment Solutions Cards and Payment Solutions provides a wide array of convenient credit cards with loyalty and reward benefits, and payment products and solutions within Canada. We have over 6.7 million credit card accounts and have approximately 23% market share of Canada’s credit card purchase volume. In addition, this business line includes our 50% interest in Moneris Solutions, Inc., our merchant card processing joint venture with the Bank of Montreal. Moneris processes approximately $195 billion in annual credit and debit card transaction volumes. Financial performance Total revenue increased $167 million or 7%, compared to last year, driven by improved spreads, higher balances and higher credit card trans- action volumes. Average credit card balances increased 4% and net purchase volumes increased 10% due to higher active accounts driven by strength in new account acquisitions. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information 2014 2013 2012 $ 2,449 $ 2,282 $ 2,129 Average credit card balances Net purchase volumes 14,100 84,200 13,600 76,200 12,900 70,500 Table 21 Average credit card balances and net purchase volumes (Millions of Canadian dollars) 16,000 14,000 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 Average credit card balances Net purchase volumes 96,000 84,000 72,000 60,000 48,000 36,000 24,000 12,000 0 Caribbean & U.S. Banking Our Caribbean banking business offers a comprehensive suite of banking products and services, as well as international financing and trade promotion services through extensive branch, ATM, online and mobile banking networks. Our U.S. cross-border banking business serves the needs of our Canadian clients within the U.S. through online and mobile channels, and offers a broad range of financial products and services to individual and business clients across all 50 states. As well, we serve the banking product needs of our U.S. wealth management clients. Financial performance Total revenue increased $62 million or 8% from last year, primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange translation, and the implementation of full-service pricing in the Caribbean. Average loans and acceptances increased $300 million or 4%, primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange translation and strong loan growth in the U.S. client base. Average deposits increased $1 billion or 8%, mostly due to increased liquidity in the Caribbean leading to higher savings and current account balances, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. Selected highlights Table 22 Average loans and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts) Total revenue Other information Net interest margin Average loans and acceptances Average deposits AUA AUM Number of: Branches ATM 2014 2013 2012 $ 861 $ 799 $ 824 4.30% 7,700 15,200 9,000 4,000 4.56% 7,400 14,100 8,600 3,400 5.19% 7,500 13,600 8,100 3,100 93 309 116 351 121 341 8,000 7,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 Loans and acceptances Deposits 16,000 14,000 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 27 Wealth Management Wealth Management comprises Canadian Wealth Management, U.S. & International Wealth Management and Global Asset Management (GAM). Wealth Management serves individual and institutional clients in target markets around the world. From our offices in key financial centres mainly in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., Channel Islands, continental Europe, and Asia, Wealth Management offers a comprehensive suite of investment, trust, banking, credit and other wealth management solutions to affluent, high net worth (HNW), and ultra-high net worth (UHNW) clients. Our asset management group, Global Asset Management, which includes BlueBay Asset Management (BlueBay), is an established global leader in investment management services, providing investment strategies and fund solutions directly to institutional investors and also to individual clients through our distribution channels and third-party distributors. Economic and market review Solid economic performance in Canada and the U.S., as well as strong growth in capital markets throughout most of fiscal 2014, drove higher growth in our average fee-based client assets through capital appreciation and net sales. The Euro area economy grew marginally, leading the ECB to implement policy measures aimed at restoring investor confidence and stimulating lending in the region. In addition, the continuing global low interest rate environment resulted in continued spread compression and money market fee waivers. Highlights • • Capital appreciation and strong net sales continued to drive client assets higher surpassing $1.1 trillion this year. In Canada, our full service private wealth business is the industry leader. We continued to extend our leadership amongst HNW clients by focusing on delivering comprehensive value to our clients, leveraging our expertise around business owners, succession and wealth planning. In the U.S., we are among the top 10 full service brokerage firms in terms of assets and number of advisors, and we continued to focus on improving advisor productivity. Outside Canada and the U.S., we have focused on select markets with growth potential where we are well positioned to succeed, while at the same time enhancing our product offering and operating environment. • • • We continued to grow and invest in our high-performing asset management business and maintained a leading market share of 14.5% of • the Canadian mutual fund asset management industry. We have increased BlueBay’s distribution footprint with institutional clients and expanded our international distribution capabilities to U.S. and international institutional clients and professional buyers. We also enhanced our capabilities by acquiring differentiated global equities investment capabilities. The strength of our global capabilities and commitment to deliver integrated global wealth management advice, solutions and services to HNW and UHNW clients helped us earn significant industry awards. We were ranked or named: – – – – – – 5th largest global wealth manager by client assets (Scorpio Partnership’s 2014 Global Private Banking KPI Benchmark) Outstanding Wealth Manager – Customer Relationship Service and Engagement (Private Banker International) Best Fund Group Overall and Best Bond Funds Group (Lipper Awards) A top 50 Global Asset Manager (Pensions & Investments / Towers Watson) Best Bank-owned Brokerage Firm in Canada (International Executive Brokerage Report Card) Trust Company of the Year (Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners) Outlook and priorities Economic and market conditions are expected to continue improving, particularly in Canada and the U.S., and we anticipate further growth in average fee-based client assets. We have also recently realigned our International Wealth Management business to allow us to continue focusing our strategic priorities around evolving markets and competition, and the changing needs of our clients. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2015 • • • • Bring the best of RBC to our clients by leveraging the RBC enterprise brand, capabilities and competitive strengths. Leverage and grow our high performing asset management business globally. Focus growth on the HNW and UHNW client segments in our priority markets. Focus on serving our international cross-border clients well from our targeted markets by realigning certain international businesses for sustainable growth and profitable scale. 28 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Wealth Management (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Fee-based revenue Transactional and other revenue Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Canadian Wealth Management U.S. & International Wealth Management U.S. & International Wealth Management (US$ millions) Global Asset Management (1) Key ratios ROE Pre-tax margin (2) Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Loans and acceptances Deposits Attributed capital Other information Revenue per advisor (000s) (3) AUA (4) AUM (4) Average AUA Average AUM Number of employees (FTE) Number of advisors (5) Estimated impact of U.S. dollar, British pound and Euro translation on key income statement items (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Increase (decrease): Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income Percentage change in average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average British pound equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average Euro equivalent of C$1.00 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2014 469 $ 4,185 1,659 6,313 19 4,800 1,494 1,083 $ 2,186 $ 2,430 2,221 1,697 2013 396 $ 3,463 1,628 5,487 51 4,219 1,217 886 $ 1,889 $ 2,225 2,174 1,373 19.2% 23.7% 15.8% 22.2% 25,800 $ 15,700 36,200 5,500 21,600 $ 12,100 31,900 5,400 983 $ 862 $ 717,500 452,300 690,500 427,800 12,919 4,402 639,200 387,200 609,500 367,600 12,462 4,366 Table 23 2012 393 2,964 1,478 4,835 (1) 3,809 1,027 753 1,741 1,977 1,973 1,117 13.9% 21.2% 20,900 9,900 29,200 5,150 793 577,800 339,600 554,800 322,500 12,139 4,388 2014 vs. 2013 212 180 21 (6)% (12)% (8)% (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Effective the first quarter of 2014, BlueBay results are no longer reported on a one-month lag. As a result, 2014 included thirteen months of results from BlueBay. Pre-tax margin is defined as net income before income taxes divided by Total revenue. Represents investment advisors and financial consultants of our Canadian and U.S. full-service wealth businesses. Represents year-end spot balances. Represents client-facing advisors across all our wealth management businesses. 2014 vs. 2013 Net income increased $197 million or 22% from a year ago, mainly due to higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets, primarily in our Global Asset Management and Canadian Wealth Management businesses. Total revenue increased $826 million or 15%, mainly due to higher revenue from growth in average fee-based client assets resulting from capital appreciation and strong net sales, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. PCL decreased $32 million mainly due to lower provisions on a few accounts. For further details, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Non-interest expense increased $581 million or 14%, mainly due to higher variable compensation driven by higher revenue, the impact of foreign exchange translation, and higher staff levels and infrastructure investments in support of business growth. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $133 million or 18% from 2012, mainly due to higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets resulting from net sales and capital appreciation and higher transaction volumes reflecting improved market conditions. These factors were partially offset by higher PCL. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 29 Business line review Canadian Wealth Management Canadian Wealth Management includes our full-service Canadian wealth advisory business, which is the largest in Canada as measured by AUA, with over 1,600 investment advisors providing comprehensive advice-based financial solutions to affluent, HNW and UHNW clients. Additionally, we provide discretionary investment management and estate and trust services to our clients through approximately 60 investment counsellors and 95 trust professionals in locations across Canada. We compete with domestic banks and trust companies, investment counselling firms, bank-owned full service brokerages and boutique brokerages, mutual fund companies and global private banks. In Canada, bank-owned wealth managers continue to be the major players. Financial performance Revenue increased $297 million or 16% from a year ago, mainly due to higher revenue from a 14% increase in AUA reflecting capital appreciation and net sales. Table 24 Average AUA and AUM (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information $ 2014 2,186 $ 1,889 $ 1,741 2013 2012 Total loans and acceptances (1) Total deposits (1) AUA AUM Average AUA Average AUM Total assets under fee-based 3,000 15,300 285,100 55,400 272,900 50,400 2,500 13,400 251,400 43,600 239,100 40,000 2,300 11,900 230,400 36,100 222,100 34,400 programs 166,700 139,400 120,700 (1) Represents an average amount, which is calculated using methods intended to approximate the average of the daily balances for the period. U.S. & International Wealth Management 350,000 300,000 250,000 200,000 150,000 100,000 50,000 0 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 AUA AUM 56,000 48,000 40,000 32,000 24,000 16,000 8,000 0 (1) Represents average balances, which are more representative of the impact client balances have upon our revenue. U.S. Wealth Management includes our private client group, which is the 8th largest full-service wealth advisory firm in the U.S., as measured by number of advisors, with over 1,800 financial advisors. Additionally, our correspondent and advisor services businesses deliver clearing and execution services for small to mid-sized independent broker-dealers and registered investment advisor firms. In the U.S., we operate in a fragmented and extremely competitive industry. There are approximately 4,300 registered broker-dealers in the U.S., comprising independent, regional and global players. We have recently realigned our International Wealth Management business to focus on serving our international cross-border clients well from our targeted markets for sustainable growth and profitable scale. International Wealth Management includes Wealth Management – International (formerly Wealth Management – British Isles & Caribbean and also includes the international businesses in Canada and the U.S.), and Wealth Management – Emerging markets. We provide customized and integrated trust, banking, credit, and investment solutions to HNW and UHNW clients and corporate clients with over 1,500 employees located in 17 countries around the world. Competitors to our International Wealth Management business comprise global wealth managers, traditional offshore private banks, domestic wealth managers and U.S. investment-led private client operations. Financial performance Revenue increased $205 million or 9% from a year ago. In U.S. dollars, revenue increased $47 million or 2%, mainly due to higher revenue from a 6% increase in AUA reflecting capital appreciation and net sales, partially offset by the change in fair value of our U.S. share-based compensation plan, largely offset in non-interest expense. Selected highlights Table 25 Average AUA and AUM (1) (Millions of U.S. dollars) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except otherwise noted) Total revenue Other information (Millions of U.S. $ 2014 2,430 $ 2013 2012 2,225 $ 1,977 dollars) Total revenue Total loans, guarantees and letters of credit (1) Total deposits (1) AUA AUM Average AUA Average AUM Total assets under fee-based programs (2) 2,221 2,174 1,973 14,500 19,100 383,700 41,100 382,000 38,400 12,100 18,000 371,900 35,600 361,800 34,700 10,200 17,200 347,800 31,300 331,700 29,000 94,500 83,200 71,700 (1) (2) 30 Represents an average amount, which is calculated using methods intended to approximate the average of the daily balances for the period. Represents amounts related to our U.S. wealth management businesses. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 455,000 390,000 325,000 260,000 195,000 130,000 65,000 0 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 AUA AUM 45,500 39,000 32,500 26,000 19,500 13,000 6,500 0 (1) Represents average balances, which are more representative of the impact client balances have upon our revenue. Global Asset Management Global Asset Management provides global investment management services and solutions for individual and institutional investors in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., Europe and emerging markets. We provide a broad range of investment management services through mutual, pooled and hedge funds, fee-based accounts and separately managed portfolios. We distribute our investment solutions through a broad network of bank branches, our self-directed and full-service wealth advisory businesses, independent third party advisors and private bank, and directly to individual clients. We also provide investment solutions directly to institutional clients, including pension plans, endowments and foundations. We are the largest retail fund company in Canada as well as a leading institutional asset manager. We face competition in Canada from major banks, insurance companies, asset management organizations and boutique firms. The Canadian fund management industry is large and mature, but still a relatively fragmented industry. In the U.S., our asset management business offers investment management solutions and services primarily to institutional investors and competes with independent asset management firms, as well as those that are part of national and international banks, insurance companies and boutique asset managers. Internationally, through our leading global capabilities of BlueBay and RBC Global Asset Management, we offer investment management solutions for institutions and, through private banks including RBC Wealth Management, to HNW and UHNW investors. We face competition from asset managers that are part of international banks as well as national, regional and boutique asset managers in the geographies where we serve clients. Financial performance Revenue increased $324 million or 24% from a year ago, mainly due to higher revenue from a 14% increase in AUM reflecting capital appreciation and strong net sales, the impact of foreign exchange translation, and an additional month of revenue from BlueBay. Table 26 Average AUM (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue (1) Other information 2014 1,697 $ 2013 2012 1,373 $ 1,117 $ Canadian net long-term mutual fund sales Canadian net money market mutual fund (redemptions) sales AUM Average AUM 10,982 8,064 7,906 (1,229) 350,600 335,300 (1,348) 306,500 292,100 (1,981) 272,200 259,100 (1) Effective the first quarter of 2014, BlueBay results are no longer reported on a one- month lag. As a result, 2014 included thirteen months of results from BlueBay. 350,000 300,000 250,000 200,000 150,000 100,000 50,000 0 2014 2013 2012 (1) Represents average balances, which are more representative of the impact client balances have upon our revenue. Insurance Insurance comprises our operations in Canada and globally and operates under two business lines: Canadian Insurance and International Insurance, providing a wide range of life, health, home, auto, travel, wealth and reinsurance products and solutions. In Canada, we offer our products and services through our proprietary distribution channels, comprised of the field sales force which includes retail insurance branches, our field sales representatives, call centres and online, as well as through independent insurance advisors and affinity relationships. Outside Canada, we operate in reinsurance markets globally offering life, accident and annuity reinsurance products. Our competitive environment is discussed below in each business. Economic and market review While the global insurance industry has shown signs of stabilization, we continued to experience pressure from systemic factors such as persistently low interest rates, uncertain global market conditions, a slowdown in consumer lending, and changes in the regulatory environment including the Ontario government’s mandated auto rate reduction strategy which continue to impact the insurance marketplace. Although these factors have negatively impacted our businesses, product and pricing actions taken in recent years, a migration to lower cost proprietary distribution channels, conservative investment practices and diversified product lines have continued to mitigate this challenging environment. Highlights • We introduced tools, training and technology including simplified processes and improved applications to create a best-in-class sales force • • to capture increased market share in the Canadian insurance marketplace. For the 3rd consecutive quarter, RBC Insurance continues to be the fastest growing group insurance provider in Canada. Annual travel insurance plan solutions were launched in the branch network and to our credit card clients, including optional Trip Cancellation insurance. • We made pricing and product enhancements in individual disability insurance including a new unique program for established • professionals. The U.K. longevity risk transfer market continued to be robust as pension plan sponsors and annuity writers continued to pursue de-risking solutions. The market has seen growth in new entrants as well as various risk transfer options. We have been active in the U.K. market since 2008 and continue to selectively add annuity reinsurance contracts at a measured pace. Outlook and priorities We expect continued business growth as a result of the product and pricing actions taken during the last few years, including increasing volumes through our growing proprietary channels and the execution of efficiency management initiatives, which we anticipate will assist in mitigating economic and regulatory challenges. For further details, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 31 Key strategic priorities for 2015 • Deepen client relationships by continuing to provide our customers with a comprehensive suite of insurance products and services based on their unique family needs. Continue to improve our proprietary channels distribution efficiency through implementation of performance management processes, a proactive sales culture and enhanced cross-selling initiatives. Continue to simplify the way we do business by streamlining all business processes to ensure that clients find it easy to do business with us, while diligently managing our expenses. Pursue select international opportunities, within our risk appetite, with the aim of continuing to grow our core reinsurance business. • • • Insurance (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) 2014 2013 Non-interest income Net earned premiums Investment income (1) Fee income Total revenue Insurance policyholder benefits and claims (1) Insurance policyholder acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Canadian Insurance International Insurance Key ratios ROE Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Attributed capital Other information Premiums and deposits (2) Canadian Insurance International Insurance Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities Fair value changes on investments backing policyholder liabilities (1) Embedded value (3) AUM Number of employees (FTE) Estimated impact of U.S. dollar and British pound translation on key income statement items (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Increase (decrease): Total revenue PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income Percentage change in average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average British pound equivalent of C$1.00 $ $ $ $ $ $ Table 27 2012 3,705 929 263 4,897 3,055 566 518 758 713 2,992 1,905 3,742 $ 938 284 4,964 3,194 379 579 812 781 $ 2,911 $ 2,053 3,674 $ (17) 271 3,928 2,326 458 551 593 595 $ 1,962 $ 1,966 49.7% 41.4% 46.7% 12,000 $ 1,550 11,900 $ 1,400 11,500 1,500 5,164 $ 2,419 2,745 8,564 439 6,239 700 3,126 4,924 $ 2,344 2,580 8,034 $ (491) 6,302 500 2,965 4,849 2,362 2,487 7,921 410 5,861 300 2,744 2014 vs. 2013 74 75 – (2) (6)% (12)% (1) (2) (3) Investment income can experience volatility arising from fluctuation of fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) assets. The investments which support actuarial liabilities are predominantly fixed income assets designated as at FVTPL. Consequently changes in the fair values of these assets are recorded in investment income in the consolidated statement of income and are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the actuarial liabilities, the impact of which is reflected in insurance policyholder benefits and claims. Premiums and deposits include premiums on risk-based insurance and annuity products, and individual and group segregated fund deposits, consistent with insurance industry practices. Embedded value is defined as the sum of value of equity held in our Insurance segment and the value of in-force business (existing policies). For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Financial performance 2014 vs. 2013 Net income increased $186 million or 31%. Excluding the charge last year of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of new tax legis- lation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies, net income increased $68 million, or 10%, mainly due to lower net claims costs, business growth in our European life and U.K. annuity products, and favourable actuarial adjustments reflecting management actions and assumption changes. Our results last year also included a favourable impact from interest and asset related activities on the Canadian life business. Total revenue increased $1,036 million or 26%, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from a decrease in long-term interest rates, largely offset in PBCAE. Business growth in our European life and U.K. annuity products, and the impact of foreign exchange translation also contributed to the increase. PBCAE increased $789 million or 28%, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in revenue, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. These factors were partially offset by lower net claims costs. In addition, our PBCAE last year included the unfavourable impact of the charge related to new tax legislation in Canada as noted above and a favourable impact from interest and asset related activities on the Canadian life business. Non-interest expense increased $28 million or 5%, mainly due to higher costs in support of business growth, partially offset by continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities. 32 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Premiums and deposits were up $240 million or 5%, reflecting growth in both International and Canadian Insurance. Embedded value decreased $63 million, as the impact of the transfer of capital from our insurance businesses through dividend payments was mostly offset by growth from operations and the favourable change in discount rates. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income decreased $118 million or 17% from 2012, mainly due to a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of new tax legislation in Canada. Excluding this charge, net income of $713 million was relatively flat compared to 2012 as favourable actuarial adjust- ments reflecting management actions and assumption changes and the continuing benefit from our efficiency management activities were mostly offset by higher net claims costs. Results excluding the specified item noted above are non-GAAP measures. For further details, including a reconciliation, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Business line review Canadian Insurance We offer life, health, property and casualty insurance products as well as wealth accumulation solutions, to individual and group clients across Canada. Our life and health portfolio includes universal life, term life, critical illness, disability, long-term care insurance and group benefits. We offer a wide range of property and casualty products including home, auto and travel insurance. Our travel products include out of province/ country medical coverage, trip cancellation insurance and interruption insurance. In Canada, we compete against over 200 insurance companies, with the majority of the organizations specializing in either life and health, or property and casualty products. We hold a leading market position in disability insurance products, have a significant presence in life and travel products, and have a growing presence in the home, auto and wealth markets. Financial performance Total revenue increased $949 million or 48% from last year, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from the decrease in long-term interest rate, largely offset in PBCAE. Premiums and deposits increased $75 million or 3% reflecting growth in our life, health, wealth accumulation, home and auto product lines, partially offset by the impact of the sale of the travel agency insurance business in the previous year. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information Premiums and deposits Life and health Property and casualty Annuity and segregated fund deposits Fair value changes on investments backing policyholder liabilities International Insurance Table 28 Premiums and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2014 2,911 $ 2013 2012 1,962 $ 2,992 $ 1,266 951 1,245 942 1,280 965 202 157 117 490 (510) 408 3,000 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 2014 2013 2012 International Insurance is primarily comprised of our reinsurance businesses which insure risks of other insurance and reinsurance companies. We offer life and health, accident and annuity reinsurance products. The global reinsurance market is dominated by a few large players, with significant presence in the U.S., U.K. and Euro area. The reinsurance industry is competitive but barriers to entry remain high. Financial performance Total revenue increased $87 million or 4%, mainly due to business growth in our European life and U.K. annuity products and the impact of foreign currency translation. These factors were partially offset by the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, largely offset in PBCAE. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 33 Premiums and deposits increased $165 million, or 6% driven by volume growth in both U.K. annuity and European life products. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information Premiums and deposits Life and health Property and casualty Annuity Investor & Treasury Services Table 29 Premiums and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2014 2,053 $ 2013 2012 1,966 $ 1,905 $ 2,128 6 611 2,069 50 461 1,980 56 451 3,000 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 2014 2013 2012 Investor & Treasury Services is a specialist provider of asset servicing, custody, payments, treasury services, and transaction banking for financial institutions and other institutional investors worldwide. We deliver custodial, advisory, financing and other services to safeguard client assets, maximize liquidity, and manage risk across multiple jurisdictions. We also provide short-term funding and liquidity management for RBC. We are a top 10 global custodian by assets under administration with a network of 18 offices across North America, Europe, the Middle East and Asia-Pacific. While we compete against the world’s largest global custodians, we remain a specialist provider and our transaction banking business competes primarily with major Canadian banks. Economic and market review The highly competitive environment in the global custody industry continued to exert downward pressure on margins in 2014. Continued uncertainty relating to the timing of a recovery in the Euro area economy and the corresponding low to negative interest rate environment reduced deposit rates, leading to spread compression. In Canada and the U.S., investor confidence improved, driving higher transaction volumes and growth in custodial fees. Increased regulation across the industry continued to impact our custody business, resulting in higher compliance and technology costs. Highlights • We maintained our leading market position in Canada by focusing on new client wins and deepening relationships with existing clients. • We continued to evolve our service offering by investing in technology to provide enhanced solutions and we restructured our coverage teams to better serve our key client segments. • We achieved improved earnings and extracted further expense savings with the continuation of our efficiency management program. • We delivered strong growth in client deposits in support of RBC growth objectives. As a result of our successes, we received external recognition and were named: • – Best Custodian Overall (Global Investor) and Fund Administrator of the Year (GlobalCustody.net Survey); – Real Estate Fund Administrator of the Year (Custody Risk European Awards). Outlook and priorities In 2015 we will mark the transition to ‘business-as-usual operations’ following extensive integration efforts since the formation of the Investor & Treasury Services segment two years ago. Having achieved significant cost savings as well as revenue growth, our focus in 2015 will be to leverage our leading market position in Canada and our offshore capabilities in Luxembourg and Ireland to increase sales revenue. While we expect the asset servicing environment to remain challenging in the near-term largely due to competitive margin pressures and the continuing low interest rate environment, we believe we are well-positioned to compete in the continuously changing operating environment. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2015 • • Maintain our leadership position in Canada by continuing to invest in technology solutions that enhance the overall client experience. Evolve our global operating and client servicing model to improve efficiencies by leveraging the strength of our leading offshore service offering in Luxembourg and Ireland for our global client base. Continue to support RBC growth strategies through the expertise of our liquidity management team. Leverage our enterprise-wide relationships to access new business and broaden client opportunities. • • 34 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Investor & Treasury Services (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Key Ratios ROE ROE adjusted (1) Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Deposits Client deposits Wholesale funding deposits Attributed capital Other Information AUA Average AUA Number of employees (FTE) Estimated impact of U.S. dollar, British pound and Euro translation on key income statement items (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Increase (decrease): Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income Percentage change in average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average British pound equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average Euro equivalent of C$1.00 $ $ $ $ 2014 732 1,152 1,884 1,286 598 441 19.8% n.a. 94,200 112,100 42,700 69,400 2,150 $ $ $ 2013 671 1,133 1,804 1,348 456 339 16.5% 18.1% 83,100 104,300 36,100 68,200 2,000 $ $ $ Table 30 2012 612 293 905 701 204 102 5.3% 17.9% 66,900 92,900 14,100 78,800 1,700 3,702,800 3,463,000 4,963 3,208,800 3,052,600 5,208 2,886,900 2,781,800 6,084 2014 vs. 2013 69 57 7 (6)% (12)% (8)% (1) n.a. Measures have been adjusted by excluding a restructuring charge related to the integration of Investor Services and the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia, and are non- GAAP measures. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. not applicable Financial performance 2014 vs. 2013 Net income increased $102 million or 30% from last year. Excluding a restructuring charge last year of $44 million ($31 million after-tax) related to the integration of Investor Services, net income increased $71 million or 19%, largely due to continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities and higher earnings from growth in client deposits. Total revenue increased $80 million or 4% from last year, mainly reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation, higher net interest income resulting from growth in client deposits, and higher funding and liquidity revenue as a result of tightening credit spreads. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in custodial fees and lower foreign exchange transaction volumes in Investor Services. Non-interest expense decreased $62 million or 5% from last year. Excluding the restructuring charge last year noted above, non-interest expense decreased $18 million or 1%, primarily reflecting continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities, largely offset by the impact of foreign exchange translation. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income was up $237 million from 2012. Excluding the restructuring charge in 2013 noted above and a loss of $224 million ($213 million after-tax) in 2012 related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia, net income increased $55 million or 17%, largely due to continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities and incremental earnings related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services. Higher custodial fees and increased foreign exchange in Investor Services also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower funding and liquidity results and higher infrastructure costs. Results excluding the specified items noted above are non-GAAP measures. For further details, including a reconciliation, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Capital Markets Capital Markets provides public and private companies, institutional investors, governments and central banks globally with a wide range of capital markets products and services across our two main business lines, Corporate and Investment Banking and Global Markets. Our legacy portfolio is grouped under Other. In North America, we offer a full suite of products and services which include corporate and investment banking, equity and debt origination and distribution, and structuring and trading. Outside North America, we have a select presence in the U.K. and Europe, and Asia-Pacific, where we offer a diversified set of capabilities in our key sectors of expertise such as energy, mining and infrastructure and we are now expanding into industrial, consumer and healthcare in Europe. In Canada, we compete mainly with Canadian banks where we are the premier global investment bank and market leader with a strategic presence in all lines of capital markets businesses. In the U.S., we have full industry sector coverage and investment banking product range and compete with large U.S. and global investment banks as well as smaller regional firms. In the U.K. and Europe, we compete in our key sectors of Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 35 expertise with global and regional investment banks. In Asia-Pacific, we compete with global and regional investment banks in select products, consisting of our fixed income distribution and currencies trading in Asia and our corporate and investment banking in Australia. Economic and market review The capital market environments in the U.S. and Canada were strong during 2014 partly reflecting solid economic growth in both countries and ongoing favourable monetary policies, while growth in European economies and markets improved marginally during 2014. However recent geopolitical uncertainties and expectations for recessionary conditions in Europe led to some volatility towards the end of our fiscal year. Strong client activity reflecting economic growth particularly in the U.S. and Canada, and the low interest rate environment led to strong issuance activity throughout most of the year, with our corporate and investment banking businesses continuing to perform well, as we continued to focus our efforts on origination and increased activity from client-focused strategies. Equity trading businesses were strong during the year, driven by economic growth in the U.S., Canada and U.K. Fixed income trading businesses strengthened in Europe and the U.S. reflecting improved market conditions driven by stable credit spreads when compared to volatile credit spreads experienced in 2013. • • Highlights • We continued to focus on growing our corporate and investment banking businesses, particularly in the U.S. and Europe, while rebalancing our global markets businesses by leveraging our investments that were made in prior years, allocating capital from trading to corporate and investment banking businesses and managing risks by narrowing the focus of our trading products. In Canada, we maintained our market leadership by deepening our existing client relationships, gaining new clients by leveraging our strong cross border capabilities and improving collaboration with Wealth Management to drive operational efficiencies, and offering a full suite of global capabilities. We continued to win significant mandates including acting as global coordinators and joint bookrunner on a US$3 billion bought deal financing for Barrick Gold Corporation, and acting as joint bookrunner on Encana Corporation’s $2.6 billion bought secondary offering of PrairieSky Royalty Ltd. In the U.S., we continued to leverage our key strategic investments made in recent years to expand our corporate and investment banking businesses. We successfully positioned our lending relationships as we continued to focus on origination and increased activity from client- focused strategies, and our trading businesses took advantage of improved market conditions, particularly in the fixed income credit, equity and municipal markets. We continued growing our businesses and won several significant mandates including acting as joint bookrunner and sole swap arranger in a US$1 billion debt offering for AT&T. In the U.K. and Europe, we continued to expand our corporate and investment banking businesses. We won new mandates including acting as sole financial advisor to the Irish government-owned utility Bord Gáis Eireann on its sale of Bord Gáis Energy for €1.1 billion. In Asia, we continued to focus on our fixed income trading distribution and foreign exchange trading capabilities, while in Australia, we continued to selectively grow our corporate and investment banking business in mining, energy and infrastructure. We won new mandates including acting as joint bookrunner in a US$3.25 billion debt offering for Westpac Banking Corporation. As a result of our successes in each of our regions, we received external recognition as an industry leader and were named or ranked: – – – – Best Investment Bank in Canada by Euromoney Magazine for the seventh consecutive year. The 10th largest investment bank globally and in the U.S. by fees for the first nine months of 2014 (Dealogic). The most trusted investment bank in the world and ranked second globally in terms of expertise and skills by the Economist. The 14th largest financial advisor to M&A deals globally by value for the first nine months of 2014 (Dealogic), up from 18th for the same period last year. • • • Outlook and priorities We expect continuing improvement in economic and market environments in 2015. We have positioned our business through strategic investments in our U.S. and U.K. corporate and investment banking businesses in recent years to take advantage of these improved economic conditions. As a result, we anticipate growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses reflecting our continued focus on lending and client focused activities. However, we expect that growth in our net lending revenue will be impacted by increased competition and narrower spreads. Overall we anticipate slight growth in our fixed income, currencies and commodities businesses reflecting improving market conditions. We continue to work towards compliance with Volcker Rule restrictions in the U.S. on banking entities engaging in proprietary trading and having certain relationships with hedge and private equity funds by July 2015. As a result, we have exited certain proprietary trading strategies and believe that our remaining strategies are permitted under the Volcker Rule as we expect to conduct these in accordance with certain exemptions from the regulation (e.g. activities found to be conducted solely outside the U.S.) We do not expect these changes to have a material effect on our results in our global markets businesses. Further growth in our businesses will be dependent on continued growth in the global economy, impacts associated with other regulatory reforms, and implications associated with heightened concerns from regulators related to leveraged finance activities. For further details, refer to our Risk management – Top and emerging risks section. For further details on our general economic outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2015 • Maintain our leadership position in Canada by focusing on long-term client relationships, leveraging our global capabilities, and continuing to improve collaboration with Wealth Management. Expand and strengthen client relationships in the U.S. by building on our momentum through expanded origination, advisory and distribution activity, and driving cross-selling through our diversified loan book. Build on our core strengths in Europe and Asia in both Corporate and Investment Banking and Global Markets by continuing to grow and deepen client relationships. Optimize capital use to earn high risk-adjusted returns by maintaining both a balanced approach between investment banking and trading revenues and a disciplined approach to managing the risk and costs of our business. Manage through the significant changes in the regulatory environment. • • • • 36 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Capital Markets financial highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income (1) Non-interest income Total revenue (1) PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Corporate and Investment Banking Global Markets Other Key ratios ROE Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Trading securities Loans and acceptances Deposits Attributed capital Other information Number of employees (FTE) Credit information Gross impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances Estimated impact of U.S. dollar, British pound and Euro translation on key income statement items (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Increase (decrease): Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income Percentage change in average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average British pound equivalent of C$1.00 Percentage change in average Euro equivalent of C$1.00 $ $ $ $ 2014 3,485 3,881 7,366 44 4,344 2,978 2,055 3,437 3,930 (1) $ $ $ 2013 2,872 3,708 6,580 188 3,856 2,536 1,700 3,014 3,492 74 14.1% 14.1% 392,300 103,800 64,800 47,600 14,100 $ 368,300 100,800 54,700 38,400 11,500 3,927 3,729 0.08% 0.07% 0.42% 0.34% $ $ $ $ Table 31 2012 2,559 3,629 6,188 135 3,752 2,301 1,576 2,533 3,635 20 13.4% 349,200 90,400 47,000 33,700 11,150 3,658 0.83% 0.29% 2014 vs. 2013 $ 421 227 121 (6)% (12)% (8)% (1) The teb adjustment for 2014 was $492 million (2013 – $380 million, 2012 – $431 million). For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Revenue by region (Millions of Canadian dollars) 7,500 5,000 2,500 0 2014 2013 2012 Asia and other Europe U.S. Canada Financial performance 2014 vs. 2013 Net income increased $355 million or 21%, reflecting growth across most businesses, largely driven by strong equity markets, our continued focus on origination and lending, and increased activity from client-focused strategies. Lower PCL also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher litigation provisions and related legal costs. Total revenue increased $786 million or 12%, largely due to higher equity trading revenue reflecting strong market conditions, the impact of foreign exchange translation, strong growth in most of our investment banking businesses and higher lending revenue. These factors were partially offset by lower fixed income trading revenue largely driven by the unfavourable impact of the implementation of valuation adjustments related to funding costs on uncollateralized OTC derivatives, and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies to comply with the Volcker Rule. In addition, our revenue last year was favourably impacted by the disposition of our London Metal Exchange shares. PCL decreased $144 million or 77%, as last year included higher provisions on a few accounts. For further details, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Non-interest expense increased $488 million or 13%, mainly due to the impact of foreign exchange translation, higher litigation provisions and related legal costs, and higher variable compensation on improved results. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $124 million or 8% from 2012, primarily due to strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses mainly driven by higher lending, loan syndication and debt origination mainly in the U.S., and lower variable compensation. These factors were partially Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 37 offset by lower revenue in our fixed income trading businesses largely in Europe, as a result of challenging market conditions in 2013, higher litigation provisions and related legal costs, and higher PCL. Business line review Corporate and Investment Banking Corporate and Investment Banking comprises our corporate lending, loan syndications, debt and equity origination, M&A advisory services, private equity, research, client securitization and the global credit businesses. For debt and equity origination, revenue is allocated between Corporate and Investment Banking and Global Markets based on the contribution of each group in accordance with an established agreement. Financial performance Corporate and Investment Banking revenue of $3,437 million increased $423 million or 14%, as compared to last year. Investment banking revenue increased $162 million or 10%, mainly driven by strong growth in equity origination reflecting increased issuance activity mainly in Canada and the U.S. Higher distributions on private equity investments and higher M&A activity reflecting increased mandates primarily in the U.S. also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower loan syndication activity mainly in the U.S. compared to the strong levels last year. Lending and other revenue increased $261 million or 18%, mainly due to strong growth in our lending portfolio. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue (1) Breakdown of revenue (1) Investment banking Lending and other (2) Other information Average assets Average loans and acceptances Table 32 Breakdown of total revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2014 2013 2012 $ 3,437 $ 3,014 $ 2,533 1,736 1,701 1,574 1,440 1,338 1,195 49,500 42,530 40,000 34,350 33,800 27,875 4,000 3,200 2,400 1,600 800 0 Investment banking Lending and other (1) (2) The teb adjustment for 2014 was $13 million (2013 – $2 million, 2012 – $10 million). For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Comprises our corporate lending, client securitization, and global credit businesses. 2014 2013 2012 Global Markets Global Markets comprises our fixed income, foreign exchange, equity sales and trading, repos and secured financing and commodities businesses. Financial performance Total revenue of $3,930 million increased $438 million or 13% as compared to last year. Revenue in our Fixed income, currencies and commodities business decreased $33 million or 2%. The unfavourable impact of the implementation of the FVA noted above, and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies to comply with the Volcker Rule, were largely offset by higher fixed income trading revenue reflecting strong market conditions as compared to the challenging market conditions last year, and higher commodities trading revenue. Revenue in our Equities business increased $254 million or 26%, primarily due to strong equity markets and our continued focus on equity origination and increased activity from client-focused strategies. Revenue in our Repo and secured financing business increased $217 million or 32%, mainly due to higher trading revenue reflecting Table 33 Breakdown of total revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars) 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 2014 2013 2012 Repo and secured financing Global equities Fixed income, currencies and commodities increased client activity. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue (1) Breakdown of revenue (1) 2014 2013 2012 $ 3,930 $ 3,492 $ 3,635 Fixed income, currencies and commodities Equities Repo and secured financing (2) Other information Average assets 1,801 1,243 886 1,834 989 669 2,052 927 656 369,200 351,100 311,700 (1) (2) The teb adjustment for 2014 was $470 million (2013 – $378 million, 2012 – $421 million). For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Comprises our secured funding businesses for internal businesses and external clients. 38 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Other Other comprises our legacy portfolio which consists of our bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) stable value products, U.S. commercial mortgage- backed securities, U.S. auction rate securities (ARS), and structured rates in Asia. In recent years, in order to optimize our capital employed to improve our risk-adjusted returns and reduce our liquidity risk on various products, we have significantly reduced several of our legacy portfolios. Our legacy portfolios decreased by 20% as compared to last year. Financial performance Revenue decreased $75 million as compared to last year, mainly due to gains taken on certain legacy portfolios in 2013. Corporate Support Corporate Support comprises Technology & Operations which provide the technological and operational foundation required to effectively deliver products and services to our clients, and Functions which includes our finance, human resources, risk management, internal audit and other functional groups. Reported results for Corporate Support mainly reflect certain activities related to monitoring and oversight of enterprise activities which are not allocated to business segments. Corporate Support also includes our Corporate Treasury function. For further details, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Corporate Support (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of) Net interest income (loss) (1) Non-interest income (loss) Total revenue (1) PCL Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes (1) Income taxes (recoveries) (1) Net income (2) Other information Number of employees (FTE) 2014 (313) $ 164 (149) (2) 89 (236) (405) 169 $ $ $ Table 34 2013 2012 (124) $ (12) (136) 3 72 (211) (653) 442 $ (184) 68 (116) – 39 (155) (513) 358 12,388 11,871 11,508 (1) (2) Teb adjusted. Net income reflects income attributable to both shareholders and Non-Controlling Interests (NCI). Net income attributable to NCI for the year ended October 31, 2014 was $93 million (October 31, 2013 – $93 million; October 31, 2012 – $92 million). Due to the nature of activities and consolidated adjustments reported in this segment, we believe that a comparative period analysis is not relevant. The following identifies material items affecting the reported results in each period. Net interest income (loss) and income taxes (recoveries) in each period in Corporate Support include the deduction of the teb adjustments related to the gross-up of income from Canadian taxable corporate dividends recorded in Capital Markets. The amount deducted from net interest income (loss) was offset by an equivalent increase in income taxes (recoveries). The teb amount for the year ended October 31, 2014 was $492 million as compared to $380 million last year and $431 million for the year ended October 31, 2012. For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. In addition to the teb impacts noted above, the following identifies the other material items affecting the reported results in each period. 2014 Net income was $169 million largely reflecting asset/liability management activities and gains on private equity investments mainly related to the sale of a legacy portfolio, partially offset by net unfavourable tax adjustments. 2013 Net income was $442 million largely reflecting net favourable tax adjustments, including $214 million of income tax adjustments related to previous years, and asset/liability management activities. 2012 Net income was $358 million largely reflecting the settlement of several tax matters with the CRA which resulted in the release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) related to a refund of taxes paid and asset/liability management activities. Quarterly financial information Fourth quarter 2014 performance Q4 2014 vs. Q4 2013 Fourth quarter net income of $2,333 million, was up $232 million or 11% from last year. Diluted EPS of $1.57 was up $0.18 and ROE of 19.0% was up 20 bps. Our fourth quarter earnings reflected higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, and higher earnings in Canadian Banking reflecting strong fee-based revenue growth and solid volume growth of 5%. Lower net claims costs and business growth in European Life and U.K. annuity products in Insurance also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower trading results in Capital Markets. Our fourth quarter results last year were impacted by a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 39 a result of new tax legislation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies, which was largely offset by net favourable income tax adjustments including a $124 million income tax adjustment related to prior years. Total revenue increased $463 million or 6%, mainly due to higher revenue from growth in average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, strong fee-based revenue growth primarily attributable to higher mutual fund distribution fees and card services revenue, solid volume growth of 5% across most of our Canadian Banking businesses, and favourable net cumulative accounting adjustments in the current quarter of $55 million ($40 million after-tax) in Canadian Banking. Higher corporate and investment banking revenue mainly reflecting increased investment banking activity and strong growth in lending in Capital Markets, as well as a change in the fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities in Insurance, largely offset in PBCAE, also contributed to the increase. These factors were partly offset by lower trading revenue which included the unfavourable impact of the implementation of FVA on uncollateralized OTC derivatives and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies during the quarter to comply with the Volcker Rule. Total PCL increased $11 million from last year, mainly reflecting an additional provision of $50 million related to our impaired residential mortgages portfolio in the Caribbean, and a provision on a single account in Capital Markets. These factors were partly offset by lower provisions in our Canadian personal lending portfolio. In addition, our PCL last year included provisions on a few accounts in Wealth Management. The PCL ratio of 31 bps decreased 1 bp from last year. PBCAE decreased $126 million or 14%, as last year was impacted by the charge related to new tax legislation in Canada noted above. A favourable claims adjustment in our life retrocession business also contributed to the decrease. These factors were partially offset by the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in revenue. Non-interest expense increased $189 million or 5%, primarily reflecting higher costs in support of business growth, higher variable compensation in Wealth Management driven by higher revenue, and increased marketing costs. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities. Q4 2014 vs. Q3 2014 Net income of $2,333 million decreased $45 million, or 2% compared to the prior quarter, as solid revenue growth in our retail businesses including higher earnings from average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, and the favourable net cumulative accounting adjust- ments noted above and fee-based revenue growth in Canadian Banking were more than offset by lower trading results reflecting challenging market conditions compared to strong levels last quarter, the implementation of FVA, and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies noted above. Lower results in most investment banking businesses compared to strong levels last quarter, and restructuring costs related to our U.S. and International Wealth Management businesses also contributed to the decrease. Our prior quarter results were impacted by a loss of $40 million (before- and after-tax) related to the closing of the sale of RBC Jamaica. Quarterly results and trend analysis Our quarterly results are impacted by a number of trends and recurring factors, which include seasonality of certain businesses, general economic and market conditions, and fluctuations in the Canadian dollar relative to other foreign currencies. The following table summarizes our results for the last eight quarters (the period): Quarterly results (1), (2) Table 35 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and percentage amounts) Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 2014 2013 Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Income taxes Net income EPS – basic – diluted Segments – net income (loss) Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Corporate Support Net income – total Effective income tax rate Period average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 $ 3,560 $ 3,647 $ 3,449 $ 3,460 $ 3,351 $ 3,392 $ 3,222 $ 3,284 4,580 3,784 4,568 4,501 5,343 4,827 4,822 5,000 $ 8,382 $ 8,990 $ 8,276 $ 8,460 $ 7,919 $ 7,176 $ 7,723 $ 7,864 349 705 4,049 287 938 4,015 334 878 4,151 267 263 3,999 283 1,009 4,602 345 752 4,340 244 830 4,332 292 982 4,387 $ 2,945 $ 3,096 $ 2,870 $ 2,799 $ 2,556 $ 2,647 $ 2,483 $ 2,761 714 455 362 574 707 718 612 669 $ 2,333 $ 2,378 $ 2,201 $ 2,092 $ 2,101 $ 2,285 $ 1,909 $ 2,047 $ 1.57 $ 1.59 $ 1.47 $ 1.39 $ 1.40 $ 1.52 $ 1.26 $ 1.35 1.34 1.39 1.51 1.25 1.38 1.57 1.59 1.47 $ 1,151 $ 1,138 $ 1,115 $ 1,071 $ 1,070 $ 1,167 $ 1,039 $ 1,104 229 164 79 462 9 285 214 110 641 (10) 233 160 104 386 235 235 157 106 505 18 278 154 112 507 35 285 256 113 402 126 202 107 91 469 162 222 164 65 383 36 $ 2,333 $ 2,378 $ 2,201 $ 2,092 $ 2,101 $ 2,285 $ 1,909 $ 2,047 20.8% 25.9% $ 0.900 $ 0.925 $ 0.907 $ 0.926 $ 0.960 $ 0.963 $ 0.982 $ 1.005 13.7% 23.1% 17.8% 25.3% 23.2% 23.3% (1) (2) Fluctuations in the Canadian dollar relative to other foreign currencies have affected our consolidated results over the period. Comparative amounts have been revised from those previously presented. Seasonality Seasonal factors impact our results in most quarters. The first quarter is seasonally stronger for our capital markets businesses. The second quarter has fewer days than the other quarters, which generally results in a decrease in net interest income and certain expense items. The third quarter results for Investor Services are generally favourably impacted by higher securities lending as a result of the European dividend season. The third and fourth quarters include the summer months during which market activity generally tends to slow, negatively impacting the results of our capital markets, brokerage and investment management businesses. 40 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Notable items affecting our consolidated results • In the third quarter of 2014, our results included a loss of $40 million (before- and after-tax) which includes foreign currency translation related to the closing of the sale of RBC Jamaica. In the first quarter of 2014, our results included a loss of $60 million (before- and after-tax) related to the announced sale of RBC Jamaica, as well as a provision of $40 million ($32 million after-tax) related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean. In the fourth quarter of 2013, our results included a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of new tax legislation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies, as well as net favourable income tax adjustments including a $124 million income tax adjustment related to prior years. In the third quarter of 2013, our results included net favourable income tax adjustments including a $90 million income tax adjustment related to 2012. In the second quarter of 2013, our results included a restructuring charge of $44 million ($31 million after-tax) related to the integration of Investor Services, primarily in Europe. • • • • Trend analysis Economic conditions in Canada and the U.S. have continued to improve over the period, driven mostly by solid consumer spending supported by strengthening labour markets, along with firm housing market activity. Capital markets in both countries have generally strengthened since 2013, despite the recent conclusion of the Fed’s monthly asset purchase program. Global equity indices experienced volatility throughout the period resulting from geopolitical uncertainty and the possibility of Euro area recession. For further details, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Earnings have generally trended upwards over the period, driven by solid volume growth in our Canadian Banking businesses and higher earnings from growth in average-fee based client assets reflecting capital appreciation and strong net sales in Wealth Management. Capital Markets results have generally trended upwards since the third quarter of 2013, and were negatively impacted in the fourth quarter of 2014 by the implementation of FVA on uncollateralized OTC derivatives, and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies to comply with the Volcker Rule. Results in our Insurance segment have continued to fluctuate over the period, largely due to the timing of new U.K. annuity contracts, claims costs, and actuarial adjustments, and have generally trended upwards since the fourth quarter of 2013. Insurance results in the fourth quarter of 2013 were impacted by an unfavourable charge resulting from new tax legislation in Canada as noted above. Investor & Treasury Services results have generally trended upwards due to benefits from our efficiency management activities and improved business performance, and have generally been stable over the past four quarters. Revenue generally trended upwards over the period, mostly due to solid volume growth in our Canadian Banking businesses, and higher revenue from growth in average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management. Trading revenue has generally trended upwards since the third quarter of 2013, and was unfavourably impacted in the fourth quarter of 2014 by the implementation of FVA and the exiting of certain proprietary trading strategies as noted above. Net interest income has trended upwards over the period, largely due to solid volume growth across our Canadian Banking businesses. Despite increased lending, strong asset quality has resulted in PCL remaining relatively stable over the period. The fourth quarter of 2014 included an additional provision in Personal & Commercial Banking related to our impaired residential mortgages portfolio in the Caribbean, while Wealth Management had provisions in the last two quarters of 2013 and the first quarter of 2014 related to a few accounts. PCL in Capital Markets has fluctuated over the period, with provisions in the first two quarters of 2013 and the last quarter of 2014 mainly related to a few accounts. PBCAE has fluctuated quarterly as it includes the changes to the fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which is largely offset in revenue. PBCAE has also been impacted by volume growth in our Insurance businesses as well as actuarial liability adjustments and generally lower claims costs. PBCAE in the fourth quarter of 2013 included a charge as a result of new tax legislation in Canada as noted above. While we continue to focus on efficiency management activities, non-interest expense has generally trended upwards over the period largely in support of business growth. The first quarter of 2014 was impacted by the loss related to the sale of RBC Jamaica and a provision in the Caribbean as noted above, while the third quarter of 2014 was impacted by foreign currency translation related to the closing of the sale of RBC Jamaica, also noted above. Our effective income tax rate has fluctuated over the period, mostly due to varying levels of income being reported in jurisdictions with different tax rates, as well as fluctuating levels of income from tax-advantaged sources such as Canadian taxable corporate dividends. Our effective income tax rate has also been impacted by various favourable tax adjustments as noted above. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 41 Results by geographic segment (1) For geographic reporting, our segments are grouped into Canada, U.S. and Other International. Transactions are primarily recorded in the location that best reflects the risk due to negative changes in economic conditions and prospects for growth due to positive economic changes. The following table summarizes our financial results by geographic region. Table 36 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Canada U.S. Other International Total Canada U.S. Other International Total Canada U.S. Other International Total 2014 2013 (2) 2012 (2) Continuing operations Net interest income Non-interest income $ 11,121 $ 1,896 $ 10,495 4,256 Total revenue $ 21,616 $ 6,152 $ PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense Income taxes Net income from continuing 922 2,188 9,650 1,983 52 1 4,222 672 1,099 $ 14,116 19,992 5,241 6,340 $ 34,108 1,164 3,573 17,661 2,706 190 1,384 3,789 51 $ 10,956 $ 1,603 $ 8,606 3,835 $ 19,562 $ 5,438 $ 892 1,425 9,210 1,709 78 10 3,681 396 690 $ 13,249 17,433 4,992 5,682 $ 30,682 1,237 2,784 16,214 2,105 267 1,349 3,323 - $ 10,391 $ 1,308 $ 9,059 3,569 $ 19,450 $ 4,877 $ 1,018 2,315 8,586 1,527 90 21 3,406 521 740 $ 12,439 16,708 4,080 4,820 $ 29,147 1,299 3,621 14,641 2,028 191 1,285 2,649 (20) operations $ 6,873 $ 1,205 $ 926 $ 9,004 $ 6,326 $ 1,273 $ 743 $ 8,342 $ 6,004 $ 839 $ 715 $ 7,558 Net loss from discontinued operations Net income – – – – – – – – (51) – (51) $ 6,873 $ 1,205 $ 926 $ 9,004 $ 6,326 $ 1,273 $ 743 $ 8,342 $ 6,004 $ 788 $ 715 $ 7,507 (1) (2) For further details, refer to Note 30 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. 2014 vs. 2013 Net income in Canada was up $547 million or 9% from last year, mainly due to solid volume growth across most of our businesses in Canadian Banking, and higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets resulting from capital appreciation and strong net sales in Wealth Management. Strong fee-based revenue growth primarily attributable to higher mutual fund distribution fees and card services revenue in Canadian Banking also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher costs in support of business growth including higher staff and marketing costs, and the unfavourable impact of the implementation of the FVA. In addition, results last year benefited from net favourable tax adjustments. Our results last year were also unfavourably impacted by a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of new tax legislation in Canada, which affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. U.S. net income decreased $68 million or 5% from last year, as last year benefited from favourable income tax adjustments, including $214 million related to prior years. Strong growth in our lending portfolio, strong equity markets and our continued focus on equity origination and increased activity from client-focused strategies were partly offset by higher litigation provisions and related legal costs in Capital Markets. Other International net income was up $183 million or 25% from the previous year, largely due to lower PCL in Capital Markets, higher trading revenue in Europe, and higher lending in Capital Markets. These factors were partially offset by a loss of $100 million (before- and after- tax) related to the sale of RBC Jamaica, and a provision of $40 million ($32 million after-tax) related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean. In addition, last year was unfavourably impacted by a restructuring charge of $44 million related to the integration of Investor Services, primarily in Europe. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income in Canada was up $322 million or 5% compared to 2012, mainly due to solid volume growth across all businesses in Canadian Banking. Higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses driven by higher lending, M&A and loan syndication activity, improved credit quality in our Canadian Banking portfolio, and the contribution of our acquisition of Ally Canada also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by spread compression and a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) in Insurance as a result of new tax legislation in Canada. In addition, the 2012 results were favourably impacted by a settlement of several tax matters with the CRA which resulted in the release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provi- sions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) and a favourable adjustment related to a change in estimate of mortgage prepayment interest of $125 million ($92 million after-tax). Our results in 2012 were also unfavourably impacted by an impairment loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia of which $105 million (before- and after-tax) was recorded in our Canadian operations. U.S. net income increased $485 million or 62% compared to 2012, largely due to favourable income tax adjustments of $214 million related to prior years. Strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses mainly driven by higher loan syndication and higher lending, and higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets and higher transaction volumes in Wealth Management also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher variable compensation in Wealth Management and Capital Markets. Other International net income was up $28 million or 4% compared to 2012, largely due to strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses. Improved business performance in Investor Services including higher revenue and continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities, lower variable compensation in Capital Markets, and higher earnings from growth in average fee-based client assets and higher transaction volumes in Wealth Management also contributed to the increase. In addition, the 2012 results were unfavourably impacted by the impairment loss related to our acquisition of RBC Dexia as noted above of which $63 million (before- and after-tax) was recorded in our Other International operations, and our proportionate share of the loss on the securities exchange and trading losses recorded by RBC Dexia. These factors were partially offset by lower trading revenue largely in Europe, higher PCL in Wealth Management and Capital Markets, and a provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean of $40 million ($31 million after-tax). 42 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Financial condition Condensed balance sheets (1) As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Allowance for loan losses Segregated fund net assets Other – Derivatives – Other Total assets Liabilities Deposits Segregated fund liabilities Other – Derivatives – Other Subordinated debentures Total liabilities Equity attributable to shareholders Non-controlling interests Total equity Total liabilities and equity Table 37 2014 2013 2012 $ 17,421 8,399 199,148 135,580 $ 15,550 $ 12,428 10,246 161,602 112,257 9,039 182,710 117,517 334,987 102,236 (1,994) 675 87,402 56,696 320,627 90,182 (1,959) 513 74,822 50,744 300,288 79,949 (1,996) 383 91,293 57,504 $ 940,550 $ 859,745 $ 823,954 $ 614,100 675 88,982 174,431 7,859 $ 563,079 $ 512,244 383 96,761 162,030 7,615 513 76,745 162,505 7,443 886,047 810,285 779,033 52,690 1,813 54,503 47,665 1,795 49,460 43,160 1,761 44,921 $ 940,550 $ 859,745 $ 823,954 (1) Foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities are translated to Canadian dollars. Our consolidated balance sheet was impacted by foreign exchange translation which increased our total assets and our total liabilities and equity by approximately $21 billion compared to last year due to the weaker Canadian dollar. 2014 vs. 2013 Total assets were up $81 billion or 9% from last year. Interest-bearing deposits with banks decreased by $1 billion or 7%, largely reflecting lower deposits with central banks. Securities were up $16 billion or 9% compared to last year, primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange translation, increased equity trading positions in support of business activity, and an increase in corporate debt securities largely reflecting our management of liquidity and funding risk. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements (reverse repos) and securities borrowed increased $18 billion or 15%, mainly attributable to increased client activity, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. Loans were up $26 billion or 6%, predominantly due to volume growth in residential mortgages and growth in wholesale loans. The impact of foreign exchange translation also contributed to the increase. Derivative assets were up $13 billion or 17%, mainly attributable to increased fair values on interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward contracts, and equity contracts, partially offset by increased financial netting. Other assets were up $6 billion or 12%, partially reflecting an increase in customers’ liability under acceptances and the impact of foreign exchange translation. Total liabilities were up $76 billion or 9% from last year. Deposits increased $51 billion or 9%, mainly reflecting higher business deposits, largely due to increased client activity and our issuances of fixed term notes and covered bonds to satisfy funding requirements. The impact of foreign exchange translation and demand for our high-yield savings accounts and other product offerings in our retail business also contributed to the increase. Derivative liabilities were up $12 billion or 16%, primarily attributable to increased fair values on interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward contracts, and equity contracts, partially offset by increased financial netting. Other liabilities increased $12 billion or 7%, mainly resulting from the impact of foreign exchange translation, an increase in bankers’ acceptances due to increased client activity, higher cash collateral requirements, and higher obligations related to securities sold short. Total equity increased $5 billion or 10%, largely reflecting earnings, net of dividends. Off-balance sheet arrangements In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, for accounting purposes, are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Off-balance sheet transactions are generally undertaken for risk, capital and funding management purposes which benefit us and our clients. These include transactions with structured entities and may also include the issuance of guarantees. These trans- actions give rise to, among other risks, varying degrees of market, credit, liquidity and funding risk, which are discussed in the Risk management section. We use structured entities to securitize our financial assets as well as assist our clients in securitizing their financial assets. These entities are not operating entities, typically have no employees, and may or may not be recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 43 Securitizations of our financial assets We periodically securitize our credit card receivables, residential and commercial mortgage loans and bond participation certificates primarily to diversify our funding sources, enhance our liquidity position and for capital purposes. We also securitize residential and commercial mortgage loans for sales and trading activities. Securitization can be used as a cost-effective fund raising technique compared to the relative cost of issuing unsecured wholesale debt. The majority of our securitization activities are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We securitize our credit card receivables, on a revolving basis, through a consolidated structured entity. We securitize single and multiple-family residential mortgages through the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities (NHA MBS) program, which are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For details of these activities, refer to Note 6 and Note 7 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. We periodically securitize residential mortgage loans for the Canadian social housing program through the NHA MBS program which are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when sold to third party investors. During 2014, we securitized $158 million of residential mortgage loans for the Canadian social housing program (2013 – $nil). We also periodically securitize commercial mortgages by selling them in collateral pools, which meet certain diversification, leverage and debt coverage criteria, to structured entities, one of which is sponsored by us. Securitized commercial mortgage loans are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we have transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of ownership of the securitized assets. Our continuing involvement with the transferred assets is limited to servicing the underlying commercial mortgages sold to our sponsored structured entity. As at October 31, 2014, there were $1.3 billion of commercial mortgages outstanding related to these securitization activities (October 31, 2013 – $1.3 billion). During 2014, we securitized $173 million of commercial mortgages which were sold to our sponsored entity (2013 – $nil). In prior years, we participated in bond securitization activities where we purchased government, government related and corporate bonds and repackaged those bonds in participation certificates, which were sold to third party investors. Securitized bond participation certificates are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we have transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of ownership of the securi- tized assets. Our continuing involvement with the transferred assets is limited to servicing the underlying bonds. As at October 31, 2014, there were $482 million of bond participation certificates outstanding related to these prior period securitization activities (October 31, 2013 – $624 million). We did not securitize bond participation certifications during 2014 or 2013. Involvement with unconsolidated structured entities In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions with structured entities to support our customers’ financing and investing needs, including securitization of client financial assets, creation of investment products, and other types of structured financing. We have the ability to use credit mitigation tools such as third party guarantees, credit default swaps, and collateral to mitigate risks assumed through securitization and re-securitization exposures. The process in place to monitor the credit quality of our securitization and re- securitization exposures involves, among other things, reviewing the performance data of the underlying assets. We affirm our ratings each quarter and formally confirm or assign a new rating at least annually. For further details on our activities to manage risks, refer to the Risk management section. Below is a description of our involvement in certain significant unconsolidated structured entities. For a complete discussion of our interests in consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities, refer to Note 7 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. RBC-administered multi-seller conduits We administer multi-seller conduits which are used primarily for the securitization of our clients’ financial assets. We are involved in these conduit markets because our clients value these transactions. Our clients primarily use multi-seller conduits to diversify their financing sources and to reduce funding costs by leveraging the value of high-quality collateral. The conduits offer us a favourable revenue stream, risk-adjusted return and cross-selling opportunities. We provide services such as transaction structuring, administration, backstop liquidity facilities and partial credit enhancements to the multi-seller conduits. Fee revenue for all such services amounted to $168 million during the year (2013 – $153 million). We do not maintain any ownership or retained interests in these multi-seller conduits and have no rights to, or control of, their assets. Our total commitment to the conduits in the form of backstop liquidity and credit enhancement facilities is shown below. The total committed amount of these facilities exceeds the total amount of the maximum assets that may have to be purchased by the conduits under the purchase agreements. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss attributable to our backstop liquidity and credit enhancement facilities is less than the total committed amounts of these facilities. Liquidity and credit enhancement facilities Table 38 2014 2013 As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Backstop liquidity facilities Credit enhancement facilities Total Notional of committed amounts (1) $ 31,019 2,928 $ 33,947 Allocable notional amounts $ 27,340 2,815 $ 30,155 $ $ Outstanding loans Maximum exposure to loss (3) 864 $ 28,204 2,815 864 $ 31,019 – Notional of committed amounts (1) $ 31,675 2,889 $ 34,564 Allocable notional amounts $ 27,875 $ 2,785 $ 30,660 $ Outstanding loans (2) 896 – 896 Maximum exposure to loss (3) $ 28,771 2,785 $ 31,556 (1) (2) (3) Based on total committed financing limit. Net of allowance for loan losses and write-offs. Not presented in the table above are derivative assets with a fair value of $nil (2013 – $44 million) which are a component of our total maximum exposure to loss from our interests in the multi-seller conduits. Refer to Note 7 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. As at October 31, 2014, the notional amount of backstop liquidity facilities we provide decreased by $656 million or 2.1% from last year. Total loans extended to the multi-seller conduits under the backstop liquidity facilities decreased by $32 million from last year primarily due to principal repayments. The partial credit enhancement facilities we provide increased by $39 million from last year. The decrease in the amount of backstop liquidity facilities provided to the multi-seller conduits compared to last year primarily reflects a decrease in the outstanding securi- tized assets of the multi-seller conduits. The increase in the amount of credit enhancement facilities provided to the multi-seller conduits compared to last year primarily reflects a fluctuation in exchange rates. 44 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Maximum exposure to loss by client type Table 39 As at October 31 (Millions) Outstanding securitized assets Credit cards Auto loans and leases Student loans Trade receivables Asset-backed securities Equipment receivables Electricity market receivables Dealer floor plan receivables Fleet finance receivables Insurance premiums Corporate loan receivables Residential mortgages Transportation finance Total Canadian equivalent 2014 2013 (US$) (C$) Total (C$) (US$) (C$) Total (C$) $ 5,768 8,154 2,536 2,094 767 1,301 – 1,053 436 127 – – 857 $ 23,093 $ 510 1,793 – 112 – – – 771 377 – – 1,275 153 $ 4,991 $ 7,011 10,983 2,858 2,472 864 1,466 – 1,958 869 144 – 1,275 1,119 $ 31,019 $ 6,096 8,643 3,374 2,688 859 1,649 – 765 313 87 75 – 415 $ 24,964 $ 510 2,252 – 56 – – 173 740 265 – – 1,530 – $ 5,526 $ 6,866 11,264 3,518 2,859 896 1,720 173 1,538 592 90 78 1,530 432 $ 31,556 $ 26,028 $ 4,991 $ 31,019 $ 26,030 $ 5,526 $ 31,556 Our overall exposure decreased 1.7% compared to last year reflecting a decrease in the outstanding securitized assets of the multi-seller conduits. Correspondingly, total assets of the multi-seller conduits decreased by $647 million or 2.1% over last year, primarily due to decrease in the Student loans, Trade receivables, Auto loans and leases, Residential mortgages, Equipment and Electricity market receivables asset classes, which was partially offset by increases in the Transportation finance, Dealer floor plan and Fleet finance receivables and Credit cards asset classes. 100% of multi-seller conduits assets were internally rated A or above, compared to 99.5% last year. All transactions funded by the unconsolidated multi- seller conduits are internally rated using a rating system which is largely consistent with that of the external rating agencies. Multiple independent debt rating agencies review all of the transactions in the multi-seller conduits. Transactions financed in the U.S. multi- seller conduits are reviewed by Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s), Standard & Poor’s (S&P) and Fitch Ratings (Fitch). Transactions in the Canadian multi-seller conduits are also reviewed by Dominion Bond Rating Services (DBRS). Each applicable rating agency also reviews ongoing transaction performance on a monthly basis and may publish reports detailing portfolio and program information related to the conduits. As at October 31, 2014, the total asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) issued by the conduits amounted to $19.8 billion, an increase of $1.0 billion or 5.6% from last year. The increase in the amount of ABCP issued by the multi-seller conduits compared to last year is primarily due to exchange rate fluctuations. The rating agencies that rate the ABCP rated 73% (October 31, 2013 – 75%) of the total amount issued within the top ratings category and the remaining amount in the second highest ratings category. We sometimes purchase ABCP issued by the multi-seller conduits in our capacity as a placement agent in order to facilitate overall program liquidity. As at October 31, 2014, the fair value of our inventory was $42 million, an increase of $28 million from last year. The fluctuations in inventory held reflect normal trading activity. This inventory is classified as Securities – Trading on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Structured finance We invest in ARS of trusts which fund their long-term investments in student loans by issuing short-term senior and subordinated notes. Our maximum exposure to loss in these ARS trusts as at October 31, 2014 was $913 million (2013 – $870 million). The increase in our maximum exposure to loss is primarily related to exchange rate differences. As at October 31, 2014, approximately 89.8% of these investments were AAA rated. Interest income from the ARS investments, which is reported in Net-interest income was $7.2 million during the year (2013 – $12.6 million). We also provide liquidity facilities to certain municipal bond Tender Option Bond (TOB) trusts in which we have an interest but do not consolidate because the residual certificates issued by the TOB trusts are held by third parties. As at October 31, 2014, our maximum exposure to loss from these unconsolidated municipal bond TOB trusts was $749 million (2013 – $572 million). The increase in our maximum exposure to loss relative to last year is primarily related to new TOB trusts and an increase in our TOB funding limits. Fee revenue from provision of liquidity facilities to these entities reported in Non-interest income was $2.8 million during the year (2013 – $3.6 million). During this fiscal year, we entered the collateralized loan obligation market as a senior warehouse lender and structuring and placement agent. We now provide senior warehouse financing to discrete unaffiliated structured entities that are established by third parties to acquire loans and issue a term collateralized loan obligation transaction. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the term collateralized loan obliga- tions certificates is used to fully repay the senior warehouse financing that we provide. As at October 31, 2014 all such loans made during the year have been repaid. Investment funds We enter into fee-based equity derivative transactions with third parties including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment funds. These transactions provide their investors with the desired exposure to the reference funds, and we economically hedge our exposure from these derivatives by investing in those third party managed reference funds. Our maximum exposure as at October 31, 2014, which is primarily related to our investments in such reference funds, was $3.4 billion (October 31, 2013 – $2.7 billion). The increase in our maximum exposure compared to last year is primarily due to exchange rate differences and positive performance of the reference funds. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, we also provide liquidity facilities to certain third party investment funds. The funds issue unsecured variable-rate preferred shares and invest in portfolios of tax exempt bonds. As at October 31, 2014, our maximum exposure to these funds was $641 million (October 31, 2013 – $594 million). The increase in our maximum exposure compared to last year is primarily due to exchange rate differences. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 45 Third-party securitization vehicles We hold interests in certain unconsolidated third-party securitization vehicles, which are structured entities. We, as well as other financial institutions, are obligated to provide funding to these entities up to our maximum commitment level and are exposed to credit losses on the underlying assets after various credit enhancements. As at October 31, 2014, our maximum exposure to loss in these entities was $2.4 billion (October 31, 2013 – $2.2 billion). The increase in our maximum exposure compared to last year reflects additional securitized assets and exchange rate fluctuations. Interest and non-interest income earned in respect of these investments was $20 million (2013 – $26 million). Guarantees, retail and commercial commitments We provide guarantees and commitments to our clients that expose us to liquidity and funding risks. Our maximum potential amount of future payments in relation to our commitments and guarantee products as at October 31, 2014 amounted to $258 billion compared to $232 billion last year. The increase compared to last year relates primarily to business growth and the impact of foreign currency translation in other commitments. Refer to Liquidity and funding risk and Note 26 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding our guarantees and commitments. Risk management Overview The ability to manage risk well is a core competency at RBC, and is supported by strong risk conduct and an effective risk management approach. RBC defines risk as the potential for loss or an undesirable outcome with respect to volatility of actual earnings in relation to expected earnings, capital adequacy or liquidity. The organization design and governance processes of Group Risk Management (GRM) assures independence from the businesses it supports. Our ability to manage these risks is supported by both strong risk conduct and an effective risk management approach. We manage our risks by seeking to ensure that business activities and transactions provide an appropriate balance of return for the risks assumed and remain within our Risk Appetite, which is collectively managed throughout RBC, through adherence to our Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework. Our major risk categories include credit, market, liquidity and funding, insurance, regulatory compliance, operational, strategic, reputation, legal and regulatory environment, competitive, and systemic risk. In order to avoid excessive concentration of risks, we strive to diversify our business lines, products and industries. Mission statement Build shareholder value through leadership in the strategic management of risk. Objectives The key objectives of GRM are to: • • • • Provide independent and objective oversight of the management of significant risks arising from the bank’s businesses and operations; Maintain an effective enterprise-wide risk management process through working in partnership with all areas of RBC; Ensure the continuous improvement in risk management processes, tools and practices; and Promote strong risk conduct. Risk priorities: • • • • Risk Appetite – Articulates what risks we are prepared to undertake Risk Conduct – Defines how we should operate; Risk Governance and Controls – Focus on the maintenance of effective enterprise-wide risk management processes Support enterprise, segment and business strategies by maintaining strong partnerships, balancing risk and reward, and striving to achieve a shared responsibility for risk compliance within our businesses Risk Infrastructure (People, operating plan and systems) – Deliver efficient and scalable risk and compliance infrastructure comprised of highly competent professionals supported by appropriate training/development, tools and technology; and Managing regulatory environment and relationships – Comply with regulatory requirements and expectations, and maintaining strong regulatory standards. • • Accomplishments: • • • • • Our risk profile remained within the Risk Appetite throughout the year. Maintained strong credit quality ratios. Stress testing capabilities significantly enhanced. Operational risk events impacting earnings remained low. Ensured sound management of regulatory compliance risk. Top and emerging risks Our view of risks is not static. An important component of our enterprise risk management approach is to ensure that top risks which are evolving or emerging risks are appropriately identified, managed, and incorporated into existing enterprise risk management assessment, measurement, monitoring and escalation processes. These practices ensure management is forward-looking in its assessment of risks to the organization. Identification of top and emerging risks occurs in the course of businesses developing and pursuing approved strategies and as part of the execution of risk oversight responsibilities by GRM, Finance, Corporate Treasury, Global Compliance and other control functions. Risk oversight activities which can lead to identification of new, evolving or emerging risks include control mechanisms (e.g. approval of new products, transactions, projects or initiatives), business strategy development, stress testing, portfolio level measurement, monitoring and reporting activities, and the ongoing assessment of industry and regulatory developments. Details of the top and emerging risks we are facing are discussed below. 46 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Anti-Money Laundering (AML) We are subject to a highly complex and dynamic set of anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, and anti-bribery and anti-corruption (collectively, AML) laws, regulations and expectations across the multiple jurisdictions in which we operate. These requirements are of critical importance to members of the international financial community, law enforcement agencies and regulatory bodies. The regulatory landscape for AML practices remains in a state of rapid change in response to globalization, proliferation of technologies to conduct financial transactions, and new and changing money laundering and terrorist financing strategies. The scope of AML activities continues to expand with evolving criminal activities, such as tax evasion, human trafficking, bribery, and corruption. Money laundering, terrorist financing, and, increasingly, bribery and corruption pose significant potential risks for RBC. Our reputation is at risk with regulators, clients and other stakeholders in the event of AML related incidence, particularly in light of the current regulatory environment. The regulatory tolerance for major AML Program failures is low as demonstrated by recent penalties and enforcement actions. We continuously enhance our transaction monitoring, client identification and client risk assessment processes and practices to prevent or detect activities that might pose risk to our systems and networks. Internally, annual AML training is mandatory for all applicable employees including senior management and the Board of Directors. Growth in wholesale credit Our wholesale loan growth has been strong in recent years, largely driven by Capital Markets. Loan growth in the U.S. has been strong given our strategy of expanding and strengthening client relationships in that market along with strong demand. Growth has been across various sectors with strong growth in commercial real estate and leveraged financing. To manage risks associated with this increase we focus on diversification, driven by limits on single name, country and industry exposures across all businesses, portfolios and transactions. We continue to adhere to strict lending standards as we grow our wholesale credit portfolio. We also stress test our portfolio to assist in evaluating the potential impact of severe economic conditions. High levels of Canadian household debt Canadian household debt remains elevated as persistently low interest rates continue to fuel strong home sales, supporting home prices and limiting moderation in mortgage credit growth. The risks surrounding elevated credit balances largely stem from households’ continued ability to manage existing debt repayments when interest rates rise and a greater share of disposable income is needed to make payments. Additional risk stems from the potential for high household debt to amplify the impact of an external shock to the Canadian economy. The combination of increasing unemployment, rising interest rates, and a downturn in real estate markets would pose a risk to the credit quality of our retail lending portfolio. We actively manage our lending portfolios and stress test them against various scenarios. Our stress testing shows that the vast majority of our mortgage clients have sufficient capacity to absorb interest rate increases in the ranges currently forecasted. For further discussion relating to our retail portfolio, refer to the Credit risk section. Cybersecurity The bank leverages advancements in technology to support our business model and enhance the experience of our clients on a global basis. As a result, we are exposed to risks related to cybersecurity and the increasing sophistication of cyber-attacks in the marketplace. Attacks in the industry are often focused on compromising sensitive data for inappropriate use or disrupting business operations. Such an attack could compromise our confidential information as well as that of our clients and third parties with whom we interact and may result in negative consequences, including remediation costs, loss of revenue, additional regulatory scrutiny, litigation and reputational damage. We are committed to protecting our bank through ongoing and growing investments in our cyber defense technologies, rigorous processes and controls, and investments in our team of cyber defense professionals. Our investments are positioned to manage the risks we face today and position the bank for the evolving threat landscape. Enterprise risk management Our Enterprise Risk Management Framework provides an overview of our enterprise-wide programs for identifying, assessing, measuring, controlling, monitoring and reporting on the significant risks that face the organization. Risk conduct Our risk conduct is a shared set of behavioural norms that sustain our core values, protect our clients, safeguard our shareholders’ value, and support market integrity and stability from undue risk. Risk conduct defines how we should operate, in order to instill the mindset of undertaking risk and “doing what’s right” in a manner that is consistent with our values and Code of Conduct. There are four key components that we rely on to ensure strong and effective risk conduct at RBC: • • • Tone at the top and middle management; Accountability, which is shared across all businesses and employees; Incentives, which are closely linked to our Risk Profile relative to our Risk Appetite, and to our financial, strategic, risk and operational goals; and Effective challenge, which promotes constructive discussion of different points of view on the level of risk undertaken. • We also have a strong ethical culture of integrity and compliance grounded in our Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct broadly addresses a variety of ethical and legal concerns that our employees face on a daily basis. Our Code of Conduct is supported by a number of global and regional compliance frameworks, policies, training programs, online tools, job aids, new employee orientation materials, and the direction of senior management. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 47 Risk Appetite Our Risk Appetite is the amount and type of risk we are able and willing to accept in the pursuit of our business objectives. Our approach to articulating Risk Appetite is focused around three key concepts: • • • The amount of “Earnings at Risk” that is determined to be acceptable over an economic cycle, using an expected loss lens; The amount of “Capital at Risk” that is determined to be acceptable under stress, using an unexpected loss lens; and Ensuring adequate liquidity throughout times of stress. Our Risk Appetite Framework has four major components as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Define our Risk Capacity by identifying regulatory constraints that restrict our ability to accept risk. Establish and regularly confirm our Risk Appetite, comprised of Drivers that are the business objectives which include risks we must accept to generate desired financial returns, and Self-Imposed Constraints that limit or otherwise influence the amount of risk undertaken. Our Self-Imposed Constraints include: • • • • • • • • Maintaining stability of earnings; Avoiding excessive concentrations of risk; Maintaining low exposure to stress events; Ensuring sound management of regulatory compliance risk and operational risk; Ensuring sound management of liquidity and funding risk; Ensuring capital adequacy by maintaining capital ratios in excess of rating agency and regulatory expectations; Maintaining strong credit ratings; and Maintaining a Risk Profile that is in the top half of our peer group. Set Risk Limits and Tolerances to ensure that risk-taking activities are within Risk Appetite. Regularly measure and evaluate our Risk Profile, representing the risks we are exposed to, relative to our Risk Appetite, and ensure appropriate action is taken prior to Risk Profile surpassing Risk Appetite. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework is structured in such a way that it can be applied at the enterprise, business segment, business unit, and legal entity levels. Risk Appetite is integrated into our business strategies and capital plan. We also ensure that the business strategy aligns with the enterprise and business segment level Risk Appetite. One aspect of our Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework is the concept of Risk Posture which is used within the enterprise and business segment strategic planning processes to identify potential pressure points on our Risk Profile or Risk Appetite that can result from a proposed strategy. Risk Posture is an expression of the impact of strategic priorities on our Risk Profile over a one year timeframe, using a scale of conservative, neutral or expansionary. Risk management principles The following principles guide our enterprise-wide management of risk: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Effective balancing of risk and reward by aligning business strategy with Risk Appetite, avoiding excessive concentration of risk through diversification, pricing appropriately for risk, mitigating risk through preventive and detective controls and transferring risk to third parties. Shared responsibility for risk management as business segments are responsible for active management of their risks, with direction and oversight provided by GRM and other corporate functions groups. Business decisions are based on an understanding of risk as we perform rigorous assessment of risks in relationships, products, trans- actions and other business activities. Avoid activities that are not consistent with our values, Code of Conduct or policies, which contributes to the protection of our reputation. Proper focus on clients reduces our risks by knowing our clients and ensuring that all products and transactions are suitable for, and understood by our clients. 6. Use of judgment and common sense in order to manage risk throughout the organization. 48 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Risk governance The Board of Directors and senior management utilize the Three Lines of Defence Governance Model to ensure that risks in achieving our strategic objectives are appropriately and adequately managed. BOARD OF DIRECTORS Risk Committee Audit Committee Corporate Governance & Public Policy Committee Human Resources Committee Group Executive & Group Risk Committee and Senior Management Risk Committees First Line of Defence Second Line of Defence Third Line of Defence Risk Owners Risk Oversight Independent Assurance Business and support functions embedded in the business Accountable for: Identification Assessment Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting of risk relative to approved policies and appetite Establish risk management practices and provide risk guidance Provide oversight of the effectiveness of First Line risk management practices Monitor and independently reports on the level of risk against established appetite Primarily provided by internal audit Independent assurance to management and the Board of Directors on the effectiveness of risk management practices The Board of Directors establishes the tone at the top, approves our Risk Appetite, provides oversight and carries out its risk management mandate primarily through its committees which include the Risk Committee, the Audit Committee, the Corporate Governance & Public Policy Committee and the Human Resources Committee. The purpose of the Risk Committee is to oversee our risk management program. The Risk Committee’s oversight role is designed to ensure that the risk management function is adequately independent from the businesses whose activities it reviews, and that the policies, procedures and controls used by management are sufficient to keep risks within our Risk Appetite. The Audit Committee also has a risk oversight role through its responsibilities to review our internal controls and the control environment, and to ensure that policies related to capital management and adequacy are in place and effective. The Audit Committee regularly reviews reporting on legal and regulatory compliance risks including significant litigation issues and regulatory compliance matters. • • In addition, the following board committees have specific reputation risk oversight responsibilities: Corporate Governance & Public Policy Committee – Monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance, reviews policies and programs, reviews our efforts to understand and meet changing public values and expectations, and identifies, assesses and advises management on public affairs issues related to our image and reputation. Human Resources Committee – This committee, along with the Risk Committee, is jointly responsible for our Code of Conduct, and actively oversees the design and operation of our compensation system. The Group Executive (GE) is comprised of our senior management team and is led by the President & Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and includes the Chief Risk Officer (CRO) and Chief Administrative Officer & Chief Financial Officer (CAO & CFO). The GE is responsible for our strategy and its execution and establishing the “tone at the top”. The GE actively shapes and recommends our Risk Appetite for approval by the Board of Directors. The GE’s risk oversight role is executed primarily through the mandate of the Group Risk Committee (GRC). The GRC with the assistance of its supporting senior management risk committees is responsible for ensuring that our overall Risk Profile is consistent with our strategic objectives and remains within our Risk Appetite and there are ongoing, appropriate and effective risk management processes. Employees at all levels of the organization are responsible for managing the day-to-day risks that arise in the context of their mandate. The First Line of Defence is provided by the employees across the businesses as well as support functions embedded in the businesses that are responsible for providing products and services, and for the execution of activities. The First Line of Defence has ownership and accountability for: • Risk identification, assessment, mitigation, monitoring and reporting in accordance with established enterprise risk policies and Risk Appetite; Ensuring appropriate and adequate capabilities to manage risks relevant to the businesses; and Alignment of business and operational strategies with our strong Risk Conduct and Risk Appetite. • • Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 49 The Second Line of Defence is provided by areas with independent oversight accountabilities residing in functions such as GRM, Global Compliance, and other areas within our Control and Group Functions (such as Corporate Treasury, Law, Human Resources, Finance, Technology and Operations, Corporate Taxation and Enterprise Strategy Group). The Second Line of Defence: • • • Establishes the enterprise level risk management frameworks and policies, and provides risk guidance; Provides oversight of the effectiveness of first line risk management practices; and Monitors and independently reports on the level of risk relative to established appetite. GRM, under the direction of the CRO, is responsible for the oversight of a number of significant risks we face. GRM also provides oversight of Strategic Risk through the CRO and the Group Executive, who have responsibility for ensuring business Risk Appetite and strategies align with Enterprise Risk Appetite. Global Compliance is responsible for our policies and processes designed to mitigate and manage regulatory compliance risk. In addition to GRM and Global Compliance, other Control and Group Functions have designated roles supporting our enterprise- wide risk management program. The Third Line of Defence is primarily provided by internal audit, and provides independent assurance to senior management and the Board of Directors on the effectiveness of risk management policies, processes and practices in all areas of our organization. Risk measurement Our ability to measure risks is a key component of our enterprise-wide risk and capital management processes. Certain measurement methodologies are common to a number of risk types, while others only apply to a single risk type. While quantitative risk measurement is important, we also place reliance on qualitative factors. Our measurement models and techniques are continually subject to independent assessment for appropriateness and reliability. For those risk types that are difficult to quantify, we place greater emphasis on qualitative risk factors and assessment of activities to gauge the overall level of risk to ensure that they are within our Risk Appetite. Quantifying expected loss Expected loss is used to assess earnings at risk and is a representation of losses that are statistically expected to occur in the normal course of business in a given period of time. For credit risk, the key parameters used to measure our exposure to expected loss are probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default. For market risk, a statistical technique known as Value-at-Risk (VaR) is used to measure losses under normal market conditions. Quantifying unexpected loss Unexpected loss is used to assess capital at risk and is a statistical estimate of the amount by which actual losses can exceed expected loss over a specified time horizon, measured at a specified level of confidence. We hold capital to withstand these unexpected losses, should they occur. For further details, refer to the Capital management section. Stress testing Stress testing examines potential impacts arising from exceptional but plausible adverse events, and is an important component of our risk management framework. Stress testing results are used in: • • • • • Monitoring our Risk Profile relative to Risk Appetite in terms of earnings and capital at risk; Setting limits; Identifying key risks to and potential shifts in our capital levels and financial position; Enhancing our understanding of available mitigating actions in response to adverse events; and Assessing the adequacy of our target capital levels. Our enterprise-wide stress tests evaluate key balance sheet, income statement, leverage, and capital impacts arising from risk exposures and changes in earnings. The results are used by our senior management risk committees, the GRC, and the Board of Directors to understand our performance drivers under stress, and review stressed capital and leverage ratios against regulatory thresholds and internal targets. The results are also incorporated into our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and Capital Plan analyses. We annually evaluate a number of enterprise-wide stress scenarios over a multi-year horizon, featuring a range of severities. Our Board of Directors reviews the recommended scenarios, and GRM leads the scenario assessment process. Results from across the organization are integrated to develop an enterprise-wide view of the impacts, with input from subject matter experts in GRM, Corporate Treasury, Finance, and Economics. Recent scenarios evaluated include global recessions, local Canadian recessions, energy price shocks, and natural catastrophe events. Our 2014 enterprise-wide stress test results are within our Board approved Risk Appetite. Ongoing stress testing and scenario analyses within specific risk types such as market risk, liquidity risk, structural interest rate risk, retail and wholesale credit risk, operational risk, and insurance risk supplement and support our enterprise-wide analyses. Results from these risk- specific programs are used in a variety of decision-making processes including risk limit setting, portfolio composition evaluation, and business strategy implementation. For further details on some of these programs, refer to the Market risk and Liquidity and funding risk sections. In addition to ongoing enterprise-wide and risk specific stress testing programs, we also utilize ad-hoc and reverse stress testing to deepen our knowledge of the risks we face. Ad-hoc stress tests are one-off analyses used to investigate developing conditions or stress a particular portfolio in more depth. Reverse stress tests, starting with a severe outcome and aiming to identify scenarios that might lead to that outcome, are used in risk identification and understanding of risk/return boundaries. We also participate in a number of regulator-required stress test exercises at both the consolidated and subsidiary levels. Back-testing We back-test credit risk parameters (i.e. Probability of default, Loss given default, and Usage given default) on a quarterly basis to ensure the parameters remain appropriate for use in regulatory and economic capital calculations. Back-testing is performed by comparing the realized values to the parameter estimates that were in use at the beginning of the period. 50 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Validation of measurement models We widely use models for many purposes, including valuation of financial products and the measurement and management of different types of risk. Models are subject to validation by qualified employees that are sufficiently independent of the model design and development, or by approved external parties. Model validation is a comprehensive independent review of a model that evaluates the applicability of the model’s logic, its assumptions and theoretical underpinnings, the appropriateness of input data sources, the interpretation of the model results, and the strategic use of the model outputs. By reviewing and evaluating a model’s assumptions and limitations, initial and ongoing model validation helps ensure the model incorporates current market developments and industry trends. Our model validation process is designed to ensure that all material underlying model risk factors are identified and successfully mitigated. Risk control Our enterprise-wide risk management approach is supported by a comprehensive set of risk controls. The controls are anchored by our Enter- prise Risk Management and Risk-Specific Frameworks. These frameworks lay the foundation for the development and communication of policies, establishment of formal risk review and approval processes, and the establishment of delegated authorities and limits. The implementation of robust risk controls enables the optimization of risk and return on both a portfolio and a transactional basis. Our risk management frameworks and policies are organized into the following five levels: Level 1: Enterprise Risk Management Framework provides an overview of our enterprise-wide program for identifying, assessing, measuring, controlling, monitoring and reporting on the significant risks we face. This framework is underpinned by our Risk Appetite Framework and Risk Conduct Framework. Level 2: Risk-Specific Frameworks elaborate on each specific risk type and the mechanisms for identifying, measuring, monitoring and reporting of our principal risks; key policies; and roles and responsibilities. Level 3: Enterprise Risk Policies articulate minimum requirements, within which businesses and employees must operate. Level 4: “Multi-risk” Enterprise Risk Policies govern activities such as product risk review and approval, stress testing, risk limits, risk approval authorities and model risk management. Level 5: Business Segments and Corporate Support – Specific Policies and Procedures are established to manage the risks that are unique to their operations. Risk review and approval processes Risk review and approval processes are established by GRM based on the nature, size, and complexity of the risk involved. In general, the risk review and approval process involves a formal review and approval by an individual, group or committee that is independent from the originator. The approval responsibilities are governed by delegated authorities based on the following categories: transactions, structured credit, projects and initiatives, and new products and services. Authorities and limits The Risk Committee of the Board of Directors delegates credit, market, and insurance risk authorities to the President & CEO and the CRO. The delegated authorities allow these officers to approve single name, geographic (country and region) and industry sector exposures within defined parameters to manage concentration risk, establish underwriting and inventory limits for trading and investment banking activities and set market risk tolerances. The Board of Directors also delegates liquidity risk authorities to the President & CEO, CAO & CFO, and CRO. These limits act as a key risk control designed to ensure that reliable and cost-effective sources of cash or its equivalent are available to satisfy our current and prospective commitments. Reporting Enterprise and business segment level risk monitoring and reporting are critical components of our enterprise risk management program and support the ability of senior management and the Board of Directors to effectively perform their risk management and oversight responsibilities. On a quarterly basis, we provide to senior management and the Board of Directors the Enterprise Risk Report which includes a comprehensive review of our Risk Profile relative to our Risk Appetite and focuses on the range of risks we face along with an analysis of the related issues and trends. In addition to our regular risk monitoring, other risk specific presentations are provided to and discussed with senior management and the Board of Directors on top and emerging risk issues or significant changes in our level of risk. Risk Pyramid We use a pyramid to identify and categorize our principal risks. The Risk Pyramid drives internal consistency of risk terminology and language, and is used to identify and assess risk in new and existing businesses, products or initiatives, acquisitions and alliances. Principal risk types are organized vertically from the top of the pyramid to its base according to the relative degree of control and influence we consider to have over each risk type. The Risk Pyramid is reviewed regularly to ensure that all key risks are reflected and ranked appropriately. The base of the pyramid – The risk categories along the base of the Risk Pyramid are those over which we have the greatest level of control and influence. These are credit, market, liquidity and funding, insurance and regulatory compliance risks. Operational risk, while still viewed as one of the risks over which we have the greatest level of control and influence, is ranked higher on the pyramid than the other highly controllable risks. This ranking acknowledges the level of controllability associated with people, systems and external events. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 51 The top of the pyramid – Systemic risk is placed at the top of the Risk Pyramid, and is generally considered the least controllable type of risk arising from the business environment impacting us. However, we have in place measures for mitigating the impacts of systemic risk such as stress testing programs and diversification. We are diversified across various business models, funding sources, products and geographies. Legal and regulatory environment and competitive risks, which can be viewed as somewhat controllable, can be influenced through our role as a corporate entity, and as an active participant in the Canadian and global financial services industry. LESS SYSTEMIC Control & Influence LEGAL & REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT COMPETITIVE STRATEGIC REPUTATION OPERATIONAL M ORE CREDIT MARKET LIQUIDITY & FUNDING INSURANCE REGULATORY COMPLIANCE The shaded text along with the tables specifically marked with an asterisk(*) in the following sections of the MD&A represent our disclosures on credit, market and liquidity and funding risks in accordance with IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, and include discussion on how we measure our risks and the objectives, policies and methodologies for managing these risks. Therefore, these shaded text and tables represent an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Credit risk Credit risk is the risk of loss associated with an obligor’s potential inability or unwillingness to fulfill its contractual obligations. Credit risk may arise directly from the risk of default of a primary obligor (e.g. issuer, debtor, counterparty, borrower or policyholder), or indirectly from a secondary obligor (e.g. guarantor or reinsurer). Credit risk includes counterparty credit risk from both trading and non-trading activities. The failure to effectively manage credit risk across all our products, services and activities can have a direct, immediate and material impact on our earnings and reputation. We balance our risk and return by: • • • • • • • Ensuring credit quality is not compromised for growth; Diversifying credit risks in transactions, relationships and portfolios; Using our credit risk rating and scoring systems or other approved credit risk assessment or rating methodologies, policies and tools; Pricing appropriately for the credit risk taken; Applying consistent credit risk exposure measurements; Mitigating credit risk through preventive and detective controls; Transferring credit risk to third parties, where appropriate, through approved credit risk mitigation techniques, including hedging activities and insurance coverage; and Ongoing credit risk monitoring and administration. • Risk measurement – Credit risk We quantify credit risk, at both the individual obligor and portfolio levels, to manage expected credit losses and minimize unexpected losses in order to limit earnings volatility. We employ different risk measurement processes for our wholesale and retail credit portfolios. The wholesale portfolio comprises businesses, sovereigns, public sector entities, banks and other financial institutions, and certain individuals and small businesses that are managed on an individual client basis. The retail portfolio is comprised of residential mortgages, personal, credit card, and small business loans, which are managed on a pooled basis. Credit risk rating systems are designed to assess and quantify the risk inherent in credit activities in an accurate and consistent manner. In measuring credit risk and setting regulatory capital, two principal approaches are available: Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRB) and Standardized Approach. Most of our credit risk exposure is measured under the IRB. Economic capital, which is our internal quantification of risks, is used extensively for performance measurement, limit setting and internal capital adequacy. 52 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The key parameters that form the basis of our credit risk measures for both regulatory and economic capital are: • Probability of default (PD): An estimated percentage that represents the likelihood of default within a given time period of an obligor for a specific rating grade or for a particular pool of exposure. Exposure at default (EAD): An amount expected to be owed by an obligor at the time of default. Loss given default (LGD): An estimated percentage of EAD that is not expected to be recovered during the collections and recovery process. • • These parameters are determined based on historical experience from internal credit risk rating systems in accordance with supervisory standards, and are independently validated and updated on a regular basis. Under the Standardized Approach, used primarily for Investor Services and our Caribbean and U.S. banking operations, risk-weights prescribed by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) are used to calculate risk-weighted assets (RWA) for credit risk exposure. Wholesale credit risk The wholesale credit risk rating system is designed to measure the credit risk inherent in our wholesale lending activities. Each obligor is assigned a borrower risk rating (BRR), reflecting an assessment of the credit quality of the obligor. Each BRR has a PD assigned to it. The BRR differentiates the riskiness of obligors and represents our evaluation of the obligor’s ability and willingness to meet its contractual obligations on time over a three year time horizon. The assignment of BRRs is based on the evaluation of the obligor’s business risk and financial risk and is based on fundamental credit analysis. The determination of the PD associated with each BRR relies primarily on internal default history since the late 1990s augmented where necessary with reference to external data. PD estimates are designed to be a conservative reflection of our experience across the economic cycle including periods of stress or economic downturn. Our rating system is largely consistent with that of external rating agencies. The following table aligns the relative rankings of our 22-grade internal risk ratings with the ratings used by external rating agencies. Internal ratings map* Table 40 Ratings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 BRR 1+ 1H 1M 1L 2+H 2+M 2+L 2H 2M 2L 2-H 2-M 2-L 3+H 3+M 3+L 3H 3M 3L 4 5 6 Standard & Poor’s (S&P) Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) Description AAA AA+ AA AA- A+ A A- BBB+ BBB BBB- BB+ BB BB- B+ B B- CCC+ CCC CCC- CC Aaa Aa1 Aa2 Aa3 A1 A2 A3 Baa1 Baa2 Baa3 Ba1 Ba2 Ba3 B1 B2 B3 Caa1 Caa2 Caa3 Ca Investment Grade Non-investment Grade D Bankruptcy C Bankruptcy Impaired * This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Each credit facility is assigned an LGD rate. LGD rates are largely driven by factors that will impact the extent of any losses in the event the obligor defaults including seniority of debt, collateral security, and the industry sector in which the obligor operates. Estimated LGD rates draw primarily on internal loss experience since the late 1990s. Where we have limited internal loss data we also look to external data to inform the estimation. LGD rates are estimated to reflect conditions that might be expected to prevail in a period of an economic downturn, with additional conservatism added to reflect data limitations and judgments made in the estimation process. EAD is estimated based on the current exposure to the obligor and the possible future changes in that exposure driven by factors such as the nature of the credit commitment and the type of obligor. As with LGD, rates are estimated to reflect downturn conditions, with added conservatism to reflect data and modeling uncertainty. Estimates are based on internal data dating back to the late 1990s. Estimates of PD, LGD, and EAD are updated, and then validated and back-tested by an independent team within the bank, on an annual basis. In addition, quarterly monitoring and back-testing is performed by the estimation team. These ratings and risk measurements are used in the determination of our expected losses as well as economic and regulatory capital, setting of risk limits, portfolio management and product pricing. Counterparty credit risk Counterparty credit risk is the risk that a party with whom the bank has entered into a financial or non-financial contract will fail to fulfill its contractual agreement and default on the obligation. It is measured not only by its current value, but also by how this value can move as market conditions change. Counterparty credit risk usually occurs in trading-related derivative and repo-style transactions. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 53 Derivative transactions include financial (e.g. forwards, futures, swaps, and options) and non-financial derivatives (e.g. precious metal and commodities). For further details on our derivative instruments and credit risk mitigation, refer to Note 8 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Retail credit risk Credit scoring is the primary risk rating system for assessing obligor and transaction risk for retail exposures. Credit scores along with decision strategies are employed in the acquisition of new clients (acquisition) and management of existing clients (behavioural). Criteria used to pool exposures for risk quantification include behavioural score, product type (mortgages, credit cards, lines of credit and instalment loans), collateral type (chattel, liquid assets and real estate), loan-to-value, and the delinquency status (performing, delinquent and default) of the exposure. Regular monitoring and periodic adjustments and alignments are conducted to ensure that this process provides for a meaningful differentiation of risk. Migration between the pools is considered when assessing credit quality. The pools are also assessed based on credit risk parameters (PD and EAD) which consider borrower and transaction characteristics, including behavioural credit score, product type and delinquency status. LGD is reviewed and re-estimated on an annual basis under the Basel III IRB. The estimation is based on transaction specific factors, including product, loan-to-value and collateral types. LGD is determined based on over 10 years of historical economic losses with the highest degree of granularity and sufficient margin of conservatism. Parameters are validated and back-tested by an independent team within the bank. The following table maps PD bands to various risk levels: Internal ratings map* Table 41 PD bands 0.000% – 1.718% 1.719% – 6.430% 6.431% – 99.99% 100% Description Low risk Medium risk High risk Impaired/Default * This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Risk control – Credit risk The Board of Directors and its committees, the GE, the GRC and other senior management risk committees work together to ensure a Credit Risk Management Framework and supporting policies, processes and procedures exist to manage credit risk and approve related credit risk limits. Reports are distributed to the Board of Directors, the GRC, and senior executives to keep them informed of our Risk Profile, including trending information and significant credit risk issues and shifts in exposures to ensure appropriate actions can be taken where necessary. Our enterprise-wide credit risk policies set out the minimum requirements for the management of credit risk in a variety of borrower, transac- tional and portfolio management contexts. Credit policies are an integral component of our Credit Risk Management Framework and set out the minimum requirements for the management of credit risk as follows: Credit risk assessment • • • Mandatory use of credit risk rating and scoring systems. Consistent credit risk assessment criteria. Standard content requirements in credit application documents. Credit risk concentration We define credit concentration risk as the risk arising from an over-concentration on single names, industry sectors, countries or credit products within the portfolio. Concentration risk results from large exposure to similar risks that are positively correlated such that their ability to meet contractual obligations could be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. We manage credit exposures to promote alignment to the Bank’s risk appetite, to maintain our target business mix and to ensure that there is no undue risk concentration. Credit concentration limits are reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee. Credit risk mitigation Structuring of transactions • Specific credit policies and procedures set out the requirements for structuring transactions. Risk mitigants include the use of guarantees, seniority, loan-to-value requirements and covenants. Product-specific guidelines set out appropriate product structuring as well as client and guarantor criteria. Collateral • We often require obligors to pledge collateral as security when we advance credit. The extent of risk mitigation provided by collateral depends on the amount, type and quality of the collateral taken. Specific requirements relating to collateral valuation and management are documented in our credit risk management policies. Credit derivatives • Used as a tool to mitigate industry sector concentration and single-name exposure. For a more detailed description of the types of credit derivatives we enter into and how we manage related credit risk, refer to Note 8 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. 54 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Loan forbearance In our overall management of borrower relationships, economic or legal reasons may necessitate forbearance to certain clients with respect to the original terms and conditions of their loans. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and modify their loan terms in order to maximize collection and to avoid foreclosure, repossession, or other legal remedies. In these circumstances, a borrower may be granted concessions that would not otherwise be considered. We have specialized groups and formalized policies that direct the management of delinquent or defaulted borrowers. Examples of such concessions to retail borrowers may include rate reduction, principal forgiveness, and term extensions. Concessions to wholesale borrowers may include restructuring the agreements, modifying the original terms of the agreement and/or relaxation of covenants. For both retail and wholesale loans, the appropriate remediation techniques are based on the individual borrower’s situation, the Bank’s policy and the customer’s willingness and capacity to meet the new arrangement. When a loan is restructured, the recorded investment in the loan is reduced as of the date of restructuring to the amount of the net cash flows receivable under the modified terms, discounted at the effective interest rate inherent in the loan (prior to restructuring). During 2014, the amount of loans restructured was not material. Product approval • Proposals for credit products and services are comprehensively reviewed and approved under a risk assessment framework. Credit portfolio management • Limits are used to manage concentration risk and to ensure our portfolio is well-diversified and remains within our Risk Appetite. Limits are reviewed on a regular basis taking into account the business, economic, financial and regulatory environments. Our credit limits are established at the following levels: single name limits (notional and economic capital), underwriting risk limits, geographic (country and region) limits (notional and economic capital), industry sector limits (notional and economic capital), and product and portfolio limits, where deemed necessary. Gross credit risk exposure Gross credit risk exposure is calculated based on the definitions provided under the Basel III framework. Under this method, risk exposure is calculated before taking into account any collateral and is inclusive of an estimate of potential future changes to that credit exposure. Gross credit risk is categorized into lending-related and other, and trading-related. Lending-related and other includes: • Loans and acceptances outstanding, undrawn commitments, and other exposures including contingent liabilities such as letters of credit and guarantees, Available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities and deposits with financial institutions. Undrawn commitments represent an estimate of the contractual amount that may be drawn upon at the time of default of an obligor. Trading-related credit includes: • Repo-style transactions which include repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing trans- actions. For repo-style transactions, gross exposure represents the amount at which securities were initially financed, before taking into account collateral. Derivative amount which represents the credit equivalent amount, which is defined by OSFI as the replacement cost plus an amount for potential future credit exposure. • • Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 55 Gross credit risk exposure by portfolio and sector* Table 42 $ 219,257 $ – $ 96,021 14,924 4,785 83,965 21,689 4,631 197 $ 154 – 9 Retail $ 334,987 $ 110,285 $ 360 $ October 31 2014 As at October 31 2013 Lending-related and other Trading-related Lending-related and other Trading-related Loans and acceptances Loans and acceptances Outstanding commitments Other (1) transactions Derivatives (2) exposure (3) Outstanding commitments Other (1) transactions Derivatives (2) Undrawn Repo-style Total Undrawn Repo-style Total exposure (3) – $ – – – – $ – $ – – – 160,514 – – – 22 2 – 3,490 25,863 94,824 – $ – – – 219,454 $ 209,238 $ 180,140 36,613 9,425 92,859 14,142 4,388 – $ – $ 77,463 20,347 4,043 32 – 41 – $ 445,632 $ 320,627 $ 101,853 $ 73 $ – $ – – – – $ – $ – – – 209,238 170,354 34,489 8,472 – $ 422,553 51 $ 6,879 $ 697 281 1,578 23,290 18 462 174 286 955 810 13,800 8,170 22,724 12,085 14,189 36,707 212,681 1,557 10,321 5,240 40,185 14,995 11,568 64,900 91,762 192,824 5,441 $ 6,167 6,230 8,906 4,903 893 4,038 1,074 24,413 4,006 5,593 22,755 4,396 1,320 630 $ 51 $ 3,602 5,786 19,843 8,529 434 3,656 2,648 5,461 6,883 3,032 9,989 5,527 270 255 509 3,140 13,374 104 384 807 1,487 500 1,574 9,060 34,789 67,007 – $ – – – 134,290 – – – 7 3 – 2,202 27,193 87,953 30 $ 451 142 2,047 18,368 15 266 158 295 620 564 14,537 8,319 21,243 6,152 10,475 12,667 33,936 179,464 1,446 8,344 4,687 31,663 12,012 10,763 58,543 80,224 177,793 5,694 $ 6,209 7,172 9,615 5,688 979 4,665 1,320 30,387 4,822 5,432 25,886 4,628 1,201 1,079 $ 4,880 6,189 22,161 9,775 452 4,753 2,870 7,791 8,705 3,624 13,345 5,303 710 55 $ 299 547 3,353 13,414 108 441 876 1,699 511 1,702 8,379 47,798 73,365 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business (4) $ Business (4) Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign (4) Bank (4) Wholesale $ 113,698 $ 91,637 $ 152,547 $ 284,715 $ 73,296 $ 715,893 $ 100,135 $ 76,290 $ 133,041 $ 251,648 $ 67,055 $ 628,169 Total exposure $ 448,685 $ 201,922 $ 152,907 $ 284,715 $ 73,296 $ 1,161,525 $ 420,762 $ 178,143 $ 133,114 $ 251,648 $ 67,055 $ 1,050,722 * (1) (2) (3) (4) This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Includes credit equivalent amounts for contingent liabilities such as letters of credit and guarantees, outstanding amounts for AFS debt securities, deposits with financial institutions and other assets. Credit equivalent amount after factoring in master netting agreements. Gross credit risk exposure is before allowance for loan losses. Exposure under Basel III asset classes of qualifying revolving retail and other retail are largely included within Personal and Credit cards, while home equity lines of credit are included in Personal. Refer to Note 5 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the definition of these terms. 2014 vs. 2013 Total gross credit risk exposure increased $111 billion or 11% from last year, largely reflecting an increase in repo-style transactions and growth in loans and acceptances. Retail exposure increased $23 billion or 5%, primarily due to volume growth in Canadian residential mortgages and personal loans reflecting the ongoing low interest rate environment. Wholesale exposure increased $88 billion or 14%, largely driven by an increase in repo-style transactions due to higher client activity, higher loans and acceptances reflecting growth across various industry sectors, particularly in Real estate & related, and an increase in Other exposure related to letters of credit and guarantees, and AFS securities. The impact of foreign exchange translation also contributed to the increase. Wholesale loan utilization was 37%, unchanged from last year. Gross credit risk exposure by geography* (1) Table 43 October 31 2014 October 31 2013 As at Lending-related and other Trading-related Lending-related and other Trading-related Loans and acceptances Loans and acceptances (Millions of Canadian dollars) Outstanding Undrawn commitments Repo-style Total Other transactions Derivatives exposure Outstanding Undrawn commitments Repo-style Other transactions Derivatives Canada U.S. Europe Other International $ 390,221 $ 28,325 15,348 14,791 142,841 $ 63,060 $ 56,308 $ 21,649 $ 43,270 13,091 2,720 23,487 47,904 18,456 150,549 52,501 25,357 12,536 34,222 4,889 674,079 $ 373,714 $ 258,167 163,066 66,213 23,177 11,471 12,400 129,632 $ 58,048 $ 55,394 $ 23,619 $ 35,633 10,200 2,678 20,811 39,111 15,144 120,482 55,928 19,844 11,829 27,215 4,392 Total exposure 640,407 211,932 143,925 54,458 Total Exposure $ 448,685 $ 201,922 $ 152,907 $ 284,715 $ 73,296 $ 1,161,525 $ 420,762 $ 178,143 $ 133,114 $ 251,648 $ 67,055 $ 1,050,722 * (1) This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Geographic profile is primarily based on country of residence of the borrower. 2014 vs. 2013 The geographic mix of our gross credit risk exposure to Canada, U.S., Europe, and Other International ended the year at 58%, 22%, 14%, and 6%, respectively (2013 – 61%, 20%, 14%, and 5%, respectively). Shifts in our geographic mix were largely related to repo-style transactions. 56 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Loans and acceptances outstanding and undrawn commitments* (1), (2) Table 44 October 31 2014 Medium As at October 31 2013(4) Medium Low risk risk High risk Impaired Total Low risk risk High risk Impaired Total 158,530 29,900 6,542 $ 206,699 $ 9,452 $ 2,428 $ 17,309 5,403 1,519 691 $ 209,238 170,322 363 34,489 – 8,431 37 $ 401,671 $ 33,683 $ 8,893 $ 1,025 $ 445,272 $ 380,546 $ 32,221 $ 8,622 $ 1,091 $ 422,480 678 $ 219,257 $ 195,578 $ 10,561 $ 2,408 $ 300 – 47 179,986 36,613 9,416 150,701 28,359 5,908 15,240 4,981 1,439 3,847 1,310 1,308 4,018 1,149 1,047 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail (3) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Wholesale (5) Business Sovereign Bank Total Investment grade Non-investment grade Impaired Total Investment grade Non-investment grade Impaired Total $ 82,714 9,476 1,440 $ 93,630 $ $ 109,829 455 469 110,753 $ $ 950 – 2 952 $ 193,493 9,931 1,911 $ 205,335 $ 73,865 9,582 1,387 $ 84,834 $ $ 89,940 341 200 90,481 $ 1,107 – 3 $ 1,110 $164,912 9,923 1,590 $176,425 * (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. This table represents our retail and wholesale loans and acceptances outstanding and undrawn commitments by portfolio and risk category. For a qualitative description of the credit risk assessment process, refer to the Risk measurement – Credit risk section. This amount is before allowance for impaired loans. Includes undrawn commitments of $nil, $84.0 billion, $21.7 billion, and $4.6 billion for Residential mortgages, Personal, Credit cards and Small business, respectively. Comparative amounts have been restated to align with changes in our parameter estimation methodology and risk band classification during 2014. Includes undrawn commitments of $85.6 billion, $5.3 billion, and $0.7 billion for Business, Sovereign and Bank, respectively. 2014 vs. 2013 There were no significant shifts in the overall distribution of our exposure across the various credit quality categories compared to last year. European exposure (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross exposure to Europe Less: Collateral held against repo-style transactions Potential future credit exposure add-on amount Undrawn commitments Gross drawn exposure to Europe Less: Collateral applied against derivatives Add: Trading securities Net exposure to Europe (3) As at October 31 2014 Other Table 45 October 31 2013 Letters of credit and guarantees 24,988 $ Repo-style Total European exposure 52,501 $ 34,222 $ 163,066 $ 143,925 Total European exposure transactions Derivatives Loans and acceptances Undrawn Outstanding $ 15,348 $ commitments (1) Securities (2) 13,091 $ 22,916 $ – – – – – 13,091 – – – – – 24,988 51,386 – 51,386 54,416 – – 22,403 22,403 18,827 – 38,079 27,719 $ 15,348 $ – $ 22,916 $ – $ 1,115 $ 11,819 $ 51,198 $ 42,963 – – $ 15,348 $ – – – $ – 15,471 38,387 $ – – – $ – – 1,115 $ 8,249 – 6,306 8,249 13,816 15,471 3,570 $ 58,420 $ 50,473 (1) (2) (3) Comprised of undrawn commitments of $10.6 billion to corporate entities, $2.1 billion to financial entities and $0.4 billion to sovereign entities. On a country basis, exposure is comprised of $5.2 billion to the U.K., $2.3 billion to Germany, $2.1 billion to France, $509 million to Ireland, $343 million to Spain, $1 million to Italy, with the remaining $2.6 billion related to Other Europe. Of the undrawn commitments, over 77% are to investment grade entities. Securities include $15.5 billion of trading securities (2013 – $13.8 billion), $11.9 billion of deposits (2013 – $13.8 billion) and $11 billion of AFS securities (2013 – $7.8 billion). Excludes $2.8 billion (2013 – $1 billion) of exposures to supranational agencies and $0.7 billion (2013 – $2.4 billion) of exposures to trade credit reinsurance. Our gross credit risk exposure is calculated based on the definitions provided under the Basel III framework whereby risk exposure is calculated before taking into account any collateral and inclusive of an estimate of potential future changes to that credit exposure. On that basis, our total European exposure as at October 31, 2014 was $163 billion. Our gross drawn exposure to Europe was $51 billion, after taking into account Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 57 collateral held against repo-style transactions of $51 billion, letters of credit and guarantees, and undrawn commitments for loans of $38 billion and potential future credit exposure to derivatives of $23 billion. Our net exposure to Europe was $58 billion, after taking into account $8 billion of collateral, primarily in cash, we hold against derivatives and the addition of trading securities of $15 billion held in our trading book. Our net exposure to Europe also reflected $0.4 billion of mitigation through credit default swaps, which are largely used to hedge single name exposures and market risk. Net European exposure by country (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) U.K. Germany France Total U.K., Germany, France Greece Ireland Italy Portugal Spain Total Peripheral (2) Luxembourg Netherlands Norway Sweden Switzerland Other Total Other Europe Total exposure to Europe As at October 31 2014 Repo-style Table 46 October 31 2013 Securities transactions Derivatives Total Total $ $ $ $ $ 12,486 8,602 3,176 24,264 – 104 67 – 105 276 1,136 2,893 2,613 2,658 2,890 1,657 $ $ $ $ $ 874 36 50 960 – 8 – – – 8 2 20 – 60 54 11 13,847 38,387 $ $ 147 1,115 $ $ 1,245 620 489 $ 24,033 10,172 4,284 $ 17,515 8,270 3,856 2,354 $ 38,489 $ 29,641 – 152 57 – 21 230 247 465 29 – 111 134 986 $ $ $ $ – 883 150 9 476 $ 1,518 $ 1,909 4,260 3,011 2,731 3,557 2,945 – 174 325 6 491 996 5,666 2,861 2,925 2,831 3,094 2,459 $ 18,413 $ 19,836 3,570 $ 58,420 $ 50,473 Loans outstanding $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,428 914 569 10,911 – 619 26 9 350 1,004 524 882 369 13 502 1,143 3,433 15,348 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) Geographic profile is based on country of risk, which reflects our assessment of the geographic risk associated with a given exposure. Typically, this is the residence of the borrower. Gross credit risk exposure to peripheral Europe is comprised of Greece $nil (2013 – $nil), Ireland $2.5 billion (2013 – $1.5 billion), Italy $0.2 billion (2013 – $0.3 billion), Portugal $nil (2013 – $0.1 billion), and Spain $0.9 billion (2013 – $0.9 billion). 2014 vs. 2013 Net credit risk exposure to Europe increased $8 billion from last year, largely driven by increased exposure in the U.K., Germany and Netherlands, partially offset by a decrease in Luxembourg. Our net exposure to peripheral Europe, which includes Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, remained minimal with total outstanding exposure increasing $0.5 billion during the year to $1.5 billion as at October 31, 2014, largely due to an increase in Ireland. Our exposure was predominantly investment grade. Our net exposure to larger European countries, including the U.K., Germany and France, was primarily related to our capital markets, wealth management and investor services businesses, particularly in fixed income, treasury services, derivatives, and corporate and individual lending. These are predominantly client-driven businesses where we transact with a range of European financial institutions, corporations and individuals. In addition, we engage in primary dealer activities in the U.K., where we participate in auctions of government debt and act as a market maker and provide liquidity to clients. Exposures to other European countries are largely related to securities which include trading securities, deposits, and AFS securities. Our trading securities are related to both client market making activities and our funding and liquidity management needs. All of our trading securities are marked-to-market on a daily basis. Deposits are primarily related to deposits with central banks or financial institutions and also included deposits related to our wealth management business in the Channel Islands. AFS securities are largely comprised of Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development government and corporate debt. Our European corporate loan book is run on a global basis and the underwriting standards for this loan book reflect the same approach to the use of our balance sheet as we have applied in both Canada and the U.S. We had a PCL recovery on this portfolio of $1 million this year. The gross impaired loans ratio of this loan book was 0.12%, down from 0.69% last year. Net European exposure by client type As at October 31 2014 Total U.K., Germany, (Millions of Canadian dollars) U.K. Germany France France Greece Ireland Italy Portugal Spain Table 47 October 31 2013 Total Peripheral Other Europe Total Europe Total Europe Financials Sovereign Corporate Total $ 4,928 $ 6,948 $ 1,385 $ 13,261 $ 10,028 9,077 1,776 1,448 2,137 762 13,941 11,287 – $ 92 $ 59 $ – – 14 777 6 85 – $ 97 $ – 9 10 369 248 $ 11,132 $ 24,641 17,527 3,556 16,252 3,725 30 1,240 $ 21,593 16,205 12,675 $ 24,033 $ 10,172 $ 4,284 $ 38,489 $ – $ 883 $ 150 $ 9 $ 476 $ 1,518 $ 18,413 $ 58,420 $ 50,473 58 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2014 vs. 2013 Our net exposure to Corporate increased by $4 billion due to increases in the U.K. and Germany. The increase in Financials of $3 billion was largely in Germany and the U.K. Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit (insured vs. uninsured) Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit are secured by residential properties. The following table presents a breakdown by geographic region: Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit As at October 31, 2014 Residential mortgages (1) Table 48 Home equity lines of credit (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Insured (2) Uninsured Total Total Region (3) Canada Atlantic provinces Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces B.C. and territories Total Canada (4) U.S. Other International Total International Total Total – October 31, 2013 $ 6,411 13,006 35,354 25,813 15,585 $ 96,169 4 13 $ 17 $ 96,186 $ 96,624 55% 50 40 53 38 45% 1 – –% 44% 46% $ 5,169 13,248 51,974 22,826 25,887 $ 119,104 535 3,081 $ 3,616 $ 122,720 $ 111,822 45% 50 60 47 62 55% 99 100 100% 56% 54% $ 11,580 26,254 87,328 48,639 41,472 $ 215,273 539 3,094 $ 3,633 $ 218,906 $ 208,446 $ $ $ $ $ 2,068 4,163 17,104 10,310 9,768 43,413 332 2,691 3,023 46,436 45,494 (1) (2) (3) (4) The residential mortgages amounts exclude our third party mortgage-backed securities (MBS) of $351 million (2013 – $792 million). Insured residential mortgages are mortgages whereby our exposure to default is mitigated by insurance through the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) or other private mortgage default insurers. Region is based upon address of the property mortgaged. The Atlantic provinces are comprised of Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, the Prairie provinces are comprised of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, and B.C. and territories are comprised of British Columbia, Nunavut, Northwest Territories and Yukon. Total Canada residential mortgages balance of $215 billion consolidated is comprised of $192 billion of residential mortgages and $5 billion of mortgages with commercial clients of which $3.4 billion are insured mortgages, both in Canadian Banking, and $18 billion of securitized residential mortgages in Capital Markets. Home equity lines of credit are uninsured and reported within the personal loan category. As at October 31, 2014, home equity lines of credit in Canadian Banking were $43 billion (2013 – $43 billion). Approximately 97% of these home equity lines of credit (2013 – 97%) are secured by a first lien on real estate, and less than 8% (2013 – 8%) of these clients pay the scheduled interest payment only. Residential mortgages portfolio by amortization period The following table provides a summary of the percentage of residential mortgages that fall within the remaining amortization periods based upon current customer payment amounts, which incorporate payments larger than the minimum contractual amount and/or higher frequency of payments: Residential mortgages portfolio by amortization period As at October 31 2014 Table 49 October 31 2013 Amortization period ≤ 25 years >25 years ≤ 30 years > 30 years ≤ 35 years > 35 years Total Canada U.S. and Other International Total Total 71% 23 5 1 91% 9 – – 72% 22 5 1 100% 100% 100% 68% 22 8 2 100% Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 59 Average loan-to-value (LTV) ratio for newly originated and acquired uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products The following table provides a summary of our average LTV ratio for newly originated and acquired uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products by geographic region: Average LTV ratio Region (3) Atlantic provinces Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces B.C. and territories U.S. Other International Average of newly originated and acquired for the year (4), (5) Total Canadian Banking residential mortgages portfolio 2014 Uninsured Table 50 2013 Uninsured Residential mortgages (1) Homeline products (2) Residential mortgages (1) Homeline products (2) 74% 71 71 74 69 71 85 72% 55% 74% 73 71 73 67 n.m. n.m. 71% 55% 73% 71 71 73 69 69 83 71% 56% 74% 73 71 73 67 n.m. n.m. 71% 56% (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Residential mortgages excludes residential mortgages within the homeline products. Homeline products are comprised of both residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. Region is based upon address of the property mortgaged. The Atlantic provinces are comprised of Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, the Prairie provinces are comprised of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, and B.C. and territories are comprised of British Columbia, Nunavut, Northwest Territories and Yukon. The average LTV ratio for newly originated and acquired uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products is calculated on a weighted basis by mortgage amounts at origination. For newly originated mortgages and homeline products, LTV is calculated based on the total facility amount for the residential mortgage and homeline product divided by the value of the related residential property. n.m. not meaningful While the above table provides the LTV ratios for the current year originations, the LTV ratio on our outstanding balances of the entire Canadian Banking uninsured residential mortgages, including homeline products is 55% as at October 31, 2014 (2013 – 56%). This calculation is weighted by mortgage balances and adjusted for property values base on the Teranet – National Bank National Composite House Price Index. We employ a risk-based approach to property valuation. Property valuation methods include automated valuation models (AVM) and appraisals. An AVM is a tool that estimates the value of a property by reference to market data including sales of comparable properties and price trends specific to the Metropolitan Statistical Area in which the property being valued is located. Using a risk-based approach, we also employ appraisals which can include drive-by or full on-site appraisals. We continue to actively manage our entire mortgage portfolio and perform stress testing, based on a combination of increasing unemployment, rising interest rates, and a downturn in real estate markets. Our stress test results indicate the vast majority of our residential mortgage and homeline clients have sufficient capacity to continue making payments in the event of a shock to one of the above noted parameters. 60 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Credit quality performance Provision for (recovery of) credit losses (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets Corporate Support and Other (1) Total PCL Canada (2) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Wholesale PCL on impaired loans U.S. (2) Retail Wholesale PCL on impaired loans Other International (2) Retail Wholesale PCL on impaired loans Total PCL PCL ratio (3) Total PCL ratio Personal & Commercial Banking Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets $ $ $ $ $ $ Table 51 2013 995 51 188 3 1,237 27 391 346 32 796 149 945 3 32 35 86 171 257 2014 1,103 19 44 (2) 1,164 27 393 345 44 809 123 932 2 40 42 121 69 190 $ $ $ $ $ 1,164 $ 1,237 0.27% 0.31 0.27 2.44 0.12 0.07 0.31% 0.30 0.27 1.24 0.42 0.34 (1) (2) (3) PCL in Corporate Support and Other primarily comprised of PCL for loans not yet identified as impaired. For further information, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances. 2014 vs. 2013 Total PCL decreased $73 million, or 6%, from a year ago. The PCL ratio of 27 bps, decreased 4 bps. PCL in Personal & Commercial Banking increased $108 million or 11%, and the PCL ratio of 31 bps, increased 1 bp, mainly reflecting higher provisions in our Caribbean portfolio including an additional provision of $50 million in our impaired residential mortgages portfolio, and higher provisions in our small business portfolio in Canada. PCL in Wealth Management decreased $32 million, mainly due to lower provisions on a few accounts. PCL in Capital Markets decreased $144 million, as the PCL last year included higher provisions on a few accounts in the technology & media sector in Other International. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 61 Gross impaired loans (GIL) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets Investor & Treasury Services Corporate Support and Other Total GIL Canada (1) Retail Wholesale GIL U.S. (1) Retail Wholesale GIL Other International (1) Retail Wholesale GIL Total GIL Impaired loans, beginning balance Classified as impaired during the year (new impaired) (2) Net repayments (2) Amounts written off Other (2), (3) Impaired loans, balance at end of year GIL ratio (4) Total GIL ratio Personal & Commercial Banking Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2014 1,913 11 50 2 1 1,977 659 487 1,146 13 18 31 353 447 800 1,977 2,201 1,317 (228) (1,329) 16 1,977 0.44% 0.54 0.33 11.05 0.07 0.08 Table 52 2013 1,872 96 229 3 1 2,201 729 526 1,255 14 98 112 348 486 834 2,201 2,250 1,769 (265) (1,471) (82) 2,201 0.52% 0.55 0.36 9.91 0.79 0.42 (1) (2) (3) (4) Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. Certain GIL movements for Canadian Banking retail and wholesale portfolios are generally allocated to New Impaired, as Return to performing status, Repayments, Sold, and Exchange and other movements amounts are not reasonably determinable. Certain GIL movements for Caribbean Banking retail and wholesale portfolios are generally allocated to Exchange and other movements, as Return to performing status, Repayments, and Sold amounts are not reasonably determinable. Includes Return to performing status during the year, Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off, Sold, and Exchange and other movements. GIL as a % of loans and acceptances. 2014 vs. 2013 Total GIL decreased $224 million or 10% from a year ago. The GIL ratio of 44 bps, decreased 8 bps. GIL in Personal & Commercial Banking increased $41 million or 2%, mainly due to higher impaired loans in our Caribbean portfolios, partially offset by lower impaired loans in our Canadian residential mortgages portfolio. The GIL ratio of 54 bps, decreased 1 bp from last year. GIL in Wealth Management decreased $85 million, mainly due to write-offs and repayments related to a few accounts. GIL in Capital Markets decreased $179 million, primarily due to lower impaired loans in our technology & media, transportation & environment, and financing products sectors, largely reflecting repayments, write-offs and sales. Allowance for credit losses (ACL) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Allowance for impaired loans Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets Investor & Treasury Services Total allowance for impaired loans Canada (1) Retail Wholesale Allowance for impaired loans U.S. (1) Retail Wholesale Allowance for impaired loans Other International (1) Retail Wholesale Allowance for impaired loans Total allowance for impaired loans Allowance for loans not yet identified as impaired Total ACL (1) Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. 62 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Table 53 2014 2013 602 10 18 2 632 143 160 303 1 16 17 172 140 312 632 1,453 2,085 $ $ $ $ $ 486 53 58 2 599 149 170 319 2 19 21 146 113 259 599 1,451 2,050 $ $ $ $ $ 2014 vs. 2013 Total ACL increased $35 million or 2% from a year ago, mainly related to higher ACL in our Caribbean portfolio, partially offset by lower ACL in Wealth Management and Capital Markets. Market risk Market risk is defined to be the impact of market prices upon the financial condition of the firm. This includes potential gains or losses due to changes in market determined variables such as interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and implied volatilities. The measures of financial condition impacted by market risk, and ways in which market risk manifests itself, are as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Positions whose revaluation gains and losses are reported in Revenue, which includes: a) b) c) Changes in the fair value of instruments classified or designated as at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL), Impairment on available-for-sale (AFS) securities, and Hedge ineffectiveness. CET1 capital, which includes: All of the above, plus a) Changes in the fair value of AFS securities where revaluation gains and losses are reported as other comprehensive income, b) Changes in the Canadian dollar value of investments in foreign subsidiaries, net of hedges, due to foreign exchange translation, c) and Remeasurements of employee benefit plans. d) CET1 Ratio, which includes: a) b) c) All of the above, plus Changes in risk-weighted assets (RWA) resulting from changes in traded market risk factors, and Changes in the Canadian dollar value of RWA due to foreign exchange translation. The economic value of the bank, which includes: a) b) Points 1 and 2 above, plus Changes in the value of other non-trading positions whose value is a function of market risk factors. Market risk controls – FVTPL positions As an element of the Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework, the Board of Directors approves the overall market risk constraints for RBC. GRM creates and manages the control structure for FVTPL positions that ensures that business is conducted consistent with Board requirements. The Market and Trading Credit Risk function within GRM is responsible for creating and managing the controls and governance procedures that ensure that risk taken is consistent with risk appetite constraints set by the Board. These controls include limits on: (1) (2) (3) Market risk positions; Probabilistic measures of potential loss such as Value-at-Risk and Stressed Value-at-Risk defined below, and; Scenario based stress tests which utilize both actual historical market scenarios such as the global financial crisis of 2008 and hypothetical scenarios designed to be more forward looking. These stress tests apply severe and long duration stresses to market variables. Market Risk Positions – are measures of potential loss due to changes in market variables. Value-at-Risk (VaR) – is a statistical measure of potential loss for a financial portfolio computed at a given level of confidence and over a defined holding period. We measure VaR at the 99th percentile confidence level for price movements over a 1 day holding period using historic simulation of the last two years of equally weighted historic market data. These calculations are updated daily with current risk positions with the exception of CVA and certain other positions which are updated weekly. Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) – is calculated in an identical manner as VaR with the exception that it is computed using a fixed historical one year period of extreme volatility and its inverse rather than the most recent two year history. The stress period used is the interval from September 2008 through August 2009. Stressed VaR is calculated weekly for all portfolios. VaR and SVaR are statistical estimates based on historical market data and should be interpreted with knowledge of their limitations – which include the following: • VaR and SVaR will not be predictive of future losses if the realized market movements differ significantly from the periods used to compute them. VaR and SVaR project potential losses over a one day holding period and do not project potential losses for risk positions held over longer time periods. VaR and SVaR are measured using positions at close of business and do not include the impact of trading activity over the course of a day. • • We validate our VaR and SVaR measures through a variety of means – including subjecting the models to vetting and validation by a group independent of the model developers and by back-testing the VaR against daily marked-to-market revenue to identify and examine events in which actual outcomes in trading revenue exceed the VaR projections. Stress Tests – Our market risk stress testing program is used to identify and control risk due to large changes in market prices and rates. We conduct stress testing daily on positions that are marked-to-market. The stress tests simulate both historical and hypothetical events which are severe and long term in duration. Historical scenarios are taken from actual market events over the last 30 years and range in duration up to 90 days. Examples include the equity market crash of 1987 and the global financial crisis of 2008. Hypothetical scenarios are designed to be forward looking at potential future market stresses, and are designed to be severe but plausible. We are constantly evaluating and refining these scenarios as market conditions change. Stress results are calculated assuming an instantaneous revaluation of our positions with no management action. These measures are computed on all positions that are FVTPL for financial reporting purposes, with the exception of those in a designated hedging relationship and those in our insurance businesses. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 63 Market risk measures – FVTPL positions VaR and SVaR The following table presents our Market risk VaR and Market risk SVaR figures for 2014 and 2013. Market Risk VaR* (Millions of Canadian dollars) Equity Foreign exchange Commodities Interest rate Credit specific (1) Diversification (2) Market risk VaR Market risk SVaR 2014 For the year ended October 31 As at Oct. 31 Average High $ $ $ 9 3 2 24 8 (18) 28 83 $ $ $ 10 2 3 27 9 (21) 30 92 $ $ $ 17 5 7 36 11 (30) 39 121 $ $ $ Table 54 2013 For the year ended October 31 Average High 9 4 3 41 10 (23) 44 95 $ $ $ 19 7 5 51 12 (31) 51 123 $ $ $ Low 5 1 2 36 7 (16) 38 73 As at Oct. 31 8 5 3 38 10 (23) 41 117 $ $ $ Low 4 1 2 18 6 (15) 19 69 $ $ $ * (1) (2) This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. General credit spread risk is measured under interest rate VaR while credit specific risk captures issuer-specific credit spread volatility. Market risk VaR is less than the sum of the individual risk factor VaR results due to portfolio diversification. 2014 vs. 2013 Average market risk VaR of $30 million was down $14 million compared to last year, mainly driven by lower risk positions in MBS portfolios and the roll forward of the historical time period used to calculate VaR. Average SVaR of $92 million decreased $3 million compared to last year, largely due to lower risk positions in certain MBS portfolios. The decrease was also a result of the adoption of the provisions of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9) in which changes in the fair value of non- derivative liabilities attributable to changes in our credit risk are no longer reported in revenue and were therefore excluded from our VaR model as of May 1, 2014. The decrease was partially offset by higher risk in fixed income positions whose price behaviour was particularly volatile in the historical period used to calculate SVaR when compared to more recent history, and the impact of foreign exchange translation on foreign- denominated portfolios. The following chart graphically displays a bar chart of our daily trading profit and loss and a line chart of our daily Market risk VaR for the current year. We incurred net trading losses on eleven days in the year totalling $46 million, as compared to seven days of losses totalling $14 million in 2013, with none of the losses exceeding VaR. Trading Revenue and VaR (Millions of Canadian dollars) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 3 1 0 v 1 , 2 o N 4 1 0 1 , 2 n 3 J a 4 1 0 0 , 2 p r 3 A 4 1 0 1 , 2 J u l 3 4 1 0 1 , 2 c t 3 O Daily Trading Revenue Market Risk VaR 64 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The following chart displays the distribution of daily trading profit and loss in 2014. The largest daily reported loss of $11 million on October 13, 2014 was primarily driven by certain proprietary trading strategies. The largest reported profit was $50 million with an average daily profit of $12 million. Trading Revenue for the year ended October 31, 2014 (teb) s y a D f o r e b m u N n i y c n e u q e r F 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 0 1 - < 0 9 - 0 8 - 0 7 - 0 6 - 0 5 - 0 4 - 0 3 - 0 2 - 0 1 - 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 Daily net trading revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars), excluding VIEs 0 0 1 > 2014 2013 Market risk measures for other FVTPL positions – Assets and liabilities of RBC Insurance We offer a range of insurance products to clients and hold investments to meet the future obligations to policyholders. The investments which support actuarial liabilities are predominantly fixed income assets designated as at FVTPL. Consequently changes in the fair values of these assets are recorded in investment income in the consolidated statements of income and are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the actuarial liabilities, the impact of which is reflected in insurance policyholder benefits and claims. As at October 31, 2014, we had liabilities in respect to insurance obligations of $8.6 billion and trading securities of $6.8 billion in support of the liabilities. Market risk controls – Structural Interest Rate Risk (SIRR) Positions (1) The asset/liability mismatch of positions not marked-to-market is referred to as SIRR and is subject to a separate set of limits and controls. The Board of Directors approves the overall risk appetite for SIRR, and Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) along with GRM provide oversight for this risk through risk policies, limits, and operating standards. In addition, interest rate risk reports are reviewed regularly by GRM, ALCO, the Group Risk Committee, the Risk Committee of the Board and the Board of Directors. (1) SIRR positions include impact of derivatives in hedge accounting relationships and AFS securities used for interest rate risk management. Structural Interest Rate Risk measurement SIRR measures include the impact of interest rate changes to both one year’s net interest income and the instantaneous impact to economic value of equity. These measures are reported on a weekly basis and are subject to limits and controls set by ALCO and GRM. We further supplement our assessment by measuring interest rate risk for a range of dynamic and static market scenarios. Dynamic scenarios simulate our interest income in response to various combinations of business and market factors. Business factors include assumptions about future pricing strategies and volume and mix of new business, whereas market factors include assumed changes in interest rate levels and changes in the shape of the yield curve. Static scenarios supplement dynamic scenarios and are employed for assessing the risks to the value of equity and net interest income. As part of our monitoring process, the effectiveness of our interest rate risk mitigation activity is assessed on value and earnings bases, and model assumptions are validated against actual client behavior. Market risk measures – Structural Interest Rate Positions The following table provides the potential before-tax impact of an immediate and sustained 100 bps and 200 bps increase or decrease in interest rates on net interest income and economic value of equity of our non-trading portfolio, assuming that no further hedging is undertaken. These measures are based upon assumptions made by senior management and validated by empirical research. All interest rate risk measures are based upon interest rate exposures at a specific time and continuously change as a result of business activities and our risk management actions. Over the course of 2014, our interest rate risk exposure was within our target level. Market risk measures – Non-trading banking activities* Table 55 2014 2013 2012 Economic value of equity risk Net interest income risk (2) Canadian dollar impact U.S. dollar impact (1) Canadian dollar impact U.S. dollar impact (1) Total Total Economic value of equity risk Net interest income risk (2) Economic value of equity risk Net interest income risk (2) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Before-tax impact of: 100bps increase in rates 100bps decrease in rates $ (910) $ 755 (6) $ (916) $ (1) 754 402 $ (346) Before-tax impact of: 12 $ 414 $ (540) $ (2) (348) 446 391 (303) $ (497) $ 405 200bps increase in rates 200bps decrease in rates (1,893) 1,264 (17) (1,910) (5) 1,259 736 (431) 27 (3) 763 (434) (1,160) 799 758 (398) (1,005) 651 * (1) (2) This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Represents the impact on the non-trading portfolios held in our U.S. banking operations. Represents the 12-month Net interest income exposure to an instantaneous and sustained shift in interest rates. 397 (322) 842 (370) Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 65 Market risk measures for other material non-trading portfolios Available for Sale (AFS) Securities We held $46 billion of securities classified as AFS as at October 31, 2014, compared to $38 billion as at October 31, 2013. We hold debt securities designated as AFS primarily as investments and to manage interest rate risk in our non-trading banking activity. Certain legacy debt portfolios are also classified as AFS. As at October 31, 2014, our portfolio of AFS securities exposes us to interest rate risk of a pre-tax loss of $6.9 million as measured by the change in the value of the securities for a one basis point parallel increase in yields. The portfolio also exposes us to credit spread risk of a pre-tax loss of $11.2 million, as measured by the change in value for a one basis point widening of credit spreads. Changes in the value of these securities are reported in other comprehensive income. Our available-for-sale securities also include equity exposures of $1.7 billion as at October 31, 2014, which is unchanged compared to last year. Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships Derivative assets in a designated hedge accounting relationship of $2.0 billion as at October 31, 2014 were unchanged from last year, and derivative liabilities of $837 million as at October 31, 2014 were down from $931 million last year. We use interest rate swaps to manage our structural interest rate risk, as described above. To the extent these swaps are considered effective hedges, changes in their fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income. The interest rate risk for the designated cash flow hedges, measured as the change in the value of the derivatives for a one basis point parallel increase in yields, was $3.6 million as of October 31, 2014. We also use interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of certain fixed-rate instruments. Changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps and the hedged instruments that are related to interest rate movements are reflected in income. We also use foreign exchange derivatives to manage our exposure to equity investments in subsidiaries that are denominated in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar and British pound. Changes in the fair value of these hedges and the cumulative translation adjustment related to our structural foreign exchange risk are reported in other comprehensive income. Non-trading foreign exchange rate risk Foreign exchange rate risk is the potential adverse impact on earnings and economic value due to changes in foreign currency rates. Our revenue, expenses and income denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar are subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in the value of the average Canadian dollar relative to the average value of those currencies. Our most significant exposure is to the U.S. dollar due to our level of operations in the U.S., and other activities conducted in U.S. dollars. Other significant exposures are to the British pound and the Euro due to our activities conducted internationally in these currencies. A strengthening or weakening of the Canadian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar, British pound and the Euro could reduce or increase, as applicable, the translated value of our foreign currency denominated revenue, expenses and earnings and could have a significant effect on the results of our operations. We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate risk arising from our investments in foreign operations. For un-hedged equity investments, when the Canadian dollar appreciates against other currencies, the unrealized translation losses on net foreign investments decreases our shareholders’ equity through the other components of equity and decreases the translated value of the RWA of the foreign currency-denominated operations. The reverse is true when the Canadian dollar depreciates against other currencies. Consequently, we consider these impacts in selecting an appropriate level of our investments in foreign operations to be hedged. Our overall trading and non-trading market risk objectives, policies and methodologies have not changed significantly from 2013. 66 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Linkage of market risk to selected balance sheet items The following table provides the linkages between selected balance sheet items with positions included in our trading market risk and non- trading market risk disclosures, which illustrates how we manage market risk for our assets and liabilities through different risk measures. Linkage of market risk to selected balance sheet items Table 56 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets subject to market risk Cash and due from banks (3) Interest-bearing deposits with banks (4) Securities Trading (5) Available-for-sale (6) Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed (7) Loans Retail (8) Wholesale (9) Allowance for loan losses Segregated fund net assets (10) Derivatives Other assets (11) Assets not subject to market risk (12) Total assets Liabilities subject to market risk Deposits (13) Segregated fund liabilities (14) Other Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned (15) Derivatives Other liabilities (16) Subordinated debentures Liabilities not subject to market risk (17) Total liabilities Total equity Total liabilities and equity As at October 31, 2014 Market risk measure Balance sheet amount Traded risk (1) Non-traded risk (2) Non-traded risk primary risk sensitivity $ 17,421 8,399 $ 10,840 5,642 $ 6,581 2,757 Interest rate Interest rate 151,380 47,768 144,607 – 6,773 47,768 Interest rate, credit spread Interest rate, credit spread, equity 135,580 135,444 136 Interest rate 334,987 102,236 (1,994) 675 87,402 49,878 6,818 940,550 614,100 675 $ $ 16,614 427 – – 83,981 14,098 318,373 101,809 (1,994) 675 3,421 35,780 Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate, foreign exchange Interest rate 411,653 $ 522,079 116,348 – $ 497,752 675 Interest rate Interest rate 50,345 50,345 – 64,331 88,982 51,190 7,859 8,565 64,210 87,145 14,756 – 121 1,837 36,434 7,859 Interest rate Interest rate, foreign exchange Interest rate Interest rate 886,047 $ 332,804 $ 544,678 54,503 940,550 $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) Traded risk includes FVTPL positions whose revaluation gains and losses are reported in revenue. Market risk measures of VaR, SVaR and Stress testing are used as risk controls for traded risk. Non-traded risk includes positions used in the management of the SIRR and other non-trading portfolios. Other material non-trading portfolios include positions from our Insurance business and AFS securities not included in SIRR. The following footnotes provide additional information on the Non-traded risk amounts: (3) (4) (5) (6) Cash and due from banks includes $5,494 million included in SIRR. An additional $1,087 million is included in other risk controls. Interest-bearing deposits with banks of $2,757 million are included in SIRR. Trading securities include $6,761 million in securities used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance, which is not included in our disclosed SIRR measure. Available-for-sale securities of $44,403 million are included in SIRR. An additional $3,365 million are held by our insurance businesses that do not contribute to our disclosed SIRR measures and certain legacy assets. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements include $136 million reflected in SIRR. Retail loans include $318,376 million reflected in SIRR. Wholesale loans include $100,646 million reflected in SIRR. An additional $1,163 million is used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. Investments for the account of segregated fund holders are included in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Other assets include $33,309 million reflected in SIRR. An additional $2,471 million is used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. (12) Other assets include $6,818 million of physical and other assets that are not subject to market risk. (13) Deposits include $497,747 million reflected in SIRR. An additional $5 million is used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. (14) (15) Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements include $121 million reflected in SIRR. (16) Other liabilities include $9,324 million used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance, and $27,110 million contribute to our SIRR measure. (17) Other liabilities include $8,565 million of payroll related and other liabilities that are not subject to market risk. Insurance and investment contracts for the account of segregated fund holders are included in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 67 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets subject to market risk Cash and due from banks (3) Interest-bearing deposits with banks (4) Securities Trading (5) Available-for-sale (6) Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed (7) Loans Retail (8) Wholesale (9) Allowance for loan losses Segregated fund net assets (10) Derivatives Other assets (11) Assets not subject to market risk (12) Total assets Liabilities subject to market risk Deposits (13) Segregated fund liabilities (14) Other Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned (15) Derivatives Other liabilities (16) Subordinated debentures Liabilities not subject to market risk (17) Total liabilities Total equity Total liabilities and equity As at October 31, 2013 Market risk measure Balance sheet amount Traded risk (1) Non-traded risk (2) Non-traded risk primary risk sensitivity $ 15,550 9,039 $ 8,202 2,833 $ 7,348 6,206 Interest rate Interest rate 144,023 38,687 137,718 – 6,305 38,687 Interest rate, credit spread Interest rate, credit spread, equity 117,517 116,703 814 Interest rate 16,168 387 – – 71,678 12,631 304,459 89,795 (1,959) 513 3,144 31,368 Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate, foreign exchange Interest rate $ $ 366,320 $ 486,680 105,313 – $ 457,766 513 47,128 60,147 75,368 12,962 – – 269 1,377 33,303 7,443 $ 300,918 $ 500,671 Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate Interest rate, foreign exchange Interest rate Interest rate 320,627 90,182 (1,959) 513 74,822 43,999 6,745 859,745 563,079 513 47,128 60,416 76,745 46,265 7,443 8,696 810,285 49,460 859,745 $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) Traded risk includes FVTPL positions whose revaluation gains and losses are reported in revenue. Market risk measures of VaR, SVaR and Stress testing are used as risk controls for traded risk. Non-traded risk includes positions used in the management of the SIRR and other non-trading portfolios. Other material non-trading portfolios include positions from our Insurance business and AFS securities not included in SIRR. The following footnotes provide additional information on the Non-traded risk amounts: (3) (4) (5) (6) Cash and due from banks includes $6,396 million included in SIRR. An additional $952 million is included in other risk controls. Interest-bearing deposits with banks of $6,206 million are included in SIRR. Trading securities include $5,863 million in securities used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance, which is not included in our disclosed SIRR measure. Available-for-sale securities of $34,307 million are included in SIRR. An additional $4,380 million are held by our insurance businesses that do not contribute to our SIRR measures and certain legacy assets. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements include $814 million reflected in SIRR. Retail loans include $304,459 million reflected in SIRR. Wholesale loans include $88,765 million reflected in SIRR. An additional $1,030 million is used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. Investments for the account of segregated fund holders are included in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Other assets include $28,756 million reflected in SIRR. An additional $2,612 million is used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. (12) Other assets include $6,745 million of physical and other assets that are not subject to market risk. (13) Deposits include $457,766 million reflected in SIRR. (14) (15) Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements include $269 million reflected in SIRR. (16) Other liabilities include $8,735 million used in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance, and $24,568 million contribute to our SIRR measure. (17) Other liabilities include $8,696 million of payroll related and other liabilities that are not subject to market risk. Insurance and investment contracts for the account of segregated fund holders are included in the management of the SIRR of RBC Insurance. Liquidity and funding risk Liquidity and funding risk (liquidity risk) is the risk that we may be unable to generate or obtain sufficient cash or its equivalent in a timely and cost-effective manner to meet our commitments as they come due. The nature of banking services inherently exposes us to various types of liquidity risk. The most common sources of liquidity risk arise from mismatches in the timing and value of cash inflows and outflows, both from on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our liquidity position is structured to satisfy our current and prospective commitments in normal business conditions, and in conjunction with our capital position, to maintain safety and soundness in times of stress. To achieve these goals, we operate under a comprehensive Liquidity Management Framework and employ key liquidity risk mitigation strategies that include the maintenance of: An appropriate balance between the level of exposure allowed under our risk appetite given the potential impact of extreme but • plausible events and the cost of its mitigation; Broad funding access, including preserving and promoting a reliable base of core client deposits, ongoing access to diversified sources of wholesale funding and demonstrated capacities to monetize specific asset classes; A comprehensive enterprise-wide liquidity contingency plan that is supported by unencumbered marketable securities; and Appropriate and transparent liquidity transfer pricing and cost allocation. • • • 68 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Our liquidity management policies, practices and processes reinforce these risk mitigation strategies. In managing liquidity risk, we favour a centralized management approach to the extent possible given the various considerations outlined in this section. Our liquidity risk objectives, policies and methodologies have not changed materially from 2013. However, certain limits and risk practices have been modified as a result of market conditions and to align with local regulatory developments and to position ourselves for the prospective Basel III regulatory liquidity standards. We continue to maintain liquidity and funding that is appropriate for the execution of our strategy. Liquidity risk remains well within our risk appetite. Regulatory environment We continue to monitor and, as appropriate, modify our risk policies, practices and processes to align with regulatory developments and to position ourselves for prospective regulatory reforms, such as the Basel III regulatory liquidity standards established by the BCBS and supported by OSFI and other jurisdictions. The BCBS liquidity standards include minimum requirements for two regulatory measures, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). In January 2013, the BCBS released its final rules for LCR, with phased timelines for compliance, starting with a minimum of 60% coverage in 2015 and increasing by 10% annually to 100% in 2019. In January 2014, the BCBS released its final paper on “Liquidity coverage ratio disclosure standards”. Banks are expected to comply with the BCBS LCR disclosure standards beginning in the first full fiscal quarter of calendar 2015 (Q2 for Canadian banks). In October 2014, the BCBS issued the final standard for NSFR and banks are required to meet the minimum standard by January 1, 2018. Disclosure standards for the NSFR are currently being developed by the BCBS and a consultative document is expected to be released by the end of the year. In May 2014, OSFI issued the final version of the “Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) Guideline”. The objective of this guideline is to describe the methodologies supporting a series of liquidity metrics that will be used by OSFI to assess the liquidity adequacy of an institution. The LAR guideline converts the BCBS liquidity requirements (including the LCR and NSFR liquidity metrics together with monitoring tools) into OSFI guidance as well as formalizing use of the OSFI-designed Net Cumulative Cash Flow (NCCF) as a supervisory tool. The LAR guideline contains modified assumptions and parameters for NCCF which OSFI originally introduced in 2010. Of note in the LAR guideline is that, while the LCR implementation date of January 2015 is consistent with the BCBS requirement, there will be no phase-in period as the minimum LCR requirement for Canadian institutions at that date will be 100% compared to the minimum 60% coverage as prescribed by the BCBS. Implementation of the formal version of NCCF and other liquidity monitoring tools will also be January 2015. Intraday monitoring tools will be implemented by 2017. In July 2014, OSFI issued its guideline setting out the public disclosure requirements regarding the LCR for D-SIBs which is consistent with the international standards established by the BCBS final rules published earlier this year. We prepare a NCCF report for OSFI on a monthly basis and are submitting monthly LCR and quarterly NSFR results to OSFI as well as Quantitative Impact Study reports on LCR and NSFR for OSFI and BCBS twice a year. In August 2014, the Government of Canada’s Department of Finance released its bail-in consultation paper “Taxpayer Protection and Bank Recapitalization Regime”. Bail-in regimes are being implemented in a number of jurisdictions following the 2008 financial crisis in an effort to limit taxpayer exposure to potential losses of a failing institution and ensure the institution’s shareholders and creditors remain responsible for bearing such losses. The proposed regime applies only to D-SIBs and focuses on a specific range of liabilities and excludes deposits. For further details, refer to the Legal and regulatory environment risk section. Risk measurement To monitor and control risk within appropriate tolerances, limits are set on various metrics reflecting a range of time horizons and severity of stress conditions. Risk methodologies and underlying assumptions are periodically reviewed and validated to ensure alignment with our operating environment, expected economic and market conditions, rating agency preferences, regulatory requirements and accepted practices. Liquidity risk is measured using contractual maturity dates for some assets and liabilities (e.g., wholesale lending and funding) and effective maturity for others. In the effective maturity approach, the liquidity value of assets and liabilities is determined based on observed behavioural or market-based patterns unrelated to contractual maturity. For example, effective maturity may be shorter than contractual maturity if the demonstrated behaviour of the asset suggests that it can be monetized before maturity. Effective maturity for a liability may be longer than contractual maturity if the demonstrated behaviour of the liability suggests that it will be extended or rolled over at maturity. Specific examples include government bonds for assets as they can be quickly and reliably monetized and relationship-based deposits for liabilities where a significant portion is typically assigned core value although contractual maturity dates may be quite short or even legally characterized as available on demand (conversely, demand loans display attributes of longer term assets and are treated accordingly from an effective maturity perspective). Internally derived assumptions consider all relevant material and available data, information and methods of quantifying liquidity risk. We measure and manage our liquidity position from three risk perspectives as follows: Structural (longer-term) liquidity risk We use cash capital and other structural metrics, which focus on mismatches in effective maturity between all assets and liabilities, to measure and control balance sheet risk and to assist in the determination of our term funding strategy. Stressed conditions are considered, including a protracted loss of access to longer term unsecured wholesale deposits that fund illiquid assets. Tactical (shorter-term) liquidity risk We apply net cash flow limits in Canadian dollar and foreign currencies for key short-term time horizons (overnight to nine weeks) under various stages of stress and assign a risk-adjusted limit to our aggregate pledging exposure and individual limits by types of pledging activ- ities to measure our shorter-term liquidity exposures. Net cash flow positions are derived from application of internally generated risk assumptions and parameters to known and anticipated cash flows for all material unencumbered assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet activities. Pledged assets are not considered a source of available liquidity. We also control this risk by adhering to group-wide and unit- specific prescribed regulatory standards. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 69 Contingency liquidity risk Contingency liquidity risk management assesses the impact of and our intended responses to sudden stressful events. Our liquidity contingency plan, maintained and administered by Corporate Treasury, guides our actions and responses to liquidity crises. The Liquidity Crisis Team, consisting of senior representatives with relevant subject matter expertise from key business segments and Corporate Support, contributes to the development of stress tests and funding plans and meets regularly to assess our liquidity status, conduct stress tests and review liquidity contingency preparedness. Our stress tests, which include elements of scenario and sensitivity analyses, are based on models that measure our potential exposure to global, country-specific and RBC-specific events (or combinations thereof) and consider both historical and hypothetical events over a nine-week period consistent with our internal tactical liquidity risk measure and our view of the most critical time span for such events. Different levels of severity are considered for each type of crisis with some scenarios reflecting multiple notch downgrades to our credit ratings. Key tests are run monthly, while others are run quarterly. The frequency of review is determined by considering a combination of likelihood and impact. In a particularly acute short-term crisis or if a crisis was to extend over a number of months, actions would be taken to supplement liquidity available from our earmarked contingency asset pool by limiting cash and collateral outflows and by accessing new sources of liquidity and funding; for example, through sales of liquid assets and securitization and, in extraordinary circumstances, sales of core assets. As well, in light of our current credit ratings and well-developed market relationships and access, it is expected that even under extreme but plausible scenarios, we would continue to be able to access wholesale funding markets, albeit possibly at reduced overall capacity, higher costs and for shorter average maturities. While we also have potential access to various normal course and emergency central bank lending facilities in Canada, the U.S. and Europe, such facilities are not considered a source of funding in our contingency planning for scenarios identified as extreme but plausible. After reviewing test results, the liquidity contingency plan and other liquidity risk management practices and limits may be modified accordingly. The risk of more prolonged crises is addressed through measures of structural liquidity risk that assume stress conditions. Our liquid assets consist primarily of a diversified pool of highly rated and liquid marketable securities and include segregated portfolios (in both Canadian and U.S. dollars) of contingency liquidity assets to address potential on- and off-balance sheet liquidity exposures (such as deposit erosion, loan drawdowns and higher collateral demands), that have been sized through models we have developed or by the scenario analyses and stress tests we conduct periodically. These portfolios are subject to minimum asset quality levels and, as appropriate, other strict eligibility guidelines (e.g., maturity, diversification and eligibility for central bank advances) to maximize ready access to cash in emergencies. Examples of assets held in these portfolios include U.S. and Canadian federal government treasury bills and bonds, U.S. Agency bonds, U.S. and Canadian government guaranteed and sponsored entity bonds, other highly rated foreign sovereign bonds and their guaranteed debt, suprana- tional bonds and Canadian provincial bonds. Our total pool of unencumbered liquid assets, whether held specifically for contingency liquidity purposes or for investment or trading activities, would be available during times of crisis as sources of liquidity, either via outright sale or to obtain secured funding. Risk Profile As at October 31, 2014, relationship-based deposits, which are the primary source of funding for retail loans and mortgages, were $394 billion or 54% of our total funding (October 31, 2013 – $359 billion or 54%). Funding for highly liquid assets during the year consisted primarily of a range of shorter-term wholesale funding that reflects the purpose and expected monetization period of these assets. This wholesale funding comprised unsecured short-term liabilities of $74 billion and secured (repos and short sales) liabilities of $126 billion, and represented 10% and 17% of total funding as at October 31, 2014, respectively (October 31, 2013 – $67 billion and $111 billion or 10% and 17% of total funding, respectively). Long-term wholesale funding is mostly used to fund less liquid wholesale assets. Additional quantitative information is provided in the following Funding section. As at October 31, 2014, we held earmarked contingency liquidity assets of $12 billion, of which $7 billion was in U.S. currency and $5 billion was in Canadian currency (October 31, 2013 – $12 billion of which $7 billion was in U.S. currency and $5 billion was in Canadian currency). During the year ended October 31, 2014, we held on average $12 billion, of which $7 billion was in U.S. currency and $5 billion was in Canadian currency (October 31, 2013 – $10 billion of which $5 billion was in U.S. currency and $5 billion was in Canadian currency). We also held a derivatives pledging liquid asset buffer of US$4 billion as at October 31, 2014 to mitigate the volatility of our net pledging requirements for derivatives trading (October 31, 2013 – US$4 billion). This buffer averaged US$4 billion during the year ended October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – US$2 billion). As recommended by the EDTF, the following tables provide summaries of our liquidity reserve and asset encumbrance. Unencumbered assets represent, for the most part, a ready source of funding that can be accessed quickly, when required. In the Liquidity reserve table, available liquid assets consist of on-balance sheet cash and securities holdings as well as securities received as collateral from securities financing (reverse repos and off-balance sheet collateral swaps) and derivative transactions and constitute the preferred source for quickly accessing liquidity. The other component of our liquidity reserve consists primarily of uncommitted and undrawn central bank credit facilities that could be accessed under exceptional circumstances provided certain pre-conditions could be met and where advances could be supported by eligible assets (e.g. certain unencumbered loans) not included in the liquid assets category. The Asset encumbrance table provides a comprehensive view of the assets available to the Bank, not just the liquidity reserve, and identifies assets already pledged as well as those available for use as collateral (including unencumbered assets from the Liquidity reserve table) for secured funding purposes. Less liquid assets such as mortgages and credit card receivables can in part be monetised although requiring more lead times relative to liquid assets. As at October 31, 2014, our assets available as collateral comprised 66% of our total liquid assets. For the purpose of constructing the following tables, encumbered assets include: (i) bank-owned liquid assets that are either pledged as collateral (e.g., repo financing and derivative pledging) or not freely available due to regulatory or internal policy requirements (e.g., earmarked to satisfy mandatory reserve or local capital adequacy requirements and to maintain continuous access to payment and settlement systems); (ii) securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions which have either been re-hypothecated where permissible (e.g., to obtain financing through repos or to cover securities sold short) or have no liquidity value since re-hypothecation is prohibited; and (iii) illiquid assets that have been securitized and sold into the market or that have been pledged as collateral in support of structured term funding vehicles. We do not include encumbered assets as a source of available liquidity in measuring liquidity risk. Unencumbered assets are the difference between total and encumbered assets from both on- and off- balance sheet sources. 70 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Liquidity reserve (1) Table 57 As at October 31, 2014 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash and holding at central banks Deposits in other banks available overnight Securities issued or guaranteed by sovereigns, central banks or multilateral development banks (2), (3) Other (2) Liquidity assets eligible at central banks (not included above) (4) Undrawn credit lines granted by central banks (5) Other assets eligible as collateral for discount (6) Other liquid assets (7) Total liquid assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash and holding at central banks Deposits in other banks available overnight Securities issued or guaranteed by sovereigns, central banks or multilateral development banks (2), (3) Other (2) Liquidity assets eligible at central banks (not included above) (4) Undrawn credit lines granted by central banks (5) Other assets eligible as collateral for discount (6) Other liquid assets (7) Total liquid assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Royal Bank of Canada Foreign branches Subsidiaries Total unencumbered liquid assets Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions Bank-owned liquid assets Total liquid assets 18,656 $ Encumbered liquid assets Unencumbered liquid assets 17,602 3,522 1,054 $ 333 $ 18,656 $ 3,855 204,409 112,878 62 8,372 125,627 11,887 $ 485,746 $ – $ – 16,626 21,346 3,855 221,035 134,224 – – – – 37,972 $ 62 8,372 125,627 11,887 523,718 $ As at October 31, 2013 (8) 104,335 59,345 – – – 11,887 176,954 $ 116,700 74,879 62 8,372 125,627 – 346,764 Total liquid assets 12,711 $ 3,767 Encumbered liquid assets Unencumbered liquid assets 11,731 3,480 980 $ 287 217,477 103,517 60 6,345 123,778 11,678 103,446 51,921 – – – 11,678 479,333 $ 168,312 $ 114,031 51,596 60 6,345 123,778 – 311,021 Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions Bank-owned liquid assets $ 12,711 $ 3,767 202,007 83,008 60 6,345 123,778 11,678 $ 443,354 $ – $ – 15,470 20,509 – – – – 35,979 $ As at October 31 2014 221,007 $ 47,570 78,187 346,764 $ October 31 2013 (8) 198,989 37,619 74,413 311,021 $ $ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Information is provided from an enterprise-wide perspective and amounts shown are based on face value. In managing liquidity risk, we consider legal, regulatory, tax and other constraints that may impede transferability of liquidity among RBC units. The Bank-owned liquid assets amount includes securities owned outright by the bank or acquired via on-balance sheet securities finance transactions. Includes liquid securities issued by provincial governments and U.S. government sponsored entities working under U.S. Federal government’s conservatorship (e.g. Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation). Includes Auction Rate Securities. Includes loans that qualify as eligible collateral for the discount window facility available to us at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Amounts are face value and would be subject to collateral margin requirements applied by the Federal Reserve Bank to determine collateral value/borrowing capacity. Access to the discount window borrowing program is conditional on meeting requirements set by the Federal Reserve Bank and borrowings are typically expected to be infrequent and due to uncommon occurrences requiring temporary accommodation. Represents our unencumbered Canadian dollar non-mortgage loan book (at face value) that could, subject to satisfying conditions precedent to borrowing and application of prescribed collateral margin requirements, be pledged to the Bank of Canada for advances under its Emergency Lending Assistance (ELA) program. ELA and other central bank facilities are not considered sources of available liquidity in our normal liquidity risk profile but could in extraordinary circumstances, where normal market liquidity is seriously impaired, allow us and other banks to monetize assets eligible as central bank collateral to meet requirements and mitigate further market liquidity disruption. Represents pledges related to OTC and exchange traded derivative transactions. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. 2014 vs. 2013 Total liquid assets increased $44 billion or 9%, largely attributable to client financing through reverse repo and changes to client reverse repo collateral mix, while trading inventories grew from a combination of asset growth and valuations, and liquid asset buffers expanded. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 71 Asset encumbrance (1) Table 58 October 31 2014 October 31 2013 (6) As at Encumbered Unencumbered Encumbered Unencumbered Pledged as collateral Other (2) Available as collateral (3) Other (4) Total (5) Pledged as collateral Other (2) Available as collateral (3) Other (4) Total (5) $ 243 90 $ 1,054 – $ 15,839 8,309 $ 285 $ 17,421 8,399 – $ $ 204 83 980 – $ 14,082 8,956 $ 284 $ 15,550 9,039 – 64,467 7,781 – 57 85,698 37,802 1,215 2,128 151,380 47,768 54,923 7,496 – 48 88,012 31,016 1,088 127 144,023 38,687 111,056 37,441 26,589 8,915 – – – – 11,887 – – – – – – – – – 68,044 8,432 187,532 104,878 29,042 – 97,223 36,777 – – – – – 126,185 9,592 65,459 (1,994) 675 87,402 44,809 66,483 152,774 115,730 102,236 (1,994) 675 87,402 56,696 44,229 22,750 8,174 – – – – 11,678 – – – – – – – – – 53,779 3,925 162,582 19,190 – 94,365 35,758 – – – – – 123,069 8,850 54,424 (1,959) 513 74,822 39,066 63,419 145,819 111,389 90,182 (1,959) 513 74,822 50,744 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Trading Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Mortgage securities Mortgage loans Non-mortgage loans Wholesale Allowance for loan losses Segregated fund net assets Other – Derivatives – Others (7) Total assets $ 268,469 $ 1,111 $ 378,734 $344,188 $992,502 $ 254,415 $ 1,028 $ 345,158 $304,209 $ 904,810 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Information is provided from an enterprise-wide perspective and amounts shown are based on face value. In managing liquidity risk, we consider legal, regulatory, tax and other constraints that may impede transferability of liquidity among RBC units. Includes assets restricted from use to generate secured funding due to legal or other constraints. Includes loans that could be used to collateralize central bank advances. Our unencumbered Canadian dollar non-mortgage loan book (at face value) could, subject to satisfying conditions precedent to borrowing and application of prescribed collateral margin requirements, be pledged to the Bank of Canada for advances under its ELA program. We also lodge loans that qualify as eligible collateral for the discount window facility available to us at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. ELA and other central bank facilities are not considered sources of available liquidity in our normal liquidity risk profile but could in extraordinary circumstances, where normal market liquidity is seriously disrupted, allow us and other banks to monetize assets eligible as central bank collateral to meet requirements and mitigate market liquidity dislocations. Other unencumbered assets are not subject to any restrictions on their use to secure funding or as collateral but would not be considered readily available since they may not be acceptable at central banks or other for other lending programs. Includes bank-owned liquid assets and securities received as collateral from off-balance sheet securities financing and derivative transactions. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. The Pledged as collateral amounts relate to OTC and exchange traded derivative transactions. Other sources of liquidity that could be available to mitigate stressed conditions include: (i) our unused wholesale funding capacity, which is regularly assessed using an established methodology that is periodically reviewed and, as necessary, revised, and (ii) central bank borrowing facilities if, in extraordinary circumstances, market sources were not sufficient to allow us to monetize our assets available as collateral to meet our requirements (e.g., Bank of Canada, Federal Reserve Bank, Bank of England, and Bank of France). Risk control The Board of Directors annually approves delegation of liquidity risk authorities to senior management. The Risk Committee of the Board annually approves the Liquidity Management Framework and the Pledging Policy and is responsible for its oversight. The Board of Directors, the Risk Committee, GRC and ALCO review, on a regular basis, reporting on our enterprise-wide liquidity position and status. The GRC, the Policy Review Committee (PRC) and/or ALCO also review liquidity documents prepared for the Board of Directors or its committees. The PRC and ALCO annually approve the Liquidity Management Framework’s key supporting documents and provide strategic direction and primary management oversight to Corporate Treasury, GRM, other functions and business platforms in the area of liquidity risk management. To maximize funding and operational efficiencies, we monitor and manage our liquidity position on a consolidated basis and for key units taking into account market, legal, regulatory, tax, operational and any other applicable restrictions that may impede transferability of liquidity between RBC units. This includes analyzing our ability to lend or borrow funds between branches and subsidiaries, and converting funds between currencies. The outcome of this analysis is considered in liquidity metrics and our Recovery Plan. Policies Our principal liquidity policies define risk tolerance parameters. They authorize senior management committees, Corporate Treasury or GRM to approve more detailed policies and limits that govern management, measurement and reporting requirements for specific businesses and products. Authorities and limits Limits for our structural liquidity risk positions are approved at least annually and monitored regularly. Net cash flow limits are approved at least annually. Depending on the significance of each reporting entity, net cash flow limits are monitored daily or weekly by major currency, branches, subsidiaries and geographic locations. Any potential exceptions to established limits are reported immediately to Corporate Treasury and GRM, who provide or arrange for approval where appropriate after reviewing remedial action plans. The liquidity factors for cash flow assets and liabilities under varying conditions are reviewed periodically by Corporate Treasury, GRM and the business segments to determine if they remain valid or changes to assumptions and limits are required. Through this process, we ensure that a close link is maintained between the management of liquidity risk, market liquidity risk and credit risk, including GRM approval of credit lines between entities. In response to our experience during periods of market volatility over the past six years, we have modified the liquidity treatment of certain asset classes to reflect changes in market liquidity. Where required, limits are reduced in consideration of the results of stress tests. 72 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Funding Funding strategy Core funding, comprising capital, longer-term wholesale liabilities and a diversified pool of personal and, to a lesser extent, commercial and institutional deposits, is the foundation of our structural liquidity position. Deposit profile During 2014, we continued to focus on building our core deposit base. Our relationship-based deposits, including our personal deposit franchise and our commercial and institutional client groups, maintain balances with relatively low volatility profiles and constitute our principal source of reliable funding. Reflecting deposit insurance and at times, exclusive relationships with us, these balances represent a highly stable source of core deposits in most circumstances as they are typically less reactive to market developments than those from transactional lenders and investors. Core deposits consist of our own statistically derived liquidity adjusted estimates of the highly stable portions of our relationship- based balances (demand, notice and fixed-term) together with wholesale funds maturing beyond one year and as at October 31, 2014 represented 69% of our total deposits (2013 – 70%). Over the past year, core deposit balances have increased by 10%, generally keeping pace with the growth in our total deposits. Core deposit growth was driven predominantly by growth in relationship-based deposits and to a lesser extent by issuance of longer-term wholesale funding. For further details on the gross dollar amounts of our relationship-based deposits and our wholesale funding maturity schedule, refer to the Risk profile section and the following Composition of wholesale funding table, respectively. Long-term debt issuance During 2014, we continued to experience more favourable unsecured wholesale funding access and pricing compared to many of our global peers. As demonstrated in the following table, we also continued to expand our unsecured long-term funding base by selectively issuing, either directly or through our subsidiaries, $24 billion of term funding in various currencies and markets. Total unsecured long-term funding outstanding increased by $12 billion. We use residential mortgage and credit card and auto receivable-backed securitization programs as alternative sources of funding and for liquidity and asset/liability management purposes. Our total secured long-term funding includes outstanding MBS sold, covered bonds that are collateralized with residential mortgages, and credit card and auto receivables. Compared to 2013, our outstanding MBS sold decreased $7 billion while our covered bonds and credit card and auto receivables increased $5 billion and $1 billion, respectively. For further details, refer to the Off-balance sheet arrangements section. Long-term funding sources* (Millions of Canadian dollars) Unsecured long-term funding Secured long-term funding Commercial mortgage-backed securities sold Subordinated debentures Table 59 As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ 82,033 57,996 1,330 7,832 69,903 59,285 1,304 7,408 149,191 $ 137,900 $ $ * This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Our wholesale funding activities are well-diversified by geography, investor segment, instrument, currency, structure and maturity. We maintain an ongoing presence in different funding markets, which allows us to continuously monitor market developments and trends, identify oppor- tunities and risks, and take appropriate and timely actions. We operate longer-term debt issuance registered programs. The following table summarizes these programs with their authorized limits by geography. Programs by geography Table 60 Canada U.S. Europe/Asia • Canadian Shelf – $15 billion • SEC Registered – US$25 billion • European Debt Issuance Program – • SEC Registered Covered Bonds – US$12 billion US$40 billion • Covered Bond Program – Euro 23 billion • Japanese Issuance Programs – JPY 1 trillion Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 73 We also raise long-term funding using Canadian Deposit Notes, Canadian NHA MBS, Canada Mortgage Bonds, credit card receivable-backed securities, Kangaroo Bonds (issued in the Australian domestic market by foreign firms) and Yankee Certificates of Deposit (issued in the U.S. domestic market by foreign firms). We continuously evaluate expansion into new markets and untapped investor segments against relative issuance costs since diversification expands our wholesale funding flexibility and minimizes funding concentration and dependency, and generally reduces financing costs. As presented in the following charts, our current long-term debt profile is well diversified by currency as well as by type of long-term funding products. Maintaining competitive credit ratings is also critical to cost-effective funding. Long-term debt – funding mix by currency of issuance ($128.3 billion as at October 31, 2014) Long-term debt – funding mix by product ($128.3 billion as at October 31, 2014) Euro 7% Other 5% U.S. dollar 45% Canadian dollar 43% Cards and auto securitization 7% Covered bonds 20% MBS/CMB (1) 18% Unsecured funding 55% The following table provides our composition of wholesale funding and represents our enhanced disclosure in response to EDTF recommendations. (1) Mortgage-backed securities and Canada Mortgage Bonds Composition of wholesale funding (1) Table 61 As at October 31, 2014 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Deposits from banks (2) Certificates of deposit and commercial paper Asset-backed commercial paper (3) Senior unsecured medium-term notes (4) Senior unsecured structured notes (5) Mortgage securitization Covered bonds/asset-backed securities (6) Subordinated liabilities Other (7) Total Of which: – Secured – Unsecured (Millions of Canadian dollars) Deposits from banks (2) Certificates of deposit and commercial paper Asset-backed commercial paper (3) Senior unsecured medium-term notes (4) Senior unsecured structured notes (5) Mortgage securitization Covered bonds/asset-backed securities (6) Subordinated liabilities Other (7) Total Of which: – Secured – Unsecured Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 3,034 $ 859 518 592 336 58 761 200 3,203 277 $ 11 $ 4,411 1,320 4,573 578 699 22 – 51 10,880 1,835 3,341 458 950 2,391 – 596 6 to 12 months 19 12,873 4,114 3,970 1,058 1,435 2,635 1,500 1,111 Less than 1 year sub-total 1 year to 2 years 2 years and greater $ 3,341 $ 29,023 7,787 12,476 2,430 3,142 5,809 1,700 4,961 – $ 2,746 – 16,809 597 3,751 6,934 1,500 42 – $ – – 38,254 4,729 16,395 20,246 4,632 3,963 Total 3,341 31,769 7,787 67,539 7,756 23,288 32,989 7,832 8,966 9,561 $ 11,931 $ 20,462 $ 28,715 $ 70,669 $ 32,379 $ 88,219 $ 191,267 4,455 $ 2,041 $ 5,176 $ 8,184 20,531 5,106 15,286 9,890 $ 19,856 $ 10,685 $ 36,641 $ 67,182 124,085 21,694 50,813 51,578 As at October 31, 2013 Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months 1,820 $ 549 – – 274 758 54 1,000 4,401 164 $ 10 $ 3,350 626 2,333 283 2,477 94 – 55 17,122 1,586 3,162 565 4,078 132 – 163 354 9,969 1,717 4,608 808 2,040 213 600 1,148 Less than 1 year sub-total $ 2,348 $ 30,990 3,929 10,103 1,930 9,353 493 1,600 5,767 1 year to 2 years 2,088 – 9,771 828 2,845 6,007 1,700 – 2 years and greater $ – $ 624 – 35,670 3,131 18,251 21,761 4,121 3,390 Total 2,348 33,702 3,929 55,544 5,889 30,449 28,261 7,421 9,157 8,856 $ 9,382 $ 26,818 $ 21,457 $ 66,513 $ 23,239 $ 86,948 $ 176,700 5,040 $ 3,197 $ 5,796 $ 3,970 17,487 3,816 21,022 6,185 $ 18,003 $ 8,852 $ 40,011 $ 66,866 109,834 14,387 46,937 48,510 $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Excludes bankers’ acceptances. Only includes deposits raised by treasury. Excludes deposits associated with services we provide to these banks (e.g., custody, cash management). Only includes consolidated liabilities, including our collateralized commercial paper program. Includes deposit notes. Includes notes where the payout is tied to movements in foreign exchange, commodities and equities. Includes credit card, auto and mortgages. Includes tender option bonds (secured) of $3,118 million (October 31, 2013 – $4,227 million), bearer deposit notes (unsecured) of $2,215 million (October 31, 2013 – $1,540 million) and other long-term structured deposits (unsecured) of $3,633 million (October 31, 2013 – $3,390 million). 74 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Contractual maturities of financial assets, financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items The following tables provide remaining contractual maturity profiles of all our assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items at their carrying value (i.e. amortized cost or fair value) at the balance sheet date and have been enhanced in response to EDTF recommendations. Off-balance sheet items are allocated based on the expiry date of the contract. Details of contractual maturities and commitments to extend funds are a source of information for the management of liquidity risk. Among other purposes, these details form a basis for modeling a behavioural balance sheet with effective maturities to calculate liquidity risk measures. For further details, refer to the Risk measurement section. Contractual maturities of financial assets, financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items Table 62 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and deposits with banks Securities Trading (1) Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives Other financial assets Total financial assets Other non-financial assets Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 9 months 9 to 12 months 1 year to 2 years 2 years to 5 years 5 years and greater With no specific maturity Total As at October 31, 2014 $ 22,871 $ 218 $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ 2,731 $ 25,820 94,025 4,450 13 3,739 65 2,528 55 433 48 1,113 229 3,417 558 18,307 5,236 11,959 51,151 1,822 151,380 47,768 54,860 24,728 28,241 8,261 10,361 2,142 – – 6,987 135,580 19,260 10,776 7,490 14,961 16,081 73,788 176,063 29,787 87,023 435,229 6,218 4,145 18,729 2,013 7,275 672 399 3,483 585 433 2,673 169 2,393 1,909 106 – 8,507 245 6 21,331 281 – 38,071 828 – 8 828 11,462 87,402 22,443 $ 224,558 $ 49,434 $ 42,791 $ 26,985 $ 32,011 $ 88,328 $ 216,546 $ 409 1,637 1,847 679 779 589 52 85,881 $ 150,550 $ 917,084 23,466 15,172 2,302 Total assets $ 226,405 $ 50,213 $ 43,470 $ 27,394 $ 32,063 $ 88,917 $ 218,183 $ 88,183 $ 165,722 $ 940,550 Liabilities and equity Deposits (2) Unsecured borrowing Secured borrowing Covered bonds Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other financial liabilities Subordinated debentures Total financial liabilities Other non-financial liabilities Equity $ 31,190 $ 22,626 $ 27,372 $ 18,602 $ 21,581 $ 39,693 $ 49,523 $ 5,331 – 21,099 14,556 2,715 – 4,786 – 2,950 2,558 9,753 4,908 561 748 9,727 $ 310,045 $ 530,359 57,330 26,411 10,135 3,641 – – 6,218 2,013 399 433 2,393 50,345 – – – – – – 6 – – – – – 11,462 50,345 58,208 3,745 18,094 200 1,252 6,997 1,121 – 1,306 3,845 492 – 1,051 3,351 170 – 574 2,042 298 – – 10,345 309 – – 22,295 530 – – 36,359 4,033 7,659 1,940 3 357 – 64,331 88,982 25,404 7,859 $ 169,309 $ 36,724 $ 38,922 $ 28,938 $ 31,674 $ 65,008 $ 108,009 $ 71,554 $ 312,345 $ 862,483 1,454 – 2,970 – 674 – 57 – 78 – 917 – 2,456 – 7,956 – 7,002 54,503 23,564 54,503 Total liabilities and equity $ 170,763 $ 39,694 $ 39,596 $ 28,995 $ 31,752 $ 65,925 $ 110,465 $ 79,510 $ 373,850 $ 940,550 Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees Lease commitments Commitments to extend credit Other commitments Total off-balance sheet $ 646 $ 2,391 $ 2,289 $ 1,982 $ 2,970 $ 1,325 $ 58 114 167 165 161 634 5,292 $ 1,220 254 $ 1,291 59 $ – 17,208 3,810 1,660 127 6,352 420 7,329 575 6,806 879 8,513 2,578 19,768 289 108,250 984 11,539 263 2,299 62,319 172,516 68,434 items $ 2,491 $ 9,277 $ 10,360 $ 9,832 $ 14,222 $ 22,016 $ 115,746 $ 13,347 $ 64,677 $ 261,968 (1) (2) Trading debt securities classified as fair value through profit or loss have been included in the less than 1 month category as there is no expectation to hold these assets to their contractual maturity. A major portion of relationship-based deposits are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis while, in practice, these customer balances form a core base, as explained in the preceding Deposit profile section, for our operations and liquidity needs. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 75 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 9 months 9 to 12 months 1 year to 2 years 2 years to 5 years 5 years and greater With no specific maturity Total As at October 31, 2013 Assets Cash and deposits with banks $ 12,989 Securities $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ 11,600 $ 24,589 Trading (1) Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed (2) Loans (net of allowance for 93,407 3,420 40 4,641 19 1,268 40 796 38 1,116 249 2,452 534 10,021 4,507 13,140 45,189 1,833 144,023 38,687 59,226 10,653 18,506 6,268 10,207 1,543 – – 11,114 117,517 loan losses) (2) 14,489 9,689 6,136 10,459 19,614 45,686 181,766 30,918 90,093 408,850 Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives Other financial assets 5,224 2,349 16,082 1,621 5,028 847 470 2,338 754 254 2,353 114 2,384 1,627 122 – 6,284 270 – 21,056 447 – 33,786 639 – 1 575 9,953 74,822 19,850 Total financial assets Other non-financial assets $ 207,186 1,273 $ 32,519 453 $ 29,491 311 $ 20,284 147 $ 35,108 741 $ 56,484 406 $ 213,824 1,341 $ 82,990 2,227 $ 160,405 14,555 $ 838,291 21,454 Total assets $ 208,459 $ 32,972 $ 29,802 $ 20,431 $ 35,849 $ 56,890 $ 215,165 $ 85,217 $ 174,960 $ 859,745 Liabilities and equity Deposits (3) Unsecured borrowing (2) Secured borrowing (2) Covered bonds $ 22,556 812 – $ 16,258 3,800 – $ 27,847 6,685 – $ 11,422 3,656 – $ 14,107 4,265 – $ 52,027 7,190 3,226 $ 46,194 21,667 14,612 $ 10,830 11,218 3,470 $ 281,237 – – $ 482,478 59,293 21,308 Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other financial liabilities (2) Subordinated debentures Total financial liabilities Other non-financial liabilities (2) Equity 5,224 1,621 470 254 2,384 47,128 – – – – – – – – – – – – 9,953 47,128 53,389 3,021 17,123 – 1,991 5,233 875 – 1,308 2,569 692 – 877 2,536 268 – 290 2,312 344 – 1,500 11,365 383 217 – 17,739 662 – – 31,970 3,969 7,226 1,061 – 123 – 60,416 76,745 24,439 7,443 $ 149,253 $ 29,778 $ 39,571 $ 19,013 $ 23,702 $ 75,908 $ 100,874 $ 68,683 $ 282,421 $ 789,203 1,606 – 2,834 – 686 – 114 – 135 – 1,085 – 1,692 – 7,349 – 5,581 49,460 21,082 49,460 Total liabilities and equity $ 150,859 $ 32,612 $ 40,257 $ 19,127 $ 23,837 $ 76,993 $ 102,566 $ 76,032 $ 337,462 $ 859,745 Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees Lease commitments Commitments to extend credit Other commitments $ 392 $ 1,341 $ 2,336 $ 1,938 $ 2,985 $ 2,295 $ 62 3,757 156 122 6,843 405 181 4,780 444 179 6,488 799 173 7,320 2,292 662 18,031 371 4,113 $ 1,389 91,288 585 141 $ 1,346 13,615 169 51 $ 15,592 4,114 153,166 62,970 – 1,044 57,749 Total off-balance sheet items $ 4,367 $ 8,711 $ 7,741 $ 9,404 $ 12,770 $ 21,359 $ 97,375 $ 15,271 $ 58,844 $ 235,842 (1) (2) (3) Trading debt securities classified as fair value through profit or loss have been included in the less than 1 month category as there is no expectation to hold these assets to their contractual maturity. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. A major portion of relationship-based deposits are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis while, in practice, these customer balances form a core base, as explained in the preceding Deposit profile section, for our operations and liquidity needs. Contractual maturities of financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items – undiscounted basis The following tables provide remaining contractual maturity analysis of our financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items. The amounts disclosed in the following table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows of all financial liabilities (i.e. par value or amount payable upon maturity). The amounts do not reconcile directly with those in our consolidated balance sheets as the table only incorporates cash flows relating to payments on maturity of the instrument and do not recognize premiums, discounts or mark-to-market adjustments recognized in the instruments’ carrying value as at the balance sheet date. Financial liabilities are based upon the earliest period in which they are required to be paid. For off-balance sheet items, the undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called. 76 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Contractual maturities of financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items – undiscounted basis * Table 63 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial liabilities Deposits (1) Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees (2) Operating leases Commitments to extend credit (2) Total financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial liabilities Deposits (1), (3) Other Acceptances (3) Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities (3) Subordinated debentures Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees (2) Operating leases Commitments to extend credit (2) As at October 31, 2014 On demand Within 1 year 1 year to 2 years 2 years to 5 years 5 years and greater Total $ 289,204 $ 161,953 $ 54,385 $ 84,609 $ 22,967 $ 613,118 – – 1,941 358 – 291,503 11,456 50,345 62,391 20,174 200 306,519 – – – 309 – 54,694 6 – – 530 – 85,145 – – – 4,013 7,632 34,612 11,462 50,345 64,332 25,384 7,832 772,473 5,883 – 137,696 143,579 $ 435,082 11,206 665 34,819 46,690 $ 353,209 111 634 1 746 $ 55,440 7 1,220 – 1,227 $ 86,372 1 1,291 – 1,292 $ 35,904 17,208 3,810 172,516 193,534 $ 966,007 As at October 31, 2013 On demand Within 1 year 1 year to 2 years 2 years to 5 years 5 years and greater Total $ 264,287 $ 128,206 $ 62,267 $ 81,738 $ 25,534 $ 562,032 – – 1,061 123 – 9,953 47,128 57,855 19,277 – – – 1,500 350 200 – – – 678 – – – – 4,095 7,208 9,953 47,128 60,416 24,523 7,408 265,471 262,419 64,317 82,416 36,837 711,460 5,850 – 117,753 123,603 9,550 717 35,413 45,680 178 662 – 840 14 1,389 – 1,403 – 1,346 – 1,346 15,592 4,114 153,166 172,872 Total financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items $ 389,074 $ 308,099 $ 65,157 $ 83,819 $ 38,183 $ 884,332 * (1) (2) (3) This table represents an integral part of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. A major portion of relationship-based deposits are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis while, in practice, these customer balances form a core base, as explained in the preceding Deposit profile section, for our operations and liquidity needs. We believe that it is highly unlikely that all or substantially all of these guarantees and commitments will be drawn or settled within one year, and contracts may expire without being drawn or settled. The management of the liquidity risk associated with potential extensions of funds is outlined in the preceding Risk measurement section. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. Credit ratings Our ability to access unsecured funding markets and to engage in certain collateralized business activities on a cost-effective basis are primarily dependent upon maintaining competitive credit ratings. Credit ratings and outlooks provided by rating agencies reflect their views and are based on their methodologies. Ratings are subject to change from time to time, based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, our financial strength, competitive position and liquidity and other factors not completely within our control. On January 24, 2014, Fitch Ratings affirmed our ratings with a stable outlook along with the other six largest Canadian banks. On June 11, 2014, Moody’s affirmed our long-term ratings and revised our outlook to negative from stable along with the other six largest Canadian banks. The outlook revisions are linked to Moody’s view that risks for the Canadian banks’ senior debt holders and uninsured depositors have shifted to the downside as a result of previously announced plans by the Canadian government to implement a bail-in regime for domestic systemically important banks and the accelerating global trends towards reducing the public cost of future bank resolutions through such burden-sharing. On July 7, 2014, DBRS affirmed our ratings with a stable outlook along with the other five largest Canadian banks. On December 2, 2014, Standard & Poor’s (S&P) affirmed our ratings with a negative outlook. On August 8, 2014, S&P revised our outlook to negative from stable along with the other five largest Canadian banks to reflect the possible impact of a bail-in policy proposal from the Canadian federal government, which was released on August 1, 2014. For further details on the proposed bail-in regime, refer to the Legal and regulatory environment risk section. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 77 The following table presents our major credit ratings(1) and outlooks as at December 2, 2014: Credit ratings Table 64 As at December 2, 2014 (2) Short-term debt Senior long-term debt Outlook Moody’s Standard & Poor’s Fitch Ratings Dominion Bond Rating Services P-1 A-1+ F1+ R-1(high) Aa3 AA- AA AA negative (3) negative (4) stable stable (1) (2) (3) (4) Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell or hold a financial obligation inasmuch as they do not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are determined by the rating agencies based on criteria established from time to time by them, and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization. On August 19, 2014, Kroll Bond Rating Agency affirmed our senior long-term and short-term debt and deposit ratings of AA and K1+, respectively, with a stable outlook. These ratings were unsolicited and we did not participate in the rating process. On June 11, 2014, Moody’s revised our outlook to negative from stable for our supported senior debt and uninsured deposit ratings. On August 8, 2014, Standard & Poor’s revised our outlook to negative from stable, reflecting the possible impact of a bail-in policy proposal from the Canadian federal government. Additional contractual obligations for rating downgrades A lowering of our credit rating may have potentially adverse consequences for our funding capacity or access to the capital markets, may also affect our ability, and the cost, to enter into normal course derivative or hedging transactions and may require us to post additional collateral under certain contracts. However, we estimate, based on periodic reviews of ratings triggers embedded in our existing businesses and of our funding capacity sensitivity, that a minor downgrade would not significantly influence our liability composition, funding access, collateral usage and associated costs. The following table presents the additional collateral obligations required at the reporting date in the event of a one-, two- or three-notch downgrade to our credit ratings. These additional collateral obligations are incremental requirements for each successive downgrade and do not represent the cumulative impact of multiple downgrades. The amounts reported change periodically as a result of several factors, including the transfer of trading activity to centrally cleared financial market infrastructures and exchanges, the expiration of transactions with downgrade triggers, the imposition of internal limitations on new agreements to exclude downgrade triggers, as well as normal course mark to market of positions with collateralized counterparties moving from a negative to a positive position. There is no outstanding senior debt issued in the market that contains rating triggers which would lead to early prepayment of principal. Additional contractual obligations for rating downgrades Table 65 As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 (Millions of Canadian dollars) One-notch downgrade Two-notch downgrade Three-notch downgrade One-notch downgrade Two-notch downgrade Three-notch downgrade Contractual derivatives funding or margin requirements $ Other contractual funding or margin requirements (1) $ 518 396 $ 143 62 $ 790 – $ 616 490 $ 171 187 762 95 (1) Includes GICs issued by our municipal markets business out of New York and London. Insurance risk Insurance risk refers to the potential financial loss that may arise where the amount, timing and/or frequency of benefit payments under insurance and reinsurance contracts are different than expected. Insurance risk does not include other risks covered by other parts of our risk management framework (e.g., credit, market, and operational risk) where those risks are ancillary to, or accompany the risk transfer. We have implemented an Insurance Risk Framework that provides an overview of our program for identifying, assessing, managing, and reporting on the insurance risks that face the organization. Key processes and tools have been developed to support and enhance risk management, including: Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA), insurance risk appetite, Comprehensive Identification and Assessment of Risk (CIAR), insurance risk delegated authorities and risk limits, model risk management, stress testing, experience studies, actuarial liabilities, and reinsurance. Insurance risk policies and procedures have also been established to define the requirements for managing product, pricing, underwriting, and claims management risk. Regulatory compliance risk Regulatory compliance risk is the risk of potential non-conformance with laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, contracts or ethical standards in any jurisdiction in which we operate. Issues regarding compliance with laws and regulations can arise in a number of areas in a large complex financial institution such as RBC, and are often the result of inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems. Laws and regulations are in place to protect the financial and other interests of our clients, investors and the public. As a large scale global financial institution, we are subject to numerous laws and to extensive and evolving regulation by governmental agencies, supervisory author- ities and self-regulatory organizations in Canada, the U.S., Europe and other jurisdictions in which we operate. In recent years such regulation has become increasingly extensive and complex. In addition, the enforcement of regulatory matters has intensified. Recent resolution of such matters involving other global financial institutions have involved the payment of substantial penalties, agreements with respect to future operation of their business, actions with respect to relevant personnel and guilty pleas with respect to criminal charges. 78 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Operating in this increasingly complex regulatory environment and intense regulatory enforcement environment, we are and have been subject to a variety of legal proceedings, including civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits and requests for information by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions, and we anticipate that our ongoing business activities will give rise to such matters in the future. Changes to laws, including tax laws, regulations or regulatory policies, as well as the changes in how they are interpreted, implemented or enforced, could adversely affect us, for example by lowering barriers to entry in the businesses in which we operate, increasing our costs of compliance or limiting our activities and ability to execute our strategic plans. Further, there is no assurance that we always will be or will be deemed to be in compliance with laws, regulations or regulatory policies. Accordingly, it is possible that we could receive a judicial or regulatory judgment or decision that results in fines, damages, penalties, and other costs or injunctions, convictions or loss of licenses or registrations that would damage our reputation and negatively impact our earnings. In addition, we are subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business and the adverse resolution of any litigation could have a significant adverse effect on our results or could give rise to significant reputational damage, which in turn could impact our future business prospects. Global compliance has developed a Regulatory Compliance Management Framework consistent with regulatory expectations from OSFI and other regulators. The framework is designed to manage and mitigate the regulatory compliance risks associated with failing to comply with, or adapt to, current and changing laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Regulatory compliance risk has been further defined as risks associated with money laundering, bribery, privacy, market conduct, consumer protection, and business conduct. Specific compliance policies, procedures, and supporting frameworks have been developed to support the minimum requirements for the prudent management of regulatory compliance risk. Within the framework there are five elements that form a cycle by which all regulatory compliance risk management programs are developed, implemented and maintained. The first element is intended to ensure our regulatory compliance programs evolve alongside our business activities and operations. The second element is intended to ensure regulatory compliance risks are identified and assessed appropriately so regulatory compliance programs are designed in a manner to most effectively meet regulatory requirements. The third element relates to the design and implementation of specific controls. The fourth element is intended to ensure appropriate monitoring and oversight of the effectiveness of the controls. Lastly, the fifth element is intended to ensure the timely escalation and resolution of issues, and clear and transparent reporting. This is a critical step in enabling senior management and the Board of Directors to effectively perform their management and oversight responsibilities. Operational risk Operational risk is the risk of loss or harm resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk is embedded in all our activities, including the practices and controls used to manage other risks. Failure to manage operational risk can result in direct or indirect financial loss, reputational impact, regulatory censure, or failure in the management of other risks such as credit or market risk. Three Lines of Defence Operational risk follows our established Three Lines of Defence governance model. This model encompasses the organizational roles and responsibilities for a coordinated enterprise-wide approach for the management of operational risk. For further details, refer to the Risk management – Enterprise risk management section. Operational Risk Framework We have put in place an Operational Risk Framework which is founded on the principles of our Enterprise Risk Management Framework and sets out the processes to identify, assess and monitor operational risk. The processes are established through the following core programs: • Internal events – Internal events are specific instances where operational risk leads to or could have led to an unintended, identifiable impact. The internal events program provides a structured and consistent approach for collecting and analyzing internal event data to facilitate the analysis of the operational risk events affecting RBC. This program enables learnings based on “what has happened to us” and supports the articulation of the operational risk appetite. External events – External events are operational risk events that affect institutions other than RBC. External event monitoring and analysis is critical to gain awareness of operational risk experience within the industry and to identify emerging industry trends. Business Environment and Internal Control Factors (BEICF) Assessments – BEICF Assessments are conducted to improve business decision- making by gaining awareness of the key risks and the strengths and vulnerabilities of internal controls. Key BEICF Assessment processes include: Risk and Control Assessments conducted at both enterprise and business levels; and Change Initiatives and New/Amended Product Assessments conducted to ensure understanding of the risk and reward trade-off for business initiatives (e.g., new products, acquisitions, changes in business processes, implementation of new technology, etc.). Scenario analysis – Scenario analysis is a structured and disciplined process for making reasonable assessments of infrequent, yet plausible, severe operational risk events. Understanding how vulnerable RBC is to such “tail risks” identifies mitigating actions and informs the determination of related operational risk thresholds as part of the articulation of operational risk appetite. BEICF monitoring – BEICF monitoring is conducted on an ongoing basis through Key Risk Indicators (KRIs) and other assurance/monitoring programs (e.g., Business Unit monitoring, Centres of Governance monitoring, audit results, etc.). • • • • Conclusions from the operational risk programs are used to inform the overall level of exposure to operational risk, which defines our operational risk profile. The profile includes significant operational risk exposures, potential new and emerging exposures and trends, and overall conclusions on the control environment and risk outlook. We proactively identify and investigate corporate insurance opportunities to mitigate and reduce potential future impacts of operational risk. We consider risk/reward decisions in striking the balance between accepting potential losses versus incurring costs of mitigation, the expression of which is in the form of our operational risk appetite. Our operational risk appetite is established at the board level and cascaded throughout each of our business segments. Management reports have been implemented at various levels of RBC in order to support proactive management of operational risk and transparency of risk exposures. Reports are provided on a regular basis and provide detail on the main drivers of the risk status and trend for each of our business segments and RBC overall. In addition, changes to the operational risk profile that are not aligned to our business strategy or operational risk appetite are identified and discussed. Operational risk capital We currently use the Standardized Approach to calculate operational risk capital requirements and the allocation of capital amongst our business units. We are in the process of attaining accreditation towards the Basel II Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) as the approved Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 79 regulatory capital methodology. Output from capital modeling will provide further transparency around the materiality of key risks by quantifying the expected losses and unexpected losses. Operational risk loss events During 2014, we did not experience any material operational risk loss event. For further details on our contingencies, including litigation, refer to Notes 26 and 27 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Strategic risk Strategic risk is the risk that the enterprise or particular business areas will make inappropriate strategic choices, or will be unable to success- fully implement selected strategies or related plans and decisions. Business strategy is the major driver of our risk profile and consequently the strategic choices we make in terms of business mix determine how our risk profile changes. Responsibility for selecting and successfully implementing business strategies is mandated to the individual heads of the businesses. Oversight of strategic risk is the responsibility of the heads of the business segments, the Enterprise Strategy Office, GE, and the Board of Directors. Management of strategic risk is supported by the Enterprise Strategy Group as per the Enterprise Strategic Planning Policy. For details on the key strategic priorities for our business segments, refer to the Business segment results section. Reputation risk Reputation risk is the risk that an activity undertaken by an organization or its representatives will impair its image in the community or lower public confidence in it, resulting in the loss of business, legal action or increased regulatory oversight. Reputation risk can arise from a number of events and primarily occurs in connection with credit risk, regulatory, legal and operational risks and failure to maintain strong risk conduct. Operational failures and non-compliance with laws and regulations can have a significant reputa- tional impact on us. We have put in place a Reputation Risk Framework which provides an overview of our approach to the management of this risk. It focuses on our organizational responsibilities, and controls in place to mitigate reputation risks. The following principles guide our management of reputation risk: • We must operate with integrity at all times in order to sustain a strong and positive reputation. • Protecting our reputation is the responsibility of all our employees, including senior management, and extends to all members of the Board of Directors. Legal and regulatory environment risk Certain regulatory reforms will impact the way in which we operate, both in Canada and abroad, and the full impact of some of these reforms on our business will not be known until final rules are implemented and market practices have developed in response. We continue to respond to these and other developments and are working to minimize any potential adverse business or economic impact. The following regulatory reforms have potential to increase our operational, compliance, and technology costs and adversely affect our profitability. Basel Committee on Banking Supervision global standards for capital and liquidity reform (Basel III) The Basel Committee’s standards for capital and liquidity (commonly referred to as “Basel III”) establish minimum requirements for common equity, increased capital requirements for counterparty credit exposures, a new global leverage ratio and measures to promote the build up of capital that can be drawn down in periods of stress. Banks around the world continue to adopt these new standards in accordance with domestic implementation. In January 2013, the BCBS released final rules for the short-term liquidity standard, the LCR, with implementation commencing in 2015. Subsequently in October 2014, the BCBS released final rules for the long-term liquidity standard, the NSFR, with implementation commencing in 2018. For further details on how our business may be impacted, refer to the Liquidity and funding risk section. In January 2014, the BCBS released final rules for the global leverage requirement, which takes effect as a 3% minimum supplemental capital requirement on January 1, 2018. For further details on how our business may be impacted, refer to the Capital management section. During the year, U.S. regulators approved final rules to apply a U.S. based supplemental leverage requirement and LCR requirement to large banking organizations operating in the U.S. We anticipate subsequent rules will be introduced to apply U.S.-specific LCR and leverage require- ments to our U.S. Intermediate Holding Company and U.S. branch network (see below for further details). Basel III requirements are being implemented in the European Union through a revised Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV) and accompanying Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR), both of which became effective January 1, 2014 and are to be phased-in gradually through 2019. CRD IV/CRR also introduces improvements to the transparency of activities of banks and investment funds in different countries, adds a host of governance standards (including standards for executive compensation and bonuses, board oversight of risk and board diversity), and implements a common reporting framework for regulatory reporting. These changes may also result in higher capital requirements for our European subsidiaries. Dodd-Frank – Volcker Rule On December 10, 2013 U.S. authorities finalized section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to broad prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading and certain banking entity relationships with hedge funds and private equity funds (the “Volcker Rule”). The final Volcker Rule extended the general compliance deadline to July 21, 2015 and provided some flexibility for foreign institutions as it relates to activities conducted outside the U.S. The Rule impacts our global activities as its reach extends to the Bank and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates (subject to certain exceptions). The majority of our trading businesses will continue to be permissible under the Rule and we are in the process of building the requisite monitoring program and reporting metrics to demonstrate compliance. We have exited or are in the process of exiting certain activities that cannot be restructured to comply with the Rule. For a limited number of business activities, we are continuing discussions with regulators and others in the industry in order to assess the best means of restructuring those activities to comply with the Rule. The combined impact of these changes is not expected to materially affect our overall results. 80 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Dodd-Frank – Enhanced Supervision of Foreign Banking Organizations On February 18, 2014, the U.S. Federal Reserve finalized their new oversight regime for non-U.S. banks with subsidiaries, affiliates and branches operating in the U.S. (the “Enhanced Prudential Standards for Bank Holding Companies and Foreign Banking Organizations”), pursuant to section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The rule is intended to address the perceived systemic risk that large foreign banks could pose to the U.S. financial markets. As a foreign banking organization with more than US$50 billion in U.S. non- branch assets, RBC is required to establish a separately capitalized U.S. Intermediate Holding Company (the IHC), into which all of our U.S. legal entities must be placed and for which certain U.S.-based requirements will apply. The IHC will be subject to Federal Reserve oversight comparable to U.S. bank holding companies. As a result, changes to our existing practices will be required to provide the governance and infrastructure needed to support these U.S.-specific require- ments in areas of financial reporting, capital and liquidity, risk management, and stress testing. In addition, there will be limitations on capital distributions from the IHC to RBC, and such distributions will be subject to supervisory approval. The requirements will be phased in between 2015 and 2018, with RBC needing to form its IHC by July 1, 2016. An implementation plan outlining our approach for meeting these requirements including forming the IHC must be filed with the Federal Reserve by January 1, 2015. The Federal Reserve has stated that it plans to issue, at a later date, separate rules to apply early remediation requirements and limits on exposures to single counterparties. The final rule also deferred application of U.S.-based leverage requirements, which differ from the Basel III leverage ratio, to January 1, 2018. RBC will incur costs to comply with these additional U.S. based financial reporting, risk management and governance requirements (both initially and on an ongoing basis) and we may have less flexibility in our capital and liquidity structures which historically have been managed on a global (vs. regional) basis. These impacts are not expected to materially affect our financial performance or overall results. Canadian bail-in regime On August 1, 2014, the Government of Canada proposed a “bail-in” regime for the six D-SIBs. Bail-in regimes are being implemented in a number of jurisdictions following the 2008 financial crisis in an effort to limit taxpayer exposure to potential losses of a failing institution and ensure the institution’s shareholders and creditors remain responsible for bearing such losses. The proposed regime would grant the Government of Canada the power to permanently cancel an institution’s existing common shares and/or convert an institution’s long-term senior debt into common shares. Either power would only be exercisable once the institution was no longer viable and full conversion of the institution’s non-viable contingent capital (NVCC) instruments into common shares had already occurred. Deposits (including those insured by the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation), shorter-term unsecured wholesale debt, and derivatives would not be subject to conversion or cancellation. Higher Loss Absorbency requirements would also apply to ensure affected banks maintain sufficient capital to absorb the proposed conversions. The proposed changes could adversely impact our cost of funding. Total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) On November 10, 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) proposed minimum common international standards related to the TLAC of global systemic banks. The standards are intended to address the sufficiency of global systemically important banks’ (G-SIBs) capital to absorb losses in a resolution, in a manner that minimizes impact on financial stability and ensures continuity of critical economic functions. To date, RBC and the other Canadian banks have not been designated as G-SIBs. It is uncertain how these proposed standards will be integrated into Canada’s bail-in regime as discussed above, which also remains to be finalized. Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives reform Reforms in the OTC derivatives markets continue on a global basis, with the governments of the G20 nations proceeding with plans to transform the capital regimes, national regulatory frameworks and infrastructures in which we and other market participants operate. We, along with other Canadian banks, will experience changes in our wholesale banking business, some of which will impact our client- and trading-related derivatives revenues in Capital Markets. As part of this, we have implemented a compliance framework to adhere to new requirements in Canada (including new trade reporting rules effective October 31, 2014), the U.S., Europe, Asia-Pacific, and Australia. In September 2013, the BCBS and the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) released joint guidelines that include a requirement for non-exempt financial entities to exchange initial and variation margin (i.e. margin held as collateral to protect against potential counterparty default). Throughout 2014, European, Japanese, and U.S. regulators proposed domestic rules based on these guidelines. Effective December 1, 2015, RBC expects it will be required to comply with these guidelines and will work with national authorities to prepare for compliance as Canadian rules are developed. On December 31, 2012, RBC registered as a swaps dealer in the U.S. pursuant to U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) requirements. To avoid the imposition of duplicative prudential requirements (and mitigate some of the expected compliance and operating costs), we are continuing to work with Canadian and U.S. authorities to encourage reliance on the Canadian framework. In Europe, OTC regulation is being phased in since the European Market Infrastructure Rules (EMIR) came into force in March 2013. EMIR requires firms to clear certain OTC standardized derivative contracts through central counterparties, establish risk mitigation controls for OTC derivatives transactions that cannot be cleared, and report both cleared and non-cleared contracts to trade repositories. The review of Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID II) (in effect January 2017) is another key initiative seeking to achieve greater trade transparency, enhanced investor protection and more oversight of OTC derivatives and fixed income products, primarily through the introduction of new types of regulated trading platforms and increased governance over certain trading activities. The payments system in Canada The Federal government is continuing to review a number of aspects of the Canadian payments system, in areas such as governance, mobile payments, debit and credit cards, and the overall regulatory framework. On November 4, 2014, MasterCard Canada and Visa Canada announced voluntary commitments to reduce merchant credit card fees to an average effective rate of 1.5% for the next five years, effective April 30, 2015. As a result of these commitments, the Minister of Finance signalled the government’s intention to not regulate credit card interchange rates at this time. However, the government also indicated it may implement amendments to the voluntary Code of Conduct for the Credit and Debit Card Industry in Canada in the near future. We will continue to assess the impact as further details are made available. We believe that we are well positioned to make any adjustments required in response to these commitments and will continue to support our personal and business clients with competitive credit card products. These and other potential changes could have implications for RBC from a technological, systems, operational and regulatory perspective. While the government’s review is still at an early stage, risks associated with the implementation of these reforms could include implications to our revenue and business strategy through potential measures such as enhanced disclosure requirements, and the introduction of some form of dispute resolution mechanism for merchants. We continue to provide input into the government’s consultations in this area, arguing for fair and consistent regulation of all participants in the payments system to protect safety and soundness while promoting innovation. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 81 Consumer protection On September 19, 2014, the Supreme Court of Canada rendered its judgment in the 2003 Quebec class action lawsuit, Marcotte v. Bank of Montreal. The Court specifically found that certain provisions of Quebec’s Consumer Protection Act apply to credit cards issued by federally- chartered banks. The Supreme Court agreed with the banks that foreign currency conversion fees cardholders pay when they transact in other currencies are not “credit charges”, and therefore not subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Consumer Protection Act, but ruled that the disclosure requirements of the legislation do apply. Accordingly, five banks and one credit union must reimburse and pay punitive damages to credit cardholders for failing to properly disclose these fees. Neither Royal Bank of Canada nor any of the three other banks named in the lawsuit are required to pay any damages or reimbursement given that, at all relevant times, the conversion fee was disclosed in accordance with the applicable legislative provisions. The Supreme Court decision is important in that it narrows the circumstances in which exclusive federal jurisdiction over banking renders provincial/territorial legislation inoperative, opening the door further for the activities of RBC and other federally-regulated institutions to be subject to both federal and provincial/territorial legislation. The Supreme Court decision may also influence the work being undertaken by the Federal government in the area of consumer protection more generally. In December 2013 the government began consulting on the development of a principles-based federal consumer protection framework focused on setting standards for the protection of consumers and we participated in that Department of Finance consultation. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) The U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) came into effect on July 1, 2014 and generally requires non-U.S. financial institutions to provide information to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) about U.S. persons and financial accounts in which they have an interest in order to identify persons who may be evading U.S. taxes through the use of foreign accounts. On February 5, 2014, the Canadian government concluded an intergovernmental agreement (IGA) with the U.S. government providing some relief to Canadian financial institutions and their clients. Under the terms of the IGA, Canadian financial institutions will report information directly to CRA rather than directly to the IRS. The CRA will then exchange the information with the IRS through provisions in the existing Canada-U.S. Tax Convention. The IGA also generally eliminates the requirement for Canadian financial institutions to withhold and remit to the IRS a 30% tax on U.S.-source payments paid or credited to individual account holders who fail to provide information requested to determine their U.S. status. Instead, the accounts for those individuals will be treated as U.S. reportable accounts and included in the reporting to the tax authorities. Regulatory reform in the U.K. and elsewhere in Europe The regulatory framework in the U.K. and elsewhere in Europe continues to undergo significant reform and reorganization. The U.K. Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act was finalized in December 2013 and regulators continue to adopt regulations to implement the new legislation. Key changes focus on heightened requirements for governance, consumer protection, and bank executive remuneration. The approved persons regime applies more stringent oversight, certification, and disclosure requirements to those performing senior management functions at a subject bank. U.K. authorities are also consulting on a new remuneration code for the U.K. that sets out new rules on remuneration to strengthen the alignment between long-term risk and reward in the banking sector. European authorities have also published guidelines aimed at ensuring a consistent approach for complaints handling across the European Union. In July 2014, U.K. legislation confirmed that our U.K. entities will be exempt from the requirement to separate our retail banking and investment banking activities by virtue of meeting the prescribed de minimis threshold for applicability. Competitive risk The competition for clients among financial services companies in the markets in which we operate is intense. Client loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including new technology used or services offered by our competitors, relative service levels, relative prices, product and service attributes, our reputation, actions taken by our competitors, and adherence with competition and anti-trust laws. Other companies, such as insurance companies and non-financial companies, are increasingly offering services traditionally provided by banks. For example, our payments business is facing intense competition from emerging non-traditional competitors. This competition could also reduce net interest income, fee revenue and adversely affect our results. Systemic risk Systemic risk is the risk that the financial system as a whole, or a major part of it – either in an individual country, a region, or globally – is put in real and immediate danger of collapse or serious damage with the likelihood of material damage to the real economy, and that this will result in financial, reputation or other risks for RBC. Systemic risk is considered to be the least controllable risk facing RBC. Our ability to mitigate this risk when undertaking business activities is limited, other than through collaborative mechanisms between key industry participants, and, as appropriate, the public sector, to reduce the frequency and impact of these risks. The two most significant measures in mitigating the impact of systemic risk are diversification and stress testing. Our diversified business portfolios, products, activities and funding sources help mitigate the potential impacts from systemic risk. We also mitigate systemic risk by establishing risk limits to ensure our portfolio is well diversified, concentration risk is reduced and remains within our Risk Appetite. Stress testing involves consideration of the simultaneous movements in a number of risk factors. It is used to ensure our business strat- egies and capital planning are robust by measuring the potential impacts of credit, market, liquidity and funding and operational risks on us, under adverse economic conditions. Our enterprise-wide stress testing program utilizes stress scenarios featuring a range of severities based on plausible adverse economic and financial market events. These stress scenarios are evaluated across the organization, and results are integrated to develop an enterprise-wide view of the impacts on our financial results and capital requirements. For further details on our stress testing, refer the Risk management – Enterprise risk management section. Overview of other risks In addition to the risks described in the Risk management section, there are other risk factors, described below, which may adversely affect our businesses and financial results. The following discussion is not exhaustive as other factors could also adversely affect our results. Business and economic conditions Our earnings are significantly affected by the general business and economic conditions in the geographic regions in which we operate. These conditions include consumer saving and spending habits as well as consumer borrowing and repayment patterns, business investment, government spending, exchange rates, sovereign debt risks, the level of activity and volatility of the capital markets, strength of the economy and inflation. For example, an economic downturn may result in high unemployment and lower family income, corporate earnings, business 82 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis investment and consumer spending, and could adversely affect the demand for our loan and other products and result in higher provisions for credit losses. Given the importance of our Canadian operations, an economic downturn in Canada or in the U.S. impacting Canada would largely affect our personal and business lending activities in our Canadian banking businesses, including cards, and could significantly impact our results of operations. Our earnings are also sensitive to changes in interest rates. A continuing low interest rate environment in Canada, the U.S. and globally would result in net interest income being unfavourably impacted by spread compression largely in Personal & Commercial Banking and Wealth Management. While an increase in interest rates would benefit our businesses that are currently impacted by spread compression, a significant increase in interest rates could also adversely impact household balance sheets. This could result in credit deterioration which might negatively impact our financial results, particularly in some of our personal and commercial banking and Wealth Management businesses. Capital Markets and Investor & Treasury Services would be negatively impacted if global capital markets deteriorate resulting in lower average fee-based client assets and transaction volumes and trading volatility. In Wealth Management, weaker market conditions would lead to lower average fee-based client assets and transaction volumes. Worsening of financial and credit market conditions may adversely affect our ability to access capital markets on favourable terms and could negatively affect our liquidity, resulting in increased funding costs and lower transaction volumes in Capital Markets and Investor & Treasury Services. For further details on economic and market factors which may impact our financial performance, refer to the Wealth Management, Investor & Treasury Services and Capital Markets sections. Government fiscal, monetary and other policies Our businesses and earnings are affected by the fiscal, monetary or other policies that are adopted by the Bank of Canada and various other Canadian regulatory authorities, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the U.S. and other U.S. government authorities, as well as those adopted by international regulatory authorities and agencies in jurisdictions in which we operate. Such policies can also adversely affect our clients and counterparties in Canada, the U.S. and internationally, which may increase the risk of default by such clients and counter- parties. Tax risk and transparency Tax risk refers to the risk of loss related to unexpected tax liabilities. The tax laws and systems that are applicable to RBC are complex and wide ranging. As a result, we ensure that any decisions or actions related to tax always reflect our assessment of the long-term costs and risks involved, including their impact on our relationship with clients, shareholders, and regulators, and our reputation. Our approach to tax is governed by our Taxation Policy and Risk Management Framework, and reflects the fundamentals of our Risk Pyramid. Oversight of our tax policy and the management of tax risk is the responsibility of the CAO & CFO and the Senior Vice President, Taxation. We report our tax position to the Audit Committee on a regular basis and discuss our tax strategy with the Audit and Risk Committees as well as with GE. Our tax strategy is designed to ensure transparency and support our business strategy, and is aligned with our corporate vision and values. We seek to maximize shareholder value by ensuring that our businesses are structured in a tax efficient manner while considering reputational risk by being in compliance with all laws and regulations. Our framework seeks to ensure that we: • • • • Act with integrity and in a straightforward, open and honest manner in all tax matters; Ensure tax strategy is aligned with our business strategy supporting only bona fide transactions with a business purpose and economic substance; Ensure our full compliance and full disclosure to tax authorities of our statutory obligations; and Endeavor to work with the tax authorities to build positive long-term relationships and where disputes occur, address them constructively. With respect to assessing the needs of our clients, we consider a number of factors including the purposes of the transaction. We ensure that we only support bona fide client transactions with a business purpose and economic substance. Should we become aware of client transactions that are aimed at evading their tax obligations, we will not proceed with the transaction. Given that we have offices in 40 countries worldwide, complex tax legislation and accounting principles can often result in differing legal interpretations between the respective tax authorities we deal with and ourselves. Should this occur, we are committed to an open and trans- parent dialogue with the tax authorities to ensure a quick assessment and prompt resolution of the issue. Failure to adequately manage tax risk and resolve issues with tax authorities could adversely impact our results and/or significantly impact our reputation. Tax Contribution In 2014, total income and other tax expense to various levels of governments totalled $3.2 billion (2013 – $3 billion; 2012 – $2.9 billion). In Canada, total income and other tax expense for the year ended October 31, 2014 to various levels of government totalled $2.2 billion (2013 – $2.6 billion; 2012 – $2 billion). Income and other tax expense – by category (Millions of Canadian dollars) Income and other tax expense – by geography (Millions of Canadian dollars) 3,500 2,625 1,750 875 0 2014 2013 2012 Business taxes Insurance premium taxes Property taxes Capital taxes Payroll taxes Goods and services sales taxes Income taxes 3,500 2,625 1,750 875 0 2014 2013 2012 Other International U.S. Canada For further details on income and other tax expense, refer to the Financial performance section. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 83 Ability to attract and to retain employees Competition for qualified employees is intense within the financial services industry and from non-financial industries looking to recruit. Although our goal is to attract and retain qualified employees, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. Accuracy and completeness of information on clients and counterparties When deciding to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information provided by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including audited financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the completeness and accuracy of that information. Our financial results could be adversely impacted if the financial statements and other financial information relating to clients and counterparties on whom we rely do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading. Development and integration of our distribution networks We regularly explore opportunities to expand our distribution networks, either through acquisitions or organically by adding, for example, new bank branches, insurance offices, online savings accounts and ATMs in high-growth, receptive markets. However, if we are not able to develop or integrate these distribution networks effectively, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected. Model risk The use of models plays an important role in many of our business activities. We use a variety of models for many purposes, including the valuation of financial products, risk measurement and management of different types of risk. Model risk is the risk of error in the design, development, implementation or subsequent use of models. We have established an enterprise-wide Model Risk Management Framework, including principles, policies and procedures, roles and responsibilities to manage model risk. One of the key factors in the framework to mitigate model risk is independent validation. Information technology risk We use information technology for business operations and the enablement of strategic business goals and objectives. Information technology risk is the risk to our business associated with the use, ownership, operation, involvement, influence and adoption of information technology within the enterprise. It consists of information technology related events that could potentially have an adverse impact on our business. Such events could result in business interruption, service disruptions, theft of intellectual property and confidential information, additional regulatory scrutiny, litigation and reputational damage. To manage our information technology risk, we have established an enterprise-wide Information Technology Risk Management Framework. Information management risk Information management risk is the risk of loss or harm resulting from the failure to manage information appropriately throughout its lifecycle. Exposure to this risk exists when information is acquired or created, processed, used, shared, accessed, retained or disposed. With respect to personal information, the failure to manage information appropriately can result in the misuse of personal information or privacy breaches. With respect to client information, the inability to process information accurately and on a timely basis can result in service disruptions. With respect to corporate and proprietary information, the mismanagement of information can result in the disclosure of confidential information, the unavailability of information when it is required and the reliance on inaccurate information for decision-making purposes. Such events could lead to legal and regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Social media risk The scale and profile of social media has grown to present a number of risks. These risks include brand and reputational damage, information leaks, non-compliance with regulatory requirements and governance risk. To manage the risks associated with social media, we have implemented an enterprise-wide policy as well as business unit policies on the usage of external social media, which sets out the requirements for the business and corporate use of social media and is part of our larger Social Media Governance Framework. Environmental risk Environmental risk is the risk of loss to financial, operational or reputational value resulting from the impact of environmental issues. It arises from the business activities and operations of both us and our clients. For example, the environmental issues associated with our clients’ purchase and sale of contaminated property or development of large-scale projects may give rise to credit, regulatory and reputation risk. Operational and legal risks may arise from environmental issues at our branches, offices or data processing centres. Corporate Sustainability (CS) sets enterprise-wide policy requirements for the identification, assessment, control, monitoring and reporting of environmental risk. Oversight is provided by GE and the Corporate Governance and Public Policy Committee (CG&PPC) of the Board of Directors. Business segments and corporate functions are responsible for incorporating environmental risk management requirements and controls within their operations. The CS Group also provides advisory services and support to business segments on the management of specific environmental risks in business transactions. Periodically, we verify that our environmental risk management policies and processes are operating as intended. On an annual basis, and more frequently as required, environmental risk management activities, issues, and trends are reported to GE and to the CG&PPC of the Board of Directors. Failure to adequately manage environmental risk could adversely impact our results and/or significantly impact our reputation. We report on the full extent of environmental management annually in the Corporate Responsibility Report and Public Accountability Statements. Third party and outsourcing risk Failing to effectively manage our service providers may expose RBC to service disruptions, regulatory action, financial loss, litigation or reputa- tional damage. Third party and outsourcing risk has received increased oversight from regulators and attention from the media. We formalized and standardized our expectations of our suppliers with a principles-based Supplier Code of Conduct to ensure their behaviour aligns with our standards in the following key areas: business integrity, responsible business practices, responsible treatment of individuals, and the environment. Other factors Other factors that may affect actual results include changes in government trade policy, changes in accounting standards, including their effect on our accounting policies, estimates and judgements, currency and interest rate movements in Canada, the U.S., and other jurisdictions in which we operate, changes to our credit ratings, the timely and successful development of new products and services, our ability to cross-sell more products to customers, technological changes, effective design, implementation and execution of processes and their associated controls, 84 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis fraud by internal and external parties, the possible impact on our business from disease or illness that affects local, national or global economies, disruptions to public infrastructure, including transportation, communication, power and water, international conflicts and other political developments including those relating to the war on terrorism, and our success in anticipating and managing the associated risks. We caution that the foregoing discussion of risk factors, many of which are beyond our control, is not exhaustive and other factors could also affect our results. Capital management We actively manage our capital to maintain strong capital ratios and high ratings while providing strong returns to our shareholders. In addition to the regulatory requirements, we consider the expectations of credit rating agencies, depositors and shareholders, as well as our business plans, stress tests, peer comparisons and our internal capital ratio targets. Our goal is to optimize our capital usage and structure, and provide support for our business segments and clients and better returns for our shareholders, while protecting depositors and senior creditors. Capital management framework Our capital management framework provides the policies and processes for defining, measuring, raising and investing all types of capital in a coordinated and consistent manner. It includes the overall approach of capital management, including guiding principles as well as roles and responsibilities relating to capital adequacy and transactions, dividends, solo capital and management of risk-weighted assets and gross- adjusted assets or total exposures. We manage and monitor capital from several perspectives, including regulatory capital, economic capital and subsidiary capital. Our capital planning is a dynamic process which involves various teams including Finance, Corporate Treasury, GRM, Economics and our businesses, and covers internal capital ratio targets, potential capital transactions as well as projected dividend payouts and share repurchases. The integral parts of our capital planning comprise our business operating plans, Enterprise-wide stress testing and Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), along with the considerations of regulatory capital requirements and accounting changes, internal capital requirements, rating agency metrics and solo capital. Our capital plan is established on an annual basis and is aligned with the management actions included in the annual business operating plan, which includes forecast growth in assets and earnings taking into account our business strategies, projected market and economic environment and peer positioning. This includes incorporating potential capital transactions based on our projected internal capital generation, business forecasts, market conditions and other developments, such as accounting and regulatory changes that may impact capital require- ments. All of the components in the capital plan are monitored throughout the year and are revised as deemed appropriate. Capital impacts of severe but plausible scenarios Enterprise-wide Stress Testing Capital impacts of severe but plausible scenarios ICAAP Total capital requirements Capital available and target capital ratios Capital Plan and Business Operating Plan Our Enterprise-wide stress testing and ICAAP provide key inputs for capital planning, including setting the appropriate internal capital ratio targets. The stress scenarios are evaluated across the organization, and results are integrated to develop an enterprise-wide view of financial impacts and capital requirements, which in turn facilitate the planning of mitigating actions to absorb exceptional adverse events. ICAAP is an OSFI mandated annual process to assess capital adequacy and requirements to cover all material risks, with a cushion to cover severe but plausible contingencies. In accordance with the OSFI guideline, the major components of our ICAAP process include comprehensive risk assessment, stress testing, capital assessment and planning (both economic and regulatory capital), board and senior management oversight, monitoring and reporting and internal control review. Our internal capital targets are established to maintain robust capital positions in excess of OSFI’s Basel III “all-in” regulatory targets, which include minimum capital requirements plus a capital conservation buffer that can absorb losses during periods of stress. The “all-in” method- ology includes all regulatory adjustments that will be required by 2019, while retaining the phase-out rules for non-qualifying capital instruments, as per OSFI’s Basel III Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline. The stress test results of our Enterprise-wide stress testing and ICAAP are incorporated into the OSFI capital conservation buffer, with a view to ensuring the bank has adequate capital to underpin risks and absorb losses under all plausible stress scenarios given our risk profile and appetite. In addition, we include a discretionary cushion on top of the OSFI regulatory targets to maintain capital strength for forthcoming regulatory and accounting changes, peer comparatives, rating agencies sensitivities and solo capital level. The Board of Directors is responsible for ultimate oversight of capital management, including the annual review and approval of the Capital Plan. ALCO and GE share responsibility for capital management and receive regular reports detailing our compliance with established limits and guidelines. The Risk Committee annually approves the Capital Management Framework. The Audit and Risk Committees jointly approve the ICAAP process. The Audit Committee is also responsible for the ongoing review of internal controls over capital management. Basel III Our regulatory capital requirements are determined on a Basel III “all-in” basis as per OSFI guidelines. The top corporate entity to which Basel III applies at the consolidated level is Royal Bank of Canada. Under Basel III, banks select from among alternative approaches to calculate their minimum regulatory capital required to underpin credit, market and operational risks. We adopted the Basel III IRB approach to calculate credit risk capital for consolidated regulatory reporting purposes. While the majority of our credit risk exposures are reported under the Basel III IRB approach for regulatory capital purposes, certain portfolios considered non-material from a consolidated perspective continue to use the Basel III Standardized approach for credit risk (for example, our Caribbean banking operations). For consolidated regulatory reporting of operational risk capital, we continue to use the Standardized approach. For consolidated regulatory reporting of market risk capital, we use both Internal Models-based and Standardized approaches. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 85 In December 2010, the BCBS issued “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, which outlines the capital and liquidity requirements for global banks, with the objective of promoting financial stability and is intended to ensure sustainable economic growth. The BCBS sets out the Basel III transitional requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total capital ratios at 4%, 5.5% and 8%, respectively for 2014, which will be fully phased-in to 7%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively (including minimums plus capital conservation buffer of 2.5%) by January 1, 2019. The BCBS also released the NVCC requirements in January 2011 with an effort to ensure the loss absorbency of regulatory capital instruments at the point of non-viability. In August 2011, OSFI issued an advisory outlining the NVCC principles and requirements, including a full and permanent conversion of non-common capital instruments into common shares upon a trigger event, effective the first quarter of 2013. OSFI expects Canadian banks to currently meet the “all-in” targets (minimum ratios plus the capital conservation buffer – January 1, 2019 BCBS requirements) for CET1 ratio, and Tier 1 and Total capital. Effective January 1, 2014, the CVA capital charge is phased in over a five-year period beginning 2014 and ending December 31st, 2018 to ensure an implementation similar to that in other countries. In accordance with the guidance, there are two possible options to phase in the CVA capital charge. Under the option selected by RBC, option 1, CVA increased RWA for purposes of calculating CET1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios, and was phased-in using 57%, 65% and 77% phase-in multiples respectively for 2014. The multiples will vary by year, reaching 100% by the end of 2018. The 2015 CET1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios phase-in multiples will be 64%, 71% and 77%, respectively. In January 2014, the BCBS released its final paper on “Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirement”, which requires banks to disclose the leverage ratio and its components, effective the first fiscal quarter of 2015. The leverage ratio is defined as the capital measure divided by the exposure measure. The capital measure is currently defined as Tier 1 capital and the exposure measure is the sum of (a) on- balance sheet exposures; (b) derivative exposures; (c) securities financing transaction (SFT) exposures and (d) off-balance sheet items. The minimum leverage ratio is 3%. On October 30, 2014, OSFI issued its final “Leverage Requirements (LR) Guideline”, which replaces the existing OSFI assets-to-capital multiple (ACM) with the Basel leverage ratio beginning in Q1 2015. OSFI released the list of six Canadian banks, including RBC, which are designated as D-SIBs in March 2013, for which an additional 1% risk weighted capital surcharge will be required commencing January 1, 2016. In July 2013, BCBS published a revised document on “Global systemically important banks (G-SIB): updated assessment methodology and the higher loss absorbency requirement”. BCBS requires all banks with a Basel III leverage ratio total exposure exceeding EUR 200 billion as well as those designated as G-SIBs in the previous year to publish the twelve indicators used in the assessment methodology, with the goal of enhancing the transparency of the relative scale of banks’ potential global systemic importance and data quality. Per OSFI advisory “Global systemically important banks – Public disclosure requirements” issued in March 2014, Canadian banks, including RBC, that meet the BCBS size threshold and are not designated as G-SIBs in the previous year will be required to disclose in the report to shareholders the twelve indicators only (not the full template) for financial year ends 2013 and 2014, no later than the first quarter of 2015. For subsequent year ends, disclosure should be made as part of a bank’s annual report to shareholders. The following table provides a summary of OSFI regulatory target ratios under Basel III. Basel III – OSFI regulatory target Basel III Capital Ratios OSFI regulatory target requirements for large banks under Basel III Minimum including Capital Conservation Buffer and D-SIBs surcharge (1) Minimum including Capital Conservation Buffer Capital Conservation Buffer D-SIBs Surcharge (1) Minimum RBC capital ratios as at October 31, 2014 Table 66 Meet or exceed OSFI regulatory target ratios Common Equity Tier 1 (%) Tier 1 capital (%) Total capital (%) > 4.5% > 6.0% > 8.0% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% > 7.0% > 8.5% > 10.5% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% > 8.0% > 9.5% > 11.5% 9.9% 11.4% 13.4% ✓ ✓ ✓ (1) The D-SIBs surcharge will be applicable to risk weighted capital commencing January 1, 2016. The following table provides details on our regulatory capital, RWA and capital ratios. Our capital position remained strong during the year and our capital ratios remain well above OSFI regulatory targets. 86 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Regulatory capital, RWA and capital ratios Regulatory capital, risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital ratios Table 67 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and multiple amounts) Capital (1) CET1 capital Tier 1 capital Total capital RWA used in calculation of capital ratios (1), (2) CET1 capital RWA Tier 1 capital RWA Total capital RWA Total capital RWA consisting of: (1) Credit risk Market risk Operational risk Total capital risk-weighted assets Capital ratios and multiples (1), (3) CET1 ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Assets-to-capital multiple (4) Gross-adjusted assets (GAA) (billions) (4) As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 36,406 42,202 50,020 $ 30,541 37,196 44,716 368,594 369,976 372,050 $ 318,981 318,981 318,981 286,327 38,460 47,263 $ 232,641 42,184 44,156 372,050 $ 318,981 9.9% 11.4% 13.4% 17.0X 885.0 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X 807.0 $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) (3) (4) Capital, RWA and capital ratios and multiples are calculated using OSFI CAR based on the Basel III framework. Effective Q3, 2014 different scalars were applied to the CVA included in the risk weighted asset calculation applicable to each of the three tiers of capital. In Q3 and Q4, 2014, the CVA scalars 57%, 65% and 77% were applied to CET 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital respectively. The CVA scalars will change to 64%, 71% and 77% in fiscal 2015. To enhance comparability among other global financial institutions, the following are our transitional capital ratios. The transitional CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios as at October 31, 2014 were 11.8%, 11.8% and 13.8% respectively. Transitional is defined as capital calculated according to the current year’s phase-in of regulatory adjustments and phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments. Assets-to-capital multiple and GAA are also calculated on a transitional basis. Basel III regulatory capital and capital ratios Under Basel III, regulatory capital consists of CET1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 capital comprises the highest quality of capital. Regulatory adjustments under Basel III include full deductions of certain items and additional capital components that are subject to threshold deductions. Tier 1 capital comprises predominantly CET1 and Additional Tier 1 items including non-cumulative preferred shares. Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debentures that meet certain criteria, certain loan loss allowances and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries’ Tier 2 instruments. Total capital is defined as the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Preferred shares and subordinated debentures issued after January 1, 2013 require NVCC features to be included into regulatory capital. For further details on NVCC, refer to the Legal and regulatory environment risk section. Regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital by their respective RWA. OSFI requires Canadian banks to maintain an ACM (which is calculated by dividing Gross-Adjusted Assets (GAA) by Total capital calculated on a Basel III transitional basis) at or below a maximum level prescribed by OSFI. All items that are deducted from capital are excluded from total assets. As required by OSFI, we will transition to the Basel III leverage ratio which replaces the existing ACM commencing in the first quarter of 2015. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 87 The following chart provides a summary of the major components of CET1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Total Capital Tier 1 Capital Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) + Additional Tier 1 Capital + Tier 2 Capital Common shares Retained earnings Other components of equity Preferred shares Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries Tier 1 instruments Subordinated debentures Certain loan loss allowances Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries Tier 2 instruments s n o i t c u d e D d l o h s e r h T ) 1 ( s n o i t c u d e D Goodwill and other intangibles Deferred tax assets on loss carryforwards Defined benefit pension funds assets Non-significant investments in CET1 instruments of Financial Institutions(2) Significant investments in insurance subsidiaries and CET1 instruments in other Financial Institutions Mortgage servicing rights Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences Higher quality capital Non-significant investments in Tier 1 instruments of Financial Institutions(2) Significant investments in other Financial Institutions and insurance subsidiaries Tier 1 instruments Non-significant investments in Tier 2 instruments of Financial Institutions(2) Significant investments in other Financial Institutions and insurance subsidiaries Tier 2 instruments Lower quality capital (1) (2) First level: The amount by which each of the items exceeds a 10% threshold of CET1 capital (after all deductions but before threshold deductions) will be deducted from CET1 capital. Second level: The aggregate amount of the three items not deducted from the first level above and in excess of 15% of CET1 capital after regulatory adjustments will be deducted from capital, and the remaining balance not deducted will be risk-weighted at 250%. Non-significant investments are subject to certain CAR criteria that drive the amount eligible for deduction. Regulatory Capital (Millions of Canadian dollars) CET1 capital: instruments and reserves and regulatory adjustments Directly issued qualifying common share capital (and equivalent for non- joint stock companies) plus related stock surplus Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) Directly issued capital subject to phase out from CET1 (only applicable to non-joint stock companies) Common share capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group CET1) Regulatory adjustments applied to CET1 under Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) Additional Tier 1 capital: instruments and regulatory adjustments Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus related stock surplus Directly issued capital instruments to phase out from Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group AT1) Regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 under Basel III Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions and regulatory adjustments Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Tier 2 Tier 2 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group Tier 2) Collective allowance Other Regulatory adjustments applied to Tier 2 under Basel III Tier 2 capital (T2) Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) Table 68 All-in basis 2014 2013 $ 14,684 31,442 2,418 $ 14,607 28,124 1,207 – – 12 (12,150) 11 (13,408) $ 36,406 $ 30,541 1,000 4,794 2 – – 6,652 3 – 5,796 6,655 $ 42,202 $ 37,196 2,010 5,595 31 182 – – – 7,234 24 262 – – $ $ 7,818 $ 7,520 50,020 $ 44,716 88 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2014 vs. 2013 Continuity of CET1 ratio (Basel III) 144 bps 15 bps (53) bps 9.6% (38) bps (30) bps (9) bps 2 bps 9.9% October 31, 2013 (1) Internal capital generation (2) Threshold deductions RWA increase Risk parameters update CVA phase-in Amendments to IAS 19R Employee Benefits Other October 31, 2014 (1) (1) (2) Represents round figures. Internal capital generation of $4.6 billion represents Net income available to shareholders less common and preferred shares dividends. Our CET 1 ratio was 9.9% as at October 31, 2014, up 30 bps from October 31, 2013, mainly due to internal capital generation and lower threshold deductions. These factors were partially offset by higher RWA reflecting business growth, an update to our risk parameters and CVA capital charge implementation. The impact from the adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits and net impact of foreign exchange translation also decreased our CET1 ratio. Our Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.4% was down 30 bps, mainly due to the net redemption of Additional Tier 1 instruments, higher RWA reflecting business growth, an update to our risk parameters and CVA capital charge implementation, along with the impact from the adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits and net impact of foreign exchange translation. These factors were partially offset by internal capital generation, lower threshold deductions, and a decrease in the phase-out of non-qualifying capital. Our Total capital ratio of 13.4% was down 60 bps, driven by the factors noted above in respect of our Tier 1 ratio, partially offset by net issuance of subordinated debentures. As at October 31, 2014, our ACM (on a transitional basis) was 17.0X as compared to ACM as at October 31, 2013 of 16.6X. The increase was mainly due to higher GAA due to business growth, net redemption of Additional Tier 1 instruments, phase-in of capital deductions, the impact from the adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits and the impact of foreign exchange translation. These factors were partially offset by internal capital generation, a decrease in the phase-out of non-qualifying capital, and net issuance of subordinated debentures. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 89 Basel III RWA OSFI requires banks to meet minimum risk-based capital requirements for exposures to credit risk, operational risk, and, where they have significant trading activity, market risk. RWA is calculated for each of these risk types and added together to determine total RWA. In addition, OSFI requires the minimum risk-based capital to be no less than 90% of the capital requirements as calculated under the Basel I standards. If the capital requirement is less than 90%, a transitional adjustment to RWA must be applied as prescribed by OSFI CAR guidelines. Total capital risk-weighted assets As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Exposure (1) Average of risk weights (2) 2014 Risk-weighted assets Table 69 2013 Standardized approach Advanced approach Other Total Total Credit risk Lending-related and other Residential mortgages Other retail Business Sovereign Bank Total lending-related and other Trading-related Repo-style transactions Derivatives – including CVA – CET1 phase-in adjustment $ $ $ 191,905 229,594 231,982 58,453 81,477 793,411 6% $ 21% 55% 13% 9% 1,048 $ 4,775 17,594 2,538 2,543 9,525 $ 44,201 109,354 5,145 4,536 – $ 10,573 48,976 – 126,948 – 7,683 – 7,079 – $ 8,490 48,418 101,780 3,910 5,409 25% $ 28,498 $ 172,761 $ – $ 201,259 $ 168,007 284,715 2% $ 24 $ 4,864 $ 24 $ 4,912 $ 2,662 73,296 37% 1,447 15,116 10,312 26,875 16,489 Total trading-related $ 358,011 9% $ 1,471 $ 19,980 $ 10,336 $ 31,787 $ 19,151 Total lending-related and other and $ 1,151,422 2,035 39,936 n.a. 43,764 $ 1,237,157 trading-related Bank book equities Securitization exposures Regulatory scaling factor Other assets Total credit risk Market risk Interest rate Equity Foreign exchange Commodities Specific risk Incremental risk charge Total market risk Operational risk CET1 capital risk-weighted assets (3) Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets (3) Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Total capital Total capital risk-weighted assets (3) $ 1,237,157 20% $ 100% 15% n.a. 69% 29,969 $ 192,741 $ 10,336 $ 233,046 2,025 5,830 11,938 30,032 2,025 5,488 11,938 n.a. – – – 30,032 – 342 n.a. n.a. $ 187,158 1,712 6,789 9,813 27,169 23% $ 30,311 $ 212,192 $ 40,368 $ 282,871 $ 232,641 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,211 $ 178 1,224 2,025 11,640 – 4,115 $ 1,443 50 5 3,340 12,229 – $ – – – – – 6,326 1,621 1,274 2,030 14,980 12,229 $ 3,361 3,330 1,661 990 21,948 10,894 17,278 $ 21,182 $ – $ 38,460 $ 42,184 47,263 94,852 n.a. n.a. $ 47,263 $ 44,156 233,374 40,368 $ 368,594 $ 318,981 – – 1,382 1,382 – 94,852 233,374 41,750 $ 369,976 $ 318,981 – – 2,074 2,074 – 94,852 $ 233,374 $ 43,824 $ 372,050 $ 318,981 (1) (2) (3) Total exposure represents exposure at default which is the expected gross exposure upon the default of an obligor. This amount is before any allowance against impaired loans or partial write-offs and does not reflect the impact of credit risk mitigation and collateral held. Represents the average of counterparty risk weights within a particular category. Effective Q3, 2014 different scalars were applied to the CVA included in the risk weighted asset calculation applicable to each of the three tiers of capital. In Q3 and Q4, 2014, the CVA scalars 57%, 65% and 77% were applied to CET 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital respectively. The CVA scalars will change to 64%, 71% and 77% in fiscal 2015. 2014 vs. 2013 During the year, CET1 RWA was up $50 billion, mainly reflecting business growth, an update to our retail and corporate and business lending risk parameters, the CVA capital charge implementation, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. 90 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Selected capital management activity The following table provides our selected capital management activity for the year ended October 31, 2014. Selected capital management activity (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of shares) Tier 1 capital Common shares issued Stock options exercised (1) Purchased for cancellation Issuance of preferred shares Series AK (2) Issuance of preferred shares Series AZ (2), (3), (4) Issuance of preferred shares Series BB (2), (3), (4) Redemption of preferred shares Series AN Redemption of preferred shares Series AP Redemption of preferred shares Series AR Redemption of preferred shares Series AT Redemption of preferred shares Series AV Redemption of TruCS 2013 (2) Tier 2 capital Issuance of July 17, 2024 subordinated debentures (2), (4) Issuance of September 29, 2026 subordinated debentures (2), (4) Redemption of June 18, 2103 subordinated debentures (2) Redemption of November 4, 2018 subordinated debentures (2) Table 70 2014 Issuance or redemption date Number of shares (000s) Amount February 24, 2014 January 30, 2014 June 3, 2014 February 24, 2014 February 24, 2014 February 24, 2014 August 24, 2014 August 24, 2014 December 31, 2013 July 17, 2014 September 29, 2014 June 18, 2014 November 4, 2013 2,723 $ (1,546) 2,421 20,000 20,000 (9,000) (11,000) (14,000) (11,000) (16,000) 150 (16) 61 500 500 (225) (275) (350) (275) (400) (900) 1,000 1,000 (600) (1,000) (1) (2) (3) (4) Amounts include cash received for stock options exercised during the period and the fair value adjustments to stock options. For further details, refer to Notes 19, 20 and 21 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on gross amount. NVCC capital instruments. Dividends Our common share dividend policy reflects our earnings outlook, payout ratio objective and the need to maintain adequate levels of capital to fund business opportunities. In 2014, our dividend payout ratio was 47%, which met our dividend payout ratio target of 40% to 50%. Common share dividends paid during the year were $4.1 billion. Selected share data (1) Table 71 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of shares) Common shares outstanding First preferred shares outstanding Non-cumulative Series W (2) Non-cumulative Series AA Non-cumulative Series AB Non-cumulative Series AC Non-cumulative Series AD Non-cumulative Series AE Non-cumulative Series AF Non-cumulative Series AG Non-cumulative Series AH Non-cumulative Series AJ (3) Non-cumulative Series AK (3) Non-cumulative Series AL (3) Non-cumulative Series AN (3) Non-cumulative Series AP (3) Non-cumulative Series AR (3) Non-cumulative Series AT (3) Non-cumulative Series AV (3) Non-cumulative Series AX (3) Non-cumulative Series AZ (3), (4) Non-cumulative Series BB (3), (4) Treasury shares – preferred Treasury shares – common Stock options Outstanding Exercisable Dividends Common Preferred Number of shares (000s) 2014 Amount Dividends declared per share 2.84 Number of shares (000s) 2013 Amount Dividends declared per share 2.53 Number of shares (000s) 2012 Amount 1,442,233 $14,511 $ 1,441,056 $ 14,377 $ 1,445,303 $ 14,323 $ Dividends declared per share 2.28 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 – 13,579 2,421 12,000 – – – – – 13,000 20,000 20,000 1 892 8,579 4,987 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 – 0.97 0.53 1.15 0.39 0.39 0.39 1.17 1.17 1.53 0.50 0.46 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 – 339 61 300 – – – – – 325 500 500 – 71 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 – 16,000 – 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 – – 47 666 10,604 5,711 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 0.86 1.25 – 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 – – 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 – 400 – 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 – – 1 41 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 8,500 16,000 – 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 – – 42 543 12,304 6,544 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 1.41 1.25 – 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 – – 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 213 400 – 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 – – 1 30 4,097 213 3,651 253 3,291 258 (1) (2) (3) (4) For further details about our capital management activity, refer to Note 21 of our Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Effective February 24, 2010, we have the right to convert into common shares at our option, subject to certain restrictions. Dividend rate will reset every five years. NVCC capital instruments. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 91 On October 27, 2014, we announced that the TSX approved our normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to purchase up to 12 million of our common shares, commencing on November 1, 2014 and which may continue until October 31, 2015. Purchases may be made through the TSX, the NYSE and other designated exchanges and published markets in both Canada and the U.S. The price paid for any repurchased shares will be the prevailing market price at the time of acquisition. We determine the amount and timing of the purchase under the NCIB, subject to prior consultation with OSFI. As at December 2, 2014, we have not purchased any shares under the 2015 NCIB. Our previous NCIB commenced on November 1, 2013 and expired on October 31, 2014. Over the term of the previous bid, we purchased 1.5 million of our common shares. The total cost of the shares repurchased was $113 million, comprised of a book value of $16 million, with an additional $97 million premium paid on repurchase. On November 14, 2014, all $200 million outstanding 10% subordinated debentures matured. The maturity proceeds plus accrued interest were paid to the noteholders on the maturity date. On November 24, 2014, we redeemed all outstanding Non-cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares Series AX. The redemption was financed out of general corporate funds. As at November 28, 2014, the number of outstanding common shares and stock options was 1,442,238,852 and 8,573,404, respectively. As at November 28, 2014, the number of Treasury shares – preferred and Treasury shares – common was (67,007) and (442,349), respectively. NVCC provisions require the conversion of our capital instruments into a variable number of common shares in the event that OSFI deems the Bank to be non-viable or a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection. If a NVCC trigger event were to occur, our NVCC capital instruments preferred shares Series AZ, preferred shares Series BB, subordinated debentures due on July 17, 2024 and subordinated debentures due on September 29, 2026 would be converted into RBC common shares pursuant to an automatic conversion formula with a conversion price based on the greater of: (i) a floor price of $5.00, and (ii) the current market price of our common shares at the time of the trigger event (10-day weighted average). Based on a floor price of $5.00 and including an estimate for accrued dividends and interest, these NVCC capital instruments would convert into a maximum of 812 million RBC common shares, on aggregate, which would represent a dilution impact of 36.01% based on the number of RBC common shares outstanding as at October 31, 2014. Attributed capital Our methodology for allocating capital to our business segments is based on the higher of fully diversified economic capital and the Basel III regulatory capital requirements. Risk-based capital attribution provides a uniform base for performance measurement among business segments, which compares to our overall corporate return objective and facilitates management decisions in resource allocation in conjunction with other factors. Attributed capital is calculated and attributed on a wider array of risks compared to Basel III regulatory capital requirements, which are calibrated predominantly to target credit, market (trading) and operational risk measures. Economic capital is our internal quantification of risks associated with business activities which is the capital required to remain solvent under extreme market conditions, reflecting our objective to maintain strong credit ratings. Economic capital is calculated based on credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational, business and fixed asset, and insurance risks, along with capital attribution for goodwill and other intangibles. The common risks between the two frameworks are aligned to reflect increased regulatory requirements. • Business risk is the risk of loss or harm due to variances in volumes, prices and costs caused by competitive forces, regulatory changes, reputation and strategic risks. Fixed asset risk is defined as the risk that the value of fixed assets will be less than their book value at a future date. • For further discussion on Credit, Market, Operational and Insurance risks, refer to the Risk management section. Attributed capital is also used to assess the adequacy of our capital base. Our policy is to maintain a level of available capital, defined as common equity and other capital instruments with equity-like loss absorption features such as preferred shares that exceed Economic capital with a comfortable cushion. The calculation and attribution of capital involves a number of assumptions and judgments by management which are monitored to ensure that the economic capital framework remains comprehensive and consistent. The models are benchmarked to leading industry practices via participation in surveys, reviews of methodologies and ongoing interaction with external risk management industry professionals. The following outlines our attributed capital. Attributed capital (Millions of Canadian dollars) Credit risk Market risk (trading and non-trading) Operational risk Business and fixed asset risk Insurance risk Goodwill and other intangibles Regulatory capital allocation Attributed capital Under attribution of capital (1) Average common equity Table 72 2014 2013 $ 13,800 3,900 4,300 2,750 500 11,350 4,150 $ 40,750 4,950 $ 11,800 3,300 4,050 2,650 500 10,750 3,400 $ 36,450 4,150 $ 45,700 $ 40,600 (1) Comparative amount has been restated to reflect the adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 Employee benefits. 92 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2014 vs. 2013 Attributed capital increased $4.3 billion largely due to an increase in Credit risk reflecting business growth, an update to our risk parameters, and the impact of foreign exchange translation. Market risk increased mainly due to an increase in non-trading interest rate risk and the introduction of structural foreign exchange risks in the first quarter of 2014. Operational and business risks increased due to higher gross revenue. Goodwill and other intangibles risk increased mainly as a result of the impact of foreign exchange translation. We remain well capitalized with current levels of available capital exceeding the attributed capital required to underpin all of our material risks. For further details on the additional capital, refer to table 66 which provides a summary of OSFI regulatory target ratios. Attributed capital in the context of our business activities In carrying out our business activities, we are exposed to a range of risks. The following chart provides a high level view of risks within our business segments, which includes credit, market and operational risks. We have used attributed capital to illustrate the relative size of the risks in each of our businesses. The attributed capital distribution reflects the diversified nature of our business activities. RWA represents our exposure to credit, market and operational risk for regulatory capital requirement. Within Personal & Commercial Banking, credit risk is the most significant risk, largely related to our personal financial services, business financial services and cards businesses. The primary risks within Wealth Management, which provides services to institutional and individual clients, are operational risk and credit risk. Risks within our Insurance operations are primarily related to insurance risk in our life, health, home and auto businesses followed by market risk and operational risk. The largest risk within Investor & Treasury Services is credit risk, followed by market risk and operational risk. The most significant risk within Capital Markets is credit risk, followed by market risk. For additional information on the risks highlighted below, refer to the Risk management section. Attributed capital (1) Credit Market (2) Operational Goodwill and other intangibles Other (3) 25 27 30% 9 9 RWA (C$ millions) (4) Credit Market Operational $282,871 38,460 47,263 Royal Bank of Canada Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Attributed capital (1) Credit Market (2) Operational Goodwill and other intangibles Other (5) 31 11 44% 3 11 Attributed capital (1) Credit Market (2) Operational Goodwill and other intangibles Other (5) 71 7 6% 2 14 Attributed capital (1) Credit Market (2) Operational Goodwill and other intangibles Other (5) 9 44 13% 21 13 Attributed capital (1) Credit Market (2) Operational Goodwill and other intangibles Other (5) 25 14 27% 21 13 Attributed capital (1) Credit Market (2) Operational Goodwill and other intangibles Other (5) 7 26 41% 18 8 RWA (C$ millions) (4) Credit Market Operational $118,901 119 20,719 RWA (C$ millions) (4) Credit Market Operational $13,512 869 8,658 RWA (C$ millions) (6) Credit Market Operational $7,286 14 1 RWA (C$ millions) (4) Credit Market Operational $12,083 7,667 3,507 RWA (C$ millions) (4) Credit Market Operational $124,850 29,522 13,542 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Attributed capital: An estimate of the amount of equity capital required to underpin risks. It is calculated by estimating the level of capital that is necessary to support our various business, given their risks, consistent with our desired solvency standard and credit ratings. Market risk attributed capital: An estimate of the amount of equity capital required to underpin trading market risk and interest rate risk. Other – RBC: Includes (a) an estimate of the amount of equity capital required to underpin risks associated with business, fixed assets and insurance risks; (b) a regulatory capital adjustment since attributed capital is determined at the higher of regulatory or economic capital; and (c) unattributed capital reported representing common equity in excess of common equity attributed to our business segments which is reported in the Corporate Support segment only. RWA amount above represents RWA for CET1. Other – Business segments: Includes (a) An estimate of the amount of equity capital required to underpin risks associated with business, fixed assets and insurance risks; and (b) a regulatory capital adjustment since attributed capital is determined at the business segment level as the greater of regulatory or economic capital. Insurance RWA amount above represents our investments in the insurance subsidiaries capitalized at the regulatory prescribed rate as required under Basel CAR filing. Subsidiary capital Our capital management framework includes the management of our subsidiaries capital. We invest capital across the enterprise to meet local regulators’ capital adequacy requirements and maximize returns to our shareholders. We invest in our subsidiaries as appropriate during the year. We set guidelines for defining capital investments in our subsidiaries and manage the relationship between capital invested in subsidiaries and our consolidated capital base to ensure that we can access capital recognized in our consolidated regulatory capital measurements. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 93 Each of our subsidiaries has responsibility for maintaining its compliance with local regulatory capital adequacy requirements, which may include restrictions on the transfer of assets in the form of cash, dividends, loans or advances. Concurrently, Corporate Treasury provides centralized oversight and consolidated capital management across all subsidiary entities. Other considerations affecting capital Capital treatment for equity investments in other entities is determined by a combination of accounting and regulatory guidelines based on the size or nature of the investment. Three broad approaches apply as follows: • • Consolidation: entities which we control are consolidated on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deduction: certain holdings are deducted in full from our regulatory capital. These include all unconsolidated “substantial investments,” as defined by the Bank Act (Canada) in the capital of financial institutions, as well as all investments in insurance subsidiaries. Risk weighting: unconsolidated equity investments that are not deducted from capital are risk weighted at a prescribed rate for determi- nation of capital charges. • Regulatory capital approach for securitization exposures For our securitization exposures, we use an internal assessment approach (IAA) for exposures related to our ABCP business, and for other securitization exposures we use a combination of approaches including a ratings-based approach and the standardized approach. While our IAA rating methodologies are based in large part on criteria that are published by External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAIs) such as S&P and therefore are similar to the methodologies used by these institutions, they are not identical. Our ratings process includes a comparison of the available credit enhancement in a securitization structure to a stressed level of projected losses. The stress level used is determined by the desired risk profile of the transaction. As a result, we stress the cash flows of a given transaction at a higher level in order to achieve a higher rating. Conversely, transactions that only pass lower stress levels achieve lower ratings. Most of the other securitization exposures (non-ABCP) carry external ratings and we use the lower of our own rating or the lowest external rating for determining the proper capital allocation for these positions. We periodically compare our own ratings to ECAIs ratings to ensure that the ratings provided by ECAIs are reasonable. GRM has responsibility for providing risk assessments for capital purposes in respect of all our banking book exposures. GRM is independent of the business originating the securitization exposures and performs its own analysis, sometimes in conjunction with but always independent of the applicable business. GRM has developed asset class specific criteria guidelines which provide the rating methodologies for each asset class. The guidelines are reviewed periodically and are subject to the ratings replication process mandated by Pillar I of the Basel rules. Additional financial information Exposures to selected financial instruments Exposure to U.S. subprime and Alt-A through RMBS, CDOs and mortgages Table 73 2014 CDOs that may contain subprime or Alt-A Subprime RMBS As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Fair value of securities Fair value of securities by rating AAA AA A BBB Below BBB- Total Fair value of securities by vintage 2003 (or before) 2004 2005 2006 2007 and later Total Amortized cost of subprime/Alt-A mortgages (whole loans) Total subprime and Alt-A exposures Subprime RMBS Alt-A RMBS $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 157 $ 188 $ 1 $ 19 66 25 46 – $ 4 3 – 181 157 $ 188 $ – $ 23 $ 4 58 73 22 19 67 68 11 157 $ 188 $ 10 $ 41 $ 167 $ 229 $ Total – $ 345 $ $ – – – – – – $ 345 $ $ – – – – – – $ 345 $ – $ 51 $ – $ 396 $ 2013 CDOs that may contain subprime or Alt-A Alt-A RMBS Total 205 $ 221 $ 15 $ 441 8 $ 8 $ 36 16 51 94 19 25 11 158 – – – – 15 205 $ 221 $ 15 $ 441 1 $ 25 $ 4 94 38 68 43 63 64 26 – – 15 – – 205 $ 221 $ 15 $ 441 7 $ 26 $ – $ 33 212 $ 247 $ 15 $ 474 Sensitivities of fair value of securities to changes in assumptions: 100bps increase in credit spread 100bps increase in interest rates 20% increase in default rates 25% decrease in prepayment rates $ (4) $ (1) (2) (2) (8) (18) (2) 6 Certain activities and transactions we enter into expose us to the risk of default of U.S. subprime and Alt-A residential mortgages. Our exposures to U.S. subprime and Alt-A residential mortgages of $396 million represented less than 0.1% of our total assets as at October 31, 2014, compared to $474 million or 0.1% last year. The decrease of $78 million was primarily due to the sale of securities. 94 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2014 vs. 2013 Our total holdings of RMBS noted in the table above may be exposed to U.S. subprime risk. As at October 31, 2014, our U.S. subprime RMBS exposure of $157 million decreased $48 million or 23% from last year, primarily due to the sale of certain securities. Of this exposure, $86 million or 55% of our related holdings were rated A and above, an increase of $26 million from last year due to the purchase of certain securities. As at October 31, 2014, U.S. subprime RMBS holdings rated AAA comprised 1% of our total U.S. subprime RMBS holdings compared with 4% last year, primarily due to the sale of certain securities. As at October 31, 2014, our exposure to U.S. subprime loans of $10 million increased $3 million, largely reflecting the purchase of certain securities. Of our total portfolio of RMBS, holdings with a fair value of $188 million may be exposed to U.S. Alt-A risk. U.S. Alt-A exposures, decreased $33 million from last year, with approximately 42% issued during 2006 and onwards, which compares to 41% last year. As at October 31, 2014, our exposure to U.S. Alt-A loans of $41 million increased $15 million from last year due to the purchase of certain securities. Of our total portfolio of CDOs, we have no holdings that are exposed to U.S. subprime or Alt-A risk. As at October 31, 2014, the fair value of our corporate CDOs, which were predominantly comprised of $812 million of corporate collateralized loan obligations, decreased $600 million from last year mainly due to the redemption of certain securities. Off-balance sheet arrangements For details on our off-balance sheet arrangements including multi-seller conduits, structured investment vehicles and other variable interest entities as at October 31, 2014, refer to the Off-balance sheet arrangements section. Leveraged finance Leveraged lending involves the provision of debt financing to borrowers where proceeds are generally used to finance equity buyouts, mergers and acquisitions, business recapitalizations, and include bridge facilities that meet certain leverage criteria. We revised our definition during the year as we previously defined leveraged finance as primarily being related with a financial sponsor-related entity. This definition is subject to refinement moving forward. As at October 31, 2014, our total commitments, including funded and unfunded amounts, were $16.4 billion. Commercial mortgage-backed securities The fair value of our total direct holdings of commercial mortgage-backed securities was $115 million as at October 31, 2014. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value Our financial instruments carried at fair value are classified as Level 1, 2, or 3, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy set out in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. For further details on the fair value of our financial instruments and transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy, refer to Note 3 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table presents the total fair value of each major class of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value and the percentage of the fair value of each class categorized as Level 1, 2, or 3 as at October 31, 2014. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value Table 74 As at October 31, 2014 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Fair value (1) Level 1 (1) Level 2 (1) Level 3 (1) Total Financial assets Securities at FVTPL Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans – Wholesale Derivatives Financial liabilities Deposits Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives $ 151,380 45,995 43% 17 56% 74 1% 100% 9 100 85,292 3,615 144,470 0 0 2 100 87 97 0 13 1 100 100 100 $ 79,439 0% 99% 1% 100% 50,345 65 35 58,411 145,964 0 2 100 97 0 0 1 100 100 100 (1) The derivative assets and liabilities presented in the table above do not reflect the impact of netting. Accounting and control matters Critical accounting policies and estimates Application of critical accounting policies and estimates Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies, as well as estimates made by management in applying such policies, are recognized as critical because they require us to make particularly subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that significantly different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Our critical accounting policies and estimates relate to the fair value of financial instruments, allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, employee benefits, consolidation, derecognition of financial assets, and income taxes. Our critical accounting policies and estimates have been reviewed and approved by our Audit Committee, in consultation with management, as part of their review and approval of our significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 95 Fair value of financial instruments The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We determine fair value by incorporating all factors that market participants would consider in setting a price, including commonly accepted valuation approaches. The Board of Directors provides oversight on valuation of financial instruments, primarily through the Audit Committee and Risk Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the presentation and disclosure of financial instruments that are measured at fair value, while the Risk Committee assesses adequacy of governance structures and control processes for these instruments. We have established policies, procedures and controls for valuation methodologies and techniques to ensure fair value is reasonably estimated. Major valuation processes and controls include, but are not limited to, profit and loss decomposition, independent price verification (IPV) and model validation standards. These control processes are managed by either Finance or Group Risk Management and are independent of the relevant businesses and their trading functions. Profit and loss decomposition is a process to explain the fair value changes of certain positions and is performed daily for trading portfolios. All fair value instruments are subject to IPV, a process whereby trading function valuations are verified against external market prices and other relevant market data. Market data sources include traded prices, brokers and price vendors. Other valuation techniques are used when a price or quote is not available. Some valuation processes use valuation models to determine fair value. We have a systematic and consistent approach to control model use. Valuation models are approved for use within our model risk management framework. The framework addresses, among other things, model development standards, validation processes and procedures, and approval authorities. One significant model control is the validation process. The purpose of model validation is to ensure that a model is suitable for its intended use and to set limitations for its use. All models are re-validated regularly. Other controls include the use of a documented third-party pricing source list. The third-party pricing source list gives priority to those services and prices having the highest and most consistent accuracy. The level of accuracy is determined over time by comparing third-party price values to traders’ or system values, to other pricing service values and, when available, to actual trade data. In determining fair value, a hierarchy is used which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Determination of fair value based on this hierarchy requires the use of observable market data whenever available. Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and model inputs that are either observable, or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs are one or more inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value of the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available at the measurement date. The availability of inputs for valuation may affect the selection of valuation techniques. The classification of a financial instrument in the hierarchy for disclosure purposes is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of fair value. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, management judgment is required to determine fair values by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, proxy information from similar transactions, and through extrapolation and interpolation techniques. For instruments not traded in an active market, fair value is determined using a valuation technique that maximizes the use of observable market inputs to the extent available. For more complex or illiquid instruments, significant judgment is required in the determination of the model used, the selection of model inputs, and in some cases the application of valuation adjustments to the model value or quoted price for inactively traded financial instruments, as the selection of model inputs may be subjective and the inputs may be unobservable. Unobservable inputs are inherently uncertain as there is little or no market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business circumstances. Appropriate parameter uncertainty and market risk valuation adjustments for such inputs and other model risk valuation adjustments are assessed in all such instances. We record valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect counterparty credit quality of our derivative portfolio, differences between the overnight index swap (OIS) curve and London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) for collateralized derivatives, funding valuation adjustments (FVA) for uncollateralized and under-collateralized over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, unrealized gains or losses at inception of the transaction, bid- offer spreads and unobservable parameters. These adjustments may be subjective as they require significant judgment in the input selection, such as probability of default and recovery rate, and are intended to arrive at fair value that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument. The realized price for a transaction may be different from its recorded value that is previously estimated using management judgment, and may therefore impact unrealized gains and losses recognized in Non-interest income – Trading revenue or Other. Valuation adjustments are recorded for the credit risk of our derivative portfolios in order to arrive at their fair values. Credit valuation adjustments (CVA) take into account our counterparties’ creditworthiness, the current and potential future mark-to-market of the transactions, and the effects of credit mitigants such as master netting and collateral agreements. CVA amounts are derived from estimates of exposure at default, probability of default, recovery rates on a counterparty basis, and market and credit factor correlations. Exposure at default is the amounts of expected derivative related assets and liabilities at the time of default, estimated through modeling using underlying risk factors. Probability of default and recovery rate are generally implied from the market prices for credit protection and credit ratings of the counterparty. Correlation is the statistical measure of how credit and market factors may move in relation to one another. Correlation is estimated using historical data and market data where available. CVA is calculated daily and changes are recorded in Non-interest income – Trading revenue. In the determination of fair value of collateralized OTC derivatives using the OIS curve, our valuation approach accounts for the difference between certain OIS rates and LIBOR for derivatives valuation as valuation adjustments. FVA are also calculated to incorporate cost and benefit of funding in the valuation of uncollateralized and under-collateralized OTC derivatives. Future expected cash flows of these derivatives are discounted to reflect the cost and benefit of funding the derivatives by using a funding curve, implied volatilities and correlations as inputs. Where required, a valuation adjustment is made to reflect the unrealized gain or loss at inception of a financial instrument contract where the fair value of that financial instrument is not obtained from a quoted market price or cannot be evidenced by other observable market transactions based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. A bid-offer valuation adjustment is required when a financial instrument is valued at the mid-market price, instead of the bid or offer price for asset or liability positions, respectively. The valuation adjustment takes into account the spread from the mid-market to either the bid or offer price. Some valuation models require parameter calibration from such factors as market observed option prices. The calibration of parameters may be sensitive to factors such as the choice of instruments or optimization methodology. A valuation adjustment is also estimated to mitigate the uncertainties of parameter calibration. 96 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis We classify our financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis into three levels based on the transparency of the inputs used to measure the fair values of the instruments. As at October 31, 2014, Level 2 instruments, whose fair values are based on observable inputs, include $355 billion of financial assets (2013 – $296 billion) and $296 billion of financial liabilities (2013 – $234 billion). These amounts represent 81% of our total financial assets at fair value (2013 – 79%) and 89% of our total financial liabilities at fair value (2013 – 85% respectively. Level 3 instruments, whose valuations include significant unobservable inputs, include $6 billion of financial assets (2013 – $8 billion) and $2 billion of financial liabilities (2013 - $8 billion), representing 1% of our total financial assets at fair value (2013 – 2% and 1% of our total financial liabilities at fair value (2013 – 3%), respectively. At each reporting date or more frequently when conditions warrant, we evaluate our AFS securities to determine whether there is any objective evidence of impairment, such as a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost or when an adverse effect on future cash flows from the security can be reliably estimated. When assessing impairment for debt instruments we primarily considered counterparty ratings and security-specific factors, including collateral, external ratings, subordination and other market factors. For complex debt instruments including U.S. non-agency MBS, ABS and other structured products, we also use cash flow projection models which incorporate actual and projected cash flows for each security using a number of assumptions and inputs that are based on security specific factors. The inputs and assumptions used such as default, prepayment and recovery rates are based on updated market data. For U.S. non-agency MBS, recovery rates are largely dependent upon forecasted property prices which were assessed at the municipal level, provided by a third-party vendor. In addition, we also consider the transaction structure and credit enhancement for the structured securities. If the result indicates that we will not be able to recover the entire principal and interest amount, we do a further review of the security in order to assess whether a loss would ultimately be realized. As equity securities do not have contractual cash flows, they are assessed differently than debt securities. In assessing whether there is any objective evidence that suggests that the security is impaired we consider factors which include the length of time and extent the fair value has been below the cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. We also consider the estimated recoverable value and the period of recovery. We conduct further analysis for securities where the fair value had been below cost for greater than twelve months. If an AFS security is impaired, the cumulative unrealized losses previously recognized in Other components of equity are recognized directly in income under Non-interest income. As at October 31, 2014, our gross unrealized losses on AFS securities were $181 million (2013 – $293 million). Refer to Note 3 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. Allowance for credit losses We maintain allowance for credit losses relating to on-balance sheet exposures, such as loans and acceptances, and off-balance sheet items such as letters of credit, guarantees and unfunded commitments, at levels that management considers appropriate to cover credit related losses incurred as at the balance sheet date. Allowances are determined individually for loans that are individually significant, and collectively for loans that are not individually significant and loans which are significant but for which there is no objective evidence of impairment, using current and historical credit information in both quantitative and qualitative assessments. For further information on allowance for credit losses, refer to Note 5 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Individually assessed loans Loans which are individually significant are assessed individually for objective indicators of impairment. A loan is considered impaired when management determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms or the equivalent value. Credit exposures of individually significant loans are evaluated based on factors including the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, and where applicable, the realizable value of any collateral. If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss, then the amount of the loss is recognized in income and is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan, including accrued interest, and the estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is measured as the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, including cash flows that may result from the realization of collateral less costs of disposal. Collectively assessed loans Loans which are not individually significant, or which are individually assessed and not determined to be impaired, are collectively assessed for impairment. For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, loans are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics, taking into account loan type, industry, geographic location, collateral type, past due status and other relevant factors. The collective impairment allowance is determined by reviewing factors including: (i) historical loss experience, which takes into consideration historical probabilities of default, loss given default and exposure at default, in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics, and (ii) management’s judgment on the level of impairment losses based on historical experience relative to the actual level as reported at the balance sheet date, taking into consideration the current portfolio credit quality trends, business and economic and credit conditions, the impact of policy and process changes, and other supporting factors. Future cash flows for a group of loans are collectively evaluated for impairment on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the loans in the group and historical loss experience for loans with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. Write-off of loans Loans and the related impairment allowance for credit losses are written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, they are generally written off after receipt of any proceeds from the realization of the collateral. In circumstances where the net realizable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write off may be earlier. For credit cards, the balances and related allowance for credit losses are written off when payment is 180 days in arrears. Personal loans are generally written off at 150 days past due. Total allowance for credit losses Based on the procedures discussed above, management believes that the total allowance for credit losses of $2,085 million is adequate to absorb estimated credit losses incurred in the lending portfolio as at October 31, 2014 (2013 – $2,050 million). This amount includes $91 million (2013 – $91 million) classified in Provisions under Other Liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, which relates to off-balance sheet and other items. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 97 Goodwill and other intangible assets We allocate goodwill to groups of cash-generating units (CGU). Goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there are objective indications of impairment. We test for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount. A CGU’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less cost of disposal and its value in use. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying amount of assets, liabilities, and goodwill allocated to the CGU. When the carrying value of a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU proportionally based on the carrying amount of each asset. Any impairment charge is recognized in income in the period it is identified. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited. We estimate the value in use and fair value less costs of disposal of our CGUs primarily using a discounted cash flow method which incorporates each CGU’s internal forecasts of revenues and expenses. Significant management judgment is applied in the determination of expected future cash flows (uncertainty in timing and amount), discount rates (based on CGU-specific risks) and terminal growth rates. CGU-specific risks include country risk, business/operational risk, geographic risk (including political risk, devaluation risk and government regulation), currency risk and price risk (including product pricing risk and inflation). If the forecast earnings and other assumptions in future periods deviate significantly from the current amounts used in our impairment testing, the value of our goodwill could become impaired. Other intangible assets with a finite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: computer software – 3 to 10 years and customer relationships – 10 to 20 years. They are tested for impairment when there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. An impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the intangible asset to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, we estimate the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. If the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is written down to its recoverable amount as an impairment loss. An impairment loss recognized previously is reversed if there is a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) since the last impairment loss recognized. Significant judgment is applied in estimating the useful lives and recoverable amounts of our intangible assets and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment. We do not have any intangible assets with indefinite lives. As at October 31, 2014, we had $8.6 billion of goodwill (2013 – $8.3 billion) and $2.8 billion of other intangible assets (2013 – $2.8 billion). For further details, refer to Notes 2 and 10 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Employee benefits We sponsor a number of benefit programs for eligible employees, including registered pension plans, supplemental pension plans, health, dental, disability and life insurance plans. The calculation of defined benefit expenses and obligations depends on various assumptions such as discount rates, healthcare cost trend rates, projected salary increases, retirement age, and mortality and termination rates. The discount rate assumption is determined using spot rates from a derived Aa corporate bond yield curve for our Canadian pension and other post-employment plans, and spot rates from an Aa corporate bond yield curve for our International pension and other post-employment plans. All other assumptions are determined by management, applying significant judgment, and are reviewed by the actuaries. Actual experience that differs from the actuarial assumptions will affect the amounts of benefit obligations and remeasurements that we recognize. The weighted average assumptions used and the sensitivity of key assumptions are presented in Note 17 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidation Subsidiaries are those entities, including structured entities, over which we have control. We control an entity when we are exposed, or have rights, to variable returns from our involvement with the entity and have the ability to affect those returns through our power over the investee. We have power over an entity when we have existing rights that give us the current ability to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s returns (relevant activities). Power may be determined on the basis of voting rights or, in the case of structured entities, other contractual arrangements. We are not deemed to control an entity when we exercise power over an entity in an agency capacity. In determining whether we are acting as an agent, we consider the overall relationship between us, the investee and other parties to the arrangement with respect to the following factors: (i) the scope of our decision making power; (ii) the rights held by other parties; (iii) the remuneration to which we are entitled; and (iv) our exposure to variability of returns. The determination of control is based on the current facts and circumstances and is continuously assessed. In some circumstances, different factors and conditions may indicate that various parties control an entity depending on whether those factors and conditions are assessed in isolation or in totality. Significant judgment is applied in assessing the relevant factors and conditions in totality when determining whether we control an entity. Specifically, judgment is applied in assessing whether we have substantive decision making rights over the relevant activities and whether we are exercising our power as a principal or an agent. We consolidate all subsidiaries from the date control is transferred to us, and cease consolidation when an entity is no longer controlled by us. Our consolidation conclusions affect the classification and amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries that we consolidate are shown on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a separate component of equity which is distinct from our shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests is separately disclosed in our Consolidated Statements of Income. For further details, refer to Off-balance sheet arrangements and Note 7 to our Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Derecognition of financial assets We periodically enter into transactions in which we transfer financial assets such as loans or packaged mortgage-backed securities (MBS) to structured entities or trusts that issue securities to investors. We derecognized the assets when our contractual rights to the cash flows from the assets have expired, when we retain the rights to receive the cash flows but assume an obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party subject to certain pass-through requirements, or when we transfer our contractual rights to receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risks and rewards of the assets have been transferred. When we retain substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the transferred assets are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are accounted for as secured financing transactions. When we neither retain nor transfer substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the assets, we derecognize the assets if control over the assets is relinquished. If we retain control over the transferred assets, we continue to recognize the transferred assets to the extent of our continuing involvement. Management’s judgment is applied in determining whether we have transferred or retained substantially all risk and rewards of ownership of the transferred financial asset. 98 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The majority of assets transferred under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, and in our Canadian residential mortgage securitization transactions do not qualify for derecognition; as a result, we continue to record the associated transferred assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and no gains or losses are recognized for these securitization activities. Otherwise, a gain or loss is recognized on securitization by comparing the carrying amount of the transferred asset with its fair value at the date of the transfer. As at October 31, 2014, the carrying and fair values of the transferred assets that do not qualify for derecognition were $101 billion and $101 billion, respectively (2013 – $104 billion and $103 billion), and the carrying and fair values of the associated liabilities totalled $101 billion and $102 billion, respectively (2013 – $103 billion and $104 billion). For further information on derecognition of financial assets, refer to Note 6 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Income Taxes We are subject to income tax laws in various jurisdictions where we operate, and the complex tax laws are potentially subject to different interpretations by us and the relevant taxation authority. Management’s judgment is applied in the interpretation of the relevant tax laws and in the estimation of the provision for current and deferred income taxes, including the expected timing and amount of the realization. A deferred tax asset or liability is determined for each temporary difference based on the tax rates that are expected to be in effect in the period that the asset is realized or the liability is settled. Where the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future, no deferred tax amount is recog- nized. On a quarterly basis, we review whether it is probable that the benefits associated with our deferred tax assets will be realized, using both positive and negative evidence. Refer to Note 24 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Changes in accounting policies and disclosure We have adopted several new and amended IFRS standards effective November 1, 2013. These new and amended standards include IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements, IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities, IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements, IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, IAS 19 Employee Benefits, IFRS 7 Disclosure – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, and the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. Refer to Note 2 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for details of these changes. Future changes in accounting policies and disclosure Effective November 1, 2014, we will adopt amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and IFRS Interpretations Committee Interpretation 21 Levies. Refer to Note 2 to our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the new standards. The adoption of these new or amended standards is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Controls and procedures Disclosure controls and procedures Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under Canadian and U.S. securities laws is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified under those laws and include controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of October 31, 2014, management evaluated, under the supervision of and with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined under rules adopted by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of October 31, 2014. Internal control over financial reporting Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. However, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. See Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. No changes were made in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended October 31, 2014, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Related party transactions In the ordinary course of business, we provide normal banking services, operational services, and enter into other transactions with associated and other related corporations, including our joint venture entities, on terms similar to those offered to non-related parties. We grant loans to directors, officers and other employees at rates normally accorded to preferred clients. In addition, we offer deferred share and other plans to non-employee directors, executives and certain other key employees. For further information, refer to Notes 12 and 28 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 99 Supplementary information Net interest income on average assets and liabilities Table 75 Average balances Interest Average rate 2014 2013 2012 (1) 2014 2013 2012 (1) 2014 2013 2012 (1) $ 1,692 $ 540 5,227 7,459 1,355 $ 426 7,370 9,151 1,104 $ 899 3,496 5,499 61 $ 1 14 76 57 $ 4 13 74 30 8 16 54 149,920 43,047 192,967 137,064 37,809 174,873 122,573 36,838 159,411 3,322 671 3,993 3,113 666 3,779 3,027 811 3,838 3.61% 0.19 0.27 1.02% 2.22 1.56 2.07 4.21% 0.94 0.18 0.81% 2.27 1.76 2.16 2.72% 0.89 0.46 0.98% 2.47 2.20 2.41 136,857 123,766 103,042 971 941 937 0.71 0.76 0.91 314,159 54,681 368,840 28,402 25,067 422,309 759,592 301,887 50,248 352,135 22,691 21,129 395,955 703,745 292,899 37,204 330,103 18,802 14,251 363,156 631,108 12,245 2,721 14,966 888 1,125 16,979 22,019 12,077 2,486 14,563 776 1,015 16,354 21,148 11,961 2,180 14,141 702 1,097 15,940 20,769 13,495 10,725 122,688 — — — $ 906,500 $ 852,000 $ 803,000 $ 22,019 $ 21,148 $ 20,769 11,511 9,663 127,081 9,322 8,617 153,953 — — — — — — 415,509 50,459 54,267 520,235 375,864 43,076 48,953 467,893 349,053 39,255 38,113 426,421 5,416 158 299 5,873 5,242 169 283 5,694 5,368 209 471 6,048 3.90 4.98 4.06 3.13 4.49 4.02 2.90 — — — 2.43% 1.30% 0.31 0.55 1.13 4.00 4.95 4.14 3.42 4.80 4.13 3.01 — — — 2.48% 1.39% 0.39 0.58 1.22 4.08 5.86 4.28 3.73 7.70 4.39 3.29 — — — 2.59% 1.54% 0.53 1.24 1.42 50,548 48,979 43,080 1,494 1,579 1,584 2.96 3.22 3.68 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Assets Deposits with other banks (2) Canada U.S. Other International Securities Trading Available-for-sale Asset purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (2), (3) Canada Retail Wholesale U.S. Other International Total interest-earning assets Non-interest-bearing deposits with other banks Customers’ liability under acceptances Other assets (2) Total assets Liabilities and shareholders’ equity Deposits (2), (4) Canada U.S. Other International Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Subordinated debentures Other interest-bearing liabilities Total interest-bearing liabilities Non-interest-bearing deposits Acceptances Other liabilities (2) Total liabilities 68,594 6,632 251 646,260 72,867 10,725 124,643 327 360 11 8,330 — — — $ 854,495 $ 805,057 $ 760,359 $ 7,903 $ 7,899 $ 8,330 55,369 8,156 429 533,455 64,179 8,617 154,108 70,881 8,216 484 596,453 69,823 9,663 129,118 278 246 12 7,903 — — — 279 336 11 7,899 — — — Equity 52,005 46,943 42,641 — n.a. n.a. Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 906,500 $ 852,000 $ 803,000 $ 7,903 $ 7,899 $ 8,330 Net interest income and margin $ 906,500 $ 852,000 $ 803,000 $ 14,116 $ 13,249 $ 12,439 Net interest income and margin (average earning assets) Canada U.S. Other International Total 135,876 126,280 $ 497,436 $ 471,448 $ 441,562 $ 11,121 $ 10,956 $ 10,357 1,308 774 $ 759,592 $ 703,745 $ 631,108 $ 14,116 $ 13,249 $ 12,439 116,016 116,281 87,845 101,701 1,896 1,099 1,603 690 0.41 3.71 4.78 1.22 — — — 0.92% n.a. 0.87% 1.56% 2.24% 1.40 0.87 1.86% 0.39 4.09 2.27 1.32 — — — 0.98% n.a. 0.93% 1.56% 2.32% 1.38 0.59 1.88% 0.59 4.41 2.56 1.56 — — — 1.10% n.a. 1.04% 1.55% 2.35% 1.49 0.76 1.97% (1) (2) (3) (4) On a continuing operations basis. In 2012, we reclassified cash collateral for 2012 and 2011 paid from Interest bearing deposits with banks and Loans-wholesale to Other assets and cash collateral received from Deposits to Other liabilities. Interest income includes loan fees of $516 million (2013 – $509 million; 2012 – $467 million). Deposits include savings deposits with average balances of $133 billion (2013 – $124 billion; 2012 – $109 billion), interest expense of $.7 billion (2013 – $.7 billion; 2012 – $.6 billion) and average rates of .5% (2013 – .6%; 2012 – .6%). Deposits also include term deposits with average balances of $302 billion (2013 – $273 billion; 2012 – $264 billion), interest expense of $4.4 billion (2013 – $4.3 billion; 2012 – $4.6 billion) and average rates of 1.47% (2013 – 1.57%; 2012 – 1.74%). 100 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Change in net interest income Table 76 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Deposits with other banks (3) Canada (4) U.S. (4) Other international (4) Securities Trading Available-for-sale Asset purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (3) Canada Retail Wholesale U.S. Other international Total interest income Liabilities Deposits (3) Canada U.S. Other international Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Subordinated debentures Other interest-bearing liabilities Total interest expense Net interest income 2014 vs. 2013 Increase (decrease) due to changes in 2013 vs. 2012 (1) Increase (decrease) due to changes in Average volume (2) Average rate (2) Net change Average volume (2) Average rate (2) Net change $ $ $ $ 14 1 (4) 292 92 100 491 219 195 189 1,589 553 29 31 51 (9) (65) (5) 585 1,004 $ $ $ (10) (4) 5 (83) (87) (70) (323) 16 (83) (79) (718) $ (379) (40) (15) (136) 8 (25) 6 (581) $ (137) $ 4 (3) 1 209 5 30 168 235 112 110 871 174 (11) 16 (85) (1) (90) 1 4 867 $ $ $ 7 (4) 18 358 21 188 367 764 145 529 2,393 412 20 134 217 92 3 1 879 1,514 $ $ $ 20 – (21) (272) (166) (184) (251) (458) (71) (611) (2,014) $ (538) (60) (322) (222) (140) (27) (1) (1,310) $ (704) $ 27 (4) (3) 86 (145) 4 116 306 74 (82) 379 (126) (40) (188) (5) (48) (24) - (431) 810 (1) (2) (3) (4) On a continuing operations basis. Volume/rate variance is allocated on the percentage relationships of changes in balances and changes in rates to the total net change in net interest income. In 2012, we reclassified cash collateral for 2012 and 2011 paid from Interest bearing deposits with banks and Loans-wholesale to Other assets and cash collateral received from Deposits to Other liabilities. Geographic classification for selected assets and liabilities is based on the domicile of the booking point of the subject assets and liabilities. Loans and acceptances by geography IFRS Table 77 Canadian GAAP As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2014 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) Canada Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Sovereign Bank Wholesale U.S. Retail Wholesale Other International Retail Wholesale Total loans and acceptances Total allowance for loan losses Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance for loan losses (1) On a continuing operations basis. $ $ $ $ $ 215,624 86,984 14,650 4,785 322,043 63,925 3,840 413 $ 206,134 85,701 13,902 4,388 310,125 58,959 3,807 823 $ 195,552 80,000 13,422 2,503 291,477 51,212 3,751 390 $ 185,620 75,668 12,723 2,481 276,492 45,186 3,304 747 $ 124,064 69,291 9,704 2,712 205,771 45,217 2,785 808 68,178 $ 63,589 $ 55,353 $ 49,237 $ 48,810 390,221 $ 373,714 $ 346,830 $ 325,729 $ 254,581 4,686 23,639 28,325 8,258 21,881 30,139 3,734 19,443 23,177 6,768 17,103 23,871 3,138 17,081 20,219 5,673 16,900 22,573 3,101 11,094 14,195 5,152 12,110 17,262 4,230 7,584 11,814 4,936 11,084 16,020 448,685 (1,994) $ 420,762 (1,959) $ 389,622 (1,996) $ 357,186 (1,967) $ 282,415 (2,038) 446,691 $ 418,803 $ 387,626 $ 355,219 $ 280,377 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 101 Loans and acceptances by portfolio and sector As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total loans and acceptances Total allowance for loan losses Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance for loan losses IFRS Table 78 Canadian GAAP $ 2014 219,257 96,021 14,924 4,785 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) $ 209,238 92,859 14,142 4,388 $ 198,324 85,800 13,661 2,503 $ 188,406 80,921 12,937 2,481 $ 126,790 75,519 9,916 2,712 $ 334,987 $ 320,627 $ 300,288 $ 284,745 $ 214,937 5,694 6,209 7,172 9,615 5,688 979 4,665 1,320 30,387 4,822 5,432 25,886 4,628 1,201 5,441 6,167 6,230 8,906 4,903 893 4,038 1,074 24,413 4,006 5,593 22,755 4,396 1,320 5,202 3,585 5,432 8,802 3,895 811 3,938 965 20,650 4,203 5,221 21,447 4,193 990 4,880 3,025 5,341 6,394 2,007 698 3,381 1,122 15,569 2,712 4,927 17,011 4,050 1,324 4,705 3,228 5,202 5,869 4,593 726 3,143 587 12,651 2,257 3,546 15,290 3,765 1,916 $ $ $ 113,698 $ 100,135 $ 89,334 $ 72,441 $ 67,478 448,685 $ 420,762 $ 389,622 $ 357,186 $ 282,415 (1,994) (1,959) (1,996) (1,967) (2,038) 446,691 $ 418,803 $ 387,626 $ 355,219 $ 280,377 (1) (2) On a continuing operations basis. Other in 2014 related to financing products, $3.7 billion; health, $4.0 billion; holding and investments, $6.9 billion; other services, $8.3 billion; and other, $3.0 billion. 102 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Impaired loans by portfolio and geography As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total impaired loans (3) Canada Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total U.S. Retail Wholesale Total Other International Retail Wholesale Total Total impaired loans Allowance against impaired loans Net impaired loans Gross impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Wholesale Total Allowance against impaired loans as a % of gross impaired loans $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ IFRS Table 79 Canadian GAAP $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2014 678 300 47 1,025 40 12 108 6 3 25 48 9 314 38 32 315 – 2 952 1,977 388 224 47 659 36 11 70 4 1 6 41 9 171 37 11 90 – – 487 1,146 13 18 31 353 447 800 1,977 (632) 1,345 0.31% 0.31% 0.98% 0.31% 0.84% 0.44% 31.98% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2013 691 363 37 1,091 43 12 101 14 1 26 54 2 367 117 98 272 – 3 1,110 2,201 464 229 36 729 38 9 58 14 1 8 40 2 169 86 21 80 – – 526 1,255 14 98 112 348 486 834 2,201 (599) 1,602 0.33% 0.39% 0.83% 0.34% 1.11% 0.52% 27.22% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2012 (1) 674 273 33 980 52 17 83 2 5 30 88 2 353 251 73 312 – 2 1,270 2,250 475 206 34 715 44 11 34 – 3 12 34 2 153 238 22 88 – – 641 1,356 7 162 169 258 467 725 2,250 (636) 1,614 0.34% 0.32% 1.32% 0.33% 1.42% 0.58% 28.33% 2011 (1) 719 289 40 1,048 75 38 91 33 13 27 38 4 464 47 105 311 – 33 1,279 2,327 567 188 40 795 62 30 48 25 1 7 26 2 164 43 12 93 – – 513 1,308 6 116 122 247 650 897 2,327 (605) 1,722 0.38% 0.36% 1.61% 0.37% 1.77% 0.65% 26.00% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2010 (1) 691 278 49 1,018 74 97 91 104 28 49 102 8 560 68 52 385 9 34 1,661 2,679 544 174 49 767 71 87 53 65 1 11 99 4 177 55 42 106 – – 771 1,538 – 364 364 251 526 777 2,679 (721) 1,958 0.54% 0.37% 1.81% 0.47% 2.46% 0.95% 26.91% (1) (2) (3) On a continuing operations basis. Other in 2014 is related to health, $18 million; holding and investments, $132 million; other services, $99 million; and other, $66 million. Past due loans greater than 90 days not included in impaired loans were $316 million in 2014 (2013 – $346 million; 2012 – $393 million; 2011 – $525 million; 2010 – $180 million). Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 103 Provision for credit losses by portfolio and geography (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total provision for credit losses on impaired loans Canada Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total U.S. Retail Wholesale Other International Retail Wholesale Total provision for credit losses on impaired loans Total provision for credit losses on non-impaired loans Total provision for credit losses Provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and acceptances IFRS Table 80 Canadian GAAP 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 41 458 354 32 885 4 3 17 (6) 10 4 21 1 62 157 35 44 – – 352 1,237 27 391 346 32 796 4 3 16 (6) – 3 14 1 37 50 2 25 – – 149 945 3 32 35 86 171 257 1,237 – 1,237 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 67 445 394 43 949 8 (2) 27 (11) 1 5 32 – 82 102 47 61 – – 352 1,301 34 413 391 43 881 8 (2) 13 (11) 1 5 12 – 43 98 10 30 – – 207 1,088 4 29 33 64 116 180 1,301 (2) 1,299 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 42 438 448 35 963 7 (4) 14 (20) (11) 5 3 – 66 (3) 29 82 – – 168 1,131 25 408 448 35 916 7 (3) 13 (9) – 4 3 1 31 6 5 44 – – 102 1,018 4 (19) (15) 43 85 128 1,131 2 1,133 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 25 457 399 45 926 18 15 29 (6) (34) 3 (6) (1) 184 5 10 76 – 15 308 1,234 7 444 399 45 895 18 15 17 3 (1) 3 (4) 2 35 (6) 10 30 – – 122 1,017 – 62 62 31 124 155 1,234 6 1,240 2014 94 441 353 44 932 3 2 27 27 – 7 14 2 58 14 2 76 – – 232 1,164 27 393 345 44 809 4 3 25 (5) – 1 14 2 34 14 3 28 – – 123 932 2 40 42 121 69 190 1,164 – 1,164 0.27% 0.31% 0.35% 0.33% 0.40% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) On a continuing operations basis. Other in 2014 is related to financing products, $3 million; holding and investments, $29 million; other services, $18 million; and other, $26 million. 104 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Allowance for credit losses by portfolio and geography (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Allowance at beginning of year Allowance at beginning of year – discontinued operations Provision for credit losses Write-offs by portfolio Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total write-offs by portfolio Recoveries by portfolio Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total recoveries by portfolio Net write-offs Adjustments (3) Total allowance for credit losses at end of year Allowance against impaired loans Canada Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign Bank Wholesale U.S. Retail Wholesale Other International Retail Wholesale Total allowance against impaired loans Allowance against non-impaired loans Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Wholesale Off-balance sheet and other items Total allowance against non-impaired loans Total allowance for credit losses Key ratios Allowance for credit losses as a % of loans and acceptances Net write-offs as a % of average net loans and acceptances $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2014 2,050 – 1,164 (30) (565) (466) (47) (1,108) (221) – – (221) (1,329) 2 106 114 9 231 32 – – 32 263 (1,066) (63) 2,085 31 93 19 143 6 4 22 – – 3 18 1 48 17 5 36 – – 160 303 1 16 17 172 140 312 632 78 400 385 45 908 454 91 1,453 2,085 0.46% 0.25% IFRS 2013 2,087 – 1,237 (24) (498) (466) (35) (1,023) (448) – – (448) (1,471) 2 96 112 9 219 51 – – 51 270 (1,201) (73) 2,050 36 97 16 149 6 4 15 1 – 4 15 1 42 46 6 30 – – 170 319 2 19 21 146 113 259 599 48 405 385 45 883 477 91 1,451 2,050 0.49% 0.27% $ 2012 (1),(2) 2,056 – 1,299 (32) (499) (496) (50) (1,077) (288) – (32) (320) (1,397) 1 83 102 8 194 39 – – 39 233 (1,164) (104) 2,087 41 89 12 142 9 7 14 1 – 6 10 1 45 107 8 31 – – 239 381 1 38 39 96 120 216 636 48 392 403 60 903 457 91 1,451 2,087 0.54% 0.31% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Table 81 Canadian GAAP 2010 (1) 2,264 – 1,240 (11) (538) (463) (56) (1,068) (478) – – (478) (1,546) 1 79 63 7 150 51 – – 51 201 (1,345) (33) 2,126 47 88 18 153 14 27 20 10 1 4 36 1 36 12 6 40 – – 207 360 – 85 85 83 193 276 721 26 480 365 60 931 386 88 1,405 2,126 0.75% 0.49% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2011 (1) 2,966 (854) 1,133 (16) (515) (545) (45) (1,121) (226) (9) – (235) (1,356) 1 79 97 7 184 60 – – 60 244 (1,112) (75) 2,058 47 88 15 150 13 15 17 3 – 3 12 1 47 20 5 43 – – 179 329 1 25 26 80 170 250 605 41 412 415 60 928 434 91 1,453 2,058 0.57% 0.33% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) (3) On a continuing operations basis. Opening allowance for credit losses as at November 1, 2011 has been restated due to the implementation of amendments to IFRS 11. Under IFRS, other adjustments include $87 million of unwind of discount and $(24) million of changes in exchange rate (2013 – $86 million and $(13) million; 2012 – $110 million and $(6) million). For further details, refer to Note 5 of our 2014 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 105 Credit quality information by Canadian province (Millions of Canadian dollars) Loans and acceptances Atlantic provinces (2) Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces (3) B.C. and territories (4) IFRS Table 82 Canadian GAAP 2014 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) $ 22,130 50,748 159,817 88,538 68,988 $ 21,263 48,060 152,258 84,015 68,118 $ 19,953 42,920 141,566 77,187 65,204 $ 18,481 38,776 141,230 68,468 58,774 $ 14,558 33,093 103,179 54,843 48,908 Total loans and acceptances in Canada $ 390,221 $ 373,714 $ 346,830 $ 325,729 $ 254,581 Gross impaired loans Atlantic provinces (2) Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces (3) B.C. and territories (4) Total gross impaired loans in Canada Provision for credit losses on impaired loans Atlantic provinces (2) Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces (3) B.C. and territories (4) Total provision for credit losses on impaired loans in Canada $ $ $ $ 81 205 391 258 211 1,146 51 92 588 111 90 932 $ $ $ $ 83 177 424 330 241 1,255 50 78 605 113 99 945 $ $ $ 67 180 502 338 269 1,356 62 96 704 120 106 $ $ $ $ $ $ 66 135 398 404 305 1,308 54 63 686 107 108 72 162 598 429 277 1,538 50 85 659 146 77 $ 1,088 $ 1,018 $ 1,017 (1) (2) (3) (4) On a continuing operations basis. Comprises Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Comprises Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta. Comprises British Columbia, Nunavut, Northwest Territories and Yukon. 106 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Management’s Discussion and Analysis EDTF recommendations index On October 29, 2012, the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF), established by the Financial Stability Board, issued its report Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks, which included 32 recommendations aimed at achieving transparent, high-quality risk disclosures. As a result, our enhanced disclosures have been provided in our 2014 Annual Report and Supplementary Financial Information package (SFI). The following index summarizes our disclosure by EDTF recommendation: Location of disclosure Recommendation 1 2 Disclosure Table of contents for EDTF risk disclosure Define risk terminology and measures Type of Risk General Risk governance, risk management and business model Capital adequacy and risk-weighted assets (RWA) Liquidity Funding Market risk Credit risk Other 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Top and emerging risks New regulatory ratios Risk management organization Risk culture Risk in the context of our business activities Stress testing Minimum Basel III capital ratios and Domestic systemically important bank surcharge Composition of capital and reconciliation of the accounting balance sheet to the regulatory balance sheet Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital Capital strategic planning RWA by business segments Analysis of capital requirement, and related measurement model information RWA credit risk and related risk measurements Movement of risk-weighted assets by risk type Basel back-testing Quantitative and qualitative analysis of our liquidity reserve Encumbered and unencumbered assets by balance sheet category, and contractual obligations for rating downgrades Maturity analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments analyzed by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date Sources of funding and funding strategy Relationship between the market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolios and the balance sheet Decomposition of market risk factors Market risk validation and back-testing Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and parameters Bank’s credit risk profile Quantitative summary of aggregate credit risk exposures that reconciles to the balance sheet Policies for identifying impaired loans Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans and impairment allowances during the year Quantification of gross notional exposure for OTC derivatives or exchange-traded derivatives Credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources 54 of credit risk Other risk types Publicly known risk events 78-85 80 185 Annual Report page 107 47-52 199-201 46-47 69,85-86 47-52 49-50 93 50,63 86 – – 85-86 – 52-55 – – 50,53 70-71 72 78 75-76 73-74 67-68 63-65 63 63-64 52-63 146-148 100-106 55,97 125 62 53-54 SFI page 1 – – – – – – – – 21-24 25 – 28 26-27 40-42 28 40 – – – – – – – – 29-42 38 – 31,35 44 39 – – Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 107 REPORTS AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 109 Reports 117 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 109 Management’s responsibility for financial reporting 117 Note 1 General information 109 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 117 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments 110 Management’s Report on Internal Control over 131 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments Financial Reporting 111 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 143 Note 4 Securities 146 Note 5 Loans 112 Consolidated Financial Statements 112 Consolidated Balance Sheets 113 Consolidated Statements of Income 114 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 115 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity 116 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 108 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements 149 Note 6 Derecognition of financial assets 149 Note 7 Structured entities 153 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 159 Note 9 Premises and equipment 160 Note 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets 162 Note 11 Significant dispositions 163 Note 12 Joint ventures and associated companies 163 Note 13 Other assets 164 Note 14 Deposits 165 Note 15 Insurance 167 Note 16 Segregated funds 168 Note 17 Employee benefits – Pension and other post-employment benefits 172 Note 18 Other liabilities 173 Note 19 Subordinated debentures 173 Note 20 Trust capital securities 175 Note 21 Equity 177 Note 22 Share-based compensation 179 Note 23 Income and expenses from selected financial instruments 180 Note 24 Income taxes 182 Note 25 Earnings per share 182 Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies 185 Note 27 Litigation 186 Note 28 Contractual repricing and maturity schedule 186 Note 29 Related party transactions 187 Note 30 Results by business segment 190 Note 31 Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments 191 Note 32 Capital management 192 Note 33 Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities 194 Note 34 Recovery and settlement of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities 195 Note 35 Parent company information 196 Note 36 Subsequent events Management’s responsibility for financial reporting The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Royal Bank of Canada were prepared by management, which is responsible for the integrity and fairness of the information presented, including the many amounts that must of necessity be based on estimates and judgments. These consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with the Bank Act (Canada) and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Financial information appearing throughout our Management’s Discussion and Analysis is consistent with these consolidated financial statements. Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are authorized, assets are safeguarded and proper records are maintained. These controls include quality standards in hiring and training of employees, policies and procedures manuals, a corporate code of conduct and accountability for performance within appropriate and well-defined areas of responsibility. The system of internal controls is further supported by a compliance function, which is designed to ensure that we and our employees comply with securities legislation and conflict of interest rules, and by an internal audit staff, which conducts periodic audits of all aspects of our operations. The Board of Directors oversees management’s responsibilities for financial reporting through an Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors. This Committee reviews our consolidated financial statements and recommends them to the Board for approval. Other key responsibilities of the Audit Committee include reviewing our existing internal control procedures and planned revisions to those procedures, and advising the directors on auditing matters and financial reporting issues. Our Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Internal Auditor have full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee. The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) examines and inquires into our business and affairs as deemed necessary to determine whether the provisions of the Bank Act are being complied with, and that we are in sound financial condition. In carrying out its mandate, OSFI strives to protect the rights and interests of our depositors and creditors. Deloitte LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appointed by our shareholders upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee and Board, have performed an independent audit of the consolidated financial statements and their report follows. The auditors have full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee to discuss their audit and related findings. David I. McKay President and Chief Executive Officer Janice R. Fukakusa Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer Toronto, December 2, 2014 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders of Royal Bank of Canada We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Royal Bank of Canada and subsidiaries (the “Bank”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at October 31, 2014 and October 31, 2013, and the consolidated statements of income, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity, and statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2014, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information. Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Auditor’s Responsibility Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 109 Opinion In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the balance sheets of Royal Bank of Canada and subsidiaries as at October 31, 2014 and October 31, 2013, and their financial performance and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2014 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Other Matter We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014 based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 2, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Deloitte LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants Licensed Public Accountants Toronto, Canada December 2, 2014 Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management of Royal Bank of Canada is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the Board of Directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. It includes those policies and procedures that: • • • Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions related to and dispositions of our assets; Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and our receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Also, projec- tions of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management evaluated, under the supervision of and with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014, based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, management concluded that, as of October 31, 2014, internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Also, based on the results of our evaluation, management concluded that there were no material weaknesses that have been identified in internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014. Our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014 has been audited by Deloitte LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, who also audited our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2014, as stated in the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which report expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. David I. McKay President and Chief Executive Officer Janice R. Fukakusa Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer Toronto, December 2, 2014 110 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders of Royal Bank of Canada We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Royal Bank of Canada and subsidiaries (the “Bank”) as of October 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Bank’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We have also audited, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended October 31, 2014 of the Bank and our report dated December 2, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Deloitte LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants Licensed Public Accountants Toronto, Canada December 2, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 111 Consolidated Balance Sheets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities (Note 4) Trading Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (Note 5) Retail Wholesale Allowance for loan losses (Note 5) Segregated fund net assets (Note 16) Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives (Note 8) Premises and equipment, net (Note 9) Goodwill (Note 10) Other intangibles (Note 10) Investments in joint ventures and associates (Note 12) Employee benefit assets (Note 17) Other assets (Note 13) Total assets Liabilities and equity Deposits (Note 14) Personal Business and government Bank Segregated fund net liabilities (Note 16) Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives (Note 8) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities (Note 15) Employee benefit liabilities (Note 17) Other liabilities (Note 18) Subordinated debentures (Note 19) Total liabilities Equity attributable to shareholders (Note 21) Preferred shares Common shares (shares issued – 1,442,232,886 and 1,441,055,616) Treasury shares – preferred (shares held – (1,207) and (46,641)) – common (shares held – (891,733) and (666,366)) Retained earnings Other components of equity Non-controlling interests (Note 21) Total equity Total liabilities and equity As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ 17,421 $ 8,399 15,550 9,039 $ $ 151,380 47,768 199,148 135,580 334,987 102,236 437,223 (1,994) 435,229 675 11,462 87,402 2,684 8,647 2,775 295 138 30,695 144,023 38,687 182,710 117,517 320,627 90,182 410,809 (1,959) 408,850 513 9,953 74,822 2,636 8,332 2,777 247 161 26,638 144,098 940,550 $ 125,566 859,745 209,217 $ 386,660 18,223 614,100 675 11,462 50,345 64,331 88,982 8,564 2,420 37,309 263,413 7,859 886,047 4,075 14,511 – 71 31,615 2,418 52,690 1,813 194,943 354,593 13,543 563,079 513 9,953 47,128 60,416 76,745 8,034 2,027 34,947 239,250 7,443 810,285 4,600 14,377 1 41 27,438 1,208 47,665 1,795 49,460 859,745 54,503 940,550 $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Comparative amounts have been restated. Refer to Note 2. David I. McKay President and Chief Executive Officer 112 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Victor L. Young Director Consolidated Statements of Income (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Interest income Loans Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Deposits and other Interest expense Deposits and other Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Net interest income Non-interest income Insurance premiums, investment and fee income (Note 15) Trading revenue Investment management and custodial fees Mutual fund revenue Securities brokerage commissions Service charges Underwriting and other advisory fees Foreign exchange revenue, other than trading Card service revenue Credit fees Net gain on available-for-sale securities (Note 4) Share of profit in joint ventures and associates (Note 12) Other Total revenue Provision for credit losses (Note 5) Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense (Note 15) Non-interest expense Human resources (Note 17 and 22) Equipment Occupancy Communications Professional fees Outsourced item processing Amortization of other intangibles (Note 10) Impairment of other intangibles (Note 10 and 11) Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates (Note 12) Other Income before income taxes from continuing operations Income taxes (Note 24) Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations (Note 11) Net income Net income attributable to: Shareholders Non-controlling interests Basic earnings per share (in dollars) (Note 25) Basic earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars) Basic loss per share from discontinued operations (in dollars) Diluted earnings per share (in dollars) (Note 25) Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars) Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations (in dollars) Dividends per common share (in dollars) For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 16,979 $ 3,993 971 76 22,019 16,354 $ 3,779 941 74 21,148 5,873 1,784 246 7,903 5,694 1,869 336 7,899 15,940 3,838 937 54 20,769 6,048 1,922 360 8,330 14,116 13,249 12,439 4,957 742 3,355 2,621 1,379 1,494 1,809 827 689 1,080 192 162 685 19,992 34,108 1,164 3,573 11,031 1,147 1,330 779 763 246 666 8 – 1,691 17,661 11,710 2,706 9,004 – 9,004 $ 8,910 $ 94 9,004 $ 6.03 $ 6.03 – 6.00 6.00 – 2.84 3,911 867 2,870 2,201 1,337 1,437 1,569 748 632 1,092 188 159 422 17,433 30,682 1,237 2,784 10,248 1,081 1,235 728 753 250 566 10 20 1,323 16,214 10,447 2,105 8,342 – 8,342 $ 8,244 $ 98 8,342 $ 5.53 $ 5.53 – 5.49 5.49 – 2.53 4,897 1,305 2,006 1,896 1,182 1,376 1,434 586 588 849 148 163 278 16,708 29,147 1,299 3,621 9,082 913 1,130 748 666 254 494 – 168 1,186 14,641 9,586 2,028 7,558 (51) 7,507 7,410 97 7,507 4.96 4.99 (0.03) 4.91 4.94 (0.03) 2.28 $ $ $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Comparative amounts have been restated. Refer to Note 2. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 113 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes (Note 24) Items that will be reclassified subsequently to income: Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities Reclassification of net gains on available-for-sale securities to income Foreign currency translation adjustments Unrealized foreign currency translation gains Net foreign currency translation losses from hedging activities Reclassification of losses on foreign currency translation to income Reclassification of losses (gains) on net investment hedging activities to income Net change in cash flow hedges Net (losses) gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Reclassification of losses (gains) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges to income Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to income: Remeasurements of employee benefit plans Net fair value change due to credit risk on financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes Total comprehensive income Total comprehensive income attributable to: Shareholders Non-controlling interests For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 9,004 $ 8,342 $ 7,507 143 (58) 85 2,743 (1,585) 44 3 1,205 (108) 28 (80) (236) (59) (295) 915 9,919 9,825 94 9,919 $ $ $ 15 (87) (72) 1,402 (912) 1 (1) 490 (11) (30) (41) 319 – 319 696 $ $ $ 9,038 8,940 98 9,038 $ $ $ 193 (33) 160 114 – 170 (159) 125 32 25 57 (779) – (779) (437) 7,070 6,972 98 7,070 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Comparative amounts have been restated. Refer to Note 2. 114 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements y t i u q e f o s t n e n o p m o c r e h t O l a t o T y t i u q e g n i l l o r t n o c - n o N o t e l b a t u b i r t t a s t n e n o p m o c y t i u q E r e h t o l a t o T h s a C w o l f n g i e r o F y c n e r r u c e l a s - r o f - e l b a l i a v A s t s e r e t n i l s r e d o h e r a h s y t i u q e f o s e g d e h n o i t a l s n a r t s e i t i r u c e s d e n i a t e R i s g n n r a e y r u s a e r T – s e r a h s n o m m o c d e r r e f e r p s e r a h s s e r a h s y r u s a e r T – s e r a h s n o m m o C d e r r e f e r P 3 6 1 , 1 4 $ 8 5 7 , 1 $ 5 0 4 , 9 3 $ 0 9 4 $ 0 6 1 $ 1 7 $ 9 5 2 $ 4 8 0 , 0 2 $ 8 $ – $ 0 1 0 , 4 1 $ 3 1 8 , 4 $ 3 1 3 4 8 2 , 5 ) 1 6 2 , 5 ( ) 9 ( ) 0 5 3 ( ) 1 9 2 , 3 ( 2 ) 7 3 4 ( 7 0 5 , 7 – – – – – ) 3 ( ) 2 9 ( 1 7 9 3 1 3 4 8 2 , 5 ) 1 6 2 , 5 ( ) 9 ( ) 8 5 2 ( ) 1 9 2 , 3 ( 5 ) 8 3 4 ( 0 1 4 , 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 4 3 6 5 5 2 1 0 6 1 – – – ) 9 ( ) 8 5 2 ( ) 1 9 2 , 3 ( 5 ) 9 7 7 ( 0 1 4 , 7 – 6 8 1 , 5 – 8 9 ) 4 6 1 , 5 ( ) 7 9 ( 1 2 9 , 4 4 $ 1 6 7 , 1 $ 0 6 1 , 3 4 $ 1 3 8 $ 6 1 2 $ 6 9 1 $ 9 1 4 $ 2 6 1 , 3 2 $ 0 3 $ 1 2 1 ) 8 0 4 ( ) 2 2 2 ( ) 7 ( 0 8 5 , 4 ) 9 6 5 , 4 ( ) 7 4 3 ( ) 1 5 6 , 3 ( 4 6 9 6 2 4 3 , 8 – – – – – – – ) 4 9 ( 0 3 8 9 – 1 2 1 ) 8 0 4 ( ) 2 2 2 ( ) 7 ( 0 8 5 , 4 ) 9 6 5 , 4 ( ) 1 5 6 , 3 ( ) 6 2 ( ) 3 5 2 ( 6 9 6 4 4 2 , 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 7 7 3 ) 1 4 ( 0 9 4 ) 2 7 ( ) 9 ( – – ) 7 ( – ) 1 4 3 ( ) 1 5 6 , 3 ( ) 6 2 ( ) 3 5 2 ( 9 1 3 4 4 2 , 8 3 5 4 , 4 7 2 1 ) 2 4 4 , 4 ( ) 7 2 1 ( 0 6 4 , 9 4 $ 5 9 7 , 1 $ 5 6 6 , 7 4 $ 8 0 2 , 1 $ 5 7 1 $ 6 8 6 $ 7 4 3 $ 8 3 4 , 7 2 $ 1 4 $ ) 3 1 1 ( 6 3 1 , 1 ) 5 2 5 , 1 ( 7 5 4 , 5 ) 8 2 4 , 5 ( ) 9 ( ) 7 0 3 ( ) 7 9 0 , 4 ( 0 1 5 1 9 4 0 0 , 9 – – – – – – – ) 4 9 ( 8 1 4 9 – ) 3 1 1 ( 6 3 1 , 1 ) 5 2 5 , 1 ( 7 5 4 , 5 ) 8 2 4 , 5 ( ) 9 ( ) 3 1 2 ( ) 7 9 0 , 4 ( ) 8 ( 5 1 9 0 1 9 , 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 0 1 2 , 1 ) 0 8 ( 5 0 2 , 1 5 8 ) 4 1 ( ) 7 9 ( – – – ) 9 ( ) 3 1 2 ( ) 7 9 0 , 4 ( ) 8 ( ) 5 9 2 ( 0 1 9 , 8 3 3 3 , 5 4 2 1 ) 3 0 3 , 5 ( ) 5 2 1 ( – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 1 3 – – – – – – – – – $ 3 2 3 , 4 1 $ 3 1 8 , 4 $ ) 7 6 ( 1 2 1 – – – – – – – – – – – ) 3 1 2 ( – – – – – – – – $ 7 7 3 , 4 1 $ 0 0 6 , 4 $ ) 6 1 ( 0 5 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 0 0 0 , 1 ) 5 2 5 , 1 ( – – – – – – 1 – – – – – – – – – 1 – – – – – – – – – – y t i u q E n i s e g n a h C f o s t n e m e t a t S d e t a d i l o s n o C s e x a t f o t e n , ) s s o l ( e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t o l a t o T s e x a t f o t e n , ) s s o l ( e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t o l a t o T n o i t a l l e c n a c r o f d e s a h c r u p s e r a h s n o m m o C r e h t o d n a s e r a h s d e r r e f e r p n o s d n e d i v i D s d r a w a n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - e r a h S s e r a h s n o m m o c n o s d n e d i v i D d e m e e d e r s e r a h s d e r r e f e r P s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e l a S s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e s a h c r u P e m o c n i t e N r e h t O 2 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b o t c O t a e c n a l a B l a t i p a c e r a h s f o s e u s s I y t i u q e n i s e g n a h C s e x a t f o t e n , ) s s o l ( e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t o l a t o T n o i t a l l e c n a c r o f d e s a h c r u p s e r a h s n o m m o C r e h t o d n a s e r a h s d e r r e f e r p n o s d n e d i v i D s d r a w a n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - e r a h S s e r a h s n o m m o c n o s d n e d i v i D d e m e e d e r s e r a h s d e r r e f e r P s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e l a S s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e s a h c r u P e m o c n i t e N r e h t O 3 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b o t c O t a e c n a l a B l a t i p a c e r a h s f o s e u s s I y t i u q e n i s e g n a h C r e h t o d n a s e r a h s d e r r e f e r p n o s d n e d i v i D s d r a w a n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - e r a h S s e r a h s n o m m o c n o s d n e d i v i D s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e s a h c r u P e m o c n i t e N r e h t O 1 1 0 2 , 1 r e b m e v o N t a e c n a l a B y t i u q e n i s e g n a h C s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e l a S l a t i p a c e r a h s f o s e u s s I ) s r a l l o d n a i d a n a C f o s n o i l l i M ( Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 115 3 0 5 , 4 5 $ 3 1 8 , 1 $ 0 9 6 , 2 5 $ 8 1 4 , 2 $ 5 9 $ 1 9 8 , 1 $ 2 3 4 $ 5 1 6 , 1 3 $ 1 7 $ $ 1 1 5 , 4 1 $ 5 7 0 , 4 $ 4 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b o t c O t a e c n a l a B . 2 e t o N o t r e f e R . d e t a t s e r n e e b e v a h s t n u o m a e v i t a r a p m o C . s t n e m e t a t S l a i c n a n i F d e t a d i l o s n o C e s e h t f o t r a p l a r g e t n i n a e r a s e t o n g n i y n a p m o c c a e h T Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments for non-cash items and others Provision for credit losses Depreciation Deferred income taxes Amortization and Impairment of other intangibles Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates Loss (Gain) on sale of premises and equipment Gain on available-for-sale securities Loss (Gain) on disposition of business Impairment of available-for-sale securities Share of profit in joint ventures and associates Net gain on sales of joint ventures and associates Adjustments for net changes in operating assets and liabilities Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities Net change in accrued interest receivable and payable Current income taxes Derivative assets Derivative liabilities Trading securities Loans, net of securitizations Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Deposits Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Obligations related to securities sold short Brokers and dealers receivable and payable Other Net cash from (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Change in interest-bearing deposits with banks Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale securities Purchases of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from maturity of held-to-maturity securities Purchases of held-to-maturity securities Net acquisitions of premises and equipment and other intangibles Proceeds from dispositions Cash used in acquisitions Net cash (used in) from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Redemption of trust capital securities Issue of subordinated debentures Repayment of subordinated debentures Issue of common shares Common shares purchased for cancellation Issue of preferred shares Redemption of preferred shares Sales of treasury shares Purchase of treasury shares Dividends paid Issuance costs Dividends/distributions paid to non-controlling interests Change in short-term borrowings of subsidiaries Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks Net change in cash and due from banks Cash resources at beginning of period (1), (2) Cash and due from banks at end of period (1) Cash flows from operating activities include: Amount of interest paid Amount of interest received Amount of dividend received Amount of income taxes paid For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 9,004 $ 8,342 $ 7,507 1,164 499 (207) 674 – 14 (228) 95 25 (162) (62) 530 187 (206) (12,580) 12,237 (7,253) (27,096) (18,063) 52,339 3,915 3,233 (638) (2,247) 15,174 640 8,795 38,950 (54,208) 285 (1,625) (1,227) 173 – (8,217) (900) 2,000 (1,600) 150 (113) 1,000 (1,525) 5,457 (5,428) (4,211) (14) (94) (6) (5,284) 198 1,871 15,550 17,421 7,186 20,552 1,702 2,315 1,237 445 (72) 576 20 (24) (217) (17) 26 (159) – 113 (467) 354 16,475 (20,017) (23,038) (20,175) (5,260) 41,857 (3,616) 6,372 536 3,794 7,085 1,207 6,476 37,099 (41,057) 401 (284) (932) 17 (2,537) 390 – 2,046 (2,000) 121 (408) – (222) 4,580 (4,569) (3,810) – (94) (93) (4,449) 96 3,122 12,428 15,550 7,223 19,348 1,478 1,479 1,416 412 (204) 514 168 25 (222) – 55 (162) – 802 (177) (815) 8,180 (3,679) 6,850 (29,320) (25,179) 18,103 16,162 (3,484) 537 864 (1,647) 1,585 9,779 45,991 (54,782) 190 (242) (1,320) 2,677 (628) 3,250 – – (1,006) 126 – – – 5,284 (5,261) (3,272) – (92) 21 (4,200) 1 (2,596) 15,024 12,428 7,839 19,691 1,316 2,884 $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) We are required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities. The total balances were $2.0 billion as at October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – $2.6 billion; October 31, 2012 – $2.1 billion; November 1, 2011 – $2.0 billion). For the year ended October 31, 2012, cash resources at the beginning of the period include cash and due from banks of $12,308 million and cash and due from banks included in assets of discontinued operations of $2,716 million. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Comparative amounts have been restated. Refer to Note 2. 116 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 1 General information Royal Bank of Canada and its subsidiaries (the Bank) provide diversified financial services including personal and commercial banking, wealth management, insurance, investor services and capital markets products and services on a global basis. Refer to Note 30 for further details on our business segments. The parent bank, Royal Bank of Canada, is a Schedule I Bank under the Bank Act (Canada) incorporated and domiciled in Canada. Our corporate headquarters are located at Royal Bank Plaza, 200 Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario, Canada and our head office is located at 1 Place Ville- Marie, Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Our common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange with the ticker symbol RY. These Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Unless otherwise stated, monetary amounts are stated in Canadian dollars. Tabular information is stated in millions of dollars, except per share amounts and percentages. These Consolidated Financial Statements also comply with Subsection 308 of the Bank Act (Canada), which states that, except as otherwise specified by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI), our Consolidated Financial Statements are to be prepared in accordance with IFRS. The accounting policies outlined in Note 2 have been consistently applied to all periods presented. On December 2, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the Consolidated Financial Statements for issue. Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements, including the accounting requirements prescribed by OSFI, are summarized below. These accounting policies conform, in all material respects, to IFRS. General Use of estimates and assumptions In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make subjective estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, net income and related disclosures. Estimates made by management are based on historical experience and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Key sources of estimation uncertainty include: securities impairment, determination of fair value of financial instruments, the allowance for credit losses, derecognition of financial assets, insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities, pensions and other post-employment benefits, income taxes, carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, litigation provisions, and deferred revenue under the credit card customer loyalty reward program. Accordingly, actual results may differ from these and other estimates thereby impacting our future Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to the relevant accounting policies in this Note for details on our use of estimates and assumptions. Significant judgments In preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make significant judgments that affect the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses recorded during the period. Significant judgments have been made in the following areas and discussed as noted in the Consolidated Financial Statements: Consolidation of structured entities Fair value of financial instruments Allowance for credit losses Employee benefits Goodwill and other intangibles Note 2 – page 117 Note 7 – page 149 Note 2 – page 122 Note 3 – page 131 Note 2 – page 125 Note 5 – page 146 Note 2 – page 127 Note 17 – page 168 Note 2 – page 128 Note 10 – page 160 Note 11 – page 162 Securities impairment Application of the effective interest method Derecognition of financial assets Income taxes Provisions Note 2 – page 121 Note 4 – page 143 Note 2 – page 123 Note 2 – page 125 Note 6 – page 149 Note 2 – page 127 Note 24 – page 180 Note 2 – page 129 Note 26 – page 182 Note 27 – page 185 Basis of consolidation Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the parent company, Royal Bank of Canada, and its subsidiaries including certain structured entities, after elimination of intercompany transactions, balances, revenues and expenses. Consolidation Subsidiaries are those entities, including structured entities, over which we have control. We control an entity when we are exposed, or have rights, to variable returns from our involvement with the entity and have the ability to affect those returns through our power over the investee. We have power over an entity when we have existing rights that give us the current ability to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s returns (relevant activities). Power may be determined on the basis of voting rights or, in the case of structured entities, other contractual arrangements. We are not deemed to control an entity when we exercise power over an entity in an agency capacity. In determining whether we are acting as an agent, we consider the overall relationship between us, the investee and other parties to the arrangement with respect to the following factors: (i) the scope of our decision making power; (ii) the rights held by other parties; (iii) the remuneration to which we are entitled; and (iv) our exposure to variability of returns. The determination of control is based on the current facts and circumstances and is continuously assessed. In some circumstances, different factors and conditions may indicate that various parties control an entity depending on whether those factors and conditions are assessed in isolation or in totality. Significant judgment is applied in assessing the relevant factors and conditions in totality when determining whether we control an entity. Specifically, judgment is applied in assessing whether we have substantive decision making rights over the relevant activities and whether we are exercising our power as a principal or an agent. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 117 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) We consolidate all subsidiaries from the date control is transferred to us, and cease consolidation when an entity is no longer controlled by us. Our consolidation conclusions affect the classification and amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries that we consolidate are shown on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a separate component of equity which is distinct from our shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests is separately disclosed in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Investments in associates and joint ventures Our investments in associated corporations and limited partnerships over which we have significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. The equity method is also applied to our interests in joint ventures over which we have joint control. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are initially recorded at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize our share of the investee’s net profit or loss, including net profit or loss recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI), subsequent to the date of acquisition. Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations Non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is satisfied when the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, management is committed to the sale, and it is highly probable to occur within one year. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell and are presented separately from other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. A disposal group is classified as a discontinued operation if it meets the following conditions: (i) it is a component that can be distinguished operationally and financially from the rest of our operations, and (ii) it represents either a separate major line of business or is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations. Disposal groups classified as discontinued operations are presented separately from our continuing operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income. During the third quarter in 2011, we announced the sale of substantially all of our U.S. regional retail banking operations and completed this sale in the second quarter of 2012. Our U.S. regional retail banking operations are reflected as discontinued operations on our Consolidated Financial Statements for all periods presented. Changes in accounting policies During the first quarter, we adopted the following new accounting standards (in order of significance). IAS 19 Employee Benefits (IAS 19) The amendments to IAS 19 change the accounting for pension and other post-employment benefits, specifically with respect to actuarial gains and losses, past service costs, interest expense and return on plan assets. The amended standard eliminates the deferral and amortization of actuarial gains and losses in net income, instead requiring the immediate recognition of actuarial gains and losses in OCI. Past service costs are immediately recognized in the period in which a plan amendment occurs. Net interest, calculated by applying the discount rate to the Net defined benefit liability or asset, replaces the Interest cost and Expected return on plan assets components of Defined benefit pension expense. The amendments also introduce a number of interim and annual disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans. We retrospectively adopted the amendments on November 1, 2013. Under the amended standard, we recognize the present value of our defined benefit obligation under each of our defined benefit plans, less the fair value of the plan’s assets, as a liability reported in Employee benefit liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For plans where there is a net defined benefit asset, the amount is reported as an asset in Employee benefit assets. New annual disclosures have been provided in Note 17. IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (IFRS 10) IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (IAS 27) and SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities (SIC-12) and provides a single consolidation model applicable to all types of entities. IFRS 10 is based on the existing principle that an entity should consolidate all other entities that it controls. Under IAS 27 and SIC-12, control was based on having a majority of the voting interests or, for special purpose entities, an overall assessment of the purpose and design of the entity, our decision making rights, and our exposure to the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. Under IFRS 10, control is based on three conditions, which must all be satisfied: (i) decision making power over the relevant activities, (ii) exposure to variable returns, and (iii) a link between decision making power and returns. IFRS 10 introduces a substantial amount of application guidance that expands on new and existing principles related to the determination of control. It places a greater emphasis on decision making power by making it a required condition for control, removes the bright lines for assessing exposure to risks and rewards, and introduces new considerations related to our role as a principal or an agent in entities over which we have decision making power. The determination of control is based on the current facts and circumstances and is to be continuously assessed. We retrospectively adopted IFRS 10 on November 1, 2013. On adoption, RBC Capital Trust II was deconsolidated as our involvement does not expose us to variable returns. See Note 20 for further details on our innovative capital instruments. IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (IFRS 11) IFRS 11 requires a party to a joint arrangement to determine the type of joint arrangement in which it is involved by assessing its rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. IFRS 11 requires a joint operator to recognize and measure the assets and liabilities in relation to its interest in the arrangement, and a joint venturer to apply the equity method of accounting. We retrospectively adopted IFRS 11 on November 1, 2013. The adoption resulted in a change to our method of accounting for joint ventures from proportionate consolidation to the equity method. IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities (IFRS 12) IFRS 12 provides enhanced guidance on the annual disclosure requirements of a reporting entity’s interests in other entities. The standard requires an entity to disclose information that helps users to evaluate (i) the nature of, and risks associated with, a reporting entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities (off-balance sheet structures); and (ii) the effect of those interests on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. We adopted IFRS 12 on November 1, 2013. Our annual disclosures in Notes 7 and 12 have been updated to reflect the requirements of IFRS 12. 118 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (IAS 27) and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (IAS 28) As a consequence of the new IFRS standards IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, the IASB issued amended and retitled IAS 27 and IAS 28. We retrospectively adopted these new requirements on November 1, 2013. The adoption did not impact the Consolidated Financial Statements. IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (IFRS 13) IFRS 13 provides a revised definition of fair value and sets out a framework for measuring fair value in a single standard. IFRS 13 also requires more comprehensive disclosure requirements on fair value measurement. The measurement and disclosure requirements of IFRS 13 apply when another standard requires or permits the item to be measured at fair value with limited exceptions. We prospectively adopted IFRS 13 on November 1, 2013. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. New annual disclosures have been provided in Notes 3, 10 and 17. IFRS 7 Financial Instruments – Disclosure (IFRS 7) The amendments to IFRS 7 require expanded disclosures to enable users to assess the effect of offsetting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The amendments require entities to disclose both gross and net amounts associated with master netting agreements and similar arrangements, including the effects of financial collateral, whether or not they are presented net on the balance sheet. We adopted the amendments to IFRS 7 on November 1, 2013. New annual disclosures have been provided in Note 33. The tables below present the impact of the above standards adopted during the first quarter on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as at October 31, 2013, October 31, 2012 and November 1, 2011 and Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012. As at and for the year ended October 31, 2013 Adjustments (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Consolidated Balance Sheet Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities – Trading and Available-for-sale Loans – Wholesale (1) Other – Investment in joint ventures and associates Other – Employee benefit assets Other – Other lines impacted by accounting changes (2) Lines not impacted by accounting changes Total assets Deposits – Business and government (1) Other – Employee benefit liabilities Other – Other liabilities (1) Trust capital securities Retained earnings Other components of equity Lines not impacted by accounting changes Total liabilities and equity Consolidated Statement of Income Net income Basic earnings per share (in dollars) Diluted earnings per share (in dollars) Published IAS 19 IFRS 10 IFRS 11 $ 15,870 9,061 182,718 89,998 112 1,084 40,503 521,473 860,819 353,723 1,759 35,384 900 28,314 1,207 439,532 $ – – – – – (923) 292 – (631) – 268 (24) – (876) 1 – $ 860,819 $ (631) $ 8,429 5.60 5.54 $ (87) (0.07) (0.05) $ $ $ – – 1 3 – – – – 4 903 – 1 (900) – – – 4 – – – Total impact $ (320) (22) (8) 184 135 (923) (120) – (1,074) 870 268 (437) (900) (876) 1 – Restated $ 15,550 9,039 182,710 90,182 247 161 40,383 521,473 859,745 354,593 2,027 34,947 – 27,438 1,208 439,532 $ (320) (22) (9) 181 135 – (412) – (447) (33) – (414) – – – – $ (447) $ (1,074) $ 859,745 $ – – – $ (87) (0.07) (0.05) $ 8,342 5.53 5.49 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 119 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) As at and for the year ended October 31, 2012 Adjustments (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Consolidated Balance Sheet Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities – Trading and Available-for-sale Loans – Wholesale (1) Other – Investment in joint ventures and associates Other – Employee benefit assets Other – Other lines impacted by accounting changes (2) Lines not impacted by accounting changes Total assets Deposits – Business and government (1) Other – Employee benefit liabilities Other – Other liabilities (1) Trust capital securities Retained earnings Other components of equity Lines not impacted by accounting changes Total liabilities and equity Consolidated Statement of Income Net income Basic earnings per share (in dollars) Diluted earnings per share (in dollars) Published IAS 19 IFRS 10 IFRS 11 $ 12,617 10,255 161,611 79,953 125 1,049 47,881 511,609 825,100 315,457 1,729 38,228 900 24,270 830 443,686 $ – – – – – (920) 367 – (553) – 589 (35) – (1,108) 1 – $ 825,100 $ (553) $ 7,539 4.98 4.93 $ (32) (0.02) (0.02) $ $ $ – – 1 3 – – – – 4 903 – 1 (900) – – – 4 – – – $ Total impact (189) (9) (9) (4) 452 (920) (467) – (1,146) 882 589 (610) (900) (1,108) 1 – Restated $ 12,428 10,246 161,602 79,949 577 129 47,414 511,609 823,954 316,339 2,318 37,618 – 23,162 831 443,686 $ (189) (9) (10) (7) 452 – (834) – (597) (21) – (576) – – – – $ (597) $ (1,146) $ 823,954 $ – – – $ (32) (0.02) (0.02) $ 7,507 4.96 4.91 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Published IAS 19 IFRS 10 IFRS 11 As at November 1, 2011 Adjustments Consolidated Balance Sheet Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities – Trading and Available-for-sale Loans – Wholesale (1) Other – Investment in joint ventures and associates Other – Employee benefit assets Other – Other lines impacted by accounting changes (2) Lines not impacted by accounting changes Total assets Deposits – Business and government (1) Other – Employee benefit liabilities Other – Other liabilities (1) Trust capital securities Retained earnings Other components of equity Lines not impacted by accounting changes Total liabilities and equity $ 12,428 6,460 167,022 64,752 142 311 40,182 502,536 793,833 299,956 1,639 36,796 894 20,381 490 433,677 $ – – – – – (144) 97 – (47) – 263 (13) – (297) – – $ – – 7 3 – – – – 10 903 – 1 (894) – – – $ (120) (3,133) (4,577) (849) 1,652 (12) (3,872) – (10,911) (15,424) (8) 4,521 – – – – $ Total impact (120) (3,133) (4,570) (846) 1,652 (156) (3,775) – (10,948) (14,521) 255 4,509 (894) (297) – – Restated $ 12,308 3,327 162,452 63,906 1,794 155 36,407 502,536 782,885 285,435 1,894 41,305 – 20,084 490 433,677 $ 793,833 $ (47) $ 10 $ (10,911) $ (10,948) $ 782,885 (1) (2) Amounts have been restated from those originally published to reflect classification changes made in the current period. Includes Premises and equipment, Goodwill, Other intangibles and Other assets. During the second quarter, we adopted the following new accounting standard. Own credit provisions of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9) The own credit provisions of IFRS 9 change the accounting for financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). Previously under International Accounting Standard (IAS) 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39), all fair value changes in financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL were recognized in net income. Under IFRS 9, the changes in the fair value of these liabilities attributable to our own credit are recognized in OCI rather than income. Amounts recognized in OCI will not be reclassified subsequently to net income. We prospectively adopted the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 with an initial application date of November 1, 2013. Fair value changes in our financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL attributable to changes in our own credit risk are now recorded in OCI. The remaining fair value changes continue to be recorded in Trading revenue or Non-interest income - Other. We did not restate our quarterly or annual results for periods prior to February 1, 2014 as the amounts were not significant. Amounts recognized in the Statement of Income in the first quarter were recorded in OCI in the second quarter. 120 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements The table below presents the impact of adopting the above standard on our Consolidated Statement of Income and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended October 31, 2014. Results as reported under the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 are compared to the pro-forma results had we continued to apply IAS 39. The adoption did not impact our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Consolidated Statement of Income Non-interest income – Trading revenue Non-interest income – Other Non-interest expense – Human resources (1) Net income Basic earnings per share (in dollars) Diluted earnings per share (in dollars) Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes (1) Adjustments related to variable compensation arrangements. For the year ended October 31, 2014 Pro-forma (IAS 39) Impact As reported (IFRS 9) $ 672 674 11,008 8,962 6.00 5.97 $ 70 11 23 42 0.03 0.03 $ 742 685 11,031 9,004 6.03 6.00 $ 974 $ (59) $ 915 Financial instruments – Recognition and measurement Securities Securities are classified at inception, based on management’s intention, as at FVTPL, available-for-sale (AFS) or held-to-maturity. Certain debt securities with fixed or determinable payments and which are not quoted in an active market may be classified as loans and receivables. Trading securities include securities purchased for sale in the near term which are classified as at FVTPL by nature and securities designated as at FVTPL under the fair value option. Obligations to deliver trading securities sold but not yet purchased are recorded as liabilities and carried at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on these securities are recorded as Trading revenue in Non-interest income. Dividends and interest income accruing on Trading securities are recorded in Interest income. Interest and dividends accrued on interest-bearing and equity securities sold short are recorded in Interest expense. AFS securities include: (i) securities which may be sold to meet liquidity needs, in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, changes in foreign currency risk, changes in funding sources or terms, and (ii) loan substitute securities which are client financings that have been structured as after-tax investments rather than conventional loans in order to provide the clients with a borrowing rate advantage. AFS securities are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in Other components of equity. Changes in foreign exchange rates for AFS equity securities are recognized in Other components of equity, while changes in foreign exchange rates for AFS debt securities are recognized in Foreign exchange revenue, other than trading in Non-interest income. When the security is sold, the cumulative gain or loss recorded in Other components of equity is included as Net gain (loss) on AFS securities in Non-interest income. Purchase premiums or discounts on AFS debt securities are amortized over the life of the security using the effective interest method and are recognized in Net interest income. At each reporting date, and more frequently when conditions warrant, we evaluate our AFS securities to determine whether there is any objective evidence of impairment. Such evidence includes: for debt instruments, when an adverse effect on future cash flows from the asset or group of assets can be reliably estimated; for equity securities, when there is a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost. When assessing impairment for debt instruments we primarily consider counterparty ratings and security-specific factors, including subordination, external ratings, and the value of any collateral held, for which there may not be a readily accessible market. Significant judgment is required in assessing impairment as management is required to consider all available evidence in determining whether objective evidence of impairment exists and whether the principal and interest on the AFS debt security can be fully recovered. For complex debt instruments we use cash flow projection models which incorporate actual and projected cash flows for each security based on security specific factors using a number of assumptions and inputs that involve management judgment, such as default, prepayment and recovery rates. Due to the subjective nature of choosing these inputs and assumptions, the actual amount of the future cash flows and their timing may differ from the estimates used by management and consequently may cause a different conclusion as to the recognition of impairment or measurement of impairment loss. In assessing whether there is any objective evidence that suggests that equity securities are impaired, we consider factors which include the length of time and extent the fair value has been below cost, along with management’s assessment of the financial condition, business and other risks of the issuer. Management weighs all these factors to determine the impairment but to the extent that management judgment may differ from the actual experience of the timing and amount of the recovery of the fair value, the estimate for impairment could change from period to period based upon future events that may or may not occur, the conclusion for the impairment of the equity securities may differ. If an AFS security is impaired, the cumulative unrealized loss previously recognized in Other components of equity is removed from equity and recognized in Net gain (loss) on AFS securities under Non-interest income. This amount is determined as the difference between the cost/ amortized cost and current fair value of the security less any impairment loss previously recognized. Subsequent to impairment, further declines in fair value are recorded in Non-interest income, while increases in fair value are recognized in Other components of equity until sold. For AFS debt securities, reversal of previously recognized impairment losses is recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income if the recovery is objectively related to a specific event occurring after recognition of the impairment loss. Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities where we have the intention and the ability to hold the investment until its maturity date. These securities are initially recorded at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses which we assess using the same impairment model as for loans. Interest income and amortization of premiums and discounts on debt securities are recorded in Net interest income. For held-to-maturity securities, reversal of previously recognized impairment losses is recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income if the recovery is objectively related to a specific event occurring after the recognition of the impairment loss. Reversals of impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities are recorded to a maximum of what the amortized cost of the investment would have been before the original impairment charge. We hold an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity securities. All held-to- maturity securities have been included with AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 121 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) We account for all of our securities using settlement date accounting and changes in fair value between the trade date and settlement date are reflected in income for securities classified or designated as at FVTPL, and changes in the fair value of AFS securities between the trade and settlement dates are recorded in OCI except for changes in foreign exchange rates on debt securities, which are recorded in Non-interest income. Fair value option A financial instrument can be designated as at FVTPL (the fair value option) on its initial recognition even if the financial instrument was not acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term. An instrument that is designated as at FVTPL by way of this fair value option must have a reliably measurable fair value and satisfy one of the following criteria: (i) it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities, or recognizing gains and losses on them on a different basis (an accounting mismatch); (ii) it belongs to a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both that are managed, evaluated, and reported to key management personnel on a fair value basis in accordance with our risk management strategy, and we can demonstrate that significant financial risks are eliminated or significantly reduced; or (iii) there is an embedded derivative in the financial or non-financial host contract and the derivative is not closely related to the host contract. These instruments cannot be reclassified out of the FVTPL category while they are held or issued. Financial assets designated as at FVTPL are recorded at fair value and any unrealized gain or loss arising due to changes in fair value is included in Trading revenue or Non-interest income – Other. Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL are recorded at fair value and fair value changes attributable to changes in our own credit risk are recorded in OCI. The remaining fair value changes are recorded in Trading revenue or Non-interest income – Other. Upon initial recognition, if we determine that presenting the effects of own credit risk changes in OCI would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in net income, the full fair value change in our debt designated as at FVTPL is recognized in net income. To determine the fair value adjustments on our debt designated as at FVTPL, we calculate the present value of the instruments based on the contractual cash flows over the term of the arrangement by using our effective funding rate at the beginning and end of the period with the change in present value recorded in OCI, Trading revenue or Non-interest income – Other as appropriate. Determination of fair value The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We determine fair value by incorporating all factors that market participants would consider in setting a price, including commonly accepted valuation approaches. The Board of Directors provides oversight on valuation of financial instruments, primarily through the Audit Committee and Risk Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the presentation and disclosure of financial instruments that are measured at fair value, while the Risk Committee assesses adequacy of governance structures and control processes for valuation of these instruments. We have established policies, procedures and controls for valuation methodologies and techniques to ensure fair value is reasonably estimated. Major valuation processes and controls include, but are not limited to, profit and loss decomposition, independent price verification (IPV) and model validation standards. These control processes are managed by either Finance or Group Risk Management and are independent of the relevant businesses and their trading functions. Profit and loss decomposition is a process to explain the fair value changes of certain positions and is performed daily for trading portfolios. All fair value instruments are subject to IPV, a process whereby trading function valuations are verified against external market prices and other relevant market data. Market data sources include traded prices, brokers and price vendors. We give priority to those third-party pricing services and prices having the highest and most consistent accuracy. The level of accuracy is determined over time by comparing third-party price values to traders’ or system values, to other pricing service values and, when available, to actual trade data. Other valuation techniques are used when a price or quote is not available. Some valuation processes use models to determine fair value. We have a systematic and consistent approach to control model use. Valuation models are approved for use within our model risk management framework. The framework addresses, among other things, model development standards, validation processes and procedures, and approval authorities. Model validation ensures that a model is suitable for its intended use and sets parameters for its use. All models are revalidated regularly. We record valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect counterparty credit quality of our derivative portfolio, differences between the overnight index swap (OIS) curve and London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) for collateralized derivatives, funding valuation adjustments (FVA) for uncollateralized and under-collateralized over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, unrealized gains or losses at inception of the transaction, bid- offer spreads and unobservable parameters. These adjustments may be subjective as they require significant judgment in the input selection, such as probability of default and recovery rate, and are intended to arrive at fair value that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument. The realized price for a transaction may be different from its recorded value that is previously estimated using management judgment, and may therefore impact unrealized gains and losses recognized in Non-interest income – Trading revenue or Other. Valuation adjustments are recorded for the credit risk of our derivative portfolios in order to arrive at their fair values. Credit valuation adjustments (CVA) take into account our counterparties’ creditworthiness, the current and potential future mark-to-market of the transactions, and the effects of credit mitigants such as master netting and collateral agreements. CVA amounts are derived from estimates of exposure at default, probability of default, recovery rates on a counterparty basis, and market and credit factor correlations. Exposure at default is the amounts of expected derivative related assets and liabilities at the time of default, estimated through modeling using underlying risk factors. Probability of default and recovery rate are generally implied from the market prices for credit protection and credit ratings of the counterparty. Correlation is the statistical measure of how credit and market factors may move in relation to one another. Correlation is estimated using historical data and market data where available. CVA is calculated daily and changes are recorded in Non-interest income – Trading revenue. In the determination of fair value of collateralized OTC derivatives using the OIS curve, our valuation approach accounts for the difference between certain OIS rates and LIBOR for derivatives valuation as valuation adjustments. FVA are also calculated to incorporate cost and benefit of funding in the valuation of uncollateralized and under-collateralized OTC derivatives. Future expected cash flows of these derivatives are discounted to reflect the cost and benefit of funding the derivatives by using a funding curve, implied volatilities and correlations as inputs. Where required, a valuation adjustment is made to reflect the unrealized gain or loss at inception of a financial instrument contract where the fair value of that financial instrument is not obtained from a quoted market price or cannot be evidenced by other observable market transactions based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. A bid-offer valuation adjustment is required when a financial instrument is valued at the mid-market price, instead of the bid or offer price for asset or liability positions, respectively. The valuation adjustment takes into account the spread from the mid to either the bid or offer price. 122 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Some valuation models require parameter calibration from such factors as market observed option prices. The calibration of parameters may be sensitive to factors such as the choice of instruments or optimization methodology. A valuation adjustment is also estimated to mitigate the uncertainties of parameter calibration. In determining fair value, a hierarchy is used which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Determination of fair value based on this hierarchy requires the use of observable market data whenever available. Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and model inputs that are either observable, or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs are one or more inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value of the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available at the measurement date. The availability of inputs for valuation may affect the selection of valuation techniques. The classification of a financial instrument in the hierarchy for disclosure purposes is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of fair value. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, management judgment is required to determine fair values by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, proxy information from similar transactions, and through extrapolation and interpolation techniques. For more complex or illiquid instruments, significant judgment is required in the determination of the model used, the selection of model inputs, and in some cases the application of valuation adjustments to the model value or quoted price for inactively traded financial instruments, as the selection of model inputs may be subjective and the inputs may be unobservable. Unobservable inputs are inherently uncertain as there is little or no market data available from which to determine the level at which the transaction would occur under normal business circumstances. Appropriate parameter uncertainty and market risk valuation adjustments for such inputs and other model risk valuation adjustments are assessed in all such instances. Interest Interest is recognized in Interest income and Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income for all interest bearing financial instruments using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash flows over the expected life of the financial asset or liability to the net carrying amount upon initial recognition. Significant judgment is applied in determining the effective interest rate due to uncertainty in the timing and amounts of future cash flows. Transaction costs Transaction costs are expensed as incurred for financial instruments classified or designated as at FVTPL. For other financial instruments, transaction costs are capitalized on initial recognition. For financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortized cost, capitalized transaction costs are amortized through Net income over the estimated life of the instrument using the effective interest method. For AFS financial assets measured at fair value that do not have fixed or determinable payments and no fixed maturity, capitalized transaction costs are recognized in Net income when the asset is derecognized or becomes impaired. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset on the balance sheet when there exists both a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and sold under repurchase agreements We purchase securities under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreement) and take possession of these securities. Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as collateralized lending transactions whereby we monitor the market value of the securities purchased and additional collateral is obtained when appropriate. We have the right to liquidate the collateral held in the event of counterparty default. We also sell securities under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), which are treated as collateralized borrowing transactions. The securities received under reverse repurchase agreements and securities delivered under repurchase agreements are not recognized on, or derecognized from, our Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively, unless the risks and rewards of ownership are obtained or relinquished. Reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the amounts at which the securities were initially acquired or sold, except when they are designated as at FVTPL and are recorded at fair value. Interest earned on reverse repurchase agreements is included in Interest income, and interest incurred on repurchase agreements is included in Interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Changes in fair value for reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements designated as at FVTPL are included in Trading revenue or Other in Non–interest income. Derivatives Derivatives are primarily used in sales and trading activities. Derivatives are also used to manage our exposure to interest, currency, credit and other market risks. The most frequently used derivative products are interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, forward rate agreements, interest rate options, foreign exchange forward contracts, cross currency swaps, foreign currency futures, foreign currency options, equity swaps and credit derivatives. All derivative instruments are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value, including those derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts and are not closely related to the host contracts. When derivatives are embedded in other financial instruments or host contracts, such combinations are known as hybrid instruments with the effect that some of the cash flows of a hybrid instrument vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative. If the host contract is not carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in our Consolidated Statements of Income, the embedded derivative is generally required to be separated from the host contract and accounted for separately as at FVTPL if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract. All embedded derivatives are presented on a combined basis with the host contracts although they are separated for measurement purposes when conditions requiring separation are met. When derivatives are used in sales and trading activities, the realized and unrealized gains and losses on these derivatives are recognized in Trading revenue in Non-interest income. Derivatives with positive fair values are reported as Derivative assets and derivatives with negative fair values are reported as Derivative liabilities. In accordance with our policy for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities, the net fair value of certain derivative assets and liabilities are reported as an asset or liability, as appropriate. Valuation adjustments are included in the fair value of Derivative assets and Derivative liabilities. Premiums paid and premiums received are shown in Derivative assets and Derivative liabilities, respectively. When derivatives are used to manage our own exposures, we determine for each derivative whether hedge accounting can be applied, as discussed in the Hedge accounting section below. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 123 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) Hedge accounting We use derivatives and non-derivatives in our hedging strategies to manage our exposure to interest rate, currency, credit and other market risks. Where hedge accounting can be applied, a hedge relationship is designated and documented at inception to detail the particular risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. The documentation identifies the specific asset, liability or antici- pated cash flows being hedged, the risk that is being hedged, the type of hedging instrument used and how effectiveness will be assessed. We assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments have been ‘highly effective’ in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged items. A hedge is regarded as highly effective only if the following criteria are met: (i) at inception of the hedge and throughout its life, the hedge is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, and (ii) actual results of the hedge are within a pre-determined range. In the case of hedging a forecast transaction, the transaction must have a high probability of occurring and must present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect the reported net profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued when it is determined that the hedging instrument is no longer effective as a hedge, the hedging instrument is terminated or sold, upon the sale or early termination of the hedged item, or when the forecast transaction is no longer deemed highly probable. Refer to Note 8 for the fair value of derivatives and non-derivative instruments categorized by their hedging relationships, as well as derivatives that are not designated in hedging relationships. Fair value hedges In a fair value hedging relationship, the carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk and recognized in Non-interest income. Changes in fair value of the hedged item, to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, are offset by changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative, which are also recognized in Non-interest income. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged items are amortized to Net income over the remaining life of the hedged items. We predominantly use interest rate swaps to hedge our exposure to changes in a fixed interest rate instrument’s fair value caused by changes in interest rates. Cash flow hedges In a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative, net of taxes, is recognized in OCI while the ineffective portion is recognized in Non-interest income. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the cumulative amounts previously recognized in Other components of equity are reclassified to Net interest income during the periods when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects Net interest income. Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives are reclassified immediately to Net income when the hedged item is sold or terminated early, or when the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur. We predominantly use interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in cash flows related to a variable-rate asset or liability. Net investment hedges In hedging a foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portion of foreign exchange gains and losses on the hedging instruments, net of applicable taxes, is recognized in OCI and the ineffective portion is recognized in Non-interest income. The amounts, or a portion thereof, previously recognized in Other components of equity are recognized in Net income on the disposal, or partial disposal, of the foreign operation. We use foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency-denominated liabilities to manage our foreign currency exposures to net invest- ments in foreign operations having a functional currency other than the Canadian dollar. Loans Loans are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and which are not classified as AFS. Loans are initially recognized at fair value. When loans are issued at a market rate, fair value is represented by the cash advanced to the borrowers. Loans are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method less impairment, unless we intend to sell them in the near future upon origination or they have been designated as at FVTPL, in which case they are carried at fair value. We assess at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that the loans are impaired. Evidence of impairment may include indications that the borrower is experiencing significant financial difficulty, probability of bankruptcy or other financial reorganization, as well as a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows evidenced by the adverse changes in the payments status of the borrower or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. Whenever a payment is 90 days past due, loans other than credit card balances and loans guaranteed or insured by a Canadian government (Federal or Provincial) or a Canadian government agency (collectively, Canadian government) are classified as impaired unless they are fully secured and collection efforts are reasonably expected to result in repayment of debt within 180 days of the loans becoming past due. Loans guaranteed by a Canadian government are classified as impaired when the loan is contractually 365 days in arrears. Credit card balances are written off when a payment is 180 days in arrears. Assets acquired to satisfy loan commitments are recorded at their fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined based on either current market value where available or discounted cash flows. Any excess of the carrying value of the loan over the fair value of the assets acquired is recognized by a charge to Provision for credit losses. Interest on loans is recognized in Interest income – Loans using the effective interest method. The estimated future cash flows used in this calculation include those determined by the contractual term of the asset, all fees that are considered to be integral to the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premium or discounts. Fees that relate to activities such as originating, restructuring or renegotiating loans are deferred and recognized as Interest income over the expected term of such loans using the effective interest method. Where there is a reasonable expectation that a loan will result, commitment and standby fees are also recognized as interest income over the expected term of the resulting loans using the effective interest method. Otherwise, such fees are recorded as other liabilities and amortized into Non-interest income over the commitment or standby period. Prepayment fees on mortgage loans are not included as part of the effective interest rate at origination as the amounts are not reliably measurable. If prepayment fees are received on a renewal of a mortgage loan, the fee is included as part of the effective interest rate, and if not renewed, the prepayment fee is recognized in interest income at the prepayment date. 124 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Allowance for credit losses An allowance for credit losses is established if there is objective evidence that we will be unable to collect all amounts due on our loans portfolio according to the original contractual terms or the equivalent value. This portfolio includes on-balance sheet exposures, such as loans and acceptances, and off-balance sheet items such as letters of credit, guarantees and unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the impairment losses recognized and decreased by the amount of write-offs, net of recoveries. The allowance for credit losses for on-balance sheet items is included as a reduction to assets, and the allowance for credit losses relating to off-balance sheet items is included in Provisions under Other Liabilities. We assess whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for loans that are individually significant and collectively for loans that are not individually significant. If we determine that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed loan, whether significant or not, the loan is included in a group of loans with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment. Loans that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment. Allowance for credit losses represent management’s best estimates of losses incurred in our loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management’s judgment is required in making assumptions and estimations when calculating allowances on both individually and collectively assessed loans. The underlying assumptions and estimates used for both individually and collectively assessed loans can change from period to period and may significantly affect our results of operations. Individually assessed loans Loans which are individually significant are assessed individually for objective indicators of impairment. A loan is considered impaired when management determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms or the equivalent value. Credit exposures of individually significant loans are evaluated based on factors including the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, and where applicable, the realizable value of any collateral. If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss, then the amount of the loss is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan, including accrued interest, and the estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is measured as the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, including cash flows that may result from the realization of collateral less costs to sell. Individually-assessed impairment losses reduce the carrying amount of the loan through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in Provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Following impairment, interest income is recognized on the unwinding of the discount from the initial recognition of impairment. Significant judgment is required in assessing evidence of impairment and estimation of the amount and timing of future cash flows when determining the impairment loss. When assessing objective evidence of impairment we primarily consider specific factors such as the financial condition of the borrower, borrower’s default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, local economic conditions and other observable data. In determining the estimated recoverable amount we consider discounted expected future cash flows at the effective interest rate using a number of assumptions and inputs. Management judgment is involved when choosing these inputs and assumptions used such as the expected amount of the loan that will not be recovered and the cost of time delays in collecting principal and/or interest, and when estimating the value of any collateral held for which there may not be a readily accessible market. Changes in the amount expected to be recovered would have a direct impact on the Provision for credit losses and may result in a change in the Allowance for credit losses Collectively assessed loans Loans which are not individually significant, or which are individually assessed and not determined to be impaired, are collectively assessed for impairment. For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, loans are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics, taking into account loan type, industry, geographic location, collateral type, past due status and other relevant factors. The collective impairment allowance is determined by reviewing factors including: (i) historical loss experience, which takes into consideration historical probabilities of default, loss given default and exposure at default, in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics, and (ii) management’s judgment on the level of impairment losses based on historical experience relative to the actual level as reported at the balance sheet date, taking into consideration the current portfolio credit quality trends, business and economic and credit conditions, the impact of policy and process changes, and other supporting factors. Future cash flows for a group of loans are collectively evaluated for impairment on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the loans in the group and historical loss experience for loans with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. Collectively-assessed impairment losses reduce the carrying amount of the aggregated loan position through an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in Provision for credit losses. Following impairment, interest income is recognized on the unwinding of the discount from the initial recognition of impairment. The methodology and assumptions used to calculate collective impairment allowances are subject to uncertainty, in part because it is not practicable to identify losses on an individual loan basis due to the large number of individually insignificant loans in the portfolio. Significant judgment is required in assessing historical loss experience, the loss identification period and its relationship to current portfolios including delinquency, and loan balances; and current business, economic and credit conditions including industry specific performance, unemployment and country risks. Changes in these assumptions would have a direct impact on the Provision for credit losses and may result in changes in the related Allowance for credit losses. Write-off of loans Loans and the related impairment allowance for credit losses are written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, they are generally written off after receipt of any proceeds from the realization of the collateral. In circumstances where the net realizable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write off may be earlier. For credit cards, the balances and related allowance for credit losses are written off when payment is 180 days in arrears. Personal loans are generally written off at 150 days past due. Derecognition of financial assets Our various securitization activities generally consist of the transfer of financial assets such as loans or packaged mortgage-backed securities (MBS) to independent structured entities or trusts that issue securities to investors. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 125 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) Financial assets are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when our contractual rights to the cash flows from the assets have expired, when we retain the rights to receive the cash flows of the assets but assume an obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party subject to certain pass-through requirements or when we transfer our contractual rights to receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risk and rewards of the assets have been transferred. When we retain substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the trans- ferred assets are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are accounted for as secured financing transactions. When we neither retain nor transfer substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the assets, we derecognize the assets if control over the assets is relinquished. If we retain control over the transferred assets, we continue to recognize the transferred assets to the extent of our continuing involvement. Management’s judgment is applied in determining whether the contractual rights to the cash flows from the transferred assets have expired or whether we retain the rights to receive cash flows on the assets but assume an obligation to pay for those cash flows. We derecognize transferred financial assets if we transfer substantially all the risk and rewards of the ownership in the assets. When assessing whether we have transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of the transferred assets, management considers the entity exposure before and after the transfer with the variability in the amount and timing of the net cash flows of the transferred assets. In transfers that we retain the servicing rights, management has applied judgment in assessing the benefits of servicing against market expectations. When the benefits of servicing are greater than fair market value, a servicing asset is recognized in Other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the benefits of servicing are less than fair market value, a servicing liability is recognized in Other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Derecognition of financial liabilities We derecognize a financial liability from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when our obligation specified in the contract expires, or is discharged or cancelled. We recognize the difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability transferred and the consideration paid in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Guarantees Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that contingently require us to make specified payments (in cash, other assets, our own shares or provision of services) to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. Liabilities are recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the inception of a guarantee for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. Financial guarantees are subsequently remeasured at the higher of (i) the amount initially recognized and (ii) our best estimate of the present value of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. If the financial guarantee contract meets the definition of a derivative, it is measured at fair value at each balance sheet date and reported under Derivatives on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Insurance and segregated funds Premiums from long-duration contracts, primarily life insurance, are recognized when due in Non-interest income – Insurance premiums, investment and fee income. Premiums from short-duration contracts, primarily property and casualty, and fees for administrative services are recognized in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income over the related contract period. Unearned premiums of the short-duration contracts, representing the unexpired portion of premiums, are reported in Other liabilities. Investments made by our insurance operations are classified as AFS or loans and receivables, except for investments supporting the policy benefit liabilities on life and health insurance contracts and a portion of property and casualty contracts. These are designated as at FVTPL with changes in fair value reported in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income. Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates for future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method (CALM), which incorporates assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policy lapses and surrenders, investment yields, policy dividends, operating and policy maintenance expenses, and provisions for adverse deviation. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated in response to actual experience and market conditions. Liabilities for property and casualty insurance represent estimated provisions for reported and unreported claims. Liabilities for life and property and casualty insurance are included in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Changes in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities are included in the Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income in the period in which the estimates change. Premiums ceded for reinsurance and reinsurance recoveries on policyholder benefits and claims incurred are reported in income and expense as appropriate. Reinsurance recoverables, which relate to paid benefits and unpaid claims, are included in Other assets. Acquisition costs for new insurance business consist of commissions, premium taxes, certain underwriting costs and other costs that vary with the acquisition of new business. Deferred acquisition costs for life insurance products are implicitly recognized in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities by CALM. For property and casualty insurance, these costs are classified as Other assets and amortized over the policy term. Segregated funds are lines of business in which we issue an insurance contract where the benefit amount is directly linked to the market value of the investments held in the underlying fund. The contractual arrangement is such that the underlying segregated fund assets are registered in our name but the segregated fund policyholders bear the risks and rewards of the funds’ investment performance. Liabilities for these contracts are calculated based on contractual obligations using actuarial assumptions and are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices. Segregated funds’ assets and liabilities are separately presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. As the segregated fund policyholders bear the risks and rewards of the funds’ performance, investment income earned by the segregated funds and expenses incurred by the segregated funds are offset and are not separately presented in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Fee income we earn from segregated funds includes management fees, mortality, policy administration and surrender charges, and these fees are recorded in Non-interest income – Insurance premiums, investment and fee income. We provide minimum death benefit and maturity value guarantees on segregated funds. The liability associated with these minimum guarantees is recorded in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Liability adequacy tests are performed for all insurance contract portfolios at each balance sheet date to ensure the adequacy of insurance contract liabilities. Current best estimates of future contractual cash flows, claims handling and administration costs, and investment returns from the assets backing the liabilities are taken into account in the tests. When the test results indicate that there is a deficiency in liabilities, the deficiency is charged immediately to our Consolidated Statements of Income by writing down the deferred acquisition costs in Other assets and/or increasing Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. 126 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Employee benefits – Pensions and other post-employment benefits Our defined benefit pension expense, which is included in Non-interest expense – Human resources, consists of the cost of employee pension benefits for the current year’s service, net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset), past service cost and gains or losses on settlement. Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses and return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability), are recognized immediately in OCI in the period in which they occur. Actuarial gains and losses comprise experience adjustments (the effects of differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred), as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions. Past service cost is the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from a plan amendment or curtailment and is charged immediately to income. For each defined benefit plan, we recognize the present value of our defined benefit obligations less the fair value of the plan assets, as a defined benefit liability reported in Employee benefit liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For plans where there is a net defined benefit asset, the amount is reported as an asset in Employee benefit assets on our Consolidated Balance sheets. The calculation of defined benefit expenses and obligations requires significant judgment as the recognition is dependent on discount rates and various actuarial assumptions such as healthcare cost trend rates, projected salary increases, retirement age, and mortality and termination rates. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates and assumptions are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. For our pension and other post-employment plans, the discount rate is determined by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds. Since the discount rate is based on currently available yields, and involves management’s assessment of market liquidity, it is only a proxy for future yields. Actuarial assumptions, set in accordance with current practices in the respective countries of our plans, may differ from actual experience as country specific statistics is only an estimate for future employee behaviour. These assumptions are determined by management and are reviewed by actuaries at least annually. Changes to any of the above assumptions may affect the amounts of benefits obligations, expenses and remeasurements that we recognize. Our contributions to defined contribution plans are expensed when employees have rendered services in exchange for such contributions. Defined contribution plan expense is included in Non-interest expense – Human resources. Share–based compensation We offer share-based compensation plans to certain key employees and to our non-employee directors. To account for stock options granted to employees, compensation expense is recognized over the applicable vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. Fair value is determined by using option valuation models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. When the options are exercised, the exercise price proceeds together with the amount initially recorded in equity are credited to common shares. Our other compensation plans include performance deferred share plans and deferred share unit plans for key employees (the Plans). The obligations for the Plans are accrued over their vesting periods. The Plans are settled in cash. For cash-settled awards, our accrued obligations are adjusted to their fair value at each balance sheet date. For share-settled awards, our accrued obligations are based on the fair value of our common shares at the date of grant. Changes in our obligations, net of related hedges, are recorded as Non-interest expense – Human resources in our Consolidated Statements of Income with a corresponding increase in Other liabilities for cash-settled awards and in Retained earnings for share-settled awards. The compensation cost attributable to options and awards granted to employees who are eligible to retire or will become eligible to retire during the vesting period, is recognized immediately if the employee is eligible to retire on the grant date or over the period between the grant date and the date the employee becomes eligible to retire. Our contributions to the employee savings and share ownership plans are expensed as incurred. Income taxes Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax and is recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current income tax payable on profits is recognized as an expense based on the applicable tax laws in each jurisdiction in the period in which profits arise, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes compared with tax purposes. A deferred income tax asset or liability is determined for each temporary difference, except for earnings related to our subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures where the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future and we have the ability to control the timing of reversal. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the tax rates that are expected to be in effect in the period that the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when they are levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities within the same tax reporting group (which intends to settle on a net basis), and when there is a legal right to offset. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the same conditions are satisfied. Our Consolidated Statements of Income include items that are non- taxable or non-deductible for income tax purposes and, accordingly, this causes the income tax provision to be different from what it would be if based on statutory rates. Deferred income taxes accumulated as a result of temporary differences and tax loss carryfowards are included in Other assets and Other liabilities. On a quarterly basis, we review our deferred income tax assets to determine whether it is probable that the benefits associated with these assets will be realized; this review involves evaluating both positive and negative evidence. We are subject to income tax laws in various jurisdictions where we operate, and the complex tax laws are potentially subject to different interpretations by us and the relevant taxation authorities. Significant judgment is required in the interpretation of the relevant tax laws, and the determination of our tax provision which includes our best estimate of tax positions that are under audit or appeal by relevant taxation authorities. We perform a review on a quarterly basis to incorporate our best assessment based on information available, but additional liability and income tax expense could result based on decisions made by the relevant tax authorities. The determination of our deferred tax asset or liability also requires significant management judgment as the recognition is dependant on our projection of future taxable profits and tax rates that are expected to be in effect in the period the asset is realized or the liability is settled. Any changes in our projection will result in changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and also deferred tax expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 127 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) Business combinations, goodwill and other intangibles All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Non-controlling interests, if any, are recognized at their proportionate share of the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities, unless otherwise indicated. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill and included in Other intangibles. Goodwill represents the excess of the price paid for the business acquired over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired on the date of acquisition. Goodwill Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units (CGU) for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed annually as at August 1, or more frequently if there are objective indicators of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. Value in use is the present value of the expected future cash flows from a CGU. Fair value less costs of disposal is the amount obtainable from the sale of a CGU in an orderly transaction between market participants, less disposal costs. The fair value of a CGU is estimated using valuation techniques such as a discounted cash flow method, adjusted to reflect the considerations of a prospective third-party buyer. External evidence such as binding sale agreements or recent transactions for similar businesses within the same industry is considered to the extent that it is available. Significant judgment is involved in estimating the model inputs used to determine the recoverable amount of our CGU, in particular future cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates, due to the uncertainty in the timing and amount of cash flows and the forward-looking nature of these inputs. Future cash flows are based on financial plans agreed by management which are estimated based on forecast results, business initiatives, planned capital investments and returns to shareholders. Discount rates are based on the bank-wide cost of capital, adjusted for CGU-specific risks and currency exposure as reflected by differences in expected inflation. Bank-wide cost of capital is based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model. CGU-specific risks include country risk, business/operational risk, geographic risk (including political risk, devaluation risk, and government regulation), currency risk, and price risk (including product pricing risk and inflation). Terminal growth rates reflect the expected long-term gross domestic product growth and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. Changes in these assumptions may impact the amount of impairment loss recognized in Non-interest expense. The carrying amount of a CGU includes the carrying amount of assets, liabilities and goodwill allocated to the CGU. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other non-financial assets of the CGU proportionately based on the carrying amount of each asset. Any impairment loss is charged to income in the period in which the impairment is identified. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited. Upon disposal of a portion of a CGU, the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the portion of the CGU sold is included in the determination of gains or losses on disposal. The carrying amount is determined based on the relative fair value of the disposed portion to the total CGU. Other intangibles Intangible assets represent identifiable non-monetary assets and are acquired either separately or through a business combination, or generated internally. Intangible assets acquired through a business combination are recognized separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, and their fair value can be measured reliably. The cost of a separately acquired intangible asset includes its purchase price and directly attributable costs of preparing the asset for its intended use. In respect of internally generated intangible assets, cost includes all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce, and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Research and development costs that are not eligible for capitalization are expensed. After initial recognition, an intangible asset is carried at its cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Intangible assets with a finite-life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: computer software – 3 to 10 years; and customer relationships – 10 to 20 years. We do not have any intangible assets with indefinite lives. Intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting period. If there is an indication that an intangible asset may be impaired, an impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the intangible asset to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, we estimate the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. If the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is written down to its recoverable amount as an impairment loss. An impairment loss recognized previously is reversed if there is a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) since the last impairment loss was recognized. If an impairment loss is subsequently reversed, the carrying amount of the asset (or CGU) is revised to the lower of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of amortization) had there been no prior impairment. Due to the subjective nature of these estimates, significant judgment is required in determining the useful lives and recoverable amounts of our intangible assets, and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment. Estimates of the recoverable amounts of our intangible assets rely on certain key inputs, including future cash flows and discount rates. Future cash flows are based on sales projections and allocated costs which are estimated based on forecast results and business initiatives. Discount rates are based on the bank-wide cost of capital, adjusted for asset-specific risks. Changes in these assumptions may impact the amount of impairment loss recognized in Non-interest expense. Other Translation of foreign currencies Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the translation and settlement of these items are recognized in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost are translated into Canadian dollars at historical rates. Non- monetary financial assets classified as AFS securities, such as equity instruments, that are measured at fair value are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, and the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in Other components of equity until the asset is sold or becomes impaired. Assets and liabilities of our foreign operations with functional currencies other than Canadian dollars are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, and income and expenses of these foreign operations are translated at average rates of exchange for the reporting period. 128 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Unrealized gains or losses arising as a result of the translation of our foreign operations along with the effective portion of related hedges are reported in Other components of equity on an after-tax basis. Upon disposal or partial disposal of a foreign operation, an appropriate portion of the accumulated net translation gains or losses is included in Non-interest income. Premises and equipment Premises and equipment includes land, buildings, leasehold improvements, computer equipment, furniture, fixtures and other equipment, and are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises the purchase price, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use, and the initial estimate of any disposal costs. Depreciation is recorded principally on a straight–line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are 25 to 50 years for buildings, 3 to 10 years for computer equipment, and 7 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and other equipment. The amortization period for leasehold improvements is the lesser of the useful life of the leasehold improvements or the lease term plus the first renewal period, if reasonably assured of renewal, up to a maximum of 10 years. Land is not depreciated. Gains and losses on disposal are recorded in Non–interest income. Premises and equipment are assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting period. If there is an indication that an asset may be impaired, an impairment test is performed by comparing the asset’s carrying amount to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, we estimate the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs and test for impairment at the CGU level. An impairment charge is recorded to the extent the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU), which is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal, is less than its carrying amount. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset (or CGU). Fair value less costs of disposal is the amount obtainable from the sale of the asset (or CGU) in an orderly transaction between market participants, less costs of disposal. After the recognition of impairment, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. If an impairment is later reversed, the carrying amount of the asset is revised to the lower of the asset’s recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had there been no prior impairment loss. The depreciation charge in future periods is adjusted to reflect the revised carrying amount. Provisions Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount and are recognized when we have a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured as the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date. Significant judgment is required in determining whether a present obligation exists and in estimating the probability, timing and amount of any outflows. We record provisions related to litigation, asset retirement obligations, and the allowance for off-balance sheet and other items. Provisions are recorded under Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We are required to estimate the results of ongoing legal proceedings, expenses to be incurred to dispose of capital assets, and credit losses on undrawn commitments and guarantees. The forward-looking nature of these estimates requires us to use a significant amount of judgment in projecting the timing and amount of future cash flows. We record our provisions on the basis of all available information at the end of the reporting period and make adjustments on a quarterly basis to reflect current expectations. Should actual results differ from our expectations, we may incur expenses in excess of the provisions recognized. When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, such as an insurer, a separate asset is recognized if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received. Commissions and fees Portfolio management and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts. Fees related to provision of services including asset management, wealth management, financial planning and custody services that cover a specified service period, are recognized over the period in which the service is provided. Fees such as underwriting fees and brokerage fees that are related to the provision of specific transaction type services are recognized when the service has been completed. Dividend income Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities, and usually the date when shareholders have approved the dividend for unlisted equity securities. Leasing A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee the right to use an asset for an agreed upon period of time in return for a payment or series of payments. A finance lease is a lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee, where title may or may not eventually be transferred. An operating lease is a lease other than a finance lease. Operating leases When we are the lessee in an operating lease, we record rental payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term in Non-interest expense. Finance leases When we are the lessee in a finance lease, we initially record both the leased asset and the related lease obligation in Premises and equipment, Other intangibles and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at an amount equal to the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the date of inception of the lease. Initial direct costs directly attributed to the lease are recognized as an asset under the finance lease. Earnings per share Earnings per share is computed by dividing Net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income available to common shareholders is determined after deducting dividend entitlements of preferred shareholders, any gain (loss) on redemption of preferred shares net of related income taxes and the net income attributable to non-controlling interests. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if additional common shares are assumed to be issued under securities or contracts that entitle their holders to obtain common shares in the future, to the extent such entitlement is not subject to unresolved contingencies. For contracts that may be settled in cash or in common shares at our option, diluted earnings per share is calculated based on the assumption that such contracts will be settled in shares. Income and expenses associated with these types of contracts are Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 129 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) excluded from the Net income available to common shareholders, and the additional number of shares that would be issued is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation. These contracts include our convertible Preferred Shares and Trust Capital Securities. For stock options whose exercise price is less than the average market price of our common shares, they are assumed to be exercised and the proceeds are used to repurchase common shares at the average market price for the period. The incremental number of common shares issued under stock options and repurchased from proceeds is included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Share capital We classify a financial instrument that we issue as a financial asset, financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. Our common shares held by us are classified as treasury shares in equity and accounted for at weighted average cost. Upon the sale of treasury shares, the difference between the sale proceeds and the cost of the shares is recognized in Retained earnings. Financial instruments issued by us are classified as equity instruments when there is no contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial assets. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of equity instruments are included in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax. Financial instruments that will be settled by a variable number of our common shares upon their conversion by the holders as well as the related accrued distributions are classified as liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Dividends and yield distributions on these instruments are classified as Interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Future changes in accounting policy and disclosure We are currently assessing the impact of adopting the following standards on our consolidated financial statements: IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (IAS 32) In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 which clarify the existing requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. The amendments will be effective for us on November 1, 2014. The adoption of these amendments is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IFRS Interpretations Committee Interpretation 21 Levies (IFRIC 21) In May 2013, the IASB issued IFRIC 21 which provides guidance on when to recognize a liability to pay a levy that is accounted for in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. It also addresses the accounting for a liability to pay a levy whose timing and amount is certain. The Interpretation clarifies that the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity described in the relevant legislation that triggers the payment of the levy. IFRIC 21 will be effective for us on November 1, 2014. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (IFRS 15) In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 which establishes principles for reporting about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. The standard provides a single, principles based five-step model for revenue recognition to be applied to all contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will be effective for us on November 1, 2017. IFRS 9 Financial Instruments In July 2014, the IASB issued the complete version of IFRS 9, first issued in November 2009, which brings together the classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting phases of the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39. IFRS 9 introduces a principles-based approach to the classification of financial assets based on an entity’s business model and the nature of the cash flows of the asset. All financial assets, including hybrid contracts, are measured as at FVTPL, fair value through OCI or amortized cost. For financial liabilities, IFRS 9 includes the requirements for classification and measurement previously included in IAS 39. IFRS 9 also introduces an expected loss impairment model for all financial assets not as at FVTPL. The model has three stages: (1) on initial recognition, 12-month expected credit losses are recognized in profit or loss and a loss allowance is established; (2) if credit risk increases significantly and the resulting credit risk is not considered to be low, full lifetime expected credit losses are recognized; and (3) when a financial asset is considered credit-impaired, interest revenue is calculated based on the carrying amount of the asset, net of the loss allowance, rather than its gross carrying amount. Finally, IFRS 9 introduces a new hedge accounting model that aligns the accounting for hedge relationships more closely with an entity’s risk management activities. We adopted the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 in the second quarter of this year. The remaining sections of IFRS 9 will be effective for us no later than November 1, 2018. 130 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments Carrying value and fair value of selected financial instruments The following tables provide a comparison of the carrying and fair values for each classification of financial instruments. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial assets Securities Trading Available-for-sale (1) Total Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Other Derivatives Other assets Financial liabilities Deposits Personal Business and government (2) Bank (3) Other Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial assets Securities Trading Available-for-sale (1) Total Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Other Derivatives Other assets Financial liabilities Deposits Personal Business and government (2) Bank (3) Other Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Carrying value and fair value Carrying value Fair value As at October 31, 2014 Financial instruments classified as at FVTPL Financial instruments designated as at FVTPL Available- for-sale instruments measured at fair value $ $ 141,217 – 141,217 $ 10,163 – 10,163 – 46,009 46,009 — – – – – – – 85,292 – 1,337 1,337 87,402 – $ $ 112 – – 112 50,345 – 88,982 20 – – 2,278 2,278 – 930 13,289 59,446 6,592 79,327 – 58,411 – 30 106 Financial instruments measured at amortized cost Financial instruments measured at amortized cost Total carrying amount Total fair value $ $ – 1,759 1,759 50,288 333,763 97,851 431,614 – 32,975 195,816 327,214 11,631 534,661 – 5,920 – 36,816 7,753 $ $ $ – 1,762 1,762 151,380 47,768 199,148 $ 151,380 47,771 199,151 50,288 135,580 135,580 335,178 97,758 432,936 – 32,975 333,763 101,466 435,229 335,178 101,373 436,551 87,402 33,905 87,402 33,905 $ 195,964 328,328 11,636 535,928 209,217 386,660 18,223 614,100 $ 209,365 387,774 18,228 615,367 – 50,345 50,345 5,921 – 36,762 7,712 64,331 88,982 36,866 7,859 64,332 88,982 36,812 7,818 Carrying value and fair value Carrying value Fair value As at October 31, 2013 Financial instruments classified as at FVTPL Financial instruments designated as at FVTPL Available- for-sale instruments measured at fair value Financial instruments measured at amortized cost Financial instruments measured at amortized cost Total carrying amount Total fair value $ $ 135,346 – 135,346 $ 8,677 – 8,677 – 38,286 38,286 – – – – – – – 82,023 – 614 614 74,822 – $ $ 69 – – 69 47,128 – 76,745 (2) – – 964 964 – 983 9,069 56,037 1,932 67,038 – 53,948 – 42 109 $ $ – 401 401 35,494 319,447 87,825 407,272 – 28,820 185,805 298,556 11,611 495,972 – 6,468 – 34,352 7,334 $ $ $ – 401 401 144,023 38,687 182,710 $ 144,023 38,687 182,710 35,494 117,517 117,517 317,635 87,848 405,483 – 28,820 319,447 89,403 408,850 317,635 89,426 407,061 74,822 29,803 74,822 29,803 $ 185,989 299,442 11,611 497,042 194,943 354,593 13,543 563,079 $ 195,127 355,479 13,543 564,149 – 47,128 47,128 6,468 – 34,352 7,285 60,416 76,745 34,392 7,443 60,416 76,745 34,392 7,394 (1) (2) (3) Available-for-sale securities include held-to-maturity securities that are recorded at amortized cost. Business and government includes deposits from regulated deposit-taking institutions other than regulated banks. Bank refers to regulated banks. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 131 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) The following tables present information on loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL, the maximum exposure to credit risk, the extent to which the risk is mitigated by credit derivatives and similar instruments, and changes in the fair value of these assets. For our loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL, we measure the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk as the difference between the total change in the fair value of the instrument during the period and the change in fair value calculated using the appropriate risk-free yield curves. Loans and receivables designated as at fair value through profit or loss (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest-bearing deposits with banks $ Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans – Wholesale Other Assets Carrying amount of loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL 5,603 85,292 2,278 326 $ 93,499 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest-bearing deposits with banks $ Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans – Wholesale Other assets Carrying amount of loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL 2,424 82,023 964 463 $ 85,874 As at October 31, 2014 Changes in fair value for the year attributable to changes in credit risk for positions still held – $ Cumulative change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk for positions still held (1) – $ Extent to which credit derivatives or similar instruments mitigate credit risk – $ Changes in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments for the year – $ Cumulative change in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments (1) – $ Maximum exposure to credit risk 5,603 $ 85,292 2,278 326 $ 93,499 $ – 242 – 242 $ – 4 – 4 $ – 5 – 5 $ – – – – $ – – – – As at October 31, 2013 Changes in fair value for the year attributable to changes in credit risk for positions still held – $ Cumulative change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk for positions still held (1) – $ Extent to which credit derivatives or similar instruments mitigate credit risk – $ Changes in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments for the year – $ Cumulative change in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments (1) – $ Maximum exposure to credit risk 2,424 $ 82,023 964 463 $ 85,874 $ – 224 – 224 $ – 3 – 3 $ – 1 – 1 $ – – – – $ – – – – (1) The cumulative change is measured from the initial recognition of the credit derivative or similar instruments. The following tables present the changes in the fair value of our financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL as well as their contractual maturity and carrying amounts. For our financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL, we measure the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk as the difference between the total change in the fair value of the instrument during the period and the change in the fair value attributable to changes in market conditions such as changes in benchmark interest rate or foreign exchange rate. Liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss As at October 31, 2014 Difference between carrying value and contractual maturity amount Changes in fair value for the year ended attributable to changes in credit risk included in net income for positions still held Changes in fair value for the year ended attributable to changes in credit risk included in other comprehensive income for positions still held Cumulative change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk for positions still held (1) Contractual maturity amount Carrying Value $ 12,964 $ 13,289 $ 59,139 6,592 78,695 58,413 30 101 59,446 6,592 79,327 58,411 30 106 $ 137,239 $ 137,874 $ 325 $ 307 – 632 (2) – 5 635 $ – $ – – – – – – – $ 13 $ 61 – 74 – – 3 77 $ 19 58 – 77 – – (3) 74 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Term deposits Personal Business and government (2) Bank (3) Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures 132 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements As at October 31, 2013 Difference between carrying value and contractual maturity amount Changes in fair value for the year ended attributable to changes in credit risk included in net income for positions still held Changes in fair value for the year ended attributable to changes in credit risk included in other comprehensive income for positions still held Cumulative change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk for positions still held (1) Contractual maturity amount Carrying value $ 8,963 $ 9,069 $ 56,216 1,932 67,111 53,952 42 106 56,037 1,932 67,038 53,948 42 109 $ 121,211 $ 121,137 $ 106 $ (179) – (73) (4) – 3 (74) $ (20) 36 – 16 – – 6 22 n.a. $ n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. $ 6 (3) – 3 – – (6) (3) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Term deposits Personal Business and government (2) Bank (3) Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures (1) (2) (3) n.a. The cumulative change is measured from the initial recognition of the liabilities designated as at FVTPL. For the year ended October 31, 2014, $4 million of fair value losses previously included in OCI were realized for financial liabilities derecognized during the year. Business and government includes deposits from regulated deposit-taking institutions other than regulated banks. Bank refers to regulated banks. not applicable. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 133 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) Fair value of assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis and classified using the fair value hierarchy The following tables present the financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified by the fair value hierarchy. October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) Fair value measurements using Level 2 Level 1 Level 3 Total gross fair value Netting adjustments Assets/ liabilities at fair value Fair value measurements using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total gross fair value Netting adjustments Assets/ liabilities at fair value – $ 5,603 $ – $ 5,603 $ $ 5,603 $ – $ 2,424 $ – $ 2,424 $ $ 2,424 Financial assets Interest bearing deposits with banks $ Securities Trading Canadian government debt (1) Federal Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt (1) Other OECD government debt (2) Mortgage-backed securities (1) Asset-backed securities CDOs (3) Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale (4) Canadian government debt (1) Federal Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt (1) Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities (1) Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loan substitute securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Other Derivatives Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Credit derivatives Other contracts Valuation adjustments (5) Total gross derivatives Netting adjustments Total derivatives Other assets Financial Liabilities Deposits 8,288 – 1,838 7,334 – – – 15 47,396 64,871 429 – 29 6,979 – – – – 140 102 5,855 11,371 27,628 7,991 964 37 889 27,422 3,589 85,746 11,540 799 4,839 7,303 138 857 381 7,714 514 24 7,679 34,109 – – 85,292 3,154 13 – – 3,238 – 3,251 102,176 33,761 244 4,839 (702) 140,318 – – 6 – 4 74 364 149 166 763 – – 1,389 11 – 24 182 1,573 1,028 – 4,207 – 461 339 48 10 560 (56) 901 11,969 799 6,257 14,293 138 881 563 9,287 1,682 126 45,995 85,292 3,615 102,528 33,809 254 8,637 (758) 144,470 14,143 11,371 29,472 15,325 968 111 1,253 27,586 51,151 14,143 11,371 29,472 15,325 968 111 1,253 27,586 51,151 151,380 151,380 11,978 – 5,480 2,815 – – – – 41,874 62,147 153 – 26 5,463 – – – – 137 103 6,976 12,146 23,980 8,101 802 – 1,084 24,346 3,132 80,567 9,690 667 4,238 5,434 139 1,294 283 5,096 585 24 11,969 799 6,257 14,293 138 881 563 9,287 1,682 126 – – 22 370 28 31 260 415 183 18,954 12,146 29,482 11,286 830 31 1,344 24,761 45,189 18,954 12,146 29,482 11,286 830 31 1,344 24,761 45,189 1,309 144,023 144,023 – – 2,014 – – 103 180 1,673 969 – 4,939 9,843 667 6,278 10,897 139 1,397 463 6,769 1,691 127 38,271 45,995 5,882 27,450 85,292 3,615 102,528 33,809 254 8,637 (758) 144,470 (57,068) 87,402 930 – – 82,023 1,164 – 414 82,023 1,578 22 – – 2,558 (2) 78,517 20,709 193 3,219 (398) 333 76 32 858 (105) 78,872 20,785 225 6,635 (505) 2,578 102,240 1,194 106,012 520 452 11 983 (31,190) 9,843 667 6,278 10,897 139 1,397 463 6,769 1,691 127 38,271 82,023 1,578 78,872 20,785 225 6,635 (505) 106,012 (31,190) 74,822 983 604 326 – 930 (57,068) $ 76,405 $ 354,548 $ 6,332 $ 437,285 $ (57,068) $ 380,217 $ 71,127 $ 296,320 $ 7,867 $ 375,314 $ (31,190) $ 344,124 Personal Business and government Bank $ – – – $ 12,904 59,376 6,592 $ 497 70 – $ 13,401 59,446 6,592 $ $ $ 13,401 59,446 6,592 – – – $ 8,095 52,104 1,932 $ 1,043 3,933 – $ 9,138 56,037 1,932 $ $ 9,138 56,037 1,932 Other Obligations related to securities sold short 32,857 17,484 Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Credit derivatives Other contracts Valuation adjustments (5) Total gross derivatives Netting adjustments Total derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures – 58,411 9 – – 2,886 – 2,895 96,752 35,664 327 8,537 (65) 141,215 4 – 709 39 15 1,062 29 1,854 50,345 58,411 97,470 35,703 342 12,485 (36) 145,964 – – 30 106 20 – 50 106 (56,982) 50,345 31,832 15,280 16 47,128 58,411 – 53,948 – 53,948 97,470 35,703 342 12,485 (36) 145,964 (56,982) 88,982 50 106 9 – – 2,379 n.a. 2,388 74,113 22,715 295 5,979 n.a. 103,102 791 193 37 1,727 n.a. 2,748 74,913 22,908 332 10,085 n.a. 108,238 – – 37 – 3 109 40 109 47,128 53,948 74,913 22,908 332 10,085 n.a. 108,238 (31,493) 76,745 40 109 (31,493) $ 35,752 $ 296,118 $ 2,445 $ 334,315 $ (56,982) $ 277,333 $ 34,220 $ 234,498 $ 7,852 $ 276,570 $ (31,493) $ 245,077 As at October 31, 2014, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities (MBS) included in all fair value levels of Trading securities were $6,564 million and $81 million (October 31, 2013 – $4,934 million and $93 million), respectively, and in all fair value levels of AFS securities, $6,956 million and $34 million (October 31, 2013 – $3,105 and $35 million), respectively. OECD stands for Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. CDOs stand for Collateralized Debt Obligations. Excludes $14 million and $1,759 million of AFS and held-to-maturity securities (October 31, 2013 – $15 million and $401 million), respectively, that are carried at cost. IFRS 13 requirements are applied on a prospective basis and the standard permits an exception, through an accounting policy choice, to measure the fair value of a portfolio of financial instruments on a net open risk position basis when certain criteria are met. We have elected to use this policy choice to determine fair value of certain portfolios of financial instruments, primarily derivatives, on a net exposure to market or credit risk. The valuation adjustment amounts in this table include those determined on a portfolio basis. not applicable. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) n.a. 134 The following describes how fair values are determined, what inputs are used and where they are classified in the fair value hierarchy table above, for our significant assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Government bonds (Canadian, U.S. and other OECD governments) Government bonds are included in Canadian government debt, U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, Other OECD government debt and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table. The fair values of government issued or guaranteed debt securities in active markets are determined by reference to recent transaction prices, broker quotes, or third-party vendor prices and are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of securities that are not traded in active markets are based on either security prices, or valuation techniques using implied yields and risk spreads derived from prices of actively traded and similar government securities. Securities with observable prices or rate inputs as compared to transaction prices, dealer quotes or vendor prices are classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Securities where inputs are unobservable are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Corporate and U.S. municipal bonds The fair values of corporate and U.S. municipal bonds, which are included in Corporate debt and other debt, U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table, are determined using either recently executed transaction prices, broker quotes, pricing services, or in certain instances discounted cash flow method using rate inputs such as benchmark yields (Canadian Dealer Offered Rate, LIBOR and other similar reference rates) and risk spreads of comparable securities. Securities with observable prices or rate inputs as compared to transaction prices, dealer quotes or vendor prices are classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Securities where inputs are unobservable are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Asset-backed securities and Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities (ABS) and MBS are included in Asset-backed securities, Mortgage-backed securities, Canadian government debt, U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table. ABS are primarily collateralized debt obligations (CDO). Inputs for valuation of MBS and CDO are, when available, traded prices, dealer or lead manager quotes, broker quotes and vendor prices of the identical securities. When prices of the identical securities are not readily available, we use industry standard models with inputs such as discount margins, yields, default, prepayment and loss severity rates that are implied from transaction prices, dealer quotes or vendor prices of comparable instruments. Where security prices and inputs are observable, ABS and MBS are classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Otherwise, they are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Auction rate securities Auction rate securities (ARS) are included in U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and Asset-backed securities in the fair value hierarchy table. The valuation of ARS involves discounting forecasted cash flows from the underlying student loan collateral and incorporating multiple inputs such as default, prepayment, deferment and redemption rates, and credit spreads. These inputs are unobservable, and therefore, ARS are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. All relevant data must be assessed and significant judgment is required to determine the appropriate valuation inputs. Equities Equities and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table consist of listed and unlisted common shares, private equities and hedge funds with certain redemption restrictions. The fair values of common shares are based on quoted prices in active markets, where available, and are classified as Level 1 in the hierarchy. Where quoted prices in active markets are not readily available, fair value is determined based on quoted market prices for similar securities or through valuation techniques, including multiples of earnings and discounted cash flow method with forecasted cash flows and discount rate as inputs. Private equities are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy as their inputs are not observable. Hedge funds are valued using Net Asset Values (NAV). If we can redeem a hedge fund at NAV prior to the next quarter end, the fund is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Otherwise, it is classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Derivatives The fair values of exchange-traded derivatives, such as interest rate and equity options and futures, are based on quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. OTC derivatives primarily consist of interest rate and cross currency swaps, interest rate options, foreign exchange forward contracts and options, and commodity options and swaps. The exchange-traded or OTC interest rate, foreign exchange and equity derivatives are included in Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and Other contracts, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy table. The fair values of OTC derivatives are determined using valuation models when quoted market prices or third-party consensus pricing information are not available. The valuation models, such as discounted cash flow method or Black-Scholes option model, incorporate observable or unobservable inputs for interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices (including indices), credit spreads, corresponding market volatility levels, and other market-based pricing factors. As previously discussed, other adjustments to fair value include bid-offer, CVA, FVA, OIS, parameter and model uncertainties, and unrealized gain or loss at inception of a transaction. A derivative instrument is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy if observable market inputs are available or the unobservable inputs are not significant to the fair value. Otherwise, it is classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements In the fair value hierarchy table, these instruments are included in Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed, and Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned. Fair value for these contracts is calculated using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow method using interest rate curves as inputs. They are classified as Level 2 instruments in the hierarchy as the inputs are observable. Deposits A majority of our deposits are measured at amortized cost but we designated certain deposits as at FVTPL. These FVTPL deposits are composed of deposits taken, the issuance of certificate of deposits and promissory notes, interest rate and equity linked notes, and are included in Deposits in the fair value hierarchy table. The fair values for these instruments are determined using discounted cash flow method and derivative option valuation models. The inputs to the valuation models include benchmark yield curves, credit spreads, interest rates, interest rate and equity volatility, dividends and correlation, where applicable. They are classified as Level 2 or 3 instruments in the hierarchy, depending on the significance of the unobservable credit spreads, volatility, dividend and correlation rates. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 135 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) Quantitative information about fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 Instruments) The following table presents fair values of our significant Level 3 financial instruments, valuation techniques used to determine their fair values, ranges and weighted averages of unobservable inputs. As at October 31, 2014 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for prices, percentages and ratios) Fair value Range of input values (2), (3), (4) Products Non-derivative financial instruments Asset-backed securities Reporting line in the fair value hierarchy table Assets Liabilities Valuation techniques Asset-backed securities $ 478 Price-based Discounted cash flows Auction rate securities Discounted cash flows Corporate debt Government debt and municipal bonds U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Asset-backed securities Corporate debt and other debt Loans Obligations related to securities sold short 979 166 100 461 U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Corporate debt and other debt 416 11 1,616 Bank funding and deposits Deposits Private equities, hedge fund investments and related equity derivatives Equities Derivative-related assets Derivative-related liabilities 1,194 11 Derivative financial instruments Interest rate derivatives and interest- rate-linked structured notes (8) Derivative-related assets Derivative-related liabilities 348 Equity derivatives and equity-linked structured notes (8) Other (9) Derivative-related assets Deposits Derivative-related liabilities Mortgage-backed securities Corporate debt and other debt Derivative-related assets Derivative-related liabilities Other Liabilities 442 4 6 100 4 70 434 732 497 529 159 20 Significant unobservable inputs (1) Low High Weighted average / Inputs distribution (5) Prices Discount margins Yields Default rates Prepayment rates Loss severity rates Discount margins Default rates Prepayment rates Recovery rates $ 53.70 $ 0.70% 2.84% 1.00% 15.00% 30.00% 90.50 $ 9.48% 5.36% 5.00% 30.00% 70.00% 1.32% 9.00% 4.00% 40.00% 4.63% 10.00% 8.00% 97.50% Prices Yields Capitalization rates Liquidity discounts (6) $ 2.50 $ 119.52 $ 2.75% 6.43% 10.00% 7.50% 9.47% 10.00% Price-based Discounted cash flows Price-based Discounted cash flows Prices Yields $ 67.38 $ 100.00 $ 0.17% 30.15% Discounted cash flows Market comparable Price-based Discounted cash flows Interest rate (IR)–IR correlations Foreign exchange (FX)–FX correlations FX–IR correlations EV/EBITDA multiples P/E multiples EV/Rev multiples Liquidity discounts (6) Discount rate Net Asset Values /Prices (7) Discounted cash flows Option pricing model Interest rates CPI swap rates IR–IR correlations FX–IR correlations FX-FX correlations IR volatilities 19.00% 67.00% 68.00% 29.00% 4.00 X 8.79 X 0.45 X –% 12.00% n.a. 2.96% 1.73% 19.00% 29.00% 68.00% 26.28% 68.00% 56.00% 10.80 X 15.70 X 7.50 X 50.00% 17.00% n.a. 2.98% 2.30% 67.00% 56.00% 68.00% 28.28% Discounted cash flows Option pricing model Dividend yields Equity (EQ)-EQ correlations EQ-FX correlations EQ volatilities 0.04% 0.50% (72.80)% 18.11% 97.20% 53.20% 1.00% 172.00% 75.92 5.09% 3.52% 2.00% 20.00% 50.00% 2.26% 9.80% 4.76% 93.51% 97.86 3.84% 7.95% 10.00% 96.24 3.06% Even Even Even 8.73 X 11.79 X 4.97 X 26.92% 14.78% n.a. Even Even Even Even Even Even Lower Middle Middle Lower Total (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) n.a. $ 6,332 $ 2,445 The acronyms stand for the following: (i) Enterprise Value (EV); (ii) Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA); (iii) Price / Earnings (P/E); (iv) Revenue (Rev); and (v) Consumer Price Index (CPI). Comparative information relating to periods before November 1, 2013 is not required by IFRS 13. The low and high input values represent the actual highest and lowest level inputs used to value a group of financial instruments in a particular product category. These input ranges do not reflect the level of input uncertainty, but are affected by the different underlying instruments within the product category. The input ranges will therefore vary from period to period based on the characteristics of the underlying instruments held at each balance sheet date. Where provided, the weighted average of the input values is calculated based on the relative fair values of the instruments within the product category. The weighted averages for derivatives are not presented in the table as they would not provide a comparable metric; instead, distribution of significant unobservable inputs within the range for each product category is indicated in the table. Price-based inputs are significant for certain debt securities, and are based on external benchmarks, comparable proxy instruments or pre-quarter-end trade data. For these instruments, the price input is expressed in dollars for each $100 par value. For example, with an input price of $105, an instrument is valued at a premium over its par value. The level of aggregation and diversity within each derivative instrument category may result in certain ranges of inputs being wide and unevenly distributed across the range. In the table, we indicated whether the majority of the inputs are concentrated toward the upper, middle, or lower end of the range, or evenly distributed throughout the range. Fair value of securities with liquidity discount inputs totalled $211 million. NAV of a hedge fund is total fair value of assets less liabilities divided by the number of fund units. The NAVs of the funds and the corresponding equity derivatives referenced to NAVs are not considered observable as we cannot redeem certain of these hedge funds at NAV prior to the next quarter end. Private equities are valued based on NAV or valuation techniques. The range for NAV per unit or price per share has not been disclosed for the hedge funds or private equities due to the dispersion of prices given the diverse nature of the investments. The structured notes contain embedded equity or interest rate derivatives with unobservable inputs that are similar to those of the equity or interest rate derivatives. Other primarily includes certain insignificant instruments such as commodity derivatives, foreign exchange derivatives, credit derivatives and bank-owned life insurance. not applicable 136 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Sensitivity to unobservable inputs and interrelationships between unobservable inputs Yield, credit spreads/discount margins A financial instrument’s yield is the interest rate used to discount future cash flows in a valuation model. An increase in the yield, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement and vice versa. A credit spread/discount margin is the difference between a debt instrument’s yield and a benchmark instrument’s yield. Benchmark instruments have high credit quality ratings, similar maturities and are often government bonds. The credit spread/discount margin therefore represents the discount rate used to present value future cash flows of an asset to reflect the market return required for uncertainty in the estimated cash flows. The credit spread/discount margin for an instrument forms part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow method. Generally, an increase in the credit spread or discount margin will result in a decrease in fair value, and vice versa. Funding spread Funding spreads are credit spreads specific to our funding or deposit rates. A decrease in funding spreads, on its own, will increase fair value of our liabilities, and vice versa. Default rates A default rate is the rate at which borrowers fail to make scheduled loan payments. A decreasing default rate will typically increase the fair value of the loan, and vice versa. This effect will be significantly more pronounced for a non-government guaranteed loan than a government guaranteed loan. Prepayment rates A prepayment rate is the rate at which a loan will be repaid in advance of its expected amortization schedule. Prepayments change the future cash flows of a loan. An increase in the prepayment rate in isolation will result in an increase in fair value when the loan interest rate is lower than the then current reinvestment rate, and a decrease in the prepayment rate in isolation will result in a decrease in fair value when the loan interest rate is lower than the then current reinvestment rate. Prepayment rates are generally negatively correlated with interest rates. Recovery and loss severity rates A recovery rate is an estimation of the amount that can be collected in a loan default scenario. The recovery rate is the percentage of the recovered amount divided by the loan balance due. The inverse concept of recovery is loss severity. Loss severity is an estimation of the loan amount not collected when a loan defaults. The loss severity rate is the percentage of the loss amount divided by the loan balance due. Generally, an increase in the recovery rate or a decrease in the loss severity rate will increase the loan fair value, and vice versa. Capitalization rates A capitalization rate is a rate of return on a real estate property investment calculated by dividing a property’s income by the property’s value. A lower capitalization rate increases the property value, and vice versa. Volatility rates Volatility measures the potential variability of future prices and is often measured as the standard deviation of price movements. Volatility is an input to option pricing models used to value derivatives and issued structured notes. Volatility is used in valuing equity, interest rate, commodity and foreign exchange options. A higher volatility rate means that the underlying price or rate movements are more likely to occur. Higher volatility rates may increase or decrease an option’s fair value depending on the option’s terms. The determination of volatility rates is dependent on various factors, including but not limited to, the underlying’s market price, the strike price and maturity. Dividend yields A dividend yield is the underlying equity’s expected dividends expressed as an annual percentage of its price. Dividend yield is used as an input for forward equity price and option models. Higher dividend yields will decrease the forward price, and vice versa. A higher dividend yield will increase or decrease an option’s value, depending on the option’s terms. Correlation rates Correlation is the linear relationship between the movements in two different variables. Correlation is an input to the valuation of derivative contracts and issued structured notes when an instrument’s payout is determined by correlated variables. When variables are positively corre- lated, an increase in one variable will result in an increase in the other variable. When variables are negatively correlated, an increase in one variable will result in a decrease in the other variable. The referenced variables can be within a single asset class or market (equity, interest rate, commodities, credit and foreign exchange) or between variables in different asset classes (equity to foreign exchange, or interest rate to foreign exchange). Changes in correlation will either increase or decrease a financial instrument’s fair value depending on the terms of its contractual payout. Interest rates An interest rate is the percentage amount charged on a principal or notional amount. Increasing interest rates will decrease the discounted cash flow value of a financial instrument, and vice versa. Consumer Price Index swap rates A Consumer Price Index (CPI) swap rate is expressed as a percentage of an increase in the average price of a basket of consumer goods and services, such as transportation, food and medical care. An increase in the CPI swap rate will cause inflation swap payments to be larger, and vice versa. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 137 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) EV/EBITDA multiples, P/E multiples, EV/Rev multiples, and liquidity discounts Private equity valuation inputs include Enterprise Value / Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EV/EBITDA) multiples, Price / Earnings (P/E) multiples and Enterprise Value / Revenue (Ev/Rev) multiples. These are used to calculate either enterprise value or share value of a company based on a multiple of earnings or revenue estimates. Higher multiples equate to higher fair values for all multiple types, and vice versa. A liquidity discount may be applied when few or no transactions exist to support the valuations. Interrelationships between unobservable inputs Unobservable inputs of ARS, including the above discount margin, default rate, prepayment rate, recovery and loss severity rates, may not be independent of each other. The discount margin of ARS can be affected by a change in default rate, prepayment rate, or recovery and loss severity rates. Discount margins will generally decrease when default rates decline or when recovery rates increase. Prepayments may cause fair value to either increase or decrease. Changes in fair value measurement for instruments measured on a recurring basis and categorized in Level 3 The following tables present the changes in fair value measurements on a recurring basis for instruments included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. For the year ended October 31, 2014 Total realized/ unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Total unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income (1) Sales of assets/ settlements of liabilities and other (2) Purchases of assets/ issuances of liabilities Fair value November 1, 2013 Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Fair value October 31, 2014 Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for assets and liabilities for the year ended October 31, 2014 for positions still held (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Securities Trading U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loans – Wholesale Other Net derivative balances (3) Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Credit derivatives Other contracts Valuation adjustments Other assets Liabilities Deposits $ 22 $ 370 28 31 260 415 183 1,309 2,014 – 103 180 1,673 969 4,939 414 (458) (117) (5) (869) (105) 11 – $ – (3) 2 $ (4) 2 47 $ – 90 (61) $ – (83) 5 $ – 1 15 (2) (2) 1 9 – – – (4) – 120 116 3 (100) (28) (31) 43 15 – (9) 20 27 14 52 240 – 9 23 130 120 522 32 (2) 3 (2) (54) (1) – 130 2,083 263 84 2,697 – 1 – – 1,760 47 1,808 31 31 3 – (103) – – (85) (1,984) (487) (77) (2,777) (856) 10 (36) (17) (1,921) (228) (3,048) (19) 7 16 20 22 71 – – 24 – – – 24 – (13) – 33 93 (73) – 94 2 – (169) – – (9) $ (366) (31) (15) (29) (87) (61) (598) (9) – (76) – (69) – (154) – 78 146 – 557 79 (11) 6 $ – 4 74 364 149 166 763 1,389 11 24 182 1,573 1,028 4,207 461 (370) 9 (5) (502) (85) – $ 5,119 $ 27 $ 550 $ 4,467 $ (5,804) $ 22 $ 97 $ 4,478 $ Personal Business and government $ (1,043) $ (3,933) 11 $ (184) (54) $ (560) $ (180) (1,551) 184 $ (299) $ 1,264 $ – 265 5,513 (497) $ (70) Other Obligations related to securities sold short Other liabilities Subordinated debentures (16) (3) (109) 1 29 – (1) – (3) (198) – – 202 (50) – – – – 8 4 112 (4) (20) – $ (5,104) $ (143) $ (238) $ (2,309) $ 601 $ (299) $ 6,901 $ (591) $ 138 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements 1 – – 2 (5) – – (2) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (22) (108) (18) (5) 20 4 – (131) 20 (7) – (22) – (9) For the year ended October 31, 2013 Total realized/ unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Total unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income (1) Sales of assets/ settlements of liabilities and other (2) Purchases of assets/ issuances of liabilities Fair value November 1, 2012 Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Fair value October 31, 2013 Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for assets and liabilities for the year ended October 31, 2013 for positions still held $ 99 $ 375 55 59 23 397 302 1,310 1,906 – 1,996 645 1,446 948 6,941 403 (487) (198) (22) (1,052) (282) 14 2 $ (1) 7 2 $ 6 2 414 $ 633 50 (525) $ (237) (64) 10 (2) 19 (16) 19 – – – 4 (12) 65 57 8 70 46 (21) (193) 160 (3) 1 7 10 8 36 88 – 67 36 80 51 322 22 (3) 21 – (33) – – 16 4,608 634 107 6,462 417 – – – 1,281 27 1,725 288 32 19 – 153 (6) – (48) (4,376) (655) (224) (6,129) (406) – (542) (505) (1,172) (122) (2,747) (307) (70) (9) 38 101 26 – 34 $ (4) $ 22 $ – 21 – 70 96 7 (406) (43) (7) (70) (86) (1) 370 28 31 260 415 183 228 (617) 1,309 9 – 12 – 50 – 71 – (4) 13 – (79) (2) – – – (1,430) – – – (1,430) – 4 (9) – 234 (1) – 2,014 – 103 180 1,673 969 4,939 414 (458) (117) (5) (869) (105) 11 $ $ 6,627 $ 143 $ 365 $ 8,673 $ (9,097) $ 227 $ (1,819) $ 5,119 $ (6,840) $ (2,519) (737) $ (11) (102) $ (95) (6,133) $ (1,738) 7,213 $ 165 (69) $ 5,625 $ (1,043) $ – 265 (3,933) (8) (101) (122) $ (9,590) $ 10 98 (6) (646) $ – (3) 19 (96) – – (181) $ (7,967) $ 7,460 $ 79 3 – (8) – – 7 – – (16) (3) (109) (77) $ 5,897 $ (5,104) $ – – 1 8 (2) 1 (29) (21) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. – 95 56 (8) 13 124 1 260 (34) (120) – 98 (6) (62) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Securities Trading U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loans – Wholesale Other Net derivative balances (3) Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Credit derivatives Other contracts Valuation adjustments Other assets Liabilities Deposits Personal Business and government Other Obligations related to securities sold short Other liabilities Subordinated debentures (1) (2) (3) n.a. These amounts include the foreign currency translation gains or losses arising on consolidation of foreign subsidiaries relating to the Level 3 instruments, where applicable. The unrealized gains included in OCI on AFS securities were $152 million for the year ended October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – gains of $79 million), excluding the translation gains or losses arising on consolidation. Other includes amortization of premiums or discounts recognized in net income. Net derivatives as at October 31, 2014 included derivative assets of $901 million (October 31, 2013 – $1,194 million) and derivative liabilities of $1,854 million (October 31, 2013 – $2,748 million). not applicable Total gains or losses of Level 3 instruments recognized in earnings (1) For the year ended October 31, 2014 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Non-interest income Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Total Liabilities Assets Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for assets and liabilities for the year ended October 31, 2014 for positions still held Total Liabilities Assets Insurance premiums, investment and fee income Trading revenue Net gain on available-for-sale securities Credit fees and Other 686 115 (3) 799 $ Comparative information relating to periods before November 1, 2013 is not required by IFRS 13. $ 1 $ $ (1) – $ (882) – (33) (915) $ 1 $ (196) 115 (36) (116) $ – $ 136 – 11 147 $ – $ (208) – (79) (287) $ – (72) – (68) (140) Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 139 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) Transfers between fair value hierarchy levels for instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, and transfers in and out of Level 3 are assumed to occur at the end of the period. For an asset or a liability that transfers into Level 3 during the period, the entire change in fair value for the period is excluded from the Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings column of the above reconciliation, whereas for transfers out of Level 3 during the period, the entire change in fair value for the period is included in the same column of the above reconciliation. Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 are dependent on whether fair value is obtained on the basis of quoted market prices in active markets (Level 1) as opposed to fair value estimated using observable inputs in a discounted cash flow method (Level 2). For the year ended October 31, 2014, $1,905 million of certain government bonds reported in Trading and Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and $1,027 million included in Obligations related to securities sold short were transferred from Level 1 to the corresponding Level 2 balances. During the year ended October 31, 2013, $1,105 million of certain government bonds reported in Trading U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and $1,308 million included in Obligations related to securities sold short were transferred from Level 1 to the corresponding Level 2 balances, and certain government bonds of $122 million reported in Trading Canadian government debt – Federal were transferred from Level 2 to the corresponding Level 1 balances. During the year ended October 31, 2014, significant transfers out of Level 3 included: (i) Other OECD government debt of $366 million, due to improved price transparency; (ii) net Interest rate contracts of $112 million, due to the increase in observability of swap rates; (iii) net Foreign exchange contracts of $149 million, due to shorter maturities; (iv) net Other contracts of $515 million, mainly due to the increase in observability of pricing in the underlying investments; (v) Personal deposits of $1,071 million and $185 million, as the unobservable inputs did not significantly affect their fair values, and the equity volatility became observable, respectively; (vii) Business and government deposits of $5,032 million, as the funding spread became observable; and (viii) Business and government deposits of $462 million, as yields became observable. Significant transfer in to Level 3 includes Personal deposits of $139 million, as the equity volatility became unobservable. During the year ended October 31, 2013, significant transfers out of Level 3 included: (i) Other OECD government debt of $406 million, due to increased market activity; (ii) CDOs of $1,437 million, as a result of increased price transparency evidenced by trade data, dealer data or multiple vendor quotes; (iii) certain net derivative balances, with a majority of the transfers related to derivatives for which pricing became observable as maturity dates became shorter due to the passage of time; (iv) Personal deposits of $5,535 million, transferred out of Level 3, as unobservable inputs did not significantly affect fair value measurement of these instruments. Positive and negative fair value movement of Level 3 financial instruments from using reasonably possible alternative assumptions A financial instrument is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy if one or more of its unobservable inputs may significantly affect the measurement of its fair value. In preparing the financial statements, appropriate levels for these unobservable input parameters are chosen so that they are consistent with prevailing market evidence or management judgment. Due to the unobservable nature of the prices or rates, there may be uncertainty about valuation of these Level 3 financial instruments. The following table summarizes the impact to fair values of Level 3 financial instruments using reasonably possible alternative assump- tions. This sensitivity disclosure is intended to illustrate the potential impact of the relative uncertainty in the fair value of Level 3 financial instruments. In reporting the sensitivities below, we have considered offsetting balances in instances when: (i) the move in valuation factor caused an offsetting positive and negative fair value movement, (ii) both offsetting instruments are in Level 3, and (iii) when exposures are managed and reported on a net basis. With respect to overall sensitivity, it is unlikely in practice that all reasonably possible alternative assumptions would be simultaneously realized. 140 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Positive fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Negative fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Positive fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Negative fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Level 3 fair value Level 3 fair value (Millions of Canadian dollars) Securities Trading $ 22 $ U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt $ Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Asset-backed securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loans Derivatives Other assets Deposits Derivatives Other, securities sold short, other liabilities and subordinated debentures $ $ 6 $ – 4 438 149 166 1,389 11 206 1,573 1,028 461 901 – 6,332 $ (567) (1,854) (24) (2,445) $ – $ – 1 10 2 – 23 – 12 12 92 12 23 – 187 $ 14 38 – 52 $ – – (1) (14) (2) – (57) – (18) (10) (23) (11) (21) – (157) $ (14) (59) – (73) $ 370 28 291 415 183 2,014 – 283 1,673 969 414 1,194 11 7,867 $ (4,976) (2,748) (128) (7,852) $ – $ – 1 3 42 – 20 – 9 9 24 3 84 – 195 $ 60 77 1 138 $ (1) – (2) (3) (32) – (64) – (16) (10) (20) (3) (85) – (236) (39) (100) – (139) Sensitivity results As at October 31, 2014, the effects of applying other reasonably possible alternative assumptions to the Level 3 asset positions would be an increase of $187 million and a reduction of $157 million in fair value, of which $139 million and $98 million would be recorded in Other components of equity, respectively. The effects of applying these assumptions to the Level 3 liability positions would result in a decrease of $52 million and an increase of $73 million in fair value. Level 3 valuation inputs and approaches to developing reasonably possible alternative assumptions The following is a summary of the unobservable inputs of the Level 3 instruments and our approaches to develop reasonably possible alternative assumptions used to determine sensitivity. Financial assets or liabilities Asset-backed securities, corporate debt, government debt and municipal bonds Auction Rate Securities Private equities, hedge fund investments and related equity derivatives Interest rate derivatives Equity derivatives Sensitivity methodology Sensitivities are determined based on adjusting, plus or minus one standard deviation, the bid-offer spreads or input prices if a sufficient number of prices is received, or using high and low vendor prices as reasonably possible alternative assumptions. Sensitivity of ARS is determined by decreasing the discount margin between 12% and 15% and increasing the discount margin between 19% and 38%, depending on the specific reasonable range of fair value uncertainty for each particular financial instrument’s market. Changes to the discount margin reflect historic monthly movements in the student loan asset-backed securities market. Sensitivity of direct private equity investments is determined by (i) adjusting the discount rate by 2% when discounted cash flow method is used to determine fair value, (ii) adjusting the price multiples based on the range of multiples of comparable companies when price-based models are used, or (iii) using an alternative valuation approach. NAVs of the private equity funds, hedge funds and related equity derivatives are provided by the fund managers, and as a result, there are no other reasonably possible alternative assumptions for these investments. Sensitivities of interest rate and cross currency swaps are derived using plus or minus one standard deviation of these inputs, and an amount based on model and parameter uncertainty, where applicable. Sensitivity of the Level 3 position will be determined by shifting the unobservable model inputs by plus or minus one standard deviation of the pricing service market data including volatility, dividends or correlations, as applicable. Bank funding and deposits Sensitivities of deposits are calculated by shifting the funding curve by plus or minus certain basis points. Structured notes Municipal guaranteed investment certificates Sensitivities for interest-rate-linked and equity-linked structured notes are derived by adjusting inputs by plus or minus one standard deviation, and for other deposits, by estimating a reasonable move in the funding curve by plus or minus certain basis points. Sensitivity is calculated using plus or minus one standard deviation of the funding curve bid-offer spread. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 141 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) Fair value for financial instruments that are carried at amortized cost and classified using the fair value hierarchy The following table presents fair values of financial instruments that are carried at amortized cost and classified by the fair value hierarchy. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Held-to-maturity securities (3) Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Other assets Deposits Personal Business and government Bank Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures $ As at October 31, 2014 (1) Fair value always approximates carrying value (2) – $ Fair value may not approximate carrying value Fair value measurements using Level 1 5 $ Level 2 1,522 $ Level 3 $ 235 Total 1,762 $ Total Fair value 1,762 $ 29,198 65,766 5,603 71,369 28,224 128,791 139,209 176,555 9,659 325,423 5,419 27,280 – 358,122 $ – – – – – 5 – – – – – – – – 21,090 265,038 88,940 353,978 4,546 381,136 55,924 150,827 1,915 208,666 – 21,090 50,288 4,374 3,215 7,589 205 8,029 831 946 62 1,839 269,412 92,155 361,567 4,751 389,170 56,755 151,773 1,977 210,505 335,178 97,758 432,936 32,975 517,961 195,964 328,328 11,636 535,928 502 5,699 7,657 $ 222,524 – 3,783 55 $ 5,677 502 9,482 7,712 $ 228,201 5,921 36,762 7,712 $ 586,323 (1) (2) (3) Comparative information relating to periods before November 1, 2013 is not required by IFRS 13. Certain financial instruments have not been assigned to a level as the carrying amount always approximates their fair values due to the short-term nature (instruments that are receivable or payable on demand, or with original maturity of three months or less) and insignificant credit risk. Included in Securities – Available-for-sale on our Consolidated Balance Sheets Fair values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortized cost and disclosed in the table above are determined using the following valuation techniques and inputs. Held-to-maturity securities Fair values of Canadian Federal and OECD government bonds, and corporate bonds are based on quoted prices. Fair values of certain Non-OECD government bonds are based on vendor prices or the discounted cash flow method with yield curves of other countries’ government bonds as inputs. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed, and Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Valuation methods used for the long-term instruments are described in the Fair value of assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis and classified using the fair value hierarchy section of this note. The carrying values of short-term instruments generally approximate their fair values. Loans – Retail Retail loans include residential mortgages, personal and small business loans and credit cards. For residential mortgages, and personal and small business loans, we segregate the portfolio based on certain attributes such as product type, contractual interest rate, term to maturity and credit scores, if applicable. Fair values of these loans are determined by the discounted cash flow method using applicable inputs such as prevailing interest rates, contractual and posted client rates, client discounts, credit spreads, prepayment rates and loan-to-value ratio. Fair values of credit card receivables are also calculated based on a discounted cash flow method with portfolio yields, charge off and monthly payment rates as inputs. The carrying values of short-term and variable rate loans generally approximate their fair values. Loans – Wholesale Wholesale loans include Business, Bank and Sovereign loans. Where market prices are available, loans are valued based on market prices. Otherwise, fair value is determined by the discounted cash flow method using the following inputs: market interest rates and market based spreads of assets with similar credit ratings and terms to maturity, expected default frequency implied from credit default swap prices, if available, and relevant pricing information such as contractual rate, origination and maturity dates, redemption price, coupon payment frequency and date convention. Deposits Deposits are composed of demand, notice, and term deposits which include senior deposit notes we have issued to provide us with long-term funding. Fair values of term deposits are determined by one of several valuation techniques: (i) for term deposits and similar instruments, we segregate the portfolio based on term to maturity. Fair values of these instruments are determined by the discounted cash flow method using inputs such as client rates for new sales of the corresponding terms; and (ii) for senior deposit notes, we use actual traded prices, vendor prices or the discounted cash flow method using a market interest rate curve and our funding spreads as inputs. The carrying values of short-term term deposits, and demand and notice deposits generally approximate their fair values. Other assets and Other liabilities Other assets and Other liabilities include receivables and payables relating to certain commodities and option premiums. Fair values of the commodity receivables and payables are calculated by the discounted cash flow method using applicable inputs such as market interest rates, counterparties’ credit spreads, our funding spreads, commodity forward prices and spot prices. The option premium receivables and payables are valued by the discounted cash flow models using market interest rates as inputs. 142 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Subordinated debentures Fair values of Subordinated debentures are based on recent transaction prices. Note 4 Securities Carrying value of securities The following table presents the financial instruments that we held at the end of the period, measured at carrying value: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Trading (2) Canadian government debt U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities (3) Asset-backed securities (3) Corporate debt and other debt (3) Bankers’ acceptances Certificates of deposit Other (4) Equities Available-for-sale (2) Canadian government debt Federal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Provincial and municipal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Other OECD government debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Asset-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Corporate debt and other debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Equities Cost Fair value Loan substitute securities Cost Fair value Yield (5) Amortized cost Fair value Held-to-maturity (2) Amortized cost Fair value As at October 31, 2014 Term to maturity (1) Within 3 months 3 months to 1 year 1 year to 5 years 5 years to 10 years Over 10 years With no specific maturity Total $ 3,050 3,272 1,637 – 56 $ 6,651 6,811 3,205 1 66 $ 7,594 7,109 6,223 86 307 $ 2,232 5,678 1,594 246 321 $ 5,987 6,602 2,666 635 614 $ – – – – – $ 25,514 29,472 15,325 968 1,364 754 17 470 – 8 342 5,501 – 9,256 22,585 – 574 13,086 – 34,979 – 30 2,998 – – 17 3,789 – 13,099 20,310 – – – 51,151 51,151 762 980 25,844 51,151 151,380 626 627 1.8% – – – 108 108 0.0% 5,663 5,663 0.1% – – – – – – 615 619 2.8% – – – 385 383 8.5% 2,138 2,139 0.2% – – – – – – 1,625 1,628 1.1% 822 823 2.0% – – – – – 8,022 8,026 163 163 – – – – – 3,960 3,964 21,477 21,686 110 110 38 40 8,195 8,356 2.2% 644 648 2.4% 80 81 0.7% 6,357 6,374 0.9% – – – 381 387 0.6% 5,820 5,840 1.6% – – – – – 2,197 2,367 3.3% 130 131 2.9% 213 213 0.4% 117 117 0.4% 17 17 3.0% 833 849 0.5% 727 739 2.0% – – – – – 4,234 4,433 1,448 1,449 – – – 18 20 4.9% 5,544 5,472 0.7% – – – 116 121 1.8% 277 208 1.0% 255 257 4.2% – – – – – 6,210 6,078 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1,333 1,696 124 126 3.9% 1,457 1,822 – – 11,633 11,969 2.4% 792 799 2.5% 6,330 6,257 1.1% 14,275 14,293 0.5% 133 138 2.0% 1,491 1,444 0.6% 9,249 9,287 1.7% 1,333 1,696 124 126 3.9% 45,360 46,009 1,759 1,762 Total carrying value of securities (2) $ 17,445 $ 26,659 $ 56,703 $ 18,980 $ 26,388 $ 52,973 $ 199,148 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 143 Note 4 Securities (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Trading (2) Canadian government debt U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities (3) Asset-backed securities (3) Corporate debt and other debt (3) Bankers’ acceptances Certificates of deposit Other (4) Equities Available-for-sale (2) Canadian government debt Federal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Provincial and municipal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Other OECD government debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Asset-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Corporate debt and other debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Equities Cost Fair value Loan substitute securities Cost Fair value Yield (5) Amortized cost Fair value Held-to-maturity (2) Amortized cost Fair value As at October 31, 2013 Term to maturity (1) Within 3 months 3 months to 1 year 1 year to 5 years 5 years to 10 years Over 10 years With no specific maturity Total $ $ 3,341 2,415 1,181 2 90 $ 8,872 9,852 2,041 6 38 678 22 1,319 – 9,048 852 853 2.6% 250 250 1.4% 158 157 0.4% 5,263 5,262 0.1% – – – 8 5 2.6% 1,387 1,394 1.3% – – – – – 7,918 7,921 140 140 – 493 2,114 – 23,416 533 540 2.7% 175 175 1.4% 68 68 0.1% 1,306 1,311 0.7% – – – – – – 939 945 1.8% – – – – – 3,021 3,039 141 141 8,245 8,655 6,281 46 351 – 1,042 12,289 – 36,909 $ $ 4,204 3,376 709 136 206 $ 6,438 5,184 1,074 640 690 – – – – – $ 31,100 29,482 11,286 830 1,375 – 19 3,115 – – 12 3,658 – 11,765 17,696 – – – 45,189 45,189 678 1,588 22,495 45,189 144,023 4,927 5,007 2.1% 181 182 2.5% 521 522 2.5% 2,913 2,917 0.7% – – – 279 291 1.0% 3,475 3,478 1.7% – – – – – 3,189 3,439 3.6% 40 40 4.3% 534 533 0.4% 1,405 1,407 0.4% 25 26 3.5% 1,193 1,237 0.5% 615 619 2.8% – – – – – 4 4 4.8% 19 20 4.9% 5,141 4,998 0.7% – – – 105 113 2.5% 408 327 1.1% 333 333 4.5% – – – – – 12,296 12,397 7,001 7,301 6,010 5,795 76 76 44 44 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1,407 1,706 125 127 4.0% 1,532 1,833 – – 9,505 9,843 2.7% 665 667 2.0% 6,422 6,278 0.8% 10,887 10,897 0.4% 130 139 2.7% 1,888 1,860 0.7% 6,749 6,769 1.9% 1,407 1,706 125 127 4.0% 37,778 38,286 401 401 Total carrying value of securities (2) $ 17,109 $ 26,596 $ 49,382 $ 19,110 $ 23,491 $ 47,022 $182,710 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities shown above since borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. Trading securities and AFS securities are recorded at fair value. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost. Includes CDOs which are presented as Asset-backed securities – CDOs in the table entitled Fair value of assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis and classified using the fair value hierarchy in Note 3. Primarily composed of corporate debt, supra-national debt, and commercial paper. The weighted average yield is derived using the contractual interest rate and the carrying value at the end of the year for the respective securities. 144 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (1), (2) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Canadian government debt Federal Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt (3) Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loan substitute securities October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 As at Cost/ Amortized cost Gross unrealized gains Gross unrealized losses Cost/ Amortized cost Gross unrealized gains Gross unrealized losses Fair value Fair value $ 11,633 792 $ $ 338 8 (2) $ 11,969 799 (1) $ 9,505 665 $ $ 340 3 (2) $ 9,843 667 (1) 6,330 14,275 133 857 634 9,249 1,333 124 $ 45,360 $ 9 19 5 26 5 49 369 2 830 (82) (1) – (2) (76) (11) (6) – 6,257 14,293 138 881 563 9,287 1,696 126 6,422 10,887 130 1,343 545 6,749 1,407 125 $ (181) $ 46,009 $ 37,778 $ 9 14 10 58 3 49 312 3 801 (153) (4) (1) 6,278 10,897 139 (4) (85) (29) (13) (1) 1,397 463 6,769 1,706 127 $ (293) $ 38,286 (1) (2) (3) Excludes $1,759 million held-to-maturity securities as at October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – $401 million) that are carried at cost. The majority of the MBS are residential. Cost/Amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value related to commercial MBS are $33 million, $1 million, $nil, and $34 million, respectively as at October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – $34 million, $1 million, $nil, and $35 million). Includes securities issued by U.S. non-agencies backed by government insured assets, and MBS and ABS issued by U.S. government agencies. AFS securities are assessed for objective evidence of impairment at each reporting date and more frequently when conditions warrant. Our impairment review is primarily based on the factors described in Note 2. Depending on the nature of the securities under review, we apply specific methodologies to assess whether the cost/amortized cost of the security would be recovered. As at October 31, 2014, our gross unrealized losses on AFS securities were $181 million (October 31, 2013 – $293 million). Management believes that there is no objective evidence of impairment on our AFS securities that are in an unrealized loss position as at October 31, 2014. Held-to-maturity securities Held-to-maturity securities stated at amortized cost are subject to periodic impairment review and are classified as impaired when, in management’s opinion, there is no longer reasonable assurance of the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest. The impairment review of held-to-maturity securities is primarily based on the impairment model for loans. Management believes that there is no objective evidence of impairment on our held-to-maturity securities as at October 31, 2014. Net gain and loss on available-for-sale securities (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Realized gains Realized losses Impairment losses For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ 232 (15) (25) 192 $ $ 231 (17) (26) 188 $ $ 242 (46) (48) 148 (1) The following related to our insurance operations are excluded from Net gain (loss) on AFS securities and included in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income on the Consolidated Statements of Income: Realized gains for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $12 million (October 31, 2013 – $3 million; October 31, 2012 – $9 million). Realized losses for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $1 million (October 31, 2013 – $nil, October 31, 2012 – $nil). There were no impairment losses related to our insurance operations for the years ended October 31, 2014, October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012. During the year ended October 31, 2014, $192 million of net gains were recognized in Non-interest income as compared to $188 million in the prior year. The current year reflects net realized gains of $217 million mainly comprised of distributions from and gains on sale of certain Equities, redemption and restructurings of certain Asset-backed securities and the sale of Canadian government debt. Partially offsetting the net realized gains are $25 million of impairment losses primarily on certain Equities. This compares to net realized gains for the year ended October 31, 2013 of $214 million which was partially offset by $26 million of impairment losses. Reclassification of financial Instruments The following table provides information regarding certain securities that we reclassified in prior reporting periods: Financial instruments reclassified in prior periods (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial assets – FVTPL reclassified to available-for-sale (1) CDOs Mortgage-backed securities As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 Total carrying value and fair value Total carrying value and fair value $ $ 751 44 795 $ $ 1,154 59 1,213 (1) On October 1, 2011 and November 1, 2011, we reclassified $1,872 million and $255 million, respectively, of certain CDOs and U.S. non-agency MBS from classified as at FVTPL to AFS. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 145 Note 4 Securities (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) FVTPL reclassified to available-for-sale CDOs Mortgage-backed securities October 31, 2014 For the year ended October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Change in fair value during the period (1) Interest income/ gains (losses) recognized in net income during the period Change in fair value during the period (1) Interest income/gains (losses) recognized in net income during the period Change in fair value during the period (1) Interest income/ gains (losses) recognized in net income during the period $ $ (29) $ (2) (31) $ 58 4 62 $ $ (5) $ – (5) $ 59 8 67 $ $ 60 $ 2 62 $ 76 8 84 (1) This change represents the fair value gains or losses that would have been recognized in profit or loss had the assets not been reclassified. Note 5 Loans (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail (1) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business (2) Wholesale (1) Business (3) Bank (4) Sovereign (5) Total loans Allowance for loan losses October 31, 2014 As at Canada United States Other International Total Canada $ 215,624 $ 86,984 14,650 4,785 539 $ 4,082 65 – 3,094 $ 219,257 $ 206,134 $ 4,955 209 – 96,021 14,924 4,785 85,701 13,902 4,388 October 31, 2013 United States Other International Total 378 $ 3,306 50 – 2,726 $ 209,238 92,859 3,852 14,142 190 4,388 – $ 322,043 $ 4,686 $ 8,258 $ 334,987 $ 310,125 $ 3,734 $ 6,768 $ 320,627 54,656 413 1,797 23,544 30 – 20,250 758 788 98,450 1,201 2,585 51,122 823 1,747 19,395 28 – $ 56,866 $ 23,574 $ $ 378,909 $ 28,260 $ 21,796 $ 102,236 $ 53,692 $ 19,423 $ 30,054 $ 437,223 $ 363,817 $ 23,157 $ (1,466) (100) (428) (1,994) (1,482) (105) 16,009 469 589 86,526 1,320 2,336 17,067 $ 90,182 23,835 $ 410,809 (1,959) (372) Total loans net of allowance for loan losses $ 377,443 $ 28,160 $ 29,626 $ 435,229 $ 362,335 $ 23,052 $ 23,463 $ 408,850 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. Includes small business exposure managed on a pooled basis. Includes small business exposure managed on an individual client basis. Bank refers primarily to regulated deposit-taking institutions and securities firms. Sovereign refers to all central governments and agencies, central banks, as well as other qualifying public sector entities and multilateral development banks. Loans maturity and rate sensitivity (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Wholesale Total loans Allowance for loan losses Total loans net of allowance for loan losses (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Wholesale Total loans Allowance for loan losses Maturity term (1) Rate sensitivity As at October 31, 2014 Under 1 year (2) 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total Floating Fixed Rate Non-rate- sensitive Total $ 184,647 $ 140,785 $ 83,263 15,526 9,555 $ 334,987 $ 121,451 $ 208,956 $ 3,447 102,236 43,808 57,284 $ 267,910 $ 156,311 $ 13,002 $ 437,223 $ 165,259 $ 266,240 $ (1,994) $ 435,229 4,580 $ 334,987 102,236 1,144 5,724 $ 437,223 (1,994) $ 435,229 Maturity term (1) Rate sensitivity As at October 31, 2013 Under 1 year (2) 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total Floating Fixed Rate Non-rate- sensitive Total $ 175,673 $ 133,501 $ 11,453 $ 320,627 $ 125,836 $ 189,628 $ 5,163 $ 320,627 90,182 41,611 90,182 47,061 73,050 12,010 1,510 5,122 $ 248,723 $ 145,511 $ 16,575 $ 410,809 $ 172,897 $ 231,239 $ 6,673 $ 410,809 (1,959) (1,959) Total loans net of allowance for loan losses $ 408,850 $ 408,850 (1) (2) Generally, based on the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity date. Includes variable rate loans that can be repriced at the clients’ discretion without penalty. 146 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements For the year ended October 31, 2014 Balance at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Write-offs Recoveries Unwind of discount Exchange rate changes/ other Balance at end of period Allowance for credit losses (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Wholesale Business Bank (1) $ 151 583 385 61 1,180 777 2 779 $ 95 444 353 44 936 228 – 228 $ $ (30) (565) (466) (47) (1,108) (221) – (221) Total allowance for loan losses 1,959 1,164 (1,329) Allowance for off-balance sheet and other items (2) 91 – – Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,050 $ 1,164 $ (1,329) $ Individually assessed Collectively assessed Total allowance for credit losses 240 1,810 2,050 $ 160 1,004 (188) (1,141) $ 1,164 $ (1,329) $ (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Wholesale Business Bank (1) $ 124 543 403 72 1,142 852 2 854 $ 41 455 354 32 882 355 – 355 $ $ (24) (498) (466) (35) (1,023) (448) – (448) Total allowance for loan losses 1,996 1,237 (1,471) Allowance for off-balance sheet and other items (2) 91 – – Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,087 $ 1,237 $ (1,471) $ Individually assessed Collectively assessed Total allowance for credit losses 298 1,789 2,087 $ 287 950 (346) (1,125) $ 1,237 $ (1,471) $ 2 106 114 9 231 32 – 32 263 – 263 16 247 263 $ $ $ (26) (23) – (2) (51) (36) – (36) (87) – (87) (24) (63) (87) $ $ $ 48 (10) (1) (1) 36 (12) – (12) 24 – 24 10 14 24 $ 240 535 385 64 1,224 768 2 770 1,994 91 $ 2,085 214 1,871 $ 2,085 2 96 112 9 219 51 – 51 270 – 270 31 239 270 $ $ $ (24) (17) – (2) (43) (43) – (43) (86) – (86) (28) (58) (86) $ $ $ 32 4 (18) (15) 3 10 – 10 13 – 13 (2) 15 13 $ 151 583 385 61 1,180 777 2 779 1,959 91 $ 2,050 240 1,810 $ 2,050 For the year ended October 31, 2013 Balance at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Write-offs Recoveries Unwind of discount Exchange rate changes/ other Balance at end of period Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 147 Note 5 Loans (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Wholesale Business Bank (1) For the year ended October 31, 2012 Balance at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Write-offs Recoveries Unwind of discount Exchange rate changes/ other Balance at end of period $ 112 557 415 75 1,159 773 33 806 $ 64 437 403 43 947 352 – 352 $ $ (32) (499) (496) (50) (1,077) (288) (32) (320) Total allowance for loan losses 1,965 1,299 (1,397) Allowance for off-balance sheet and other items (2) 91 – – Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,056 $ 1,299 $ (1,397) $ Individually assessed Collectively assessed Total allowance for credit losses 252 1,804 2,056 $ 244 1,055 (202) (1,195) $ 1,299 $ (1,397) $ (1) (2) Bank refers primarily to regulated deposit-taking institutions and securities firms. The allowance for off-balance sheet and other items is reported separately in Other liabilities – Provisions. Net interest income after provision for credit losses (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Loans past due but not impaired 1 83 102 8 194 39 – 39 233 – 233 19 214 233 $ $ (34) (23) – (2) (59) (51) – (51) (110) – $ (110) $ (26) (84) $ (110) $ 13 (12) (21) (2) (22) 27 1 28 6 – 6 11 (5) 6 $ 124 543 403 72 1,142 852 2 854 1,996 91 $ 2,087 298 1,789 $ 2,087 For the year ended October 31 2014 $ 14,116 1,164 October 31 2013 $ 13,249 1,237 October 31 2012 $ 12,439 1,299 $ 12,952 $ 12,012 $ 11,140 October 31,2014 October 31,2013 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) 1 to 29 days 30 to 89 days 90 days and greater Total 1 to 29 days 30 to 89 days 90 days and greater Total Retail Wholesale $ $ 3,055 $ 431 3,486 $ 1,284 $ 322 1,606 $ 316 $ 4,655 753 – 316 $ 5,408 $ $ 2,953 $ 624 3,577 $ 1,358 $ 303 1,661 $ 329 $ 4,640 944 17 346 $ 5,584 Gross carrying value of loans individually determined to be impaired (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Wholesale Business Bank (2) As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ $ – 631 2 633 $ 71 815 3 889 (1) (2) Average balance of gross individually assessed impaired loans for the year ended October 31, 2014 was $690 million (October 31, 2013 – $887 million). Bank refers primarily to regulated deposit-taking institutions and securities firms. 148 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 6 Derecognition of financial assets We enter into transactions in which we transfer financial assets such as loans or securities to structured entities or other third parties. The transferred financial assets are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when we transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets. When we are exposed to substantially all of the risks and rewards of the assets, or when we have neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards but retain control of the financial assets, we continue to recognize the financial assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and a liability is recognized for the cash proceeds received. The majority of assets transferred under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, and in our Canadian residential mortgage securitization transactions do not qualify for derecognition. Transferred financial assets not derecognized Securitization of Canadian residential mortgage loans We securitize insured Canadian residential mortgage loans through the creation of MBS pools under the National Housing Act MBS (NHA MBS) program. All loans securitized under the NHA MBS program are required to be insured by the Canadian Mortgage Housing Corporation (CMHC) or a third-party insurer. We require the borrower to pay the insurance for mortgages in which the loan amount is greater than 80% of the original appraised value of the property (loan-to-value (LTV) ratio). For residential mortgage loans securitized under this program with an LTV ratio less than 80%, we are required to insure the mortgages at our own expense. Under the NHA-MBS program, we are responsible for making all payments due on our issued MBS, regardless of whether we collect the necessary funds from the mortgagor or the insurer. When the borrower defaults on the mortgage payment, we submit a claim to the insurer if the amount recovered from the collection or foreclosure process is lower than the sum of the principal balance, accrued interest and collection costs on the outstanding loan. The insurance claim process is managed by the insurance provider in accordance with the insurer’s policies and covers the entire unpaid loan balance plus generally up to 12 months of interest, selling costs and other eligible expenses. If an insurance claim is denied, a loss is recognized in Provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The amount recorded as a loss is not significant to our Consolidated Financial Statements and no significant losses were incurred due to legal action arising from a mortgage default during 2014 and 2013. We sell the NHA MBS pools primarily to a government-sponsored structured entity under the Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) program. The entity periodically issues CMBs, which are guaranteed by the government, and sells them to third-party investors. Proceeds of the CMB issuances are used by the entity to purchase the NHA MBS pools from eligible NHA MBS issuers who participate in the issuance of a particular CMB series. Our continuing involvement includes servicing the underlying residential mortgage loans we have securitized, either ourselves or through a third- party servicer. We also act as counterparty in interest rate swap agreements where we pay the entity the interest due to CMB investors and receive the interest on the underlying MBS and reinvested assets. As part of the swap, we are also required to maintain a principal reinvestment account for principal payments received on the underlying mortgage loans to meet the repayment obligation upon maturity of the CMB. We reinvest the collected principal payments in permitted investments as outlined in the swap agreement. We have determined that all of the NHA MBS program loans transferred to the entity do not qualify for derecognition as we have not transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership. As a result, these transferred MBS continue to be classified as residential mortgage loans and recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The cash received for these transferred MBS is treated as a secured borrowing and a corresponding liability recorded in Deposits – Business and government on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned We also enter into transactions such as repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements where we transfer assets under agreements to repurchase them on a future day and retain substantially all of the credit, price, interest rate and foreign exchange risks and rewards associated with the assets. These transferred assets remain on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are accounted for as collateralized borrowing transactions. The following table provides information on the carrying amount and fair value of the transferred assets that did not qualify for derecognition, and their associated liabilities. As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Canadian residential mortgage loans (1), (2) Securities sold under repurchase agreements (3) Securities loaned (3) Total Canadian residential mortgage loans (1) (2) Securities sold under repurchase agreements (3) Securities loaned (3) Total $ 36,972 $ 60,279 $ 4,052 $101,303 $ 43,092 $ 55,715 $ 4,701 $103,508 36,941 37,010 $ 37,769 (759) $ $ $ 60,279 60,279 $ 60,279 101,272 4,052 4,052 $101,341 $ 4,052 102,100 43,019 42,921 $ 43,418 55,715 4,701 103,435 55,715 $ 55,715 4,701 $103,337 4,701 103,834 – $ – $ (759) $ (497) $ – $ – $ (497) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Carrying amount of transferred assets that do not qualify derecognition Carrying amount of associated liabilities Fair value of transferred assets Fair value of associated liabilities Fair value of net position (1) (2) (3) Includes Canadian residential mortgages loans transferred primarily to Canada Housing Trust at the initial securitization and other permitted investments used for funding requirements after the initial securitization. CMB investors have legal recourse only to the transferred assets, and do not have recourse to our general assets. Does not include over-collateralization of assets pledged. Note 7 Structured entities In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions with structured entities to support our financing and investing needs as well as those of our customers. A structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities. We consolidate a structured entity when we control the entity in accordance with our accounting policy described in Note 2. In other cases, we may sponsor or have an interest in such an entity but not consolidate it. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 149 Note 7 Structured entities (continued) Consolidated structured entities We consolidate the following structured entities, whose assets and liabilities are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Third-party investors in these structured entities generally have recourse only to the assets of the related entity and do not have recourse to our general assets unless we breach our contractual obligations to those entities. In the ordinary course of business, the assets of each consolidated structured entity can generally only be used to settle the obligations of that entity. Credit card securitization vehicle We securitize a portion of our credit card receivables through a structured entity on a revolving basis. The entity is financed through the issuance of senior and subordinated notes collateralized by the underlying credit card receivables. The senior notes are issued to third-party investors and the subordinated notes are retained by us. The third-party investors have recourse only to the transferred assets. We continue to service the credit card receivables sold and perform an administrative role for the entity. We also provide first-loss protection through our ownership of all the subordinated notes issued by the entity and our interest in the excess spread (residual net interest income after all trust expenses) which is subordinated to the obligations to the senior noteholders. Additionally, we may own some senior notes as investments or for market-making activities; we retain a cash reserve account of the entity from time to time; we provide subordinated loans to the entity to pay upfront expenses; and we act as counterparty to interest rate and cross currency swap agreements which hedge the entity’s interest rate and currency risk exposure. We consolidate the structured entity because we have decision making power over the timing and size of future issuances and other relevant activities which were predetermined by us at inception. We also obtain significant funding benefits and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks through the credit support provided. As at October 31, 2014, $8.5 billion of notes issued by our credit card securiti- zation vehicle were included in Deposits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (October 31, 2013 – $7.0 billion). Auto loan securitization vehicles We obtained control of certain auto loan securitization vehicles as a result of the acquisition of the Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial Inc. completed in 2013. These vehicles issued senior and subordinated notes collateralized by auto loan receivables originated and transferred to the entities by Ally Financial Inc. We continue to provide credit enhancement to the outstanding notes through overcollateralization, cash reserve accounts and our interest in the excess spread, which is subordinated to the noteholders. We also act as swap counterparty for one entity’s interest rate swap agreements which hedge its interest rate risk exposure. The third-party investors have recourse only to the transferred assets. We consolidate these vehicles because we have the decision making power over the relevant activities and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks. As at October 31, 2014, there were $407 million of deposits outstanding related to these structures (October 31, 2013 – $944 million). Collateralized commercial paper vehicle We established a funding vehicle that provides loans to us and finances those loans by issuing commercial paper to third-party investors. The structured entity’s commercial paper carries an equivalent credit rating to RBC because we are obligated to advance funds to the entity in the event there are insufficient funds from other sources to settle maturing commercial paper. We pledge collateral to secure the loans and are exposed to the market and credits risks of the pledged securities. We administer the entity and earn an administration fee for providing these services. We consolidate the structured entity because we have decision making power over the relevant activities, are the sole borrower from the structure, and are exposed to a majority of the residual ownership risks through the credit support provided. As at October 31, 2014, $7.8 billion of commercial paper was included in Deposits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (October 31, 2013 – $3.9 billion). Innovative capital vehicles RBC Capital Trust was created to issue innovative capital instruments, the proceeds from which were used to purchase mortgages from RBC. We consolidate the trust as, through our roles as trustee, administrative agent and equity investor, we have the decision making power over the relevant activities of the trust and are exposed to variability from the performance of the underlying mortgages. Refer to Note 20 for further details on our innovative capital instruments. Covered bonds RBC Covered Bond Guarantor Limited Partnership (Guarantor LP) was created to issue guarantees of covered bonds that we issue. We periodi- cally transfer mortgages to Guarantor LP to support funding activities and asset coverage requirements under our covered bond program. The covered bonds guaranteed by Guarantor LP are direct, unsecured and unconditional obligations of RBC; therefore, investors have a claim against the Bank which will continue if the covered bonds are not paid by the Bank and the mortgage assets in Guarantor LP are insufficient to satisfy the obligations owing on the covered bonds. We consolidate Guarantor LP as, through our roles as trustee, administrative agent and equity investor, we have the decision making power over the relevant activities of Guarantor LP and are exposed to variability from the performance of the underlying mortgages. As at October 31, 2014, the total amount of mortgages transferred and outstanding was $38.3 billion (October 31, 2013 – $37.1 billion) and $26.4 billion of covered bonds were recorded as Deposits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (October 31, 2013 – $21.3 billion). ARS TOB programs We sold ARS into Tender Option Bond (TOB) trusts, where each program consists of a credit enhancement (CE) trust and a TOB trust. Each ARS sold to the TOB program is supported by a letter of credit and liquidity facility issued by us, which requires us to extend funding if there are any losses on the ARS. The CE trust certificate is deposited into a TOB trust which provides the financing of the purchase of the underlying security through the issuance of floating-rate certificates to short-term investors and a residual certificate to a single third-party investor. Both the CE and the TOB trusts are structured entities. We are the remarketing agent for the floating-rate certificates and we provide liquidity facilities to each of the ARS TOB programs to purchase any floating-rate certificates that have been tendered but not successfully remarketed. We receive market- based fees for acting as the remarketing agent and providing the letters of credit and liquidity facilities. 150 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements We consolidate these ARS TOB programs as we have decision making power over the relevant activities of the CE trust and are exposed to the variability from the performance of the underlying ARS through our provision of the credit enhancement and the liquidity facility. As at October 31, 2014, $67 million of ARS were included in AFS securities related to consolidated TOB structures (October 31, 2013 – $683 million) and a corresponding $69 million of floating rate certificates were included in Deposits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (October 31, 2013 - $744 million). Municipal bond TOB programs We utilize the TOB funding vehicle to finance taxable and tax-exempt municipal bonds within our Capital Markets segment. The structure of municipal bond TOB programs that we are involved with is similar to the structure of the ARS TOB programs described above. However, in certain municipal bond TOB programs, we also purchase residual certificates issued by these TOB vehicles which expose us to credit risk of the underlying bonds as well as interest rate risk of the structure. We consolidate programs in which we are the holder of the residual certificate as we have decision making power over the relevant activ- ities, including the selection of the underlying municipal bonds and the ability to terminate the structure, and are exposed to variability from the performance of the underlying municipal bonds. As at October 31, 2014, $3.3 billion of municipal bonds were included in AFS Securities related to consolidated TOB structures (October 31, 2013 – $3.7 billion) and a corresponding $3.3 billion of floating rate certificates were included in Deposits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (October 31, 2013 - $3.7 billion). Non-RBC managed Investment funds We enter into certain fee-based equity derivative transactions where our investments in the reference funds are held by an intermediate limited partnership entity (intermediate entity) in which we hold a substantial majority of the equity interests. We consolidate the intermediate entity because we have the decision making power to direct all the activities of the entity and are exposed to a majority of the risks and rewards through our equity investments. As at October 31, 2014, $277 million of Trading securities representing our investments in the reference funds were recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (October 31, 2013 – $300 million). RBC managed investment funds We are sponsors and investment managers of mutual and pooled funds which gives us the ability to direct the investment decisions of the funds. We consolidate those mutual and pooled funds in which our interests, which include direct investment in seed capital plus management or performance fees, indicate that we are acting as a principal. As at October 31, 2014, $499 million of Trading securities held in the consolidated funds (October 31, 2013 – $295 million) and $189 million of Other liabilities representing the fund units held by third parties (October 31, 2013 – $26 million) were recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unconsolidated structured entities We have interests in certain structured entities that we do not consolidate but have recorded assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets related to our transactions and involvement with these entities. The following table presents the assets and liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and our maximum exposure to loss related to our interests in unconsolidated structured entities. It also presents the size of each class of unconsolidated structured entity, as measured by the total assets of the entities in which RBC has an interest. (Millions of Canadian dollars) On-balance sheet assets Securities Loans Derivatives Other assets On-balance sheet liabilities Derivatives Other liabilities Maximum exposure to loss (2) Total assets of unconsolidated structured entities $ $ $ $ $ $ Multi-seller conduits (1) Structured finance As at October 31, 2014 Non-RBC managed investment funds RBC managed investment funds Third-party securitization vehicles Trading portfolio investments Other Total 42 $ 864 – – 906 $ 85 $ – 85 $ – $ – 3 913 916 $ – $ – – $ 3,343 $ – – 1 3,344 – $ 5 5 $ 151 $ – – 220 371 $ – $ – – $ 1 $ 1,463 – – 3,345 $ – – – 718 $ – 8 286 7,600 2,327 11 1,420 1,464 $ 3,345 $ 1,012 $ 11,358 2 $ – 2 $ – $ – – $ – $ 260 260 $ 87 265 352 31,019 $ 2,158 $ 4,005 $ 203 $ 2,397 $ 3,345 $ 873 $ 44,000 30,428 $ 13,118 $ 621,938 $ 272,852 $ 27,095 $ 875,438 $ 64,963 $1,905,832 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 151 Note 7 Structured entities (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) On-balance sheet assets Securities Loans Derivatives Other assets On-balance sheet liabilities Deposits Derivatives Other liabilities Maximum exposure to loss (2) Total assets of unconsolidated structured entities $ $ $ $ $ $ Multi-seller conduits (1) Structured finance As at October 31, 2013 Non-RBC managed investment funds RBC managed investment funds Third-party securitization vehicles Trading portfolio investments Other Total 14 $ 896 44 – 954 $ – $ 11 – 11 $ – $ – 20 870 890 $ – $ – – – $ 2,629 $ – – 1 2,630 $ – $ – 1 1 $ 143 $ – – 200 343 $ – $ – – – $ – $ 1,454 – – 3,494 $ – – – 761 $ 3 9 350 7,041 2,353 73 1,421 1,454 $ 3,494 $ 1,123 $ 10,888 – $ 2 – 2 $ – $ – – – $ 903 $ – 333 903 13 334 1,236 $ 1,250 31,600 $ 1,969 $ 3,294 $ 182 $ 2,187 $ 3,494 $ 1,059 $ 43,785 31,075 $ 22,733 $ 810,866 $ 238,348 $ 40,183 $ 736,756 $ 58,102 $1,938,063 (1) (2) Total assets of unconsolidated structured entities represent the maximum assets that may have to be purchased by the conduits under purchase commitments outstanding. Of the purchase commitments outstanding, the conduits have purchased financial assets totalling $19.8 billion as at October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 - $18.8 billion). The maximum exposure to loss resulting from our interests in these entities consists mostly of investments, loans, fair value of derivatives, liquidity and credit enhancement facilities. The maximum exposure to loss of the multi-seller conduits is higher than the on-balance sheet assets primarily by the notional amounts of the backstop liquidity and credit enhancement facilities. Refer to Note 26. Below is a description of our involvement with each significant class of unconsolidated structured entity. Multi-seller conduits We administer five multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduit programs (multi-seller conduits) – two in Canada and three in the U.S. These conduits primarily purchase financial assets from clients and finance those purchases by issuing ABCP. We do not maintain any ownership or retained interests in the multi-seller conduits that we administer and have no rights to, or control of, their assets. As the administrative agent, we earn a residual fee for providing services such as coordinating funding activities, transaction structuring, documentation, execution and monitoring of transactions. The ABCP issued by each multi-seller conduit is in the conduit’s own name with recourse to the financial assets owned by each multi-seller conduit, and is non-recourse to us except through our participation in liquidity and/or credit enhancement facilities. We may purchase ABCP issued by our multi-seller conduits from time to time in our capacity as placement agent in order to facilitate the overall program liquidity. We provide transaction-specific and program-wide liquidity facilities to the multi-seller conduits. In addition, we provide program-wide credit enhancement to the multi-seller conduits which obligate us to purchase assets or advance funds in the event the multi-seller conduit does not otherwise have funds from other sources, such as from the liquidity facilities, to settle maturing ABCP. In some cases, we or another third party may provide transaction-specific credit enhancement which can take various forms. We receive market-based fees for providing these liquidity and credit facilities. For certain transactions, we act as counterparty to foreign exchange rate forward contracts and interest rate swaps to facilitate our clients’ securitization of fixed rate and/or foreign currency denominated assets through the conduits. These derivatives expose us to foreign exchange and interest rate risks that are centrally managed by our foreign exchange trading and swap desks, respectively, and credit risk on the underlying assets that is mitigated by the credit enhancement described below. Each transaction is structured with transaction-specific first loss protection provided by the third-party seller. This enhancement can take various forms, including but not limited to overcollateralization, excess spread, subordinated classes of financial assets, guarantees or letters of credit. The amount of this enhancement varies but is generally sized to cover a multiple of loss experience. An unrelated third party (expected loss investor) absorbs credit losses, up to a maximum contractual amount, that may occur in the future on the assets in the multi-seller conduits before the multi-seller conduits’ debt holders and us. In return for assuming this multi-seller conduit first-loss position, each multi-seller conduit pays the expected loss investor a return commensurate with its risk position. The expected loss investor has substantive power to direct the majority of the activities which significantly impact the conduit’s economic performance, including initial selection and approval of the asset purchase commitments and liquidity facilities, approval of renewal and amendment of these transactions and facilities, sale or transfer of assets, ongoing monitoring of asset performance, mitigation of credit losses, and management of the ABCP liabilities. We do not consolidate these multi-seller conduits as we do not have the decision-making power to direct the relevant activities noted above. Structured finance We purchased U.S. ARS from certain trusts (U.S. ARS Trusts) which fund their long-term investments in student loans by issuing short-term senior and subordinated notes. We are subject to losses on these U.S. ARS Trusts if defaults are experienced on the underlying student loans; however, in the majority of these structures, the principal and accrued interest on the student loans is guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We act as auction agent for some of these entities but have no legal obligation to purchase the notes issued by these entities in the auction process. We do not consolidate these U.S. ARS Trusts as we do not have decision making power over the investing and financing activities of the Trusts, which are the activities that most significantly affect the performance of the Trusts. Additionally, we invest in certain municipal bond TOB programs that we do not consolidate. These programs are similar to those consolidated municipal bond TOB programs described above; however, the residual certificates are held by third-parties and we do not provide credit enhancement of the underlying assets. We only provide liquidity facilities on the floating-rate certificates which may be drawn if certificates are tendered but not able to be remarketed. We do not have decision making power over the relevant activities of the programs; therefore, we do not consolidate these programs. The assets transferred into these programs are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets. 152 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Non-RBC managed investment funds We enter into fee-based equity derivative transactions with third parties including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment funds. These transactions provide their investors with the desired exposure to a reference fund, and we economically hedge our exposure to these derivatives by investing in those reference funds. We also act as custodian or administrator for several funds. We do not consolidate those reference funds that are managed by third parties as we do not have power to direct their investing activities. We provide liquidity facilities to certain third-party investment funds. The funds issued unsecured variable-rate preferred shares and invest in portfolios of tax-exempt municipal bonds. Undrawn liquidity commitments expose us to liquidity risk of the preferred shares and drawn commitments expose us to the credit risk of the underlying municipal bonds. We do not consolidate these third-party managed funds as we do not have power to direct their investing activities. RBC managed investment funds We are sponsors and investment managers of mutual and pooled funds which gives us the ability to direct the investment decisions of the funds. We do not consolidate those mutual and pooled funds in which our interests indicate that we are exercising our decision making power as an agent of the other unit holders. Third-party securitization vehicles We hold interests in securitization vehicles that provide funding to certain third-parties on whose behalf the entities were created. The activities of these entities are limited to the purchase and sale of specified assets from the sponsor and the issuance of asset-backed notes collateralized by those assets. The underlying assets are typically receivables, including auto loans and leases. We, as well as other financial institutions, are obligated to provide funding up to our maximum commitment level and are exposed to credit losses on the underlying assets after various credit enhancements. Enhancement can take various forms, including but not limited to overcollateralization, excess spread, subordinated classes of financial assets, guarantees or letters of credit. The amount of this enhancement varies but is generally sized to cover a multiple of loss experience. We do not consolidate these entities as we do not have decision making power over the relevant activities, including the investing and financing activities. Trading portfolio investments We also invest in the securities issued by structured entities, including government-sponsored entities, as part of our trading activities. We did not create and are not the sponsor of these entities and our involvement is limited to that of a passive investor. These investments do not carry a funding commitment; therefore our maximum exposure to loss is limited to our investment. We do not consolidate these entities as we do not have any decision making power over their activities. Other Other structured entities include credit investment products and tax credit funds. We use structured entities to generally transform credit derivatives into cash instruments, to distribute credit risk and to create customized credit products to meet investors’ specific requirements. We enter into derivative contracts, including credit derivatives, to purchase protection from these entities (credit protection) and convert various risk factors such as yield, currency or credit risk of underlying assets to meet the needs of the investors. We act as sole arranger and swap provider for certain entities and, in some cases, fulfill other administrative functions for the entities. We do not consolidate these credit investment product entities as we do not have decision making power over the relevant activities, which include selection of the collateral and reference portfolio, and are not exposed to a majority of the benefits or risks of the entities. We created certain funds to pass through tax credits received from underlying low-income housing or historic rehabilitation real estate projects to third parties (tax credit funds). We are sponsors of the tax credit funds as a result of our responsibility to manage the funds, arrange the financing, and perform the administrative duties of these tax credit funds. We do not consolidate the tax credit funds as the investors in these funds have the decision making power to select the underlying investments and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership and tax risks of the funds. Sponsored entities We are a sponsor of certain structured entities in which we have interests but do not consolidate. In determining whether we are a sponsor of a structured entity, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors, including the purpose and nature of the entity, our initial and continuing involvement and whether we hold subordinated interests in the entity. We are considered to be the sponsor of certain credit investment products, tax credit entities, RBC-managed mutual funds and a commercial mortgage securitization vehicle. During the year end October 31, 2014, we transferred commercial mortgages with a carrying amount of $173 million (October 31, 2013 – $nil) to a sponsored securitization vehicle in which we did not have an interest as at the end of the reporting period. Financial support provided to structured entities During the years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we have not provided any financial or non-financial support to any consolidated or unconsolidated structured entities when we were not contractually obligated to do so. Furthermore, we have no intention to provide such support in the future. Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities Derivative instruments are categorized as either financial or non-financial derivatives. Financial derivatives are financial contracts whose value is derived from an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate, credit risk, and equity or equity index. Non-financial derivatives are contracts whose value is derived from a precious metal, commodity instrument or index. Notional amount of derivatives represents the contract amount used as a reference point to calculate payments. Notional amounts are generally not exchanged by counterparties, and do not reflect our exposure at default. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 153 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) Financial derivatives Forwards and futures Forward contracts are effectively non-standardized agreements that are transacted between counterparties in the over-the-counter market, whereas futures are standardized contracts with respect to amounts and settlement dates, and are traded on regular futures exchanges. Examples of forwards and futures are described below: Interest rate forwards (forward rate agreements) and futures are contractual obligations to buy or sell an interest-rate sensitive financial instrument on a predetermined future date at a specified price. Foreign exchange forwards and futures are contractual obligations to exchange one currency for another at a specified price for settlement at a predetermined future date. Equity forwards and futures are contractual obligations to buy or sell at a fixed value (the specified price) of an equity index, a basket of stocks or a single stock at a predetermined future date. Swaps Swaps are over-the-counter contracts in which two counterparties exchange a series of cash flows based on agreed upon rates to a notional amount. Examples of swap agreements are described below. Interest rate swaps are agreements where two counterparties exchange a series of payments based on different interest rates applied to a notional amount in a single currency. Cross currency swaps involve the exchange of fixed payments in one currency for the receipt of fixed payments in another currency. Cross currency interest rate swaps involve the exchange of both interest and notional amounts in two different currencies. Equity swaps are contracts in which one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash flows based on changes in the value of an equity index, a basket of stocks or a single stock. Options Options are contractual agreements under which the seller (writer) grants the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, either to buy (call option) or sell (put option), a security, exchange rate, interest rate, or other financial instrument or commodity at a predetermined price, at or by a specified future date. The seller (writer) of an option can also settle the contract by paying the cash settlement value of the purchaser’s right. The seller (writer) receives a premium from the purchaser for this right. The various option agreements that we enter into include but are not limited to interest rate options, foreign currency options, equity options and index options. Credit derivatives Credit derivatives are over-the-counter contracts that transfer credit risk related to an underlying financial instrument (referenced asset) from one counterparty to another. Examples of credit derivatives are described below. Credit default swaps provide protection against the decline in value of the referenced asset as a result of specified credit events such as default or bankruptcy. They are similar in structure to an option, whereby the purchaser pays a premium to the seller of the credit default swap in return for payment contingent on a credit event affecting the referenced asset. Credit default baskets are similar to credit default swaps except that the underlying referenced financial instrument is a group of assets instead of a single asset. Total return swaps are contracts where one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash flows based on changes in the value of the referenced asset. Other derivative products Certain warrants and loan commitments that meet the definition of derivative are also included as derivative instruments. Non-financial derivatives We also transact in non-financial derivative products including precious metal and commodity derivative contracts in both the over-the-counter and exchange markets. Derivatives issued for trading purposes Most of our derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to clients to enable them to transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading involves market-making, positioning and arbitrage activities. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants with the intention of generating revenue based on spread and volume. Positioning involves managing market risk positions with the expectation of profiting from favourable movements in prices, rates or indices. Arbitrage activities involve identifying and profiting from price differentials between markets and products. Derivatives issued for other-than-trading purposes We also use derivatives for purposes other than trading, primarily for hedging, in conjunction with the management of interest rate, credit, equity and foreign exchange risk related to our funding, lending, investment activities and asset/liability management. Interest rate swaps are used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of existing and/or forecasted assets and liabilities, including funding and investment activities. Purchased options are used to hedge redeemable deposits and other options embedded in consumer products. We manage our exposure to foreign currency risk with cross currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts. We predominantly use credit derivatives to manage our credit exposures. We mitigate industry sector concentrations and single-name exposures related to our credit portfolio by purchasing credit derivatives to transfer credit risk to third parties. Certain derivatives and cash instruments are specifically designated and qualify for hedge accounting. We apply hedge accounting to minimize volatility in earnings and capital caused by changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Interest rate and currency fluctuations will either cause assets and liabilities to appreciate or depreciate in market value or cause variability in forecasted cash flows. When a hedging relationship is effective, gains, losses, revenue and expenses of the hedging instrument will offset the gains, losses, revenue and expenses of the hedged item. We largely assess and measure the effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in fair value of the hedged item. When cash instruments are designated as hedges of currency risks, only changes in their value due to currency risk are included in the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness. 154 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements From time to time, we also enter into derivative transactions to economically hedge certain exposures that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, or where hedge accounting is not considered economically feasible to implement. In such circumstances, changes in fair value are reflected in Non-interest income. After-tax unrealized gains relating to de-designated hedges of $44 million (before-tax unrealized gains of $60 million) included in Other components of equity as at October 31, 2014, are expected to be reclassified to Net interest income within the next 12 months. The following table presents the fair values of the derivative and non-derivative instruments categorized by their hedging relationships, as well as derivatives that are not designated in hedging relationships. Derivatives and non-derivative instruments (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Derivative instruments Liabilities Derivative instruments Non-derivative instruments October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 As at Designated as hedging instruments in hedging relationships Designated as hedging instruments in hedging relationships Cash flow hedges Fair value hedges Net investment hedges Not designated in a hedging relationship Cash flow hedges Fair value hedges Net investment hedges Not designated in a hedging relationship $ 504 $ 1,392 $ 87 $ 85,419 $ 555 $ 1,461 $ 32 $ 72,774 511 – 121 – 205 20,949 88,145 – 460 – 376 95 – 17,499 75,814 – Results of hedge activities recorded in Net income and Other comprehensive income October 31, 2014 For the year ended October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Net gains (losses) included in Non-interest income Net gains (losses) included in Net interest income After-tax unrealized gains (losses) included in OCI Net gains (losses) included in Non-interest income Net gains (losses) included in Net interest income After-tax unrealized gains (losses) included in OCI Net gains (losses) included in Non-interest income Net gains (losses) included in Net interest income After-tax unrealized gains (losses) included in OCI (Millions of Canadian dollars) Fair value hedges Gains (losses) on hedging instruments $ 216 $ n.a. $ n.a. $ (551) $ n.a. $ n.a. $ (66) $ n.a. $ n.a. (Losses) gains on hedged items attributable to the hedged risk Ineffective portion (1) Cash flow hedges Ineffective portion Effective portion Reclassified to income during the period (2) Net investment hedges Ineffective portion Foreign currency gains (losses) (Losses) gains from hedges (329) (113) (13) n.a. n.a. 1 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (38) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (108) n.a. n.a. 2,743 (1,585) 459 (92) (13) n.a. n.a. 1 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 40 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (11) n.a. n.a. 1,402 (912) (15) (81) (4) n.a. n.a. 1 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (35) n.a. n.a. n.a. $ (125) $ (38) $ 1,050 $ (104) $ 40 $ 479 $ (84) $ (35) $ n.a. n.a. n.a. 32 n.a. n.a. 114 – 146 (1) (2) n.a. Includes losses of $109 million (2013 – $82 million; 2012 – $76 million) that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. These amounts are recorded in Non-interest income and are offset by other economic hedges. After-tax losses of $28 million were reclassified from Other components of equity to income during the year ended October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – gains of $30 million; October 31, 2012 – losses of $25 million). not applicable Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 155 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) Notional amount of derivatives by term to maturity (absolute amounts) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Over-the-counter contracts Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Exchange-traded contracts Interest rate contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Other contracts (3) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Over-the-counter contracts Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Exchange-traded contracts Interest rate contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Other contracts (3) As at October 31, 2014 Term to maturity Within 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years (1) Total Trading Other than Trading $ 324,707 1,626,852 98,085 97,259 $ 47,227 3,301,834 101,493 104,445 $ – 1,852,349 23,930 32,258 $ 371,934 6,781,035 223,508 233,962 $ 371,934 6,579,940 223,508 233,962 $ – 201,095 – – 1,019,102 7,371 148,340 27,159 28,287 1,702 62,652 14,429 52,345 21,303 4,322 960 1,167 132,399 30,832 15,102 424,982 12,665 12,220 16,188 58,982 16,614 19,373 5,229 – – – 33,755 1,094 20,415 218,011 4,058 4,475 8,124 20,685 1,051,028 42,888 791,333 43,882 44,982 26,014 142,319 1,018,520 42,156 763,764 43,882 44,982 24,707 140,168 32,508 732 27,569 – – 1,307 2,151 47 1 – – – – 420 31,090 71,719 26,532 4,322 960 1,167 166,574 31,090 71,719 26,532 4,322 960 1,167 166,571 – – – – – – 3 $ 3,668,441 $ 4,200,941 $ 2,185,867 $10,055,249 $ 9,789,884 $ 265,365 As at October 31, 2013 Term to maturity Within 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years (1) Total Trading Other than Trading $ 364,918 1,218,382 59,272 59,921 $ 93,570 2,718,313 83,085 81,222 $ – 1,369,003 27,178 33,000 $ 458,488 5,305,698 169,535 174,143 $ 458,488 5,095,519 169,337 174,112 $ – 210,179 198 31 887,156 6,054 131,805 19,217 19,737 1,650 57,593 10,332 20,727 13,831 11,371 6,092 11,381 140,471 30,991 14,420 308,927 10,917 11,729 11,498 42,101 6,809 13,952 3,557 1,277 9,646 12,617 29,786 1,079 13,796 144,779 4,732 4,682 8,961 20,647 – – – – 102 – 387 919,226 34,270 585,511 34,866 36,148 22,109 120,341 17,141 34,679 17,388 12,648 15,840 23,998 170,644 858,547 34,270 555,841 34,866 36,148 20,704 120,336 17,103 34,604 17,388 12,648 15,840 23,998 170,641 60,679 – 29,670 – – 1,405 5 38 75 – – – – 3 $ 3,039,910 $ 3,484,417 $ 1,628,346 $ 8,152,673 $ 7,850,390 $ 302,283 (1) (2) (3) Includes contracts maturing in over 10 years with a notional value of $668 billion (October 31, 2013 – $501 billion). The related gross positive replacement cost is $39 billion (October 31, 2013 – $25 billion). Credit derivatives include credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit default baskets, including credit derivatives given guarantee treatment for OSFI regulatory reporting purposes. Credit derivatives with a notional value of $1.3 billion (October 31, 2013 – $1.4 billion) are economic hedges. Trading credit derivatives comprise protection purchased of $13.3 billion (October 31, 2013 – $11.0 billion) and protection sold of $11.4 billion (October 31, 2013 – $9.7 billion). Other contracts include precious metal, commodity, stable value and equity derivative contracts. 156 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements The following tables indicate the periods when the cash flows are expected to occur and when they are expected to affect profit or loss for cash flow hedges: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash inflows from assets Cash outflows from liabilities Net cash flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash inflows from assets Cash outflows from liabilities Net cash flows Fair value of derivative instruments (Millions of Canadian dollars) Held or issued for trading purposes Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Held or issued for other than trading purposes Interest rate contracts Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Total gross fair values before netting Valuation adjustments determined on a pooled basis (4) Impact of netting agreements that qualify for balance sheet offset Impact of netting agreements that do not qualify for balance sheet offset (5) As at October 31, 2014 Within 1 year 268 $ (540) 1 to 2 years 287 $ (446) 2 to 3 years 243 $ (384) 3 to 5 years 325 $ (269) Over 5 years 85 $ (87) Total $ 1,208 (1,726) $ (272) $ (159) $ (141) $ 56 $ (2) $ (518) As at October 31, 2013 Within 1 year 267 $ (533) 1 to 2 years 232 $ (531) 2 to 3 years 218 $ (495) 3 to 5 years 314 $ (602) Over 5 years 321 $ (122) Total $ 1,352 (2,283) $ (266) $ (299) $ (277) $ (288) $ 199 $ (931) As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Average fair value for year ended (1) Year end fair value Average fair value for year ended (1) Year end fair value Positive Negative Positive Negative Positive Negative Positive Negative $ 258 $ 206 $ 347 $ 78,884 3,671 – 82,813 8,416 1,732 10,433 1,645 – 22,226 225 7,052 75,195 – 4,509 79,910 8,741 1,155 14,261 – 1,349 25,506 281 10,662 95,960 4,123 – 100,430 12,155 1,788 16,034 2,621 – 32,598 254 8,525 357 91,386 – 5,101 96,844 11,752 1,506 19,165 – 2,222 34,645 301 12,373 $ 505 $ 347 $ 348 $ 80,490 2,792 – 83,787 9,229 1,505 9,692 1,900 – 22,326 229 5,203 78,156 – 3,619 82,122 9,381 1,053 16,333 – 1,704 28,471 254 8,275 73,164 3,253 – 76,765 6,774 1,432 9,308 2,234 – 19,748 225 6,635 262 69,897 – 3,966 74,125 7,629 944 12,058 – 1,744 22,375 276 10,085 112,316 116,359 141,807 144,163 111,545 119,122 103,373 106,861 2,098 – – 2,098 326 – 885 – – 626 – – 626 259 45 754 – – 1,211 1,058 – 112 41 112 3,421 1,837 145,228 146,000 (758) (36) (57,068) (56,982) 87,402 88,982 (60,546) (60,546) $ 26,856 $ 28,436 2,106 1 – 2,107 194 – 843 – – 1,037 – – 787 – 1 788 194 – 339 – – 533 56 – 3,144 1,377 106,517 108,238 (505) n.a. (31,190) (31,493) 74,822 76,745 (51,653) (51,653) $ 23,169 $ 25,092 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) n.a. Average fair value amounts are calculated based on monthly balances. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit default baskets, including credit derivatives given guarantee treatment for OSFI regulatory reporting purposes. Other contracts include precious metal, commodity, stable value and equity derivative contracts. IFRS 13 requirements are applied on a prospective basis and the standard permits an exception, through an accounting policy choice, to measure the fair value of a portfolio of financial instruments on a net open risk position basis when certain criteria are met. We have elected to use this policy choice to determine the fair value of certain portfolios of financial instruments, primarily derivatives, on a net exposure to market or credit risk. The valuation adjustment amounts in this table include those determined on a portfolio basis. Additional impact of offsetting credit exposures on contracts that do not qualify for balance sheet offset. not applicable Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 157 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) Fair value of derivative instruments by term to maturity October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) Derivative assets Derivative liabilities Less than 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total $ 19,485 $ 29,838 $ 38,079 $ 87,402 88,982 32,640 19,980 36,362 Less than 1 year 1 to 5 years Total $ 13,695 $ 27,340 $ 33,787 $ 74,822 76,745 31,969 29,104 15,672 Over 5 years Derivative-related credit risk Credit risk from derivative transactions is generated by the potential for the counterparty to default on its contractual obligations when one or more transactions have a positive market value to us. Therefore, derivative-related credit risk is represented by the positive fair value of the instrument and is normally a small fraction of the contract’s notional amount. We subject our derivative-related credit risk to the same credit approval, limit and monitoring standards that we use for managing other transactions that create credit exposure. This includes evaluating the creditworthiness of counterparties, and managing the size, diversification and maturity structure of the portfolio. Credit utilization for all products is compared with established limits on a continual basis and is subject to a standard exception reporting process. We utilize a single internal rating system for all credit risk exposure. In most cases, these internal ratings approximate the external risk ratings of public rating agencies. Netting is a technique that can reduce credit exposure from derivatives and is generally facilitated through the use of master netting agreements. A master netting agreement provides for a single net settlement of all financial instruments covered by the agreement in the event of default. However, credit risk is reduced only to the extent that our financial obligations to the same counterparty can be set off against obligations of the counterparty to us. We maximize the use of master netting agreements to reduce derivative-related credit exposure. Our overall exposure to credit risk that is reduced through master netting agreements may change substantially following the reporting date as the exposure is affected by each transaction subject to the agreement as well as by changes in underlying market rates. Measurement of our credit exposure arising out of derivative transactions is reduced to reflect the effects of netting in cases where the enforceability of that netting is supported by appropriate legal analysis as documented in our trading credit risk policies. The use of collateral is another significant credit mitigation technique for managing derivative-related counterparty credit risk. Mark-to- market provisions in our agreements with some counterparties, typically in the form of a Credit Support Annex, provide us with the right to request that the counterparty pay down or collateralize the current market value of its derivatives positions when the value passes a specified threshold amount. Replacement cost represents the total fair value of all outstanding contracts in a gain position after factoring in the master netting agreements. The credit equivalent amount is defined as the sum of the replacement cost plus an add-on amount for potential future credit exposure as defined by OSFI. The risk-weighted amount is determined by applying the standard OSFI defined measures of counterparty risk to the credit equivalent amount. Derivative-related credit risk (Millions of Canadian dollars) Over-the-counter contracts Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Swaps Options purchased Credit derivatives (4) Other contracts (5) Exchange traded contracts As at October 31, 2014 (1) October 31, 2013 (1) Replacement cost Credit equivalent amount (2) Risk-weighted equivalent (3) Replacement cost Credit equivalent amount (2) Risk-weighted equivalent (3) $ $ 183 12,455 355 5,731 3,190 225 178 1,780 3,530 $ 276 22,308 665 11,049 6,576 443 2,053 6,670 10,358 70 4,660 386 3,201 2,516 201 1,136 3,996 207 $ 94 13,133 399 $ 278 20,914 634 $ 2,463 2,500 259 106 1,864 2,867 6,891 6,262 444 1,480 6,838 11,186 48 5,465 363 2,232 1,946 221 719 3,519 224 $ 27,627 $ 60,398 $ 16,373 $ 23,685 $ 54,927 $ 14,737 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) The amounts presented are net of master netting agreements in accordance with Basel III. The total credit equivalent amount includes collateral applied of $11.4 billion (October 31, 2013 – $9.6 billion). The risk-weighted balances are calculated in accordance with Basel III. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit default baskets, and exclude credit derivatives issued for other-than-trading purposes related to bought protection. Other contracts include precious metal, commodity, stable value, and equity derivatives contracts. 158 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Replacement cost of derivative instruments by risk rating and by counterparty type Risk rating (1) Counterparty type (2) As at October 31, 2014 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross positive replacement cost $ 25,765 $ 98,566 $ 13,995 $ 6,915 $ 145,241 $ Impact of master netting AAA, AA Total BBB A BB or lower Banks 52,986 OECD governments Other Total 12,427 $ 79,828 $ 145,241 agreements 19,279 88,911 8,154 1,270 117,614 44,372 7,743 65,499 117,614 Replacement cost (after netting agreements) $ 6,486 $ 9,655 $ 5,841 $ 5,645 $ 27,627 $ 8,614 $ 4,684 $ 14,329 $ 27,627 Risk rating (1) Counterparty type (2) As at October 31, 2013 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross positive replacement cost $ 20,610 $ 68,471 $ 11,604 $ 5,844 $ 106,529 $ Impact of master netting AAA, AA Total BBB A BB or lower OECD governments Banks 48,730 $ Other Total 10,634 $ 47,165 $ 106,529 agreements 14,345 60,780 6,829 890 82,844 37,070 6,734 39,040 82,844 Replacement cost (after netting agreements) $ 6,265 $ 7,691 $ 4,775 $ 4,954 $ 23,685 $ 11,660 $ 3,900 $ 8,125 $ 23,685 (1) (2) Our internal risk ratings for major counterparty types approximate those of public ratings agencies. Ratings of AAA, AA, A and BBB represent investment grade ratings and ratings of BB or lower represent non-investment grade ratings. Counterparty type is defined in accordance with the capital adequacy requirements of OSFI. Note 9 Premises and equipment (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cost Balance at October 31, 2013 Additions (1) Acquisitions through business combinations Transfers from work in process Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2014 Accumulated depreciation Balance at October 31, 2013 Depreciation Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2014 Net carrying amount at October 31, 2014 $ 137 Land Buildings Computer equipment Furniture, fixtures and other equipment Leasehold improvements Work in process $ 134 – – 1 (2) 2 2 $ 137 $ $ – – – – – – $ $ $ $ $ 1,358 14 – 17 (1) 8 (49) 1,347 499 50 (1) 3 (52) 499 848 $ $ $ $ $ 1,516 108 – 43 (412) 27 (4) 1,278 1,155 181 (412) 21 (20) 925 353 $ $ $ $ $ 1,434 74 – 34 (303) 14 (5) 1,248 1,015 101 (282) 9 (4) 839 409 $ $ $ $ $ 2,040 54 – 90 (67) 34 41 2,192 1,290 167 (61) 20 47 1,463 729 $ $ $ $ $ Total $ 6,595 529 – – (786) 87 (15) 113 279 – (185) (1) 2 – 208 $ 6,410 – – – – – – $ 3,959 499 (756) 53 (29) $ 3,726 208 $ 2,684 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 159 Note 9 Premises and equipment (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cost Balance at October 31, 2012 Additions (1) Acquisitions through business combinations Transfers from work in process Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2013 Accumulated depreciation Balance at October 31, 2012 Depreciation Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2013 Net carrying amount at October 31, 2013 Land Buildings Computer equipment Furniture, fixtures and other equipment Leasehold improvements Work in process Total $ $ $ $ $ 128 3 – 2 (1) 2 – 134 – – – – – – 134 $ $ $ $ $ 1,274 12 – 44 (3) 6 25 1,358 455 42 (2) 2 2 499 859 $ $ $ $ $ 1,430 107 1 31 (59) 13 (7) 1,516 1,048 171 (56) 9 (17) 1,155 361 $ $ $ $ $ 1,369 40 21 52 (56) 7 1 1,434 950 92 (48) 4 17 1,015 419 $ $ $ $ $ 1,864 40 – 155 (6) 16 (29) 2,040 1,147 140 (5) 8 – 1,290 750 $ $ $ $ $ 199 $ 6,264 436 234 22 – (284) – (128) (3) 46 2 (45) (35) 113 $ 6,595 – $ 3,600 445 – (111) – 23 – 2 – – $ 3,959 113 $ 2,636 (1) At October 31, 2014, we had total contractual commitments of $216 million to acquire premises and equipment (October 31, 2013 – $122 million; October 31, 2012 – $222 million). Note 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets Goodwill The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by CGU for the years ended October 31, 2014 and 2013. Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Canadian Wealth Management Global Asset Management U.S. Wealth Management International Wealth Management Insurance (Millions of Canadian dollars) At October 31, 2012 Acquisitions Currency translations At October 31, 2013 Dispositions Currency translations At October 31, 2014 $ 1,929 $ 1,446 $ 598 – – 58 $ 2,527 $ 1,504 $ – – (51) 140 543 $ – 5 548 $ – 10 1,889 $ – 48 1,937 $ – 105 $ 2,527 $ 1,593 $ 558 $ 2,042 $ 517 $ – 22 539 $ – 43 582 $ Investor & Treasury Services 52 96 1 127 $ 118 $ – 5 – – 132 $ 118 $ 149 – – – – – 9 Capital Markets $ 837 11 30 $ 878 – 59 Total $ 7,458 705 169 $ 8,332 (51) 366 141 $ 118 $ 149 $ 937 $ 8,647 We perform our annual impairment test by comparing the carrying amount of each CGU to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of a CGU is represented by its value in use, except in circumstances where the carrying amount of a CGU exceeds its value in use. In such cases, we determine the CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its recoverable amount is the greater of its value in use and fair value less costs of disposal. Our annual impairment test is performed as at August 1. In our 2014 annual impairment test, the recoverable amounts of our Caribbean Banking and International Wealth Management CGUs were based on fair value less costs of disposal (2013 annual impairment test – Caribbean Banking CGU). In 2014 and 2013, the recoverable amounts of all other CGUs tested were based on value in use. Value in use We calculate value in use using a five-year discounted cash flow method. Future cash flows are based on financial plans agreed by management for a five-year period, estimated based on forecast results, business initiatives, capital required to support future cash flows and returns to shareholders. Key drivers of future cash flows include net interest margins and average interest-earning assets. The values assigned to these drivers over the forecast period are based on past experience, external and internal economic forecasts, and management’s expectations of the impact of economic conditions on our financial results. Beyond the initial five-year period, cash flows are assumed to increase at a constant rate using a nominal long-term growth rate (terminal growth rate). Terminal growth rates are based on the current market assessment of gross domestic product and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. The discount rates used to determine the present value of each CGU’s projected future cash flows are based on the bank-wide cost of capital, adjusted for the risks to which each CGU is exposed. CGU-specific risks include: country risk, business/operational risk, geographic risk (including political risk, devaluation risk, and government regulation), currency risk, and price risk (including product pricing risk and inflation). The estimation of value in use involves significant judgment in the determination of inputs to the discounted cash flow model and is most sensitive to changes in future cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates applied to cash flows beyond the forecast period. These 160 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements key inputs and assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of each CGU using value in use were tested for sensitivity by applying a reasonably possible change to those assumptions. The post-tax discount rates were increased by 1%, terminal growth rates were decreased by 1%, and future cash flows were reduced by 10%. As at August 1, 2014, no change in an individual key input or assumption, as described, would result in a CGU’s carrying amount exceeding its recoverable amount based on value in use. The terminal growth rates and pre-tax discount rates used in our discounted cash flow models are summarized below. Group of cash generating units Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Canadian Wealth Management Global Asset Management U.S. Wealth Management International Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets As at August 1, 2014 August 1, 2013 Discount rate (1) Terminal growth rate Discount rate (1) Terminal growth rate 10.6% 13.0 11.9 11.6 15.7 10.3 10.1 12.8 15.9 3.0% 4.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10.6% 12.9 11.9 11.8 15.9 11.8 10.2 12.5 15.6 3.0% 4.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 (1) Pre-tax discount rates are determined implicitly based on post-tax discount rates. Fair value less costs of disposal – Caribbean Banking For our Caribbean Banking CGU, we calculated fair value less costs of disposal using a discounted cash flow method that projects future cash flows over a 5-year period. Cash flows are based on management forecasts, adjusted to approximate the considerations of a prospective third- party buyer. Cash flows beyond the initial 5-year period are assumed to increase at a constant rate using a nominal long-term growth rate. Future cash flows, terminal growth rates, and discount rates are based on the same factors noted above. This fair value measurement is categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as certain significant inputs are not observable. The estimation of fair value less costs of disposal involves significant judgment in the determination of inputs to the discounted cash flow model and is most sensitive to changes in future cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates applied to cash flows beyond the forecast period. These key inputs and assumptions were tested for sensitivity by applying a reasonably possible change to those assumptions. The post- tax discount rates were increased by 1%, terminal growth rates were decreased by 1%, and future cash flows were reduced by 10%. As at August 1, 2014, the recoverable amount, based on fair value less costs of disposal, was 120% of its carrying amount. No reasonably possible change in an individual key input or assumption, as described, would result in a CGU’s carrying amount exceeding its recoverable amount based on fair value less costs of disposal. Fair value less costs of disposal – International Wealth Management For our International Wealth Management CGU, we calculated fair value less costs of disposal using a multiples-based approach. Each business within the CGU was valued using either a Price-to-assets-under-administration (P/AUA) or Price-to-revenue (P/Rev) multiple, as appropriate, to reflect the considerations of a prospective third-party buyer. For the applicable businesses, we applied a P/AUA multiple of 2.5% to AUA as at August 1, 2014 and a P/Rev multiple of 2.5x to revenue for the 12 months preceding the testing date. These multiples represent our best estimate from a range of reasonably possible inputs based on precedent transactions for comparable businesses. This fair value measurement is categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as certain significant inputs are not observable. The estimation of fair value less costs of disposal involves significant judgment in the determination of the appropriate valuation approach and inputs and is most sensitive to changes in the P/AUA and P/Rev multiples. If the multiples used were each reduced to the low end of the range of reasonably possible inputs considered, the recoverable amount of the CGU based on fair value less costs of disposal would still exceed its carrying amount. Other intangible assets The following table presents the carrying amount of our other intangible assets: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross carrying amount Balance at October 31, 2013 Additions Transfers Dispositions Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2014 Accumulated amortization Balance at October 31, 2013 Amortization charge for the year Dispositions Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2014 Net balance, at October 31, 2014 Internally generated software $ 2,554 48 750 (4) – 32 22 Other software $ 1,128 57 22 (2) – 15 (34) $ $ 3,402 $ 1,186 $ $ (1,815) $ (811) $ (460) 4 – (22) – (60) 1 – (13) (5) $ (2,293) $ (888) $ As at October 31, 2014 Core deposit intangibles Customer list and relationships In process software Total 157 – – (3) – 14 – 168 $ $ 1,509 – – – (8) 48 (38) 711 545 (772) – – 8 (5) $ 6,059 650 – (9) (8) 117 (55) $ 1,511 $ 487 $ 6,754 (117) $ (22) – – (12) – (151) $ (539) $ (124) – – (22) 38 (647) $ – – – – – – – $ (3,282) (666) 5 – (69) 33 $ (3,979) $ 1,109 $ 298 $ 17 $ 864 $ 487 $ 2,775 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 161 Note 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross carrying amount Balance at October 31, 2012 Additions Transfers Dispositions Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2013 Accumulated amortization Balance at October 31, 2012 Amortization charge for the year Dispositions Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2013 Net balance, at October 31, 2013 Note 11 Significant dispositions As at October 31, 2013 Internally generated software Other software Core deposit intangibles Customer list and relationships In process software $ $ $ 2,206 30 400 (2) (7) 15 (88) 976 63 122 (2) (4) 9 (36) $ 2,554 $ 1,128 $ $ (1,442) $ (730) $ (361) 1 3 (9) (7) (66) 1 – (7) (9) 150 – – – – 7 – 157 (90) $ (22) – – (5) – $ $ 1,365 120 – – – 25 (1) 650 581 (522) – (2) 2 2 Total $ 5,347 794 – (4) (13) 58 (123) $ 1,509 $ 711 $ 6,059 (413) $ (117) – – (11) 2 (539) $ – – – – – – – $ (2,675) (566) 2 3 (32) (14) $ (3,282) $ (1,815) $ (811) $ (117) $ $ 739 $ 317 $ 40 $ 970 $ 711 $ 2,777 Personal & Commercial Banking Caribbean Banking On June 27, 2014, we completed the sale of RBC Royal Bank (Jamaica) Limited and RBTT Securities Jamaica Limited (collectively, RBC Jamaica) to Sagicor Group Jamaica Limited, as announced on January 29, 2014. As a result of the transaction, we recorded a total loss on disposal of $100 million (before and after-tax), including a loss of $60 million in the first quarter and $40 million primarily relating to foreign currency translation losses reclassified from Other components of equity in the third quarter of 2014. The loss on disposal has been included in Non-Interest expense – Other. U.S. Banking On March 2, 2012, we completed the sale of our U.S. regional retail banking operations to the PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) announced on June 20, 2011. As a result of the transaction, we recorded a total loss on sale of $294 million after-tax, including an estimated loss of $304 million in 2011 and a reduction to loss on sale of $10 million in 2012. The loss on disposal was recorded in Net loss from discontinued operations. The results of the operations sold to PNC and certain of our U.S. regional banking assets have been presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Select financial information is set out in the tables below. Total discontinued operations – Statements of Income (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income Non-interest income Total Revenue Provision for credit losses Non-interest expense Net loss before income taxes Net loss Gain on sale Net loss from discontinued operations U.S. regional retail banking operations sold to PNC Other U.S. regional banking assets Total 162 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements For the year ended October 31 2014 – – $ October 31 2013 – – $ October 31 2012 200 68 $ – – – – – – – – – $ – – – – – – – – – $ 268 117 258 (107) (61) 10 (36) (15) (51) $ Total discontinued operations – Statements of Cash Flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net cash used in operating activities Net cash from investing activities Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks Net change in cash and due from banks Cash and due from banks at beginning of year Cash and due from banks at end of year Note 12 Joint ventures and associated companies For the year ended $ October 31 2014 – – – – $ October 31 2013 – – – – – – – $ – – – $ $ October 31 2012 (6,727) 4,054 (24) (19) (2,716) 2,716 $ – The following table summarizes the carrying value of our interests in joint ventures and associated companies accounted for under the equity method as well as our share of the income of those entities. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Carrying amount Share of: Net income (1) Other comprehensive income Joint ventures Associated companies As at and for the year ended October 31 2014 180 $ October 31 2013 135 $ October 31 2012 452 $ October 31 2014 115 $ October 31 2013 112 $ October 31 2012 125 $ 131 5 136 $ 133 5 138 $ 139 25 164 $ $ 31 – 31 $ 26 – 26 $ 24 – 24 (1) Net income for the year ended October 31, 2012 reflects our share of the income of RBC Dexia up to July 27, 2012, the date we completed our acquisition of the remaining 50% interest that we did not already own. We do not have any joint ventures or associated companies that are individually material to our financial results. Previously, our principal joint ventures included a 50% interest in RBC Dexia. In the third quarter of 2012, we completed the acquisition of RBC Dexia and as a result, it is no longer a joint venture. During the year ended October 31, 2014, we recognized no impairment losses in respect of our interests in associated companies (October 31, 2013 – $20 million; October 31, 2012 – none) and $62 million of gains on sales of associated companies (October 31, 2013 – none; October 31, 2012 – none). During the year ended October 31, 2012, we recognized an impairment loss of $168 million related to our interest in our previous joint venture, RBC Dexia. Note 13 Other assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash collateral and margin deposits Accounts receivable and prepaids Receivable from brokers, dealers and clients Insurance-related assets Collateral loans Policy loans Reinsurance assets Other Deferred income tax asset Accrued interest receivable Taxes receivable Precious metals Other As at October 31 2014 $ 12,481 3,773 2,354 October 31 2013 $ 11,689 3,563 1,474 1,121 113 512 400 2,382 1,554 1,620 223 4,162 1,273 132 422 355 2,141 1,789 1,252 173 2,375 $ 30,695 $ 26,638 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 163 Note 14 Deposits The following table details our deposit liabilities: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Personal Business and government Bank Non-interest-bearing (4) Canada United States Europe (5) Other International Interest-bearing (4) Canada United States Europe (5) Other International October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 As at Demand (1) $ 120,444 162,988 5,771 $ 289,203 $ 65,774 1,777 3,314 5,057 175,172 3,497 31,118 3,494 $ 289,203 Notice (2) $ 17,793 3,038 11 $ 20,842 $ 3,478 15 1 279 10,895 2,144 418 3,612 $ 20,842 Term (3) $ 70,980 220,634 12,441 $ 304,055 $ - - - - 241,902 45,359 9,282 7,512 $ 304,055 Total $ 209,217 386,660 18,223 $ 614,100 $ 69,252 1,792 3,315 5,336 427,969 51,000 40,818 14,618 $ 614,100 Demand (1) $ 111,566 146,985 5,734 $ 264,285 $ 60,201 1,444 3,810 4,684 158,743 3,488 28,985 2,930 $ 264,285 Notice (2) $ 15,732 1,209 11 $ 16,952 $ 3,282 7 1 315 9,604 202 45 3,496 $ 16,952 Term (3) $ 67,645 206,399 7,798 $ 281,842 $ - - - - 223,409 42,863 7,992 7,578 $ 281,842 Total $ 194,943 354,593 13,543 $ 563,079 $ 63,483 1,451 3,811 4,999 391,756 46,553 37,022 14,004 $ 563,079 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Deposits payable on demand include all deposits for which we do not have the right to notice of withdrawal. These deposits include both savings and chequing accounts. Deposits payable after notice include all deposits for which we can legally require notice of withdrawal. These deposits are primarily savings accounts. Term deposits include deposits payable on a fixed date. These deposits include term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates and similar instruments. As at October 31, 2014, the balance of term deposits also include senior deposit notes we have issued to provide long-term funding of $150 billion (October 31, 2013 – $134 billion). The geographical splits of the deposits are based on the point of origin of the deposits and where the revenue is recognized. As at October 31, 2014, deposits denominated in U.S. dollars, Sterling, Euro and other foreign currencies were $183 billion, $11 billion, $23 billion and $22 billion, respectively (October 31, 2013 – $152 billion, $8 billion, $20 billion and $21 billion). Europe includes the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Channel Islands. The following table presents the contractual maturities of our term deposit liabilities. As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ 57,840 32,880 50,300 54,354 31,559 28,946 24,673 23,503 $ 43,426 34,532 33,450 62,443 34,519 22,358 25,596 25,518 $ 304,055 $ 281,842 $ 270,000 $ 247,000 For the year ended October 31, 2013 Average balances $ 435,842 44,512 38,791 18,571 Average rates 1.20% 0.38 0.27 0.95 October 31, 2012 Average balances $ 403,610 41,617 33,394 11,979 Average rates 1.33% 0.50 0.62 2.20 0.99% $ 537,716 1.06% $ 490,600 1.23% (Millions of Canadian dollars) Within 1 year: less than 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months 1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 4 years 4 to 5 years Over 5 years Aggregate amount of term deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more The following table presents the average deposit balances and average rates of interest. October 31, 2014 Average rates 1.13% 0.30 0.21 1.03 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Canada United States Europe (1) Other International (1) Europe includes the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Channel Islands. Average balances $ 477,316 52,058 43,429 20,299 $ 593,102 164 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 15 Insurance Risk management Insurance risk is the risk of fluctuations in the timing, frequency or severity of insured events, relative to our expectations at the time of underwriting. We do not have a high degree of concentration risk due to our geographic diversity and business mix. Concentration risk is not a major concern for the life and health insurance business as it does not have a material level of regional specific characteristics like those exhibited in the property and casualty insurance business. Exposure to concentrations of insurance risks for the property and casualty business is primarily mitigated through a robust Insurance Risk Framework including prudent underwriting practices and diversification by product offerings and geographical areas. Reinsurance is also used for all insurance businesses to lower our risk profile and limit the liability on a single claim. We manage underwriting and pricing risk through the use of underwriting guidelines which detail the class, nature and type of business that may be accepted, pricing policies by product line and centralized control of policy wordings. The risk that claims are handled or paid inappropriately is mitigated using a range of IT system controls and manual processes conducted by experienced staff. These, together with a range of detailed policies and procedures, ensure that all claims are handled in a timely, appropriate and accurate manner. Reinsurance In the ordinary course of business, our insurance operations reinsure risks to other insurance and reinsurance companies in order to lower our risk profile, limit loss exposure to large risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. These ceding reinsurance arrangements do not relieve our insurance subsidiaries from their direct obligations to the insureds. We evaluate the financial condition of the reinsurers and monitor our concentrations of credit risks to minimize our exposure to losses from reinsurer insolvency. Reinsurance amounts (ceded premiums) included in Non-interest income are shown in the table below. Net premiums and claims (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross premiums Premiums ceded to reinsurers Net premiums Gross claims and benefits Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits Net claims For the year ended October 31 2014 4,962 (1,220) $ October 31 2013 4,785 (1,111) $ October 31 2012 4,739 (1,034) $ $ $ $ 3,742 3,692 (498) 3,194 $ $ $ 3,674 2,768 (442) 2,326 $ $ $ 3,705 3,472 (417) 3,055 Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities All actuarial assumptions are set in conjunction with Canadian Institute of Actuaries Standards of Practice and OSFI requirements. The assumptions that have the greatest effect on the measurement of insurance liabilities, the processes used to determine them and the assumptions used as at October 31, 2014 are as follows: Life insurance Mortality and morbidity – Mortality estimates are based on standard industry and national mortality tables, adjusted where appropriate to reflect our own experience. Morbidity assumptions are made with respect to the rates of claim incidence and claim termination for health insurance policies and are based on a combination of industry and our own experience. Future investment yield – Assumptions are based on the current yield rate, a reinvestment assumption and an allowance for future credit losses for each line of business, and are developed using interest rate scenario testing, including prescribed scenarios for determination of minimum liabilities as set out in the actuarial standards. Policyholder behaviour – Under certain policies, the policyholder has a contractual right to change benefits and premiums, as well as convert policies to permanent forms of insurance. All policyholders have the right to terminate their policies through lapse. Lapses represent the termination of policies due to non-payment of premiums. Lapse assumptions are primarily based on our recent experience adjusted for emerging industry experience where applicable. Non-life insurance Assumptions related to unpaid claims concern the patterns of development of claims from inception to ultimate settlement. The reserving assumptions, based on historical paid/incurred development patterns adjusted for changes in products, claims processes and legislative trends, result in a collective loss ratio when compared with earned premium. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 165 Note 15 Insurance (continued) The portfolio assumptions that have the greatest effect on the net liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets are listed below: Significant insurance assumptions Life Insurance Canadian Insurance Mortality rates (1) Morbidity rates (2) Reinvestment yield (3) Lapse rates (4) International Insurance Mortality rates (1) Reinvestment yield (3) Non-life Insurance Expected loss ratio (5), (6) As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 0.12% 1.82 3.15 0.50 0.43 2.19 0.12% 1.99 3.15 0.50 0.46 2.29 60.16 62.14 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Average annual death rate for the largest portfolio of insured policies. Average net settlement rate for the individual and group disability insurance portfolio. Ultimate reinvestment rate of the insurance operations. Ultimate policy termination rate (lapse rate) for the largest permanent life insurance portfolio that relies on higher termination rate to maintain its profitability (lapse-supported policies). Ratio of incurred claim losses and claim expenses to Net premiums of the property and casualty business, measuring the profitability or loss experience on our total book of business. Amounts have been revised from those previously reported. The following table summarizes our gross and reinsurers’ share of insurance liabilities at the end of the year. Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Life insurance policyholder liabilities Life, health and annuity Investment contracts (1) Non-life insurance policyholder liabilities Unearned premium provision (1) Unpaid claims provision As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Gross Ceded Net Gross Ceded Net $ $ $ $ $ 7,555 5 7,560 419 1,010 1,429 8,989 $ $ $ $ $ 390 – 390 – 29 29 $ 7,165 5 $ 7,170 $ 419 981 $ 1,400 $ 7,029 1 $ 7,030 $ 410 1,005 $ 1,415 419 $ 8,570 $ 8,445 $ $ $ $ $ 300 – 300 – 21 21 $ 6,729 1 $ 6,730 $ 410 984 $ 1,394 321 $ 8,124 (1) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities include Investment contracts and Unearned premium provision, both of which are reported in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reconciliation of life insurance policyholder liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Balances, beginning of the year New and in-force policies Changes in assumption and methodology Net change in investment contracts Balances, end of the year October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 $ Gross 7,030 621 (95) 4 $ Ceded 300 90 – – Net $ 6,730 531 (95) 4 Gross $ 6,989 (67) 108 – $ Ceded 206 94 – – Net $ 6,783 (161) 108 – $ 7,560 $ 390 $ 7,170 $ 7,030 $ 300 $ 6,730 Reconciliation of non-life insurance policyholder liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Balances, beginning of the year Changes in unearned premiums provision Written premiums Less: Net premiums earned Changes in unpaid claims provision and adjustment expenses Incurred claims Less: Claims paid Balances, end of the year October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Gross 1,415 Ceded 21 $ Net $ 1,394 $ Gross $ 1,354 Ceded 27 $ Net $ 1,327 942 (933) 595 (590) $ 1,429 $ 91 (91) 38 (30) 29 851 (842) 557 (560) 980 (990) 652 (581) 32 (32) 33 (39) 948 (958) 619 (542) $ 1,400 $ 1,415 $ 21 $ 1,394 166 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements The net increase in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities over the prior year was comprised of the net increase in life and health, reinsurance and property and casualty liabilities attributable to business growth and market movements on assets backing life and health liabilities. During the year, we reviewed all key actuarial methods and assumptions which are used in determining the policy benefit liabilities resulting in a $102 million net decrease to insurance liabilities comprised of: (i) a decrease of $37 million for assumption updates due to net favourable interest rate and equity market changes; (ii) a decrease of $36 million due to liability impacts of significant business projects; (iii) a decrease of $21 million due to valuation system and data changes; and (iv) a decrease of $8 million arising from insurance risk related assumption updates largely due to mortality, morbidity, maintenance, property and casualty margin for adverse deviation and expense assumptions. Changes in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities are included in Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income in the period in which the estimates changed. Sensitivity analysis The following table presents the sensitivity of the level of insurance policyholder liabilities disclosed in this note to reasonably possible changes in the actuarial assumptions used to calculate them. The percentage change in variable is applied to a range of existing actuarial modelling assumptions to derive the possible impact on net income. The disclosure is not intended to explain the impact of a percentage change in the insurance assets and liabilities disclosed above. The analyses are performed where a single assumption is changed while holding other assumptions constant, which is unlikely to occur in practice. Sensitivity (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Increase in market interest rates (1) Decrease in market interest rates (1) Increase in equity market values Decrease in equity market values Increase in maintenance expenses Life Insurance Adverse change in annuitant mortality rates Adverse change in assurance mortality rates Adverse change in morbidity rates Adverse change in lapse Non-life Insurance Increase in expected loss ratio Net income impact for year ended $ Change in variable 1% 1 10 10 5 $ October 31 2014 1 (3) 6 (3) (25) October 31 2013 27 (35) 8 (2) (30) 2 2 5 10 5 (72) (47) (156) (192) (10) (53) (46) (191) (170) (11) (1) Sensitivities for market interest rates have been calculated by increasing or decreasing 100 basis points at all points on the yield curve, with changes persisting for one year. In the prior year we also included a corresponding impact of 15 basis points on the ultimate reinvestment rate that is no longer required due to actuarial changes in the determination of the ultimate reinvestment rate implemented in the current period. Note 16 Segregated funds We offer certain individual variable insurance contracts that allow policyholders to invest in segregated funds. The investment returns on these funds are passed directly to the policyholders. Amounts invested are at the policyholders’ risk, except where the policyholders have selected options providing maturity and death benefit guarantees. A liability for the guarantees is recorded in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Segregated funds net assets are recorded at fair value. All of our segregated funds net assets are categorized as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the segregated funds liabilities is equal to the fair value of the segregated funds net assets. Segregated funds net assets and segregated funds liabilities are presented on separate lines on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following tables present the composition of net assets and the changes in net assets for the year. Segregated funds net assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash Investment in mutual funds Other liabilities, net Changes in net assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net assets, beginning of year Additions (deductions): Deposits from policyholders Net realized and unrealized gains Interest and dividend Payment to policyholders Management and administrative fees Net assets, end of year As at October 31 2014 1 675 (1) $ October 31 2013 6 509 (2) $ $ 675 $ 513 For the year ended October 31 2014 513 $ October 31 2013 383 $ 239 52 19 (132) (16) $ 675 $ 188 45 13 (105) (11) 513 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 167 Note 17 Employee benefits - Pension and other post-employment benefits Plan characteristics We sponsor a number of programs that provide pension and post-employment benefits to eligible employees. The pension plans are administered by separate trustees that are legally segregated from the Bank. The majority of beneficiaries of the pension plans are located in Canada and other beneficiaries of the pension plans are primarily located in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Caribbean. The pension arrangements including investment, plan benefits and funding decisions are governed by local pension committees, trustees (U.K.), or management. Significant plan changes require the approval of the Board of Directors. Our defined benefit pension plans provide pension benefits based on years of service, contributions and average earnings at retirement. Our principal defined benefit pension plans are closed to new members. New employees are generally eligible to join defined contribution pension plans. The specific features of these plans vary by location. We also provide supplemental non-registered (non-qualified) pension plans for certain executives and senior management that are typically unfunded or partially funded. Our defined contribution pension plans provide pension benefits based on accumulated employee and company contributions. The company contributions are based on a percentage of an employee’s annual earnings and a portion of the company contribution is dependent on the amount being contributed by the employee and their years of service. Our primary other post-employment benefit plans provide health, dental, disability and life insurance coverage and cover a number of current and retired employees who are mainly located in Canada. These plans are unfunded unless required by legislation. We measure our benefit obligations and pension assets as at October 31 each year. All plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method. We fund our registered defined benefit pension plans in accordance with actuarially determined amounts required to satisfy employee benefit obligations under current pension regulations. For our primary pension plan, the most recent funding actuarial valuation was completed on January 1, 2014, and the next valuation will be completed on January 1, 2015. For the year ended October 31, 2014, total company contributions to our pension plans (defined benefit and defined contribution plans) and other post-employment benefit plans were $537 million and $63 million (October 31, 2013 – $389 million and $55 million), respectively. For 2015, total contributions to our pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans are expected to be $363 million and $70 million, respectively. Risks By their design, the defined benefit pension plans expose the Bank to risks such as investment performance, reductions in discount rates used to value the obligations, increased longevity of plan members, future inflation levels impacting future salary increases as well as future increases in healthcare costs. By closing our principal defined benefit pension plans and migrating to defined contribution pension plans, the volatility associated with future service costs will reduce over time. The following table presents the financial position related to all of our material pension and other post-employment benefit plans worldwide, including executive retirement arrangements. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Canada Fair value of plan assets Present value of defined benefit obligation Net deficit International Fair value of plan assets Present value of defined benefit obligation Net deficit Total Fair value of plan assets Present value of defined benefit obligation Total net deficit Amounts recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets Employee benefit assets Employee benefit liabilities Total net deficit As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Defined benefit pension plans Other post- employment benefit plans Defined benefit pension plans Other post- employment benefit plans $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 10,419 10,767 (348) 932 1,038 (106) 11,351 11,805 (454) 138 (592) (454) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 4 1,754 (1,750) – 78 (78) 4 1,832 (1,828) – (1,828) (1,828) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,454 9,519 (65) 812 894 (82) 10,266 10,413 (147) 161 (308) (147) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3 1,636 (1,633) – 86 (86) 3 1,722 (1,719) – (1,719) (1,719) 168 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements The following table presents an analysis of the movement in the financial position related to all of our material pension and other post- employment benefit plans worldwide, including executive retirement arrangements. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Change in fair value of plan assets Opening fair value of plan assets Interest income Remeasurements Return on plan assets (excluding interest income) Change in foreign currency exchange rate Contributions – Employer Contributions – Plan participant Payments Payments – amount paid of any settlements Other Closing fair value of plan assets Change in present value of benefit obligation Opening benefit obligation Current service costs Past service costs Interest expense Remeasurements Actuarial (gains) losses from demographic assumptions Actuarial (gains) losses from financial assumptions Actuarial losses from experience adjustments Change in foreign currency exchange rate Contributions – Plan participant Payments Payments – amount paid of any settlements Business combinations/Disposals Other Closing benefit obligation Unfunded obligation Wholly or partly funded obligation Total benefit obligation As at or for the year ended October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Defined benefit pension plans (1) Other post- employment benefit plans Defined benefit pension plans (1) Other post- employment benefit plans $ $ $ $ $ $ 10,266 472 $ $ $ 647 60 400 52 (456) (78) (12) 11,351 10,413 315 97 486 76 830 6 67 52 (456) (78) – (3) 11,805 28 11,777 11,805 $ $ $ 3 – – – 63 13 (75) – – 4 1,722 31 – 80 (58) 119 7 6 13 (75) – (11) (2) 1,832 1,670 162 1,832 $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,348 408 $ $ $ 601 32 272 52 (430) (4) (13) 10,266 9,857 298 (2) 438 382 (265) 49 38 52 (430) (4) – – 1 – – – 55 12 (65) – – 3 1,682 28 (2) 73 51 (65) 4 4 12 (65) – – – 10,413 27 10,386 10,413 $ $ $ 1,722 1,557 165 1,722 (1) For pension plans with funding deficits, the benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets as at October 31, 2014 were $10,180 million and $9,587 million, respectively (October 31, 2013 – $8,996 million and $8,688 million, respectively). Pension and other post-employment benefit expense The following table presents the composition of our pension and other post-employment benefit expense. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Current service costs Past service costs Net interest expense (income) Remeasurements of other long term benefits Administrative expense Defined benefit pension expense Defined contribution pension expense Total benefit expense For the year ended Pension plans Other post-employment benefit plans October 31 2014 315 97 14 – 13 $ October 31 2013 298 (2) 30 – 11 439 137 576 $ $ 337 117 454 $ $ $ October 31 2012 $ $ $ 221 $ 1 (4) – 11 229 $ 91 320 $ October 31 2014 31 – 80 9 – $ October 31 2013 28 (2) 73 (5) – $ October 31 2012 25 (4) 79 2 – 120 – 120 $ $ 94 – 94 $ $ 102 – 102 Total service costs for the year ended October 31, 2014 totalled $307 million (October 31, 2013 – $284 million; October 31, 2012 – $212 million) for pension plans in Canada and $105 million (October 31, 2013 – $12 million; October 31, 2012 – $10 million) for International plans. Net interest expense for the year ended October 31, 2014 totalled $10 million (October 31, 2013 – $26 million; October 31, 2012 – net interest income of $8 million) for pension plans in Canada and $4 million (October 31, 2013 – $4 million; October 31, 2012 – $4 million) for International plans. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 169 Note 17 Employee benefits - Pension and other post-employment benefits (continued) Remeasurements of employee benefit plans The following table presents the composition of our remeasurements recorded in OCI. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Actuarial (gains) losses: Changes in demographic assumptions Changes in financial assumptions Experience adjustments Return on plan assets (excluding interest based on discount rate) For the year ended Defined benefit pension plans Other post-employment benefit plans October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ 76 830 6 (647) $ 382 (265) 49 (601) $ 265 $ (435) $ (1) 1,159 8 (231) 935 $ $ (54) 113 – – 59 $ $ $ 53 (62) 4 – (5) $ (65) 190 (2) – 123 Total remeasurements recorded in OCI for the year ended October 31, 2014 were loss of $238 million (October 31, 2013 – gain of $424 million; October 31, 2012 – loss of $871 million) for pension plans in Canada and loss of $27 million (October 31, 2013 – gain of $11 million; October 31, 2012 – loss of $64 million) for International plans. Investment policy and strategies Defined benefit pension plan assets are invested prudently in order to meet our longer term pension obligations. The pension plan’s investment strategy is to hold a diversified mix of investments by asset class and geographic location, in order to reduce investment-specific risk to the funded status while maximizing the expected returns to meet pension obligations. Investment of the plan’s assets is conducted with careful consideration of the pension obligation’s exposure to interest rates, credit spreads and inflation which are key risk factors impacting the obligation. The asset mix policy is therefore consistent with an asset/liability framework. Factors taken into consideration in developing our asset mix include but are not limited to the following: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) the nature of the underlying benefit obligations, including the duration and term profile of the liabilities; the member demographics, including expectations for normal retirements, terminations, and deaths; the financial position of the pension plans; the diversification benefits obtained by the inclusion of multiple asset classes; and expected asset returns, including asset and liability volatility and correlations. To implement our asset mix policy, we may invest in equity securities, debt securities, alternative investments and derivative instruments. Our holdings in certain investments, including common shares, emerging market equity and debt, debt securities rated lower than BBB and residential and commercial mortgages, cannot exceed a defined percentage of the market value of our defined benefit pension plan assets. We may use derivative instruments as either a synthetic investment to more efficiently replicate the performance of an underlying security, or as a hedge against financial risks associated with the underlying portfolio. To manage our credit risk exposure, counterparties of our derivative instruments are required to meet minimum credit ratings and enter into collateral agreements. Our defined benefit pension plan assets are primarily comprised of equity and debt securities. Our equity securities generally have unadjusted quoted market prices in an active market (Level 1) and our debt securities generally have quoted market prices for similar assets in an active market (Level 2). Alternative investments and other includes cash, hedge funds, and private fund investments including infrastructure, real estate leases, private equity and derivative financial instruments. In the case of private fund investments, no quoted market prices are usually available (Level 2 or Level 3). These fund assets are either valued by an independent valuator or priced using observable market inputs. During the year, investment changes and risk factor diversification continued in support of our efforts to reduce variability in the funded status. As a result, equity risk was reduced through redeployment of equity investments into a diverse mix of quality alternative investments with low correlation to equity markets, including investments in hedge funds, infrastructure, private equity and real estate. In addition, an increasing allocation to debt securities is used to reduce asset liability duration mismatch and hence variability of the plan’s funded status due to interest rate changes. Longer maturity debt securities, given their price sensitivity to movements in interest rates, are considered to be a good economic hedge to risk associated with the plan’s liabilities, which are discounted using predominately long maturity bond interest rates as inputs. We expect to continue to move towards a higher weighting of debt securities as market conditions permit, to further reduce risk of variability in the funded status. Asset allocation of defined benefit pension plans (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentages) Equity securities Domestic Foreign Debt securities Domestic government bonds Foreign government bonds Corporate and other bonds Alternative investments and other As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Percentage of total plan assets Quoted in active market (2) Percentage of total plan assets Quoted in active market (2) Fair value 14% 22 19 5 19 21 100% 100 $ 1,354 2,625 – – – 11 2,377 495 1,601 1,814 13% 25 23 5 16 18 100% 100 – – – 15 Fair value $ 1,623 2,530 2,199 530 2,097 2,372 (1) (2) The asset allocation is based on the underlying investments held directly and indirectly through the funds as this is how we manage our investment policy and strategies. If our assessment of quoted in an active market was based on the direct investments, 45% of our total plan assets would be classified as quoted in an active market (October 31, 2013 –48%). 170 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements $ 11,351 100% 39% $ 10,266 100% 41% The allocation to equity securities of our pension plan in Canada is 38% (October 31, 2013 – 40%) and that of our International plan is 18% (October 31, 2013 – 24%). The allocation to debt securities of our pension plan in Canada is 41% (October 31, 2013 – 42%) and that of our International plan is 58% (October 31, 2013 – 62%). The allocation to alternative investments and other in our pension plan in Canada is 21% (October 31, 2013 –18%) and that of our International plan is 24% (October 31, 2013 – 14%). As at October 31, 2014, the plan assets include 1 million (October 31, 2013 – 1 million) of our common shares with a fair value of $107 million (October 31, 2013 – $84 million) and $39 million (October 31, 2013 – $13 million) of our debt securities. For the year ended October 31, 2014, dividends received on our common shares held in the plan assets were $4 million (October 31, 2013 – $3 million). Maturity profile The following table presents the maturity profile of our defined benefit pension plan obligation. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except participants and years) Number of plan participants Actual benefit payments 2014 Benefits expected to be paid 2015 Benefits expected to be paid 2016 Benefits expected to be paid 2017 Benefits expected to be paid 2018 Benefits expected to be paid 2019 Benefits expected to be paid 2020-2024 Weighted average duration of defined benefit payments As at October 31, 2014 Canada International Total $ 75,250 405 488 512 537 560 581 3,192 15.2 years $ 10,084 51 40 41 39 40 43 263 19.8 years $ 85,334 456 528 553 576 600 624 3,455 15.5 years Significant assumptions Our methodologies to determine significant assumptions used in calculating the defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit expense are as follows: Discount rate For the Canadian pension and other post-employment benefit plans, all future expected benefit payments at each measurement date are discounted at spot rates from a derived Aa corporate bond yield curve. The derived curve is based on observed rates for Aa corporate bonds with maturities less than six years and a projected Aa corporate curve based on spreads between observed Aa corporate bonds and Aa provincial bonds for periods greater than six years. For the International pension and other post-employment benefit plans, all future expected benefit payments at each measurement date are discounted at spot rates from an Aa corporate bond yield curve. Spot rates beyond 30 years are set to equal the 30-year spot rate. The discount rate is the equivalent single rate that produces the same discounted value as that determined using the entire discount curve. This valuation methodology does not rely on assumptions regarding reinvestment returns. Rate of increase in future compensation The assumptions for increases in future compensation are developed separately for each plan, where relevant. Each assumption is set based on the price inflation assumption and compensation policies in each market, as well as relevant local statutory and plan-specific requirements. Healthcare cost trend rates Healthcare cost calculations are based on both short and long term trend assumptions established based on the plan’s recent trend experience as well as on market expectations. As at Defined benefit pension plans Other post-employment benefit plans October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligation Discount rate Rate of increase in future compensation Healthcare cost trend rates – Medical (1) – Dental 4.10% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 4.60% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 4.40% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 4.20% n.a. 3.50% 4.00% 4.70% n.a. 3.80% 4.00% 4.50% n.a. 3.90% 4.00% (1) n.a. For our other post-employment benefit plans, the assumed medical healthcare cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of benefits were 3.50% for the next year decreasing to an ultimate rate of 2.50% in 2030. not applicable Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 171 Note 17 Employee benefits - Pension and other post-employment benefits (continued) Mortality assumptions Mortality assumptions are significant in measuring our obligations under the defined benefit pension plans. These assumptions have been set based on country specific statistics. Future longevity improvements have been considered and included where appropriate. The following table summarizes the mortality assumptions used for major plans. As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Life expectancy at 65 for a member currently at Life expectancy at 65 for a member currently at Age 65 Age 45 Age 65 Age 45 Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female 23.0 20.6 23.9 23.5 22.9 25.2 24.0 21.1 26.1 24.5 23.4 27.6 22.4 20.5 23.8 23.2 22.8 25.1 23.5 21.0 26.0 24.1 23.3 27.5 (In years) Country Canada United States United Kingdom Sensitivity analysis Assumptions adopted can have a significant effect on the obligations for defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans. The increase (decrease) in obligation in the following table has been determined assuming all other assumptions are held constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, as changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. The following table presents the sensitivity analysis of key assumptions for 2014: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Discount rate Impact of 50bps increase in discount rate Impact of 50bps decrease in discount rate Rate of increase in future compensation Impact of 50bps increase in rate of increase in future compensation Impact of 50bps decrease in rate of increase in future compensation Mortality rate Impact of an increase in longevity by one additional year Healthcare cost trend rate Impact of 100bps increase in healthcare cost trend rate Impact of 100bps decrease in healthcare cost trend rate n.a. not applicable Note 18 Other liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash collateral Accounts payable and accrued expenses Payroll and related compensation Payable to brokers, dealers and clients Negotiable instruments Accrued interest payable Deferred income Taxes payable Precious metals certificates Dividends payable Insurance related liabilities Deferred income taxes Provisions Other 172 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Defined benefit pension plans – Increase (decrease) in obligation Other post- employment benefit plans – Increase (decrease) in obligation $ $ (864) 960 65 (66) 265 n.a. n.a. (125) 140 n.a. n.a. 46 131 (112) As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 10,500 2,386 6,582 2,063 2,416 1,748 1,937 1,691 572 1,127 617 204 500 4,966 37,309 $ 8,855 2,917 5,911 1,821 2,172 1,796 1,783 1,480 677 1,027 566 170 271 5,501 $ 34,947 $ $ Note 19 Subordinated debentures The debentures are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to the claims of depositors and certain other creditors. All redemptions, cancellations and exchanges of subordinated debentures are subject to the consent and approval of OSFI. All subordinated debentures are redeemable at our option. The amounts presented below include the impact of fair value hedging for interest rate risk and are net of our holdings in these securities which have not been cancelled and are still outstanding. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and foreign currency) Maturity November 14, 2014 (1) November 4, 2018 June 15, 2020 November 2, 2020 June 8, 2023 July 17, 2024 (6) December 6, 2024 September 29, 2026 (6) November 1, 2027 June 26, 2037 October 1, 2083 June 29, 2085 June 18, 2103 Deferred financing costs Earliest par value redemption date November 4, 2013 (2) June 15, 2015 November 2, 2015 July 17, 2019 December 6, 2019 September 29, 2021 November 1, 2022 June 26, 2017 Any interest payment date Any interest payment date June 18, 2009 (12) Interest rate 10.00% 5.45% (3) 4.35% (4) 3.18% (5) 9.30% 3.04% (7) 2.99% (8) 3.45% (9) 4.75% 2.86% (10) (11) 5.95% (13) Denominated in foreign currency (millions) TT$300 JPY 10,000 US$174 As at $ October 31 2014 200 – 1,491 1,483 110 1,002 1,992 1,009 53 106 224 196 – $ October 31 2013 217 1,000 1,508 1,488 110 – 1,947 – 49 109 224 181 615 $ $ 7,866 (7) 7,859 $ $ 7,448 (5) 7,443 The terms and conditions of the debentures are as follows: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) All $200 million outstanding 10.00% subordinated debentures matured on November 14, 2014. All $1 billion outstanding subordinated debentures were redeemed on November 4, 2013 for 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.00% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.41% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.21% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. The notes include non-viability contingency capital (NVCC) provisions, necessary for the notes to qualify as Tier 2 regulatory capital under Basel III. NVCC provisions require the conversion of the instrument into a variable number of common shares in the event that OSFI deems the Bank non-viable or a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection. In such an event, each note is convertible into common shares pursuant to an automatic conversion formula with a multiplier of 1.5 and a conversion price based on the greater of: (i) a floor price of $5.00 and (ii) the current market price of our common shares based on the volume weighted average trading price of our common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange. The number of shares issued is determined by dividing the par value of the note (including accrued and unpaid interest on such note) by the conversion price and then times the multiplier. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.08% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.10% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.12% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at a rate of 40 basis points above the 30-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at a rate of 25 basis points above the U.S. dollar 3-month LIMEAN. In the event of a reduction of the annual dividend we declare on our common shares, the interest payable on the debentures is reduced pro rata to the dividend reduction and the interest reduction is payable with the proceeds from the sale of newly issued common shares. (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) All $600 million outstanding subordinated debentures were redeemed on June 18, 2014 for 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date. (13) Interest at stated rate until earliest par value redemption date and every 5 years thereafter at a rate of 1.72% above the 5-year Government of Canada yield. Maturity schedule The aggregate maturities of subordinated debentures, based on the maturity dates under the terms of issue, are as follows: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Within 1 year 5 to 10 years Thereafter Note 20 Trust capital securities October 31 2014 200 4,086 3,580 $ $ 7,866 We issued innovative capital instruments, RBC Trust Capital Securities (RBC TruCS), through two structured entities: RBC Capital Trust (Trust) and RBC Capital Trust II (Trust II). Trust II was wound up in 2014 after the redemption of the RBC TruCS Series 2013 (RBC TruCS 2013) on December 31, 2013. The Trust has issued non-voting RBC TruCS Series 2010, 2011, 2015 and 2008-1 (RBC TruCS 2010, 2011, 2015 and 2008-1). RBC TruCS 2010 and 2011 were redeemed in 2010 and 2011, respectively. The holders of RBC TruCS 2015 and 2008-1 do not have any conversion rights or any other redemption rights. As a result, upon consolidation of the Trust, RBC TruCS 2015 and 2008-1 are classified as Non-controlling interests. Holders of RBC TruCS 2015 and 2008-1 are eligible to receive semi-annual non-cumulative fixed cash distributions until December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2018, respectively, and a floating- rate cash distribution thereafter. No cash distributions will be payable by the Trust on RBC TruCS if we fail to declare regular dividends (i) on our preferred shares, or (ii) on our common shares if no preferred shares are then outstanding. In this case, the net distributable funds of the Trust will be distributed to us as holders of residual interest in the Trust. Should the Trust fail to pay the semi-annual distributions in full, we will not declare dividends of any kind on any of our preferred or common shares for a specified period of time. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 173 Note 20 Trust capital securities (continued) The table below presents the significant terms and conditions of RBC TruCS. Significant terms and conditions of RBC Trust Capital Securities Issuance date Distribution dates Earliest redemption date Annual yield At the option of the issuer Conversion date At the option of the holder As at October 31 2014 Principal amount October 31 2013 Principal amount October 28, 2005 June 30, December 31 4.87% (8) December 31, 2010 April 28, 2008 June 30, December 31 6.82% (8) June 30, 2013 n.a. n.a. $ 1,200 $ 1,200 500 500 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) RBC Capital Trust (1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6),(7) Included in Non-controlling interests 1,200,000 Trust Capital Securities – Series 2015 500,000 Trust Capital Securities – Series 2008-1 RBC Capital Trust II (2),(3),(4),(5),(6),(7),(9) Included in Deposits 900,000 Trust Capital Securities – Series 2013 (10) July 23, 2003 June 30, December 31 5.812% December 31, 2008 Any time $ — $ 900 The significant terms and conditions of the RBC TruCS are as follows: (1) Subject to the approval of OSFI, the Trust may, on the earliest redemption date specified above, and on any distribution date thereafter, redeem in whole (but not in part) the RBC TruCS 2008-1 and 2015, without the consent of the holders. Subject to the approval of OSFI, upon occurrence of a special event as defined, prior to the earliest redemption date specified above, the trusts may redeem in whole (but not in part) the RBC TruCS 2008-1, 2013 or 2015 without the consent of the holders. Issuer Redemption Price: The RBC TruCS 2008-1 may be redeemed for cash equivalent to (i) the Early Redemption Price if the redemption occurs prior to June 30, 2018 or (ii) the Redemption Price if the redemption occurs on or after June 30, 2018. The RBC TruCS 2013 and 2015 may be redeemed for cash equivalent to (i) the Early Redemption Price if the redemption occurs prior to December 31, 2013 and 2015, respectively, or (ii) the Redemption Price if the redemption occurs on or after December 31, 2013 and 2015, respectively. Redemption Price refers to an amount equal to $1,000 plus the unpaid distributions to the redemption date. Early Redemption Price refers to an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Redemption Price and (ii) the price calculated to provide an annual yield, equal to the yield on a Government of Canada bond issued on the redemption date with a maturity date of June 30, 2018, plus 77 basis points, for RBC TruCS 2008-1, and a maturity date of December 31, 2013 and 2015, plus 23 basis points and 19.5 basis points, for RBC TruCS 2013 and 2015, respectively. Automatic Exchange Event: Without the consent of the holders, each RBC TruCS 2008-1, 2013 and 2015 will be exchanged automatically for 40 of our non-cumulative redeemable First Preferred Shares Series Al, T and Z, respectively, upon occurrence of any one of the following events: (i) proceedings are commenced for our winding-up; (ii) OSFI takes control of us; (iii) we have Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 5% or Total capital ratio of less than 8%; or (iv) OSFI has directed us to increase our capital or provide additional liquidity and we elect such automatic exchange or we fail to comply with such direction. The First Preferred Shares Series AI, T and Z pay semi-annual non-cumulative cash dividends and Series T is convertible at the option of the holder into a variable number of common shares. From time to time, we purchase some of the innovative capital instruments and hold them temporarily. As at October 31, 2014, we held $9 million of RBC TruCS 2015 (October 31, 2013 – $nil) and $3 million of the RBC TruCS 2008-1 (October 31, 2013 – $nil) as treasury holdings which were deducted from regulatory capital. Regulatory capital: In accordance with OSFI Capital Adequacy Requirements, effective January 2013, RBC TruCS no longer qualify as additional Tier 1 capital due to their lack of non-viability contingent capital terms and conditions. As such, outstanding RBC TruCS are being phased out of regulatory capital in accordance with OSFI guidelines. Holder Exchange Right: Holders of RBC TruCS 2013 may, at any time, exchange all or part of their holdings for 40 non-cumulative redeemable First Preferred Shares Series U, for each RBC TruCS 2013 held. The First Preferred Shares Series U pay semi-annual non-cumulative cash dividends as and when declared by our Board of Directors and are convertible at the option of the holder into a variable number of common shares. Holders of RBC TruCS 2008-1 and RBC TruCS 2015 do not have similar exchange rights. The non-cumulative cash distribution on the RBC TruCS 2015 will be 4.87% paid semi-annually until December 31, 2015, and at one half of the sum of 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 1.5%, thereafter. The non-cumulative cash distribution on the RBC TruCS 2008-1 will be 6.82% paid semi-annually until June 30, 2018, and at one half of the sum of 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 3.5% thereafter. Subject to the approval of OSFI, Trust II may, in whole or in part, on the redemption date specified above, and on any distribution date thereafter, redeem any outstanding RBC TruCS 2013 without the consent of the holders. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) On December 31, 2013, Trust II redeemed all $900 million principal amount of RBC TruCS 2013 for cash at a redemption price of $1,000 per unit. n.a. not applicable 174 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 21 Equity Share capital Authorized share capital Preferred – An unlimited number of First Preferred Shares and Second Preferred Shares without nominal or par value, issuable in series; the aggregate consideration for which all the First Preferred Shares and all the Second Preferred Shares that may be issued may not exceed $20 billion and $5 billion, respectively. Common – An unlimited number of shares without nominal or par value may be issued. Outstanding share capital The following table details our common and preferred shares outstanding. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except the number of shares and dividends per share) Preferred shares First preferred (1) Non-cumulative, fixed rate Series W Series AA Series AB Series AC Series AD Series AE Series AF Series AG Series AH (2) Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AJ (3) Series AL Series AN (4) Series AP (4) Series AR (4) Series AT (5) Series AV (5) Series AX (6) Series AZ Series BB Non-cumulative, floating rate Series AK (3) Common shares Balance at beginning of year Issued under the stock option plan (7) Purchased for cancellation (8) Balance at end of year Treasury shares – Preferred shares Balance at beginning of year Sales Purchases Balance at end of year Treasury shares – Common shares Balance at beginning of year Sales Purchases Balance at end of year As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Number of shares (thousands) Dividends declared per share Number of shares (thousands) Dividends declared per share Amount Amount 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 – 13,579 12,000 – – – – – 13,000 20,000 20,000 2,421 $ 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 – 339 300 – – – – – 325 500 500 61 $ 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 – 0.97 1.15 0.39 0.39 0.39 1.17 1.17 1.53 0.50 0.46 0.53 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 – 16,000 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 – – – $ 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 – 400 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 – – – $ 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 0.86 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 – – – $ 4,075 $ 4,600 1,441,056 2,723 (1,546) $ 14,377 150 (16) 1,445,303 2,528 (6,775) $ 14,323 121 (67) 1,442,233 $ 14,511 $ 2.84 1,441,056 $ 14,377 $ 2.53 47 4,919 (4,965) 1 666 70,684 (70,458) $ $ $ 1 124 (125) – 41 5,333 (5,303) 42 4,892 (4,887) 47 543 71,361 (71,238) $ $ $ 1 127 (127) 1 30 4,453 (4,442) 892 $ 71 666 $ 41 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) First Preferred Shares Series were issued at $25 per share. On July 2, 2013, we redeemed all 8.5 million of issued and outstanding Non-Cumulative First Preferred Shares Series AH for cash at a redemption price of $26 per share plus declared dividends. This amount is comprised of the $25 per share original issue price plus a $1 per share redemption premium. On February 24, 2014, we issued 2.4 million Non-Cumulative Floating Rate First Preferred Shares, Series AK, totalling $61 million through a holder option, one-for-one conversion of some of our Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares, Series AJ. On February 24, 2014, we redeemed all issued and outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares, Series AN (9 million shares), Series AP (11 million shares), and Series AR (14 million shares) for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share. On August 24, 2014, we redeemed all issued and outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares, Series AT (11 million shares) and Series AV (16 million shares) for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share. On November 24, 2014, we redeemed all 13 million of issued and outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares Series AX for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share. Includes fair value adjustments to stock options of $16 million (2013 – $14 million). During the year ended October 31, 2014, we purchased for cancellation common shares at an average cost of $72.64 per share (October 31, 2013 – $60.34 per share) with a book value of $10.03 per share (October 31, 2013 – $9.94 per share). Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 175 Note 21 Equity (continued) As at October 31, 2014 Preferred shares First preferred Non-cumulative, fixed rate Series W (4) Series AA Series AB Series AC Series AD Series AE Series AF Series AG Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset (5) Series AJ Series AL Series AX Series AZ (6) Series BB (6) Non-cumulative, floating rate Series AK (7) Initial Period Annual Yield Current Dividend per share (1) Premium Earliest redemption date (2) Issue Date Redemption price (2), (3) 4.90% 4.45% 4.70% 4.60% 4.50% 4.50% 4.45% 4.50% 5.00% 5.60% 6.10% 4.00% 3.90% $ .306250 February 24, 2010 .278125 May 24, 2011 August 24, 2011 .293750 .287500 November 24, 2011 February 24, 2012 .281250 February 24, 2012 .281250 May 24, 2012 .278125 May 24, 2012 .281250 January 31, 2005 $ April 4, 2006 July 20, 2006 November 1, 2006 December 13, 2006 January 19, 2007 March 14, 2007 April 26, 2007 1.93% 2.67% 4.13% 2.21% 2.26% February 24, 2014 .220000 .266250 February 24, 2014 .381250 November 24, 2014 .250000 May 24, 2019 August 24, 2019 .243750 September 16, 2008 November 3, 2008 April 29, 2009 January 30, 2014 June 3, 2014 25.00 25.25 25.25 25.50 25.50 25.50 25.50 25.50 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 1.93% .180786 February 24, 2019 February 24, 2014 25.00 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Non-cumulative preferential dividends of each Series are payable quarterly, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, on or about the 24th day of February, May, August and November. The redemption price represents the price as at October 31, 2014 or the contractual redemption price, whichever is applicable. Subject to the consent of OSFI and the requirements of the Bank Act (Canada), we may, on or after the dates specified above, redeem First Preferred Shares. Unless otherwise noted, shares may be redeemed for cash at a price per share of $25 if redeemed on the earliest redemption date and on the same date every fifth year thereafter. In the case of Series W, AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF and AG, these may be redeemed for cash at a price per share of $26 if redeemed during the 12 months commencing on the earliest redemption date and decreasing by $0.25 each 12-month period thereafter to a price per share of $25 if redeemed four years from the earliest redemption date or thereafter. Subject to the consent of OSFI and the requirements of the Bank Act (Canada), we may purchase the First Preferred Shares of each Series for cancellation at the lowest price or prices at which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, such shares are obtainable. Subject to the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange, we may, on or after February 24, 2010, convert First Preferred Shares Series W into our common shares. First Preferred Shares Series W may be converted into that number of common shares determined by dividing the current redemption price by the greater of $2.50 and 95% of the weighted average trading price of common shares at such time. The dividend rate will reset on the earliest redemption date and every fifth year thereafter at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus the premium indicated. The holders have the option to convert their shares into non-cumulative floating rate First Preferred Shares subject to certain conditions on the earliest redemption date and every fifth year thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill rate plus the premium indicated. The preferred shares include non-viability contingency capital (NVCC) provisions, necessary for the shares to qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital under Basel III. NVCC provisions require the conversion of the instrument into a variable number of common shares in the event that OSFI deems the Bank non-viable or a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection. In such an event, each preferred share is convertible into common shares pursuant to an automatic conversion formula with a conversion price based on the greater of: (i) a floor price of $5.00 and (ii) the current market price of our common shares based on the volume weighted average trading price of our common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange. The number of shares issued is determined by dividing the preferred share value ($25.00 plus declared and unpaid dividends) by the conversion price. The dividend rate is equal to the three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill rate plus the premium indicated. The holders have the option to convert their shares into non-cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series AJ subject to certain conditions on February 24, 2019 and every fifth year thereafter. Restrictions on the payment of dividends We are prohibited by the Bank Act (Canada) from declaring any dividends on our preferred or common shares when we are, or would be placed as a result of the declaration, in contravention of the capital adequacy and liquidity regulations or any regulatory directives issued under the Act. We may not pay dividends on our common shares at any time unless all dividends to which preferred shareholders are then entitled have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. We have agreed that if the Trust fails to pay any required distribution on the trust capital securities in full, we will not declare dividends of any kind on any of our preferred or common shares. Refer to Note 20. Currently, these limitations do not restrict the payment of dividends on our preferred or common shares. Dividend reinvestment plan Our dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP) provides common and preferred shareholders with a means to receive additional common shares rather than cash dividends. The plan is only open to shareholders residing in Canada or the United States. The requirements of our DRIP are satisfied through either open market share purchases or shares issued from treasury. During 2014 and 2013, the requirements of our DRIP were satisfied through open market share purchases. Shares available for future issuances As at October 31, 2014, 43.7 million common shares are available for future issue relating to our DRIP and potential exercise of stock options outstanding. In addition, we may issue up to 38.9 million common shares from treasury under the RBC Umbrella Savings and Securities Purchase Plan that was approved by shareholders on February 26, 2009. 176 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Non-controlling interests (Millions of Canadian dollars) RBC Trust Capital Securities (1) Series 2015 Series 2008-1 Other As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ $ 1,211 508 94 1,813 $ $ 1,220 511 64 1,795 (1) As at October 31, 2014, RBC TruCS Series 2015 includes $20 million of accrued interest (October 31, 2013 – $20 million), net of $9 million of treasury holdings (October 31, 2013 – $nil). Series 2008-1 includes $11 million of accrued interest (October 31, 2013 – $11 million), net of $3 million of treasury holdings (October 31, 2013 – $nil). Note 22 Share-based compensation Stock option plans We have stock option plans for certain key employees. Under the plans, options are periodically granted to purchase common shares. The exercise price for each grant is determined as the higher of the volume-weighted average of the trading prices per board lot (100 shares) of our common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (i) on the day preceding the day of grant; and (ii) the five consecutive trading days immediately preceding the day of grant. The options vest over a four-year period for employees, and are exercisable for a period not exceeding 10 years from the grant date. The compensation expense recorded for the year ended October 31, 2014, in respect of the stock option plans was $7 million (October 31, 2013 – $7 million; October 31, 2012 – $7 million). The compensation expense related to non-vested options was $4 million at October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – $5 million; October 31, 2012 – $7 million), to be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.4 years (October 31, 2013 – 1.1 years; October 31, 2012 – 1.5 years). Analysis of the movement in the number and weighted average exercise price of options is set out below: A summary of our stock option activity and related information (Canadian dollars per share except share amounts) Outstanding at beginning of year Granted Exercised (1), (2) Forfeited in the year Outstanding at end of year Exercisable at end of year Available for grant October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Number of options (thousands) 10,604 705 (2,723) (7) Weighted average exercise price 50.39 $ 69.17 49.03 52.92 8,579 4,987 11,443 $ $ 52.36 49.60 Number of options (thousands) 12,304 906 (2,528) (78) Weighted average exercise price 48.12 $ 58.65 42.22 53.27 10,604 5,711 12,140 $ $ 50.39 47.80 Number of options (thousands) 14,413 1,161 (3,174) (96) Weighted average exercise price 45.06 $ 48.93 34.36 52.37 12,304 6,544 12,968 $ $ 48.12 45.43 (1) (2) Cash received for options exercised during the year was $133 million (October 31, 2013 – $107 million; October 31, 2012 – $109 million) and the weighted average share price at the date of exercise was $74.27 (October 31, 2013 – $63.17; October 31, 2012 – $54.48). New shares were issued for all stock options exercised in 2014, 2013 and 2012. See Note 21. Options outstanding as at October 31, 2014 by range of exercise price: (Canadian dollars per share except share amounts) $31.70 - $35.37 $44.13 - $48.93 $50.55 - $52.94 $54.99 - $57.90 $58.65 - $69.17 Options outstanding Options exercisable Number outstanding (thousands) 1,031 1,448 2,323 2,182 1,595 Weighted average exercise price (1) 35.35 $ 47.86 52.66 55.08 63.30 Weighted average remaining contractual life 4.09 5.75 5.02 4.33 8.55 Number exercisable (thousands) 1,031 322 1,452 2,182 – Weighted average exercise price (1) 35.35 $ 44.13 52.70 55.08 – 8,579 $ 52.36 5.51 4,987 $ 49.60 (1) The weighted average exercise prices have been revised to reflect the conversion of foreign currency-denominated options at the exchange rate as of October 31, 2014. The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended October 31, 2014 was estimated at $7.19 (October 31, 2013 – $5.33; October 31, 2012 – $4.42). This was determined by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant, taking into account the specific terms and conditions under which the options are granted, such as the vesting period and expected share price volatility estimated by considering both historic average share price volatility and implied volatility derived from traded options over our common shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options. The following assumptions were used to determine the fair value of options granted: Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 177 Note 22 Share-based compensation (continued) Weighted average assumptions (Canadian dollars per share except percentages) Share price at grant date Risk-free interest rate Expected dividend yield Expected share price volatility Expected life of option For the year ended $ October 31 2014 68.75 1.95% 3.94% 18% 6 years $ October 31 2013 58.65 1.38% 4.19% 18% 6 years $ October 31 2012 48.19 1.38% 3.93% 18% 6 years Employee savings and share ownership plans We offer many employees an opportunity to own our common shares through savings and share ownership plans. Under these plans, the employees can generally contribute between 1% and 10% of their annual salary or benefit base for commissioned based employees. For each contribution between 1% and 6%, we will match 50% of the employee contributions in our common shares. For the RBC Dominion Securities Savings Plan, our maximum annual contribution is $4,500 per employee. For the RBC U.K. Share Incentive Plan, our maximum annual contribution is £1,500 per employee. For the year ended October 31, 2014, we contributed $85 million (October 31, 2013 – $77 million; October 31, 2012 – $75 million), under the terms of these plans, towards the purchase of our common shares. As at October 31, 2014, an aggregate of 38 million common shares were held under these plans (October 31, 2013 – 38 million common shares; October 31, 2012 – 37 million common shares). Deferred share and other plans We offer deferred share unit plans to executives, non-employee directors and to certain key employees. Under these plans, the executives or directors may choose to receive all or a percentage of their annual variable short-term incentive bonus or directors’ fee in the form of deferred share units (DSUs). The executives or directors must elect to participate in the plan prior to the beginning of the year. DSUs earn dividend equivalents in the form of additional DSUs at the same rate as dividends on common shares. The participant is not allowed to convert the DSUs until retirement, permanent disability or termination of employment/directorship. The cash value of the DSUs is equivalent to the market value of common shares when conversion takes place. We have a deferred bonus plan for certain key employees within Capital Markets. The deferred bonus is invested as RBC share units and a specified percentage vests on each of the three anniversary dates following the grant date. Each vested amount is paid in cash and is based on the original number of RBC share units plus accumulated dividends valued using the average closing price of RBC common shares during the five trading days immediately preceding the vesting date. We offer performance deferred share award plans to certain key employees, all of which vest at the end of three years. Upon vesting, the award is paid in cash and is based on the original number of RBC share units granted plus accumulated dividends valued using the average closing price of RBC common shares during the five trading days immediately preceding the vesting date. A portion of the award under certain plans can be increased or decreased up to 25%, depending on our total shareholder return compared to a defined peer group of global financial institutions. We previously offered deferred compensation to certain employees in the form of common shares that were held in trust and accumulated dividends during the three year vesting period. We maintain a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for key employees in the United States under an arrangement called the RBC U.S. Wealth Accumulation Plan. This plan allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their annual income and allocate the deferrals among various fund choices, which include a share unit fund that tracks the value of our common shares. Certain deferrals may also be eligible for matching contributions, all of which are allocated to the RBC share unit fund. Our liabilities for the awards granted under the deferred share and other plans are measured at fair value, determined based on the quoted market price of our common shares. The following tables present our obligations under the deferred share and other plans, and the related compensation expenses (recoveries) recognized for the year. Obligation under deferred share and other plans October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 (Millions of Canadian dollars except units and per unit amounts) Deferred share unit plans Deferred bonus plan Performance deferred share award plans RBC U.S. Wealth Accumulation Plan Other share-based plans Units granted during the year Number granted (thousands) Weighted average fair value 315 $ 71.57 78.97 5,339 Units outstanding at the end of the year Carrying amount 333 1,585 $ Units granted during the year Number granted (thousands) Weighted average fair value 265 $ 60.83 69.45 5,215 Units Outstanding at the end of the year Carrying amount 307 1,517 $ Units granted during the year Number granted (thousands) Weighted average fair value 302 $ 59.60 56.72 8,917 Units outstanding at the end of the year Carrying amount 229 1,494 $ 2,181 68.09 69 845 74.68 70.32 503 343 118 2,337 58.62 374 809 61.23 60.47 440 301 76 2,570 49.03 458 437 51.91 51.34 307 253 45 8,749 $ 75.12 $ 2,882 9,000 $ 65.23 $ 2,641 12,684 $ 54.87 $ 2,328 178 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Compensation expenses recognized under deferred share and other plans (Millions of Canadian dollars) Deferred share unit plans Deferred bonus plan Performance deferred share award plans RBC U.S. Wealth Accumulation Plan Other share-based plans For the year ended $ October 31 2014 61 121 243 147 65 $ October 31 2013 53 284 249 211 46 $ October 31 2012 29 185 151 136 29 $ 637 $ 843 $ 530 Note 23 Income and expenses from selected financial instruments Gains and losses arising from financial instruments held at FVTPL, except for those supporting our insurance operations, are reported in Non- interest income. Related interest and dividend income are reported in Net interest income. Net gains (losses) from financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net gains (losses) Classified as at fair value through profit or loss (2) Designated as at fair value through profit or loss (3) By product line Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 922 (132) 790 603 (190) 377 790 $ 875 (30) 845 593 (55) 307 845 $ $ $ 1,217 (54) 1,163 805 (8) 366 $ 1,163 (1) (2) (3) The following related to our insurance operations are excluded from Non-interest income and included in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income in the Consolidated Statements of Income: Net gains (losses) from financial instruments designated as at FVTPL were $515 million (October 31, 2013 – $(496) million; October 31, 2012 – $439 million). Excludes derivatives designated in a hedging relationship. Refer to Note 8 for net gains (losses) on these derivatives. For the year ended October 31, 2014, $414 million of net fair value losses on financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL, other than those attributable to changes in our own credit risk, were included in Non-interest income. Net interest income from financial instruments (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest income Financial instruments held as at fair value through profit or loss Other categories of financial instruments (2) Interest expense Financial instruments held as at fair value through profit or loss Other categories of financial instruments Net interest income For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ 4,246 17,773 22,019 2,198 5,705 7,903 $ $ 3,959 17,189 21,148 2,260 5,639 7,899 $ $ 4,955 15,814 20,769 3,029 5,301 8,330 $ 14,116 $ 13,249 $ 12,439 (1) (2) The following related to our insurance operations are excluded from Net-interest income and included in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income in the Consolidated Statements of Income: Interest income of $435 million (October 31, 2013 – $470 million; October 31, 2012 – $466 million), Interest expense of $nil million (October 31, 2013 – $nil million; October 31, 2012 – $nil million). Refer to Note 5 for interest income accrued on impaired financial assets. Income from other categories of financial instruments (1), (2) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net gains (losses) arising from financial instruments measured at amortized cost (3) Net fee income which does not form an integral part of the effective interest rate of financial assets and liabilities Net fee income arising from trust and other fiduciary activities For the year ended October 31 2014 (7) $ October 31 2013 – $ October 31 2012 (4) $ 4,190 9,138 3,869 7,990 3,378 6,595 (1) (2) (3) Refer to Note 4 for net gains (losses) on AFS securities. Refer to Note 4 for impairment losses on AFS and held-to-maturity securities, and Note 5 for impairment losses on loans. Financial instruments measured at amortized cost include held-to-maturity securities, loans and financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 179 Note 24 Income taxes The components of tax expense are as follows: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Income taxes (recoveries) in Consolidated Statements of Income Current tax For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 Tax expense for current year Adjustments for prior years Recoveries arising from previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary difference of a $ 2,858 (64) $ 2,516 (289) $ 2,166 (184) prior period Deferred tax Origination and reversal of temporary difference Effects of changes in tax rates Adjustments for prior years Recoveries arising from previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary difference of a prior period Write-down Income taxes in Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Changes in Equity Other comprehensive income Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities Reclassification of gains on available-for-sale securities to income Unrealized foreign currency translation gains Foreign currency translation (losses) gains from hedging activities Reclassification of (gains) losses on net investment hedging activities Net unrealized (losses) gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Reclassification of (gains) losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges to income Remeasurement of employee benefit plans Net fair value change due to credit risk on financial liabilities designed as at fair value through profit and loss Issuance costs Total income taxes (4) 2,790 (156) (3) 74 (3) 4 (84) 2,706 70 (12) 5 (561) 1 (39) 10 (88) (22) (7) (643) (2) 2,225 (100) (1) (5) (46) 32 (120) 2,105 3 (20) 2 (322) – (4) (11) 121 – – – 1,982 (107) 2 167 (16) – 46 2,028 72 (2) 1 39 (59) 11 10 (279) – – (231) (207) $ 2,063 $ 1,874 $ 1,821 Our effective tax rate changed from 20.1% for 2013 to 23.1% for 2014, principally due to a net favourable tax adjustment of $214 million related to prior years recorded in 2013, which is presented in Other in the table below. The following is an analysis of the differences between the income tax expense reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income and the amounts calculated at the Canadian statutory rate. Reconciliation to statutory tax rate (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Income taxes at Canadian statutory tax rate (Decrease) increase in income taxes resulting from Lower average tax rate applicable to subsidiaries Goodwill Impairment Tax-exempt income from securities Tax rate change Effect of previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary differences Other October 31, 2014 $ 3,080 For the year ended October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 26.3% $ 2,737 26.2% $ 2,531 26.4% (272) – (386) (3) (7) 294 (2.3) – (3.3) – (0.1) 2.5 (190) – (294) (1) (48) (99) (1.8) – (2.8) – (0.5) (1.0) (299) 37 (330) 2 (16) 103 (3.1) 0.4 (3.4) – (0.1) 1.0 Income taxes reported in Consolidated Statements of Income / effective tax rate $ 2,706 23.1% $ 2,105 20.1% $ 2,028 21.2% Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from tax loss carryforwards and temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. 180 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net deferred tax asset/(liability) Allowance for credit losses Deferred compensation Business realignment charges Tax loss carryforwards Deferred income Available-for-sale securities Premises and equipment Deferred expense Pension and post-employment related Intangibles Other Comprising Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net deferred tax asset/(liability) Allowance for credit losses Deferred compensation Business realignment charges Tax loss carryforwards Deferred income Available-for-sale securities Premises and equipment Deferred expense Pension and post-employment related Intangibles Other Comprising Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities Net Asset November 1, 2013 Change through equity Change through profit or loss Exchange rate differences Acquisitions/ disposals Other Net Asset October 31, 2014 As at October 31, 2014 $ $ (37) 151 3 (19) 78 (19) (99) (25) (16) 5 62 $ 84 $ – 72 – 1 – (4) 4 – 2 (8) 10 77 $ $ – – – – – – – – – – – – $ $ – – – – – – – – – – – – $ $ $ $ – – – – – (49) – 7 88 – – 46 $ 413 1,290 6 62 42 102 (227) (80) 492 (279) 150 1,971 $ 2,141 (170) 1,971 As at October 31, 2013 Net Asset November 1, 2012 Change through equity Change through profit or loss Exchange rate differences Acquisitions/ disposals $ $ $ $ $ 418 988 39 72 97 140 (150) (81) 555 (230) 80 $ – – – 1 – (1) – – (121) – 1 1,928 $ (120) $ 2,071 (143) 1,928 (55) 270 (33) (13) 2 (39) (83) 1 53 (15) 32 120 $ $ (1) 33 – – – 2 1 – 5 (7) 1 34 Other $ (7) (1) – 2 – – 5 – – 4 5 $ 58 – – – (57) – – – – (31) 31 $ 1 $ 8 $ $ $ $ 376 1,513 9 44 120 30 (322) (98) 566 (282) 222 2,178 2,382 (204) 2,178 Net Asset October 31, 2013 $ $ $ $ 413 1,290 6 62 42 102 (227) (80) 492 (279) 150 1,971 2,141 (170) 1,971 The tax loss carryforwards amount of deferred tax assets was related to losses in our Luxembourg, U.K., U.S., Caribbean and Japanese operations. Deferred tax assets of $44 million (October 31, 2013 – $62 million) were recognized at October 31, 2014 in respect of tax losses incurred in current or preceding years which recognition is dependent on the projection of future taxable profits. Management’s forecasts support the assumption that it is probable that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the deferred tax assets. The forecasts rely on continued liquidity and capital support to our business operations, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. As at October 31, 2014, unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences of $532 million, $267 million and $7 million (October 31, 2013 – $514 million, $183 million and $nil) available to be offset against potential tax adjustments or future taxable income were not recognized as deferred tax assets. This amount includes unused tax losses of $167 million (October 31, 2013 – $168 million) which expire in two to four years, and $365 million (October 31, 2013 – $346 million) which expire after four years. There are $6 million of tax credits (October 31, 2013 – $nil) that will expire in two to four years, and $261 million (October 31, 2013 – $183 million) that will expire after four years. In addition, there are deductible temporary differences of $7 million (October 31, 2013 – $nil) that will expire after four years. The amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized in the parent bank is $9.0 billion as at October 31, 2014 (October 31, 2013 – $7.7 billion). Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 181 Note 25 Earnings per share (Millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts) Basic earnings per share Net Income Net loss from discontinued operations Net income from continuing operations Preferred share dividends Net income attributable to non-controlling interest Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations Weighted average number of common shares (in thousands) Basic earnings (loss) per share Continuing operations (in dollars) Discontinued operations (in dollars) Diluted earnings per share Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations Dilutive impact of exchangeable shares Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders including dilutive impact of exchangeable shares Net loss from discontinued operations available to common shareholders Weighted average number of common shares (in thousands) Stock options (1) Issuable under other share-based compensation plans Exchangeable shares (2) Average number of diluted common shares (in thousands) Diluted earnings (loss) per share Continuing operations (in dollars) Discontinued operations (in dollars) For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ 9,004 – 9,004 (213) (94) 8,697 $ 8,342 – 8,342 (253) (98) 7,991 7,507 (51) 7,558 (258) (97) 7,203 1,442,553 1,443,735 1,442,167 $ $ $ $ $ $ 6.03 – 6.03 8,697 21 8,718 – $ $ $ 5.53 – 5.53 7,991 53 8,044 – 4.99 (0.03) 4.96 7,203 53 7,256 (51) 1,442,553 2,938 – 6,512 1,443,735 2,320 74 20,400 1,442,167 1,626 433 24,061 1,452,003 1,466,529 1,468,287 $ $ 6.00 – 6.00 $ $ 5.49 – 5.49 $ $ 4.94 (0.03) 4.91 (1) (2) The dilutive effect of stock options was calculated using the treasury stock method. When the exercise price of options outstanding is greater than the average market price of our common shares, the options are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. The following amounts were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share: for the years ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 – no outstanding options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share; for the year ended October 31, 2012 – an average of 3,992,229 outstanding options with an average exercise price of $55.05. Includes exchangeable preferred shares and trust capital securities. Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies Guarantees and commitments We utilize guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit instruments to meet the financing needs of our clients. The table below summarizes our maximum exposure to credit losses related to our guarantees and commitments provided to third parties. The maximum exposure to credit risk relating to a guarantee is the maximum risk of loss if there was a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions, insurance policies or from collateral held or pledged. The maximum exposure to credit risk relating to a loan commitment is the full amount of the commitment. In both cases, the maximum risk exposure is significantly greater than the amount recognized as a liability in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial guarantees Financial standby letters of credit Commitments to extend credit Backstop liquidity facilities Credit enhancements Documentary and commercial letters of credit Other commitments to extend credit Other commitments Securities lending indemnifications Performance guarantees 182 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Maximum exposure to credit losses As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ 17,208 $ 15,592 31,467 3,246 180 137,623 62,319 6,115 32,142 3,181 139 117,704 57,749 5,221 Our credit review process, our policy for requiring collateral security, and the types of collateral security held are generally the same for guarantees and commitments as for loans. Our clients generally have the right to request settlement of, or draw on, our guarantees and commitments within one year. However, certain guarantees can only be drawn if specified conditions are met. These conditions, along with collateral requirements, are described below. We believe that it is highly unlikely that all or substantially all of the guarantees and commitments will be drawn or settled within one year, and contracts may expire without being drawn or settled. Financial guarantees Financial standby letters of credit Financial standby letters of credit represent irrevocable assurances that we will make payments in the event that a client cannot meet its obligations to the third party. For certain guarantees, the guaranteed party can request payment from us even though the client has not defaulted on its obligations. The term of these guarantees can range up to eight years. Our policy for requiring collateral security with respect to these instruments and the types of collateral security held is generally the same as for loans. When collateral security is taken, it is determined on an account-by-account basis according to the risk of the borrower and the specifics of the transaction. Collateral security may include cash, securities and other assets pledged. Commitments to extend credit Backstop liquidity facilities Backstop liquidity facilities are provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduit programs administered by us and third parties, as an alternative source of financing in the event that such programs are unable to access commercial paper markets, or in limited circumstances, when predetermined performance measures of the financial assets owned by these programs are not met. The average remaining term of these liquidity facilities is approximately three years. Backstop liquidity facilities are also provided to non-asset backed programs such as variable rate demand notes issued by third parties. These standby facilities provide liquidity support to the issuer to buy the notes if the issuer is unable to remarket the notes, as long as the instrument and/or the issuer maintain the investment grade rating. The terms of the backstop liquidity facilities do not require us to advance money to these programs in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency events and generally do not require us to purchase non-performing or defaulted assets. Credit enhancements We provide partial credit enhancement to multi-seller programs administered by us to protect commercial paper investors in the event that the collection on the underlying assets, the transaction-specific credit enhancement or the liquidity proves to be insufficient to pay for maturing commercial paper. Each of the asset pools is structured to achieve a high investment-grade credit profile through credit enhancements from us and other third parties related to each transaction. The average remaining term of these credit facilities is approximately three years. Documentary and commercial letters of credit Documentary and commercial letters of credit, which are written undertakings by us on behalf of a client authorizing a third party to draw drafts on us up to a stipulated amount under specific terms and conditions, are collateralized by the underlying shipment of goods to which they relate. Other commitments to extend credit Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorizations to extend credit in the form of loans, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit. Other commitments Securities lending indemnifications In securities lending transactions, we act as an agent for the owner of a security, who agrees to lend the security to a borrower for a fee, under the terms of a pre-arranged contract. The borrower must fully collateralize the security loaned at all times. As part of this custodial business, an indemnification may be provided to securities lending customers to ensure that the fair value of securities loaned will be returned in the event that the borrower fails to return the borrowed securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the fair value of those securities. These indemnifications normally terminate without being drawn upon. The term of these indemnifications varies, as the securities loaned are recallable on demand. Collateral held for our securities lending transactions typically includes cash or securities that are issued or guaranteed by the Canadian government, U.S. government or other OECD countries. Performance guarantees Performance guarantees represent irrevocable assurances that we will make payments to third-party beneficiaries in the event that a client fails to perform under a specified non-financial contractual obligation. Such obligations typically include works and service contracts, performance bonds, and warranties related to international trade. The term of these guarantees can range up to eight years. Our policy for requiring collateral security with respect to these instruments and the types of collateral security held is generally the same as for loans. When collateral security is taken, it is determined on an account-by-account basis according to the risk of the borrower and the specifics of the transaction. Collateral security may include cash, securities and other assets pledged. Indemnifications In the normal course of our operations, we provide indemnifications which are often standard contractual terms to counterparties in transactions such as purchase and sale contracts, fiduciary, agency, licensing, custodial and service agreements, director/officer contracts and leasing transactions. These indemnification agreements may require us to compensate the counterparties for costs incurred as a result of changes in laws and regulations (including tax legislation) or as a result of litigation claims or statutory sanctions that may be suffered by the counterparty as a consequence of the transaction. The terms of these indemnification agreements will vary based on the contract. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents us from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount we could be required to pay to counterparties. Historically, we have not made any significant payments under such indemnifications. Uncommitted amounts Uncommitted amounts represent undrawn credit facilities for which we have the ability to unilaterally withdraw the credit extended to the borrower. These include both retail and commercial commitments. As at October 31, 2014, the total balance of uncommitted amounts was $195 billion (October 31, 2013 – $183 billion). Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 183 Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies (continued) Pledged assets and collateral In the ordinary course of business, we pledge assets and enter in collateral agreements with terms and conditions that are usual and customary to our regular lending, borrowing and trading activities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following are examples of our general terms and conditions on pledged assets and collateral: • • • • The risks and rewards of the pledged assets reside with the pledgor. The pledged asset is returned to the pledgor when the necessary conditions have been satisfied. The right of the pledgee to sell or re-pledge the asset is dependent on the specific agreement under which the collateral is pledged. If there is no default, the pledgee must return the comparable asset to the pledgor upon satisfaction of the obligation. We are also required to provide intraday pledges to the Bank of Canada when we use the Large Value Transfer System (LVTS), which is a real-time electronic wire transfer system that continuously processes all Canadian dollar large-value or time-critical payments throughout the day. The pledged assets earmarked for LVTS activities are normally released back to us at the end of the settlement cycle each day. Therefore, the pledged assets amount is not included in the table below. For the year ended October 31, 2014, we had on average $3.1 billion of assets pledged intraday to the Bank of Canada on a daily basis (October 31, 2013 – $3.0 billion). There are infrequent occasions where we are required to take an overnight advance from the Bank of Canada to cover a settlement requirement, in which case an equivalent value of the pledged assets would be used to secure the advance. There were no overnight advances taken on October 31, 2014 and October 31, 2013. Details of assets pledged against liabilities and collateral assets held or re-pledged are shown in the following tables: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Sources of pledged assets and collateral Bank assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Loans Securities Other assets Client assets Collateral received and available for sale or re-pledging Less: not sold or re-pledged Uses of pledged assets and collateral Securities lent Securities borrowed Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements Securitization Covered bonds Derivative transactions Foreign governments and central banks Clearing systems, payment systems and depositories Other (1) Certain amounts have been revised from those previously reported. As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 (1) $ 243 90 72,191 59,476 11,887 $ 143,887 $ 204 83 74,138 50,527 11,678 $ 136,630 189,229 (67,747) 121,482 265,369 164,397 (49,612) 114,785 251,415 $ 21,550 25,150 50,345 61,184 45,089 26,589 17,068 2,167 4,947 11,280 $ 265,369 $ 19,535 27,951 47,128 56,580 49,899 22,750 14,363 1,928 3,672 7,609 $ 251,415 Lease commitments Finance lease commitments We lease computer equipment from third parties under finance lease arrangements. The leases have various terms, escalation and renewal rights. The future minimum lease payments under the finance leases are as follows: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Future minimum lease payments No later than one year Later than one year and no later than five years As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Total future minimum lease payments Future interest charges Present value of finance lease commitments Total future minimum lease payments Future interest charges Present value of finance lease commitments $ $ 59 51 110 $ $ (6) (6) (12) $ $ 53 45 98 $ $ 69 86 155 $ $ (8) (10) (18) $ $ 61 76 137 The net carrying amount of computer equipment held under finance lease as at October 31, 2014 was $113 million (October 31, 2013 – $153 million). 184 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Operating lease commitments We are obligated under a number of non-cancellable operating leases for premises and equipment. These leases have various terms, escalation and renewal rights. The minimum future lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Future minimum lease payments No later than one year Later than one year and no later than five years Later than five years Less: Future minimum sublease payments to be received Net future minimum lease payments Note 27 Litigation As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 Land and buildings $ 536 1,663 1,294 3,493 (17) $ 3,476 Equipment $ $ 134 200 – 334 – 334 Land and buildings $ 586 1,752 1,349 3,687 (25) $ 3,662 Equipment $ $ 138 314 – 452 – 452 We are a large global institution that is subject to many different complex legal and regulatory requirements that continue to evolve. As a result, Royal Bank of Canada and its subsidiaries are and have been subject to a variety of legal proceedings, including civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits and requests for information by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions. Some of these matters may involve novel legal theories and interpretations and may be advanced under criminal as well as civil statutes, and some proceedings could result in the imposition of civil, regulatory enforcement or criminal penalties. Management reviews the status of all proceedings on an ongoing basis and will exercise its judgment in resolving them in such manner as management believes to be in the Bank’s best interest. This is an area of significant judgment and uncertainty and the extent of our financial and other exposure to these proceedings could be material to our results of operations in any particular period. The following is a description of our significant legal proceedings. LIBOR inquiries and litigation Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world, including in Canada, the United Kingdom, and the U.S., are conducting investigations related to certain past submissions made by panel banks in connection with the setting of the U.S. dollar London interbank offered rate (LIBOR). As Royal Bank of Canada is a member of certain LIBOR panels, including the U.S. dollar LIBOR panel, we have been the subject of regulatory demands for information and are cooperating with those investigations. In addition, Royal Bank of Canada and other U.S. dollar panel banks have been named as defendants in private lawsuits filed in the U.S. with respect to the setting of LIBOR, including a number of class action lawsuits which have been consolidated before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the Court). The complaints in those actions assert claims against us and other panel banks under various U.S. laws including U.S. antitrust laws, the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), and state law. The Court has issued three detailed rulings on various motions in the consolidated cases, on March 29, 2013, August 23, 2013 and June 23, 2014, which have collectively narrowed the scope of claims against us and the other panel bank defendants. A procedural aspect of these rulings is currently on appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court which may cause the scope of the claims against us to change. Based on the facts currently known, it is not possible at this time for us to predict the resolution of these regulatory investigations or private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on Royal Bank of Canada. CFTC litigation Royal Bank of Canada is a defendant in a civil lawsuit brought by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) in the U.S. The lawsuit alleges that certain inter-affiliate transactions were improper wash trades and effected in a non competitive manner. At this time, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of this matter will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Wisconsin school districts litigation Royal Bank of Canada is a defendant in a lawsuit relating to our role in transactions involving investments made by a number of Wisconsin school districts in certain collateralized debt obligations. These transactions were also the subject of a regulatory investigation. Despite reaching a settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in September 2011, which was paid to the school districts through a Fair Fund, the lawsuit is continuing. Based on the facts currently known, it is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate outcome of this proceeding or the timing of its resolution; however, management believes the ultimate resolution of this proceeding will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Rural/Metro litigation On October 10, 2014, the Delaware Court of Chancery in a class action brought by former shareholders of Rural/Metro Corporation held Royal Bank of Canada liable in the amount of US$75.8 million, plus interest, for aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty by three Rural/Metro directors. Plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fee application is pending and must be resolved before a final judgment will be entered. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of this proceeding, including any possible appeal, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Other matters We are a defendant in a number of other actions alleging that certain of our practices and actions were improper. The lawsuits involve a variety of complex issues and the timing of their resolution is varied and uncertain. Management believes that we will ultimately be successful in resolving these lawsuits, to the extent that we are able to assess them, without material financial impact to the Bank. This is, however, an area of significant judgment and the potential liability resulting from these lawsuits could be material to our results of operations in any particular period. Various other legal proceedings are pending that challenge certain of our other practices or actions. We consider that the aggregate liability, to the extent that we are able to assess it, resulting from these other proceedings will not be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 185 Note 28 Contractual repricing and maturity schedule The following table details our exposure to interest rate risk. The carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities are reported below based on the earlier of their contractual repricing date or maturity date. The following table does not incorporate management’s expectation of future events where expected repricing or maturity dates differ significantly from the contractual dates. We incorporate these assumptions in the management of interest rate risk exposure. These assumptions include expected repricing of trading instruments and certain loans and deposits. Taking into account these assumptions on the consolidated contractual repricing and maturity schedule at October 31, 2014, would result in a change in the under-one-year gap from $11.4 billion to $75.6 billion. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and deposits with banks Trading securities Available-for-sale securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) Derivatives Segregated fund net assets Other assets Liabilities Deposits Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Obligations related to securities sold short Derivatives Segregated fund net liabilities Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Non-controlling interests Shareholders’ equity Total gap Canadian dollar Foreign currency Total gap $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Immediately interest rate-sensitive Under 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Non-rate- sensitive As at October 31, 2014 10,912 $ 105 – 8,638 $ 1 $ – $ – $ – $ 6,269 $ 27,518 23,387 9,181 2,414 8,408 1,465 23,001 14,264 32,464 4,416 50,703 1,822 Total 25,820 151,380 47,768 1,004 115,025 15,933 3,618 – – – 135,580 165,259 87,402 – 33 65,121 – – 12,428 12,339 – – 1 25,191 – – – 156,311 – – – 7,278 – – 113 3,730 – 675 44,121 435,229 87,402 675 56,696 264,715 $ 252,117 $ 39,869 $ 38,682 $ 193,576 $ 44,271 $ 107,320 $ 940,550 236,376 $ 119,539 $ 18,251 $ 37,724 101,572 $ 20,943 $ 79,695 $ 614,100 592 61,308 806 1,625 – – – 64,331 450 88,982 – 71 – – – 938 – – 10,605 620 – 825 1,790 – – 31 – – – 824 – – 61 1,491 – 1,050 10,392 – – 1,720 2,591 1,719 2,200 14,633 – – 6,710 3,157 – – 21,318 – 675 40,557 – 94 48,615 50,345 88,982 675 59,755 7,859 1,813 52,690 326,471 $ 193,835 $ 20,878 $ 42,775 $ 120,194 $ 45,443 $ 190,954 $ 940,550 (61,756) $ 58,282 $ 18,991 $ (4,093) $ 73,382 $ (1,172) $ (83,634) $ (39,220) $ (22,536) 11,370 $ 46,912 4,683 $ (1,898) $ 14,308 (2,195) 97,840 $ (24,458) (6,936) $ 5,764 (65,948) $ (17,686) (61,756) $ 58,282 $ 18,991 $ (4,093) $ 73,382 $ (1,172) $ (83,634) $ – (109) 109 – Note 29 Related party transactions Related parties Related parties include associated companies, post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of our employees, key management personnel, the Board of Directors (Directors), close family members of key management personnel and Directors, and entities which are, directly or indirectly, controlled by, jointly controlled by or significantly influenced by key management personnel, Directors or their close family members. Key management personnel and Directors Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our activities, directly or indirectly. They include the senior members of our organization called the Group Executive. The Group Executive is comprised of the President and Chief Executive Officer and individuals that report directly to him, including the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Human Resources Officer, Chief Risk Officer, and heads of our business units. The Directors do not plan, direct, or control the activities of the entity; they oversee the management of the business and provide stewardship. 186 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Compensation of key management personnel and Directors The following tables present the compensation paid, shareholdings and options held by key management personnel and Directors. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Salaries and other short-term employee benefits (2) Post-employment benefits Share-based payments For the year ended October 31 2014 (1) 22 7 26 $ October 31 2013 23 3 30 $ October 31 2012 21 2 25 $ $ 55 $ 56 $ 48 (1) (2) During the year, certain executives who were members of the Bank’s Group Executive as at October 31, 2013 have left the Bank and therefore, are no longer part of key management personnel. Compensation for the year ended October 31, 2014, attributable to the former executives, including current year benefits and share based payments relating to awards granted in prior years was $60 million. Includes the portion of the annual variable short-term incentive bonus that certain executives elected to receive in the form of DSUs. Refer to Note 22 for further details. Stock options, stock awards and shares held by key management personnel, Directors and their close family members (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of shares) Stock options Other non-option stock based awards RBC common shares As at October 31, 2014 (1) October 31, 2013 No. of units held 2,472,134 1,447,763 686,674 $ Value 66 116 55 No. of units held 4,566,316 2,467,532 1,485,843 $ Value 84 173 104 4,606,571 $ 237 8,519,691 $ 361 (1) During the year, certain executives who were members of the Bank’s Group Executive as at October 31, 2013 have left the Bank and therefore, are no longer part of key management personnel. Total stock options, stock awards and shares held by these executives upon their departure were 3,459,347 units with a value of $194 million. Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving key management personnel, Directors and their close family members In the normal course of business, we provide certain banking services to key management personnel, Directors, and their close family members. These transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features. As at October 31, 2014, total loans to key management personnel, Directors and their close family members were $7 million (October 31, 2013 – $6 million). No guarantees, pledges or commitments have been given to key management personnel, Directors or their close family members. Joint ventures and associates In the normal course of business, we provide certain banking and financial services to our joint ventures and associates, including loans, interest and non-interest bearing deposits. These transactions meet the definition of related party transactions and were made on substantially the same terms as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties. As at October 31, 2014, loans to joint ventures and associates were $57 million (October 31, 2013 – $48 million) and deposits from joint ventures and associates were $14 million (October 31, 2013 – $12 million). Other transactions, arrangements or agreements involving joint ventures or associates (Millions of Canadian dollars) Commitments and other contingencies Other fees received for services rendered Other fees paid for services received As at or for the year ended October 31 2014 315 45 185 $ October 31 2013 240 47 191 $ October 31 2012 349 84 245 $ Restricted net assets Certain of our subsidiaries and joint ventures are subject to regulatory requirements of the jurisdictions in which they operate. When these subsidiaries and joint ventures are subject to such requirements, they may be restricted from transferring to us, our share of their assets in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. At October 31, 2014, restricted net assets of these subsidiaries and joint ventures were $16.0 billion (October 31, 2013 – $16.2 billion). Note 30 Results by business segment Composition of business segments For management purposes, based on the products and services offered, we are organized into five business segments: Personal & Commercial Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance, Investor & Treasury Services and Capital Markets. Personal & Commercial Banking is comprised of our personal and business banking operations, auto financing and retail investment businesses and operates through four business lines: Personal Financial Services, Business Financial Services and Cards and Payment Solutions (Canadian Banking), and Caribbean & U.S. Banking. In Canada we provide a broad suite of financial products and services to our individual and business clients through our extensive branch, automated teller machines, online and telephone banking networks, as well as through a large number of proprietary sales professionals. In the Caribbean we offer a broad range of financial products and services to individuals, business clients and public institutions in their respective markets. In the United States, we serve the cross-border banking needs of Canadian clients within the United States, as well as the banking needs of our U.S. wealth management clients. Wealth Management is comprised of Canadian Wealth Management, U.S. & International Wealth Management and Global Asset Management. We serve affluent, high net worth and ultra high net worth clients in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, Europe, Asia, Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 187 Note 30 Results by business segment (continued) and emerging markets with a comprehensive suite of investment, trust, banking, credit and other wealth management solutions. We also provide asset management products and services directly to institutional and individual clients as well as through RBC distribution channels and third- party distributors. Insurance is comprised of our insurance operations in Canada and globally and operates under two business lines: Canadian Insurance and International Insurance, providing a wide range of life, health, property and casualty, and reinsurance products and solutions. In Canada, we offer our products and services through our proprietary distribution channels, comprised of the field sales force which includes retail insurance branches, our field sales representatives, call centers and online network, as well as through independent insurance advisors and affinity relationships. Outside North America, we operate in reinsurance markets globally. Investor & Treasury Services offers global custody, fund and pension administration, as well as an integrated suite of products to institutional investors worldwide. We also provide cash management, correspondent banking and trade finance services to financial institutions globally and funding and liquidity management for RBC as well as other select institutions. Capital Markets is comprised of a majority of our global wholesale banking businesses providing public and private companies, institutional investors, governments and central banks with a wide range of products and services across our two main business lines, Global Markets and Corporate and Investment Banking. In North America, we offer a full suite of products and services which include corporate and investment banking, equity and debt origination and distribution, and structuring and trading. Outside North America, we have a select presence in the U.K., Europe, and Asia Pacific, where we offer a diversified set of capabilities in our key sectors of expertise such as energy, mining and infrastructure. All other enterprise level activities that are not allocated to these five business segments, such as enterprise funding, securitizations, net charges associated with unattributed capital, and consolidation adjustments, including the elimination of the Taxable equivalent basis (Teb) gross-up amounts, are included in Corporate Support. Teb adjustments gross up Net interest income from certain tax-advantaged sources (Canadian taxable corporate dividends) to their effective tax equivalent value with the corresponding offset recorded in the provision for income taxes. Management believes that these adjustments are necessary for Capital Markets to reflect how it is managed. The use of the Teb adjustments enhances the comparability of revenue across our taxable and tax-advantaged sources. Our use of Teb adjustments may not be comparable to similarly adjusted amounts at other financial institutions. The Teb adjustment for the year ended October 31, 2014 was $492 million (October 31, 2013 – $380 million, October 31, 2012 – $431 million). Geographic segments For geographic reporting, our segments are grouped into Canada, United States and Other International. Transactions are primarily recorded in the location that best reflects the risk due to negative changes in economic conditions and prospects for growth due to positive economic changes. This location frequently corresponds with the location of the legal entity through which the business is conducted and the location of our clients. Transactions are recorded in the local currency and are subject to foreign exchange rate fluctuations with respect to the movement in the Canadian dollar. Management reporting framework Our management reporting framework is intended to measure the performance of each business segment as if it were a stand–alone business and reflects the way our business segments are managed. This approach is intended to ensure that our business segments’ results reflect all relevant revenue and expenses associated with the conduct of their businesses. Management regularly monitors these segments’ results for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. These items do not impact our consolidated results. The expenses in each business segment may include costs or services directly incurred or provided on their behalf at the enterprise level. For other costs not directly attributable to one of our business segments, we use a management reporting framework that uses assumptions, estimates and methodologies for allocating overhead costs and indirect expenses to our business segments and that assists in the attribution of capital and the transfer pricing of funds to our business segments in a manner that fairly and consistently measures and aligns the economic costs with the underlying benefits and risks of that specific business segment. Activities and business conducted between our business segments are generally at market rates. All other enterprise level activities that are not allocated to our five business segments are reported under Corporate Support. Our assumptions and methodologies used in our management reporting framework are periodically reviewed by management to ensure that they remain valid. The capital attribution methodologies involve a number of assumptions and estimates that are revised periodically. 188 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income (2), (3) $ Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes Income taxes (recoveries) Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Non-interest expense includes: Depreciation and amortization Impairment of other intangibles Restructuring provisions Total assets Total assets include: Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangibles Total liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income (2), (3) $ Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes Income taxes (recoveries) Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Non-interest expense includes: Depreciation and amortization Impairment of other intangibles Restructuring provisions Total assets Total assets include: Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangibles Total liabilities For the year ended October 31, 2014 Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets (1) Corporate Support (1) 3,485 $ 3,881 7,366 44 Total (313) $ 14,116 19,992 164 34,108 (149) 1,164 (2) $ Canada $ 11,121 10,495 21,616 922 – 4,344 2,978 923 – 89 (236) (405) 3,573 17,661 11,710 2,706 2,188 9,650 8,856 1,983 Wealth Management 469 $ Personal & Commercial Banking 9,743 $ 3,987 13,730 1,103 Insurance – 4,964 4,964 – 5,844 6,313 19 – 4,800 1,494 411 – 6,563 6,064 1,589 4,475 1,083 – – $ 4,475 $ 1,083 $ 3,573 579 812 31 781 – 781 $ 732 $ 1,152 1,884 – – 1,286 598 157 441 2,055 169 9,004 6,873 1,205 – 441 $ – 2,055 $ – 169 $ – 9,004 $ – 6,873 $ – 1,205 $ $ United States 1,896 4,256 6,152 52 1 4,222 1,877 672 Other International 1,099 $ 5,241 6,340 190 1,384 3,789 977 51 926 – 926 $ 339 $ 147 $ 16 $ 58 $ 28 $ 577 $ 1,165 $ 971 $ 39 $ 155 – 6 – – 2 – 8 2 6 – 20 – $377,051 $ 27,084 $12,930 16 – – $ 103,822 $ 400,314 $ 19,349 – 36 $ 940,550 – $ 496,055 16 $ 215,985 20 $ 228,510 318 $ $ 16 $376,154 $ 27,022 $12,988 105 $ 30 $ $ 1,179 147 $ $ 103,798 $ 400,114 $(34,029) $ 886,047 563 $ $ 924 $ 441,535 $ 154 $ 216,052 $ 101 $ 228,460 For the year ended October 31, 2013 Wealth Management 396 $ Personal & Commercial Banking 9,434 $ 3,585 13,019 995 Insurance – 3,928 3,928 – 2,784 551 593 (2) 5,091 5,487 51 – 4,219 1,217 331 – 6,168 5,856 1,476 $ 671 $ 1,133 1,804 – – 1,348 456 117 339 Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets (1) Corporate Support (1) 2,872 $ 3,708 6,580 188 Total (124) $ 13,249 17,433 30,682 1,237 (12) (136) 3 $ Canada $ 10,956 8,606 19,562 892 – 3,856 2,536 836 – 72 (211) (653) 2,784 16,214 10,447 2,105 1,425 9,210 8,035 1,709 4,380 886 595 1,700 442 8,342 6,326 1,273 United States 1,603 3,835 5,438 78 10 3,681 1,669 396 Other International 690 $ 4,992 5,682 267 1,349 3,323 743 – 743 – 743 – 4,380 $ $ – 886 $ – 595 $ – 339 $ – 1,700 $ – 442 $ – 8,342 $ – 6,326 $ – 1,273 $ $ 281 $ 135 $ 13 $ 56 $ 25 $ 501 $ 1,011 $ 838 $ 36 $ 137 1 – – 5 – 4 10 10 – – 21 $363,894 – – $ 23,361 $12,275 44 $ 90,621 – $ 358,036 – $ 11,558 65 $ 859,745 9 $ 494,306 – $ 181,703 56 $ 183,736 468 $ $ $362,892 13 90 $ $ 23,306 $12,325 35 $ $ $ 90,793 107 $ 517 1,230 $(36,903) $ 810,285 $ $ 966 $ 444,781 $ 132 $ 181,815 $ 132 $ 183,689 $ 357,872 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 189 Note 30 Results by business segment (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income (2), (3) Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes Income taxes (recoveries) Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Non-interest expense includes: Depreciation and amortization Impairment of other intangibles Restructuring provisions Total assets Total assets include: Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangibles Total liabilities For the year ended October 31, 2012 Investor & Treasury Services Insurance Capital Markets (1) Corporate Support (1) Total Canada Wealth Management Personal & Commercial Banking $ 9,059 $ 3,379 12,438 1,165 – 5,822 5,451 1,395 393 $ – $ 4,442 4,835 (1) – 3,809 1,027 274 4,897 4,897 – 3,621 518 758 45 713 612 $ 293 905 – 2,559 $ 3,629 6,188 135 – 3,752 2,301 725 – 701 204 102 102 United States 1,308 $ 3,569 4,877 90 Other International 740 4,080 4,820 191 (184) $ 12,439 $ 10,391 $ 68 (116) – – 39 16,708 29,147 1,299 3,621 14,641 (155) (513) 9,586 2,028 9,059 19,450 1,018 2,315 8,586 7,531 1,527 21 3,406 1,360 521 4,056 753 1,576 358 7,558 6,004 839 – $ 4,056 $ – 753 $ – 713 $ – 102 $ – 1,576 $ – 358 $ (51) 7,507 $ – 6,004 $ (51) 788 $ $ 253 $ – – 136 – – $342,514 $ 21,993 $ 12,322 $ 77,255 $ 355,153 $ 14,717 $ 823,954 $ 457,386 $ 173,179 $ 193,389 897 $ – – 723 $ – – 452 $ – – 136 $ – – 38 $ – – 27 $ – – 15 $ – – 14 $ – – 240 $ $ 479 $341,368 $ 21,979 $ 12,372 $ 77,276 $ 355,030 $(28,992) $ 779,033 $ 412,406 $ 173,308 $ 193,319 1,693 $ 1,069 $ 145 $ 128 $ 877 $ 133 $ 304 $ 11 $ 1,285 2,649 695 (20) 715 – 715 (1) (2) (3) Taxable equivalent basis (Teb). Inter-segment revenue and share of profits in associates are not material. Interest revenue is reported net of interest expense as management relies primarily on net interest income as a performance measure. Revenue by business line (Millions of Canadian dollars) Personal Financial Services Business Financial Services Cards and Payment Solutions Caribbean & U.S. Banking Canadian Wealth Management U.S. & International Wealth Management Global Asset Management Insurance Investor & Treasury services Corporate and Investment Banking Global Markets Other Capital Markets Corporate Support For the year ended $ October 31 2014 7,285 3,135 2,449 861 2,186 2,430 1,697 4,964 1,884 3,437 3,930 (1) (149) $ October 31 2013 6,948 2,990 2,282 799 1,889 2,225 1,373 3,928 1,804 3,014 3,492 74 (136) $ October 31 2012 6,591 2,894 2,129 824 1,741 1,977 1,117 4,897 905 2,533 3,635 20 (116) $ 34,108 $ 30,682 $ 29,147 Note 31 Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments We are exposed to credit, market and liquidity and funding risks as a result of holding financial instruments. Our risk measurement and objectives, policies and methodologies for managing these risks are disclosed in the shaded text along with those tables specifically marked with an asterisk (*) on pages 52 to 77 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis. These shaded text and tables are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of our clients are engaged in similar activities, are located in the same geographic region or have comparable economic characteristics such that their ability to meet contractual obligations would be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. 190 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Concentrations of credit risk indicate the relative sensitivity of our performance to developments affecting a particular industry or geographic location. The amounts of credit exposure associated with certain of our on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments are summarized in the following table. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) On-balance sheet assets other than derivatives (1) Derivatives before master netting agreement (2), (3) Off-balance sheet credit instruments (4) Committed and uncommitted (5) Other (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) On-balance sheet assets other than derivatives (1) Derivatives before master netting agreement (2), (3) Off-balance sheet credit instruments (4) Committed and uncommitted (5) Other Canada % United States % Europe % Other International % Total As at October 31, 2014 $ 422,498 72% $ 79,140 14% $ 46,596 8% $ 36,031 6% $ 584,265 12,825 9 23,039 16 102,368 70 7,009 5 145,241 $ 435,323 60% $ 102,179 14% $ 148,964 20% $ 43,040 6% $ 729,506 $ 224,849 62% $ 102,253 28% $ 28,312 8% $ 44,808 52 24,569 29 11,189 13 7,876 2% $ 363,290 85,642 5,076 6 $ 269,657 60% $ 126,822 28% $ 39,501 9% $ 12,952 3% $ 448,932 Canada % United States % Europe % Other International % Total As at October 31, 2013 (6) $ 401,206 74% $ 62,739 12% $ 42,935 8% $ 31,399 6% $ 538,279 10,842 10 18,249 17 71,085 67 6,353 6 106,529 $ 412,048 64% $ 80,988 12% $ 114,020 18% $ 37,752 6% $ 644,808 $ 213,602 64% $ 86,834 26% $ 24,020 7% $ 43,173 55 20,840 27 11,361 14 8,242 3% $ 332,698 78,562 3,188 4 $ 256,775 62% $ 107,674 26% $ 35,381 9% $ 11,430 3% $ 411,260 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Includes assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed, loans and customers’ liability under acceptances. The largest concentrations in Canada are Ontario at 46% (October 31, 2013 – 45%), the Prairies at 21% (October 31, 2013 – 21%), British Columbia and the territories at 16% (October 31, 2013 – 17%) and Quebec at 12% (October 31, 2013 – 12%). No industry accounts for more than 33% (October 31, 2013 – 31%) of total on-balance sheet credit instruments. The largest concentration of credit exposure by counterparty type is banks at 36% (October 31, 2013 – 46%). Excludes credit derivatives classified as other than trading. Represents financial instruments with contractual amounts representing credit risk. Retail and wholesale commitments comprise 38% (October 31, 2013 – 39%) and 62% (October 31, 2013 – 61%), respectively, of our total commitments. The largest sector concentrations in the wholesale portfolio relate to Energy at 18% (October 31, 2013 – 18%), Financing products at 14% (October 31, 2013 – 16%), Non-bank financial services at 9% (October 31, 2013 – 10%), Real estate and related at 9% (October 31, 2013 – 9%), and Technology and media at 7% (October 31, 2013 – 6%). Certain amounts have been revised from results previously reported. Note 32 Capital management Regulatory capital and capital ratios OSFI formally establishes risk-based capital targets for deposit-taking institutions in Canada. We are required to calculate our capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple using the Basel III framework. Under Basel III, regulatory capital includes Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 capital mainly consists of common shares, retained earnings and other components of equity. Regulatory adjustments under Basel III include full deductions of intangibles (excluding mortgage servicing rights), certain deferred tax assets, defined benefit pension fund assets and liabilities, and non-significant investments in banking, financial and insurance entities. Tier 1 capital comprises predominantly CET1, with additional items that consist of capital instruments such as certain preferred shares, and certain non-controlling interests in subsidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debentures that meet certain criteria and certain loan loss allowances. Total Capital is the sum of CET1, additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital by risk-weighted assets. The Assets-to-capital multiple is calculated by dividing gross adjusted assets by Total capital. During 2014 and 2013, we have complied with all capital requirements imposed by OSFI. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 191 Note 32 Capital management (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and multiple amounts) Capital Common Equity Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital Total capital Risk-weighted assets used in calculation of capital ratios (1), (2) Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Total capital risk-weighted assets (1) Credit risk Market risk Operational risk Capital ratios and multiples (1) Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Assets-to-capital multiple (3) As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ 36,406 42,202 50,020 $ 30,541 37,196 44,716 368,594 369,976 372,050 318,981 318,981 318,981 $ 286,327 38,460 47,263 $ 232,641 42,184 44,156 $ 372,050 $ 318,981 9.9% 11.4% 13.4% 17.0X 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X (1) (2) (3) Capital, risk-weighted assets and capital ratios and multiples are calculated using OSFI Capital Adequacy Requirements based on the Basel III framework. Effective third quarter, the credit valuation adjustment to our risk-weighted asset calculation implemented in the first quarter, must reflect different percentages for each tier of capital. This change reflects a phase-in of credit valuation adjustments ending in the fourth quarter of 2018. During this phase-in period, risk-weighted assets for CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios will be subject to different annual credit valuation adjustment percentages. Gross adjusted assets as at October 31, 2014 were $885 billion (October 31, 2013 – $807 billion). Note 33 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities Offsetting within our balance sheet may be achieved where financial assets and liabilities are subject to master netting arrangements that provide the currently enforceable right of offset and where there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the assets and liabilities simultaneously. For derivative contracts and repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements, this is generally achieved when there is a market mechanism for settlement (e.g. central counterparty exchange, or clearing house) which provides daily net settlement of cash flows arising from these contracts. Margin receivables and margin payables are generally offset as they settle simultaneously through a market settlement mechanism. These are generally classified as Other assets or Other liabilities. Amounts that do not qualify for offsetting include master netting arrangements that only permit outstanding transactions with the same counterparty to be offset in an event of default or occurrence of other predetermined events. Such master netting arrangements include the ISDA Master Agreement or derivative exchange or clearing counterparty agreements for derivative contracts, global master repurchase agreement and global master securities lending agreements for repurchase, reverse repurchase and other similar secured lending and borrowing arrangements. The amount of the financial collateral received or pledged subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreements but not qualified for offsetting refers to the collateral received or pledged to cover the net exposure between counterparties by enabling the collateral to be realized in an event of default or the occurrence of other predetermined events. Certain amounts of collateral are restricted from being sold or re-pledged unless there is an event of default or the occurrence of other predetermined events. The table below provides the amount of financial instruments that have been offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the amounts that do not qualify for offsetting but are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The amounts presented are not intended to represent our actual exposure to credit risk. Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements Amounts subject to offsetting and enforceable netting arrangements As at October 31, 2014 Gross amounts of financial assets before balance sheet offsetting Amounts of financial liabilities offset on the balance sheet Net amount of financial assets presented on the balance sheet Amounts subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements but do not qualify on offsetting on the balance sheet (1) Impact of master netting agreements Financial collateral received (2) Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Derivative assets (3) Other financial assets $ $ 149,348 136,230 1,264 286,842 $ $ 14,038 57,068 1,240 72,346 $ $ 135,310 79,162 24 214,496 $ $ 56 60,546 – 60,602 $ 134,985 8,993 – $ 143,978 Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements Total amount recognized on the balance sheet $ $ 270 8,240 – 8,510 $ $ 135,580 87,402 24 223,006 Net amount $ 269 9,623 24 $ 9,916 192 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Amounts subject to offsetting and enforceable netting arrangements As at October 31, 2013 Amounts subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements but do not qualify on offsetting on the balance sheet (1) Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Derivative assets (3) Other financial assets Gross amounts of financial assets before balance sheet offsetting Amounts of financial liabilities offset on the balance sheet Net amount of financial assets presented on the balance sheet Impact of master netting agreements Financial collateral received (2) $ $ 127,549 98,878 1,302 227,729 $ $ 11,156 31,190 1,290 43,636 $ $ 116,393 67,688 12 184,093 $ $ 41 51,653 – 51,694 $ 116,013 8,459 – $ 124,472 Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements Total amount recognized on the balance sheet $ $ 1,124 7,134 – 8,258 $ $ 117,517 74,822 12 192,351 Net amount $ 339 7,576 12 $ 7,927 (1) (2) (3) Financial collateral is reflected at fair value. The amount of financial instruments and financial collateral disclosed is limited to the net balance sheet exposure, and any over-collateralization is excluded from the table. Includes cash collateral of $8,687 million (October 31, 2013 – $6,027 million) and non-cash collaterals of $135 billion (October 31, 2013 – $118 billion). Includes cash margin of $1,326 million (October 31, 2013 – $988 million) which offset against the derivative balance on the balance sheet. Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements Amounts subject to offsetting and enforceable netting arrangements As at October 31, 2014 Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivative liabilities (3) Other financial liabilities Gross amounts of financial liabilities before balance sheet offsetting Amounts of financial assets offset on the balance sheet Net amount of financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet Amounts subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements but do not qualify on offsetting on the balance sheet (1) Impact of master netting agreements Financial collateral pledged (2) $ $ 78,029 135,662 1,381 215,072 $ $ 14,038 56,982 1,326 72,346 $ $ 63,991 78,680 55 142,726 $ $ 56 60,546 – 60,602 $ 63,790 9,184 – $ 72,974 Amounts subject to offsetting and enforceable netting arrangements As at October 31, 2013 Amounts subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements but do not qualify on offsetting on the balance sheet (1) Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements Total amount recognized on the balance sheet $ $ 340 10,302 – 10,642 $ $ 64,331 88,982 55 153,368 Net amount $ 145 8,950 55 $ 9,150 Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivative liabilities (3) Other financial liabilities Gross amounts of financial liabilities before balance sheet offsetting Amounts of financial assets offset on the balance sheet Net amount of financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet Impact of master netting agreements Financial collateral pledged (2) $ $ 70,306 99,122 989 170,417 $ $ 11,155 31,493 988 43,636 $ $ 59,151 67,629 1 126,781 $ $ 41 51,653 – 51,694 $ 59,024 8,040 – $ 67,064 Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements Total amount recognized on the balance sheet $ $ 1,265 9,116 – 10,381 $ $ 60,416 76,745 1 137,162 Net amount $ 86 7,936 1 $ 8,023 (1) (2) (3) Financial collateral is reflected at fair value. The amount of financial instruments and financial collateral disclosed is limited to the net balance sheet exposure, and any over-collateralization is excluded from the table. Includes cash collateral of $6,709 million (October 31, 2013 – $6,281 million) and non-cash collateral of $66 billion (October 31, 2013 – $61 billion). Includes cash margin of $1,240 million (October 31, 2013 – $1,290 million) which offset against the derivative balance on the balance sheet. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 193 Note 34 Recovery and settlement of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities The table below presents an analysis of assets and liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets by amounts to be recovered or settled within one year and after one year, as at the balance sheet date, based on contractual maturities and certain other assumptions outlined in the footnotes below. As warranted, we manage the liquidity risk of various products based on historical behavioural patterns that are often not aligned with contractual maturities. Amounts to be recovered or settled within one year, as presented below, may not be reflective of management’s long-term view of the liquidity profile of certain balance sheet categories. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks (2) Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Trading securities (3) Available-for-sale securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Allowance for loan losses Segregated fund net assets Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives (3) Premises and equipment, net Goodwill Other intangibles Investments in joint ventures and associates Employee benefit assets Other assets Liabilities Deposits (4) Segregated fund net liabilities Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives (3) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities Employee benefit liabilities Other liabilities Subordinated debentures As at October 31, 2014 October 31, 2013 (1) Within one year After one year Total Within one year After one year Total $ 16,649 7,494 $ 772 $ 905 17,421 8,399 $ 13,665 5,732 $ 1,885 3,307 $ 15,550 9,039 141,399 12,318 9,981 35,450 151,380 47,768 135,484 11,388 8,539 27,299 144,023 38,687 126,451 9,129 135,580 104,860 12,657 117,517 52,196 38,290 282,791 63,946 – 675 11,456 19,485 – – – – – 24,414 6 67,917 2,684 8,647 2,775 295 138 6,281 334,987 102,236 (1,994) 675 11,462 87,402 2,684 8,647 2,775 295 138 30,695 43,338 36,710 277,289 53,472 – 513 9,953 13,695 3 – – – – 21,039 – 61,127 2,633 8,332 2,777 247 161 5,599 320,627 90,182 (1,959) 513 9,953 74,822 2,636 8,332 2,777 247 161 26,638 $ 450,152 $ 492,392 $ 940,550 $ 395,867 $ 465,837 $ 859,745 $ 451,065 – $ 163,035 $ 614,100 675 675 $ 392,645 – $ 170,434 513 $ 563,079 513 11,456 46,125 62,391 19,980 135 – 25,228 200 6 4,220 1,940 69,002 8,429 2,420 12,081 7,659 11,462 50,345 64,331 88,982 8,564 2,420 37,309 7,859 9,953 44,231 57,855 15,671 338 – 24,204 – – 2,897 2,561 61,074 7,696 2,027 10,743 7,443 9,953 47,128 60,416 76,745 8,034 2,027 34,947 7,443 $ 616,580 $ 269,467 $ 886,047 $ 544,897 $ 265,388 $ 810,285 (1) (2) (3) (4) Certain amounts have been revised from those previously reported. Cash and due from banks are assumed to be recovered within one year, except for cash balances not available for use by the bank. Trading securities classified as at FVTPL and trading derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are presented as within one year as this best represents in most instances the short- term nature of our trading activities. Non-trading derivatives designated in hedging relationships are presented according to the recovery or settlement of the related hedged item. Demand deposits of $289 billion (October 31, 2013 – $264 billion) are presented as within one year due to their being repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis. In practice, these deposits relate to a broad range of individuals and customer-types which form a stable base for our operations and liquidity needs. 194 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 35 Parent company information The following table presents information regarding the legal entity of Royal Bank of Canada with its subsidiaries presented on an equity accounted basis. Condensed Balance Sheets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Investments in bank subsidiaries and associated corporations Investments in other subsidiaries and associated corporations Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements Loans, net of allowances for loan losses Net balances due from bank subsidiaries Other assets Liabilities and shareholders’ equity Deposits Net balances due to bank subsidiaries Net balances due to other subsidiaries Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Shareholders’ equity Condensed Statements of Income (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest income (1) Interest expense Net interest income Non-interest income (2) Total revenue Provision for credit losses Non-interest expense Income before income taxes Income taxes Net income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Net income As at October 31 2014 October 31 2013 $ 7,333 5,788 111,159 20,240 53,131 17,075 407,440 10,466 120,052 $ 3,561 2,707 100,574 24,302 42,298 14,578 384,906 – 105,219 $ 752,684 $ 678,145 $ 497,053 – 56,146 138,989 $ 455,625 4,892 35,899 126,670 692,188 623,086 7,806 52,690 7,394 47,665 $ 752,684 $ 678,145 For the year ended October 31 2014 18,415 5,882 $ October 31 2013 $ 18,573 5,795 October 31 2012 $ 18,842 6,914 12,533 6,007 18,540 1,010 7,801 9,729 2,283 7,446 1,558 9,004 12,778 4,626 17,404 1,147 7,304 8,953 1,537 7,416 926 8,342 $ 11,928 1,737 13,665 1,139 6,974 5,552 1,423 4,129 3,378 7,507 $ $ (1) (2) Includes dividend income from investments in subsidiaries and associated corporations of $10 million (2013 – $1,313 million; 2012 – $1,292 million). Includes gain from associated corporations of $7 million (2013 – loss of $9 million; 2012 – gain of $2 million). Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 195 Note 35 Parent company information (continued) Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments to determine net cash from operating activities: Change in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Change in deposits Change in loans, net of loan securitizations Change in trading securities Change in obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Change in assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Change in obligations related to securities sold short Other operating activities, net Net cash from (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Change in interest-bearing deposits with banks Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale securities Purchases of available-for-sale securities Net acquisitions of premises and equipment and other intangibles Change in cash invested in subsidiaries Change in net funding provided to subsidiaries Proceeds from sale of an associate Net cash (used in) from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Issue of subordinated debentures Repayment of subordinated debentures Issue of preferred shares Issuance costs Redemption of preferred shares for cancellation Issue of common shares Redemption of common shares for cancellation Dividends paid Net cash used in financing activities Net change in cash and due from banks Cash and due from banks at beginning of year Cash and due from banks at end of year Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information Amount of interest paid in year Amount of interest received in year Amount of dividends received in year Amount of income taxes paid in year Note 36 Subsequent events For the year ended October 31 2014 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 9,004 $ 8,342 $ 7,507 (1,558) 41,428 (22,865) (4,193) (2,712) (2,497) (1,305) 182 15,484 (3,081) 1,225 28,875 (36,165) (803) (2,409) 4,889 70 (7,399) 2,000 (1,600) 1,000 (14) (1,525) 150 (113) (4,211) (4,313) 3,772 3,561 7,333 5,814 18,582 10 1,286 (926) 31,183 (18,927) (19,048) 1,730 (3,668) 388 (8,210) (9,136) (1,548) 1,641 28,056 (26,392) (754) (7,323) 20,164 – 13,844 2,046 (2,000) – – (222) 121 (408) (3,810) (4,273) 435 3,126 3,561 5,943 17,281 1,313 265 $ $ (3,378) 9,772 (29,324) 9,440 (229) (2,164) (2,713) (2,571) (13,660) 400 3,991 28,994 (29,307) (867) 163 10,158 – 13,532 – (1,006) – – – 126 – (3,272) (4,152) (4,280) 7,406 3,126 7,372 17,502 1,302 1,951 $ $ $ $ On November 14, 2014, all $200 million outstanding 10% subordinated debentures matured. The maturity proceeds plus accrued interest were paid to the noteholders on the maturity date. On November 24, 2014, we redeemed all 13 million of issued and outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares, Series AX for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share. 196 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements Ten-year statistical review Condensed Balance Sheet IFRS CGAAP (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2014 (1) Assets Cash and due from banks $ 17,421 $ 15,550 $ 12,428 $ 12,428 Interest-bearing deposits 2012 (1) 2013 (1) 2011 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 $ 13,247 $ 8,440 $ 7,584 $ 11,086 $ 4,226 $ 4,401 $ 5,001 with banks Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans net of allowance Other Total Assets Liabilities Deposits Other Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Preferred shares liabilities Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries Total Liabilities Equity attributable to shareholders 8,399 199,148 9,039 182,710 10,246 161,602 6,460 167,022 12,181 179,558 13,254 183,519 8,919 177,298 20,041 171,134 11,881 178,255 10,502 184,869 5,237 160,495 135,580 435,229 144,773 84,947 347,530 175,446 $ 940,550 $ 859,745 $ 823,954 $ 793,833 117,517 408,850 126,079 112,257 378,241 149,180 84,947 296,284 165,485 42,973 44,818 190,416 289,540 65,399 187,240 $ 751,702 $ 726,206 $ 654,989 $ 723,859 $ 600,346 $ 536,780 $ 469,521 64,313 237,936 103,735 41,580 258,395 161,213 72,698 273,006 175,289 59,378 208,530 69,100 $ 614,100 $ 563,079 $ 512,244 $ 479,102 263,625 8,749 894 – 259,174 7,615 – – 239,763 7,443 – – 264,088 7,859 – – $ 444,181 $ 414,561 $ 378,457 $ 438,575 $ 365,205 $ 343,523 $ 306,860 131,003 242,744 8,167 8,131 1,400 1,400 300 – 160,575 7,103 1,383 298 201,404 6,235 1,400 300 256,124 7,749 – – 263,030 6,681 727 – 229,699 6,461 1,395 – – n.a. n.a. n.a. 1,941 2,256 2,071 2,371 1,483 1,775 1,944 886,047 810,285 779,033 752,370 709,995 687,255 618,083 693,221 576,027 514,657 449,674 52,690 47,665 43,160 39,702 41,707 38,951 36,906 30,638 24,319 22,123 19,847 Non-controlling interest 1,813 1,795 1,761 1,761 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. Total equity 54,503 49,460 44,921 41,463 41,707 38,951 36,906 30,638 24,319 22,123 19,847 Total liabilities and equity $ 940,550 $ 859,745 $ 823,954 $ 793,833 $ 751,702 $ 726,206 $ 654,989 $ 723,859 $ 600,346 $ 536,780 $ 469,521 Condensed Income Statement IFRS CGAAP (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses 2014 2013 2011 $ 14,116 $ 13,249 $ 12,439 $ 11,357 16,281 27,638 16,708 29,147 17,433 30,682 19,992 34,108 2012 2011 2010 $ 10,600 $ 10,338 $ 10,705 $ 15,744 26,082 15,736 26,441 16,830 27,430 2009 2008 9,054 $ 2007 7,700 $ 2006 6,796 $ 12,528 21,582 14,762 22,462 13,481 20,637 2005 6,793 12,391 19,184 (PCL) 1,164 1,237 1,299 1,133 975 1,240 2,167 1,595 791 429 455 Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense (NIE) Non-controlling interest Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net income 3,573 17,661 n.a. 2,784 16,214 n.a. 3,621 14,641 n.a. 3,358 14,167 n.a. 3,360 14,453 104 3,546 13,469 99 3,042 13,436 100 1,631 12,351 81 2,173 12,473 141 2,509 11,495 44 2,625 11,402 (13) 9,004 8,342 7,558 6,970 6,650 5,732 5,681 4,555 5,492 4,757 3,437 – 9,004 – 8,342 (51) 7,507 (526) 6,444 (1,798) 4,852 (509) 5,223 (1,823) 3,858 – 4,555 – 5,492 (29) 4,728 (50) 3,387 (1) Current and two preceding periods reflect changes in accounting standards and presentation changes as disclosed in Note 2 of our Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Ten-year statistical review Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 197 Other Statistics – reported (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentages and per share amounts) 2014 (1) PROFITABILITY MEASURES (2) Earnings per shares (EPS) IFRS CGAAP 2013 (1) 2012 (1) 2011 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 – basic – diluted $ $ 6.03 $ 6.00 $ 5.53 $ 5.49 $ 4.96 $ 4.91 $ 4.25 $ 4.19 $ 3.21 $ 3.19 $ 3.49 $ 3.46 $ 2.59 $ 2.57 $ 3.41 $ 3.38 $ 4.24 $ 4.19 $ 3.65 $ 3.59 $ 2.61 2.57 Return on common equity (ROE) Return on risk-weighted assets (RWA) Efficiency ratio (3) KEY RATIOS PCL on impaired loans as a % of Average net loans and acceptances Net interest margin (total 19.0% 19.7% 19.6% 18.7% 12.9% 14.9% 11.9% 18.1% 24.7% 23.5% 18.0% 2.52% 51.8% 2.67% 52.8% 2.70% 50.2% 2.44% 51.3% 1.87% 52.7% 2.03% 51.6% 1.50% 50.8% 1.78% 57.2% 2.23% 55.5% 2.21% 55.7% 1.77% 59.2% 0.27% 0.31% 0.35% 0.33% 0.34% 0.45% 0.72% 0.53% 0.33% 0.23% 0.21% average assets) 1.56% 1.56% 1.55% 1.52% 1.49% 1.59% 1.64% 1.39% 1.33% 1.35% 1.53% Non-interest income as a % of total revenue SHARE INFORMATION (2) Common shares outstanding (000s) – end of period Dividends declared per common share Dividend yield Dividend payout ratio (3) Book value per share Common share price (RY on TSX) – close, end of period Market capitalization (TSX) Market price to book value CAPITAL MEASURES - CONSOLIDATED (4) Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Assets-to-capital multiple $ $ $ 58.6% 56.8% 57.3% 58.9% 61.4% 60.4% 59.5% 58.0% 65.7% 67.1% 64.6% 1,442,233 1,441,056 1,445,303 1,438,376 1,438,376 1,424,922 1,417,610 1,341,260 1,276,260 1,280,890 1,293,502 2.84 $ 3.8% 47% 33.69 $ 2.53 $ 4.0% 46% 29.87 $ 2.28 $ 4.5% 46% 26.52 $ 2.08 $ 3.9% 45% 24.25 $ 2.08 $ 3.9% 47% 25.65 $ 2.00 $ 3.6% 52% 23.99 $ 2.00 $ 4.8% 52% 22.67 $ 2.00 $ 4.2% 59% 20.90 $ 1.82 $ 3.3% 43% 17.49 $ 1.44 $ 3.1% 40% 16.52 $ 1.18 3.2% 45% 14.89 80.01 $ 70.02 $ 56.94 $ 48.62 $ 48.62 $ 54.39 $ 54.80 $ 46.84 $ 56.04 $ 49.80 $ 41.67 115,393 2.38 100,903 2.34 82,296 2.15 69,934 2.00 69,934 1.90 77,502 2.27 77,685 2.42 62,825 2.24 71,522 3.20 63,788 3.01 53,894 2.80 9.9% 11.4% 13.4% 17.0X 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X n.a. 13.1% 15.1% 16.7X n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 13.3% 15.3% 16.1X n.a. 13.0% 14.4% 16.5X n.a. 13.0% 14.2% 16.3X n.a. 9.0% 11.0% 20.1X n.a. 9.4% 11.5% 20.0X n.a. 9.6% 11.9% 19.7X n.a. 9.6% 13.1% 17.6X (1) (2) (3) (4) Current and two preceding periods reflect changes in accounting standards and presentation changes as disclosed in Note 2 of our Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. On April 6, 2006, we paid a stock dividend of one common share on each of our issued and outstanding common shares. The effect was the same as two-for-one split of our common shares. All common share and per share information have been adjusted retroactively for the stock dividend. Ratios for 2009-2012 represent continuing operations. Effective 2013 we calculate the capital ratios and multiples using the Basel III (all-in basis) framework unless otherwise stated. 2008-2012 capital ratios and multiples were calculated using the Basel II framework. 2004-2007 capital ratios and 2005-2007 asset-to-capital multiples were calculated using the Basel I framework. Capital ratios and multiples prior to 2011 were determined under Canadian GAAP. 198 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Ten-year statistical review Glossary Acceptances A bill of exchange or negotiable instrument drawn by the borrower for payment at maturity and accepted by a bank. The acceptance constitutes a guarantee of payment by the bank and can be traded in the money market. The bank earns a “stamping fee” for providing this guarantee. Allowance for credit losses The amount deemed adequate by management to absorb identified credit losses as well as losses that have been incurred but are not yet identifiable as at the balance sheet date. This allowance is established to cover the lending portfolio including loans, acceptances, guarantees, letters of credit, and unfunded commitments. The allowance is increased by the provision for credit losses, which is charged to income and decreased by the amount of write-offs, net of recoveries in the period. Alt-A assets A term used in the U.S. to describe assets (mainly mortgages) with a borrower risk profile between the prime and subprime catego- rizations. Categorization of assets as Alt-A (as opposed to prime) varies, such as limited verification or documentation of borrowers’ income or a limited credit history. Asset-backed securities (ABS) Securities created through the securitization of a pool of assets, for example auto loans or credit card loans. Assets-to-capital multiple (ACM) Total assets plus specified off-balance sheet items, as defined by OSFI, divided by total regulatory capital on a transitional basis. ACM will be replaced in 2015 by the Basel III Leverage Ratio. Assets under administration (AUA) Assets administered by us, which are benefi- cially owned by clients, as at October 31, unless otherwise noted. Services provided in respect of assets under administration are of an administrative nature, including safekeeping, collecting investment income, settling purchase and sale transactions, and record keeping. of assets under management include the selection of investments and the provision of investment advice. We have assets under management that are also administered by us and included in assets under administration. Auction rate securities (ARS) Securities issued through structured entities that hold long-term assets funded with long- term debt. In the U.S., these securities are issued by sponsors such as municipalities, student loan authorities or other sponsors through bank-managed auctions. Average earning assets Average earning assets include interest-bearing deposits with other banks including certain components of cash and due from banks, securities, assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed, loans, and excludes segregated fund net assets and other assets. The averages are based on the daily balances for the period. Bank-owned life insurance contracts (BOLI) Our legacy portfolio includes BOLI where we provided banks with BOLI stable value agreements (“wraps”), which insure the life insurance policy’s cash surrender value from market fluctuations on the underlying investments, thereby allowing us to guarantee a minimum tax-exempt return to the counter- party. These wraps allow us to account for the underlying assets on an accrual basis instead of a mark-to-market basis. Basis point (bp) One one-hundredth of a percentage point (.01%). Collateral Assets pledged as security for a loan or other obligation. Collateral can take many forms, such as cash, highly rated securities, property, inventory, equipment and receivables. Collateralized debt obligation (CDO) Securities with multiple tranches that are issued by structured entities and collateralized by debt obligations including bonds and loans. Each tranche offers a varying degree of risk and return so as to meet investor demand. Commitments to extend credit Unutilized amount of credit facilities available to clients either in the form of loans, bankers’ acceptances and other on-balance sheet financing, or through off-balance sheet products such as guarantees and letters of credit. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital A regulatory Basel III capital measure comprised mainly of common shareholders’ equity less regulatory deductions and adjustments for goodwill and intangibles, defined benefit pension fund assets, shortfall in allowances and other specified items. Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio A risk-based capital measure calculated as CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets. Covered bonds Full recourse on-balance sheet obligations issued by banks and credit institutions that are also fully collateralized by assets over which investors enjoy a priority claim in the event of an issuer’s insolvency. Credit default swaps (CDS) A derivative contract that provides the purchaser with a one-time payment should the referenced entity/entities default (or a similar triggering event occur). Derivative A contract between two parties, which requires little or no initial investment and where payments between the parties are dependent upon the movements in price of an underlying instrument, index or financial rate. Examples of derivatives include swaps, options, forward rate agreements and futures. The notional amount of the derivative is the contract amount used as a reference point to calculate the payments to be exchanged between the two parties, and the notional amount itself is generally not exchanged by the parties. Dividend payout ratio Common dividends as a percentage of net income available to common shareholders. Assets under management (AUM) Assets managed by us, which are beneficially owned by clients, as at October 31, unless otherwise noted. Services provided in respect Commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) Securities created through the securitization of commercial mortgages. Earnings per share (EPS), basic Calculated as net income available to common shareholders divided by the average number of shares outstanding. Glossary Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 199 Earnings per share (EPS), diluted Calculated as net income available to common shareholders divided by the average number of shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effects of stock options and other convertible securities. Economic capital An estimate of the amount of equity capital required to underpin risks. It is calculated by estimating the level of capital that is necessary to support our various businesses, given their risks, consistent with our desired solvency standard and credit ratings. The identified risks for which we calculate Economic Capital are credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational, business, fixed asset, and insurance. Additionally, Economic Capital includes goodwill and intangibles, and allows for diversification benefits across risks and business segments. Fair value Fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Funding Valuation Adjustment Funding valuation adjustments are calculated to incorporate cost and benefit of funding in the valuation of uncollateralized and under- collateralized OTC derivatives. Future expected cash flows of these derivatives are discounted to reflect the cost and benefit of funding the derivatives by using a funding curve, implied volatilities and correlations as inputs. Gross-adjusted assets (GAA) GAA are used in the calculation of the Assets- to-capital multiple. They represent our total assets including specified off-balance sheet items and net of prescribed deductions. Off balance sheet items for this calculation are direct credit substitutes, including letters of credit and guarantees, transaction-related contingencies, trade-related contingencies and sale and repurchase agreements. Guarantees and standby letters of credit These primarily represent irrevocable assurances that a bank will make payments in the event that its client cannot meet its financial obligations to third parties. Certain other guarantees, such as bid and performance bonds, represent non-financial undertakings. Hedge A risk management technique used to mitigate exposure from market, interest rate or foreign currency exchange risk arising from normal banking operations. The elimination or reduction of such exposure is accomplished by establishing offsetting positions. For example, assets denominated in foreign currencies can be offset with liabilities in the same currencies or through the use of foreign exchange hedging instruments such as futures, options or foreign exchange contracts. Hedge funds A type of investment fund, marketed to accredited high net worth investors, that is subject to limited regulation and restrictions on its investments compared to retail mutual funds, and that often utilize aggressive strategies such as selling short, leverage, program trading, swaps, arbitrage and derivatives. Home equity products This is comprised of residential mortgages and secured personal loans whereby the borrower pledges real estate as collateral. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) IFRS are principles-based standards, inter- pretations and the framework adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board. Impaired loans Loans are classified as impaired when there has been a deterioration of credit quality to the extent that management no longer has reasonable assurance of timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Credit card balances are not classified as impaired as they are directly written off after payments are 180 days past due. Leverage Ratio A Basel III regulatory measure, the ratio divides Tier 1 capital by the sum of total assets plus specified off-balance sheet items. Loan-to-value (LTV) ratio Calculated based on the total facility amount for the residential mortgage and homeline product divided by the value of the related residential property. Master netting agreement An agreement between us and a counterparty designed to reduce the credit risk of multiple derivative transactions through the creation of a legal right of offset of exposure in the event of a default. Net interest income The difference between what is earned on assets such as loans and securities and what is paid on liabilities such as deposits and subordinated debentures. Net interest margin (average assets) Net interest income as a percentage of total average assets. Net interest margin (on average earning assets) Calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Normal course issuer bid (NCIB) A program for the repurchase of our own shares for cancellation through a stock exchange that is subject to the various rules of the relevant stock exchange and securities commission. Notional amount The contract amount used as a reference point to calculate payments for derivatives. Off-balance sheet financial instruments A variety of arrangements offered to clients, which include credit derivatives, written put options, backstop liquidity facilities, stable value products, financial standby letters of credit, performance guarantees, credit enhancements, mortgage loans sold with recourse, commitments to extend credit, securities lending, documentary and commercial letters of credit, note issuances and revolving underwriting facilities, securities lending indemnifications and indemnifications. Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) The primary regulator of federally chartered financial institutions and federally administered pension plans in Canada. OSFI’s mission is to safeguard policyholders, depositors and pension plan members from undue loss. 200 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Glossary Operating leverage The difference between our revenue growth rate and non-interest expense growth rate. Options A contract or a provision of a contract that gives one party (the option holder) the right, but not the obligation, to perform a specified trans- action with another party (the option issuer or option writer) according to specified terms. Primary dealer A formal designation provided to a bank or securities broker-dealer permitted to trade directly with a country’s central bank. Primary dealers participate in open market operations, act as market-makers of government debt and provide market information and analysis to assist with monetary policy. Provision for credit losses (PCL) The amount charged to income necessary to bring the allowance for credit losses to a level determined appropriate by management. This includes both specific and general provisions. Repurchase agreements These involve the sale of securities for cash and the simultaneous repurchase of the securities for value at a later date. These transactions normally do not constitute economic sales and therefore are treated as collateralized financing transactions. Residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) Securities created through the securitization of residential mortgage loans. Return on common equity (ROE) Net income available to common shareholders, expressed as a percentage of average common equity. Reverse repurchase agreements These involve the purchase of securities for cash and the simultaneous sale of the securities for value at a later date. These transactions normally do not constitute economic sales and therefore are treated as collateralized financing transactions. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) Assets adjusted by a regulatory risk-weight factor to reflect the riskiness of on and off- balance sheet exposures. Certain assets are not risk-weighted, but deducted from capital. The calculation is defined by guidelines issued by OSFI. For more details, refer to the Capital management section. Securities lending Transactions in which the owner of a security agrees to lend it under the terms of a prearranged contract to a borrower for a fee. The borrower must collateralize the security loan at all times. An intermediary such as a bank often acts as agent for the owner of the security. There are two types of securities lending arrangements: lending with and without credit or market risk indemnification. In securities lending without indemnification, the bank bears no risk of loss. For transactions in which the bank provides an indemnification, it bears the risk of loss if the borrower defaults and the value of the collateral declines concurrently. Securities sold short A transaction in which the seller sells securities and then borrows the securities in order to deliver them to the purchaser upon settlement. At a later date, the seller buys identical securities in the market to replace the borrowed securities. Securitization The process by which various financial assets are packaged into newly issued securities backed by these assets. Structured entities A structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when the activities that significantly affect the entity’s returns are directed by means of contractual arrangements. Structured entities often have restricted activities, narrow and well defined objectives, insufficient equity to finance their activities, and financing in the form of multiple contractually-linked instru- ments. Standardized Approach Risk weights prescribed by OSFI are used to calculate risk-weighted assets for the credit risk exposures. Credit assessments by OSFI- recognized external credit rating agencies of S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS are used to risk- weight our Sovereign and Bank exposures based on the standards and guidelines issued by OSFI. For our Business and Retail exposures, we use the standard risk weights prescribed by OSFI. Structured investment vehicle Managed investment vehicle that holds mainly highly rated asset-backed securities and funds itself using the short-term commercial paper market as well as the medium-term note (MTN) market. Subprime loans Subprime lending is the practice of making loans to borrowers who do not qualify for the best market interest rates because of their deficient credit history. Subprime lending carries more risk for lenders due to the combination of higher interest rates for the borrowers, poorer credit histories, and adverse financial situations usually associated with subprime applicants. Taxable equivalent basis (teb) Income from certain specified tax advantaged sources is increased to a level that would make it comparable to income from taxable sources. There is an offsetting adjustment in the tax provision, thereby generating the same after- tax net income. Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital comprises predominantly of CET1 capital, with additional Tier 1 items such as preferred shares, innovative instruments and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries Tier 1 instruments. Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital consists mainly of subordinated debentures that meet certain criteria, certain loan loss allowances and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries’ Tier 2 instruments. Total capital and total capital ratio Total capital is defined as the total of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. The total capital ratio is calcu- lated by dividing total capital by risk-weighted assets. Tranche A security class created whereby the risks and returns associated with a pool of assets are packaged into several classes of securities offering different risk and return profiles from those of the underlying asset pool. Tranches are typically rated by ratings agencies, and reflect both the credit quality of underlying collateral as well as the level of protection based on the tranches’ relative subordination. Trust Capital Securities (RBC TruCS) Transferable trust units issued by structured entities RBC Capital Trust or RBC Capital Trust II for the purpose of raising innovative Tier 1 capital. Value-at-Risk (VaR) A generally accepted risk-measurement concept that uses statistical models based on historical information to estimate within a given level of confidence the maximum loss in market value we would experience in our trading portfolio from an adverse one-day movement in market rates and prices. Glossary Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 201 Directors and executive officers Directors (1) W. Geoffrey Beattie (2001) Toronto, Ontario Chief Executive Officer Generation Capital Timothy J. Hearn (2006) Calgary, Alberta Chairman Hearn & Associates Jacynthe Côté (2014) Montreal, Quebec Corporate Director Alice D. Laberge (2005) Vancouver, British Columbia Corporate Director David F. Denison, O.C., FCPA, FCA (2012) Toronto, Ontario Corporate Director Richard L. George, O.C. (2012) Calgary, Alberta Partner, Novo Investment Group Michael H. McCain (2005) Toronto, Ontario President and Chief Executive Officer Maple Leaf Foods Inc. David I. McKay (2014) Toronto, Ontario President and Chief Executive Officer Royal Bank of Canada Kathleen P. Taylor (2001) Toronto, Ontario Chair of the Board Royal Bank of Canada Bridget A. van Kralingen (2011) New York, New York Senior Vice President IBM Global Business Services IBM Corporation Victor L. Young, O.C. (1991) St. John’s, Newfoundland and Labrador Corporate Director Heather Munroe-Blum, O.C., O.Q., Ph.D., FRSC (2011) Montreal, Quebec Professor of Medicine and Principal Emerita McGill University J. Pedro Reinhard (2000) Key Biscayne, Florida President Reinhard & Associates Thomas A. Renyi (2013) New Harbor, Maine Corporate Director Edward Sonshine, O.Ont., Q.C. (2008) Toronto, Ontario Chief Executive Officer RioCan Real Estate Investment Trust The date appearing after the name of each director indicates the year in which the individual became a director. (1) On December 2, 2014, the Board of Directors appointed Toos N. Daruvala as a director, to take effect on January 1, 2015. Mr. Daruvala is a Director and Senior Partner of McKinsey & Company based in New York City, U.S.A. Group Executive Janice R. Fukakusa, FCPA, FCA Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer Mark Hughes Chief Risk Officer A. Douglas McGregor Group Head, Capital Markets and Investor & Treasury Services Bruce Ross Group Head, Technology & Operations Zabeen Hirji Chief Human Resources Officer M. George Lewis, FCPA, FCA, CFA Group Head, Wealth Management and Insurance David I. McKay President and Chief Executive Officer Jennifer Tory Group Head, Personal & Commercial Banking 202 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Directors and executive officers Principal subsidiaries Principal subsidiaries (1) Royal Bank Holding Inc. Royal Mutual Funds Inc. RBC Insurance Holdings Inc. RBC General Insurance Company RBC Insurance Company of Canada RBC Life Insurance Company RBC Direct Investing Inc. RBC Phillips, Hager & North Investment Counsel Inc. R.B.C. Holdings (Bahamas) Limited RBC Caribbean Investments Limited Royal Bank of Canada Insurance Company Ltd. Investment Holdings (Cayman) Limited RBC (Barbados) Funding Ltd. RBC Capital Markets Arbitrage S.A. Capital Funding Alberta Limited RBC Global Asset Management Inc. RBC Investor Services Trust RBC Investor Services Bank S.A. RBC (Barbados) Trading Bank Corporation RBC USA Holdco Corporation (2) RBC Capital Markets, LLC (2) RBC Global Asset Management (U.S.) Inc. RBC Dominion Securities Limited RBC Dominion Securities Inc. RBC Holdings (Barbados) Ltd. RBC Financial (Caribbean) Limited RBC Finance S.à r.l./B.V. (2) RBC Holdings (Luxembourg) S.A R.L. RBC Holdings (Channel Islands) Limited Royal Bank of Canada (Channel Islands) Limited BlueBay Asset Management (Services) Ltd RBC Europe Limited RBC Capital Trust Royal Bank Mortgage Corporation The Royal Trust Company RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association (2) RBC Covered Bond Guarantor Limited Partnership RBC Luxembourg (Suisse) Holdings S.A R.L. Royal Bank of Canada (Suisse) SA Royal Trust Corporation of Canada Principal office address (2) Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands St. Michael, Barbados George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands St. Michael, Barbados Luxembourg, Luxembourg Calgary, Alberta, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Esch-sur-Alzette, Luxembourg St. James, Barbados New York, New York, U.S. New York, New York, U.S. Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S. Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada St. Michael, Barbados Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago Amsterdam, Netherlands Luxembourg, Luxembourg Jersey, Channel Islands Guernsey, Channel Islands London, England London, England Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Montreal, Quebec, Canada Atlanta, Georgia, U.S. Toronto, Ontario, Canada Luxembourg, Luxembourg Geneva, Switzerland Toronto, Ontario, Canada Carrying value of voting shares owned by the Bank (3) $ 40,630 11,305 6,499 2,910 2,816 1,962 1,648 1,783 1,085 531 272 269 167 150 (1) (2) (3) The Bank directly or indirectly controls each subsidiary. Each subsidiary is incorporated or organized under the law of the state or country in which the principal office is situated, except for RBC USA Holdco Corporation which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, which is organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, U.S. RBC Finance S.à r.l. / B.V. is a company incorporated in the Netherlands with its official seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and place of effective management, central administration, and principal establishment in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association is a national banking association organized under the laws of the U.S. with its main office in Atlanta, Georgia and management offices in Raleigh, North Carolina. The carrying value (in millions of dollars) of voting shares is stated as the Bank’s equity in such investments. Principal subsidiaries Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 203 Shareholder Information Corporate headquarters Street address: Royal Bank of Canada 200 Bay Street Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J5 Canada Tel: 1-888-212-5533 Fax: 416-955-7800 Mailing address: P.O. Box 1 Royal Bank Plaza Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J5 Canada website: rbc.com Transfer Agent and Registrar Main Agent: Computershare Trust Company of Canada 1500 University Street Suite 700 Montreal, Quebec H3A 3S8 Canada Tel: 1-866-586-7635 (Canada and the U.S.) or 514-982-7555 (International) Fax: 514-982-7580 website: computershare.com\rbc Co-Transfer Agent (U.S.): Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 250 Royall Street Canton, Massachusetts 02021 U.S.A. Co-Transfer Agent (U.K.): Computershare Investor Services PLC Securities Services – Registrars P.O. Box 82, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ U.K. Stock exchange listings (Symbol: RY) Common shares are listed on: Canada – Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) U.S. – New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Switzerland – Swiss Exchange (SIX) All preferred shares are listed on the TSX. Valuation day price For capital gains purposes, the Valuation Day (December 22, 1971) cost base for our common shares is $7.38 per share. This amount has been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one share split of March 1981 and the two-for- one share split of February 1990. The one-for-one share dividends paid in October 2000 and April 2006 did not affect the Valuation Day value for our common shares. Shareholder contacts For dividend information, change in share registration or address, lost stock certificates, tax forms, estate transfers or dividend reinvestment, please contact: Computershare Trust Company of Canada 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1 Canada Tel: 1-866-586-7635 (Canada and the U.S.) or 514-982-7555 (International) Fax: 1-888-453-0330 (Canada and the U.S.) or 416-263-9394 (International) email: service@computershare.com For other shareholder inquiries, please contact: Shareholder Relations Royal Bank of Canada 200 Bay Street 9th Floor, South Tower Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J5 Canada Tel: 416-955-7806 Fax: 416-974-3535 Financial analysts, portfolio managers, institutional investors For financial information inquiries, please contact: Investor Relations Royal Bank of Canada 200 Bay Street 4th Floor, North Tower Toronto, Ontario M5J 2W7 Canada Tel: 416-955-7802 Fax: 416-955-7800 or visit our website at rbc.com/investorrelations Direct deposit service Shareholders in Canada and the U.S. may have their RBC common share dividends deposited directly to their bank account by electronic funds transfer. To arrange for this service, please contact our Transfer Agent and Registrar, Computershare Trust Company of Canada. Eligible dividend designation For purposes of the enhanced dividend tax credit rules contained in the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any corresponding provincial and territorial tax legislation, all dividends (and deemed dividends) paid by us to Canadian residents on our common and preferred shares after December 31, 2005, are designated as “eligible dividends.” Unless stated otherwise, all dividends (and deemed dividends) paid by us hereafter are designated as “eligible dividends” for the purposes of such rules. Common share repurchases We are engaged in a Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB). During the one-year period commencing November 1, 2014, we may repurchase for cancellation, up to 12 million common shares in the open market at market prices. We determine the amount and timing of the purchases under the NCIB, subject to prior consultation with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). A copy of our Notice of Intention to file a NCIB may be obtained, without charge, by contacting our Corporate Secretary at our Toronto mailing address. 2015 Quarterly earnings release dates First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter February 25 May 28 August 26 December 2 2015 Annual Meeting The Annual Meeting of Common Shareholders will be held on Friday, April 10, 2015 in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Dividend dates for 2015 Subject to approval by the Board of Directors Common and preferred shares series W, AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, AJ, AK, AL, AZ and BB Ex-dividend dates January 22 April 21 July 23 October 22 Record dates January 26 April 23 July 27 October 26 Payment dates February 24 May 22 August 24 November 24 Governance A summary of the significant ways in which corporate governance practices followed by RBC differ from corporate governance practices required to be followed by U.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards is available on our website at rbc.com/governance. Information contained in or otherwise accessible through the websites mentioned in this report to shareholders does not form a part of this report. All references to websites are inactive textual references and are for your information only. Trademarks used in this report include the LION & GLOBE Symbol, ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, RBC, RBC BLUE WATER PROJECT, RBC CAPITAL TRUST, RBC GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT, RBC INSURANCE, RBC TSNs, RBC TruCS and RBC WEALTH MANAGEMENT which are trademarks of Royal Bank of Canada used by Royal Bank of Canada and/or by its subsidiaries under license. All other trademarks mentioned in this report, which are not the property of Royal Bank of Canada, are owned by their respective holders. 204 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2014 Shareholder information Thanks to our employees who chose the cover for this annual report. More than 7,000 employees from around the world voted, and many took the time to share their comments and pride in RBC. ALWAYS EARNING THE RIGHT TO BE OUR CLIENTS’ FIRST CHOICE rbc.com/ar2014 81104 (12/2014) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above